Computer Science ~ Contents - McGraw-Hill Books

2007-2008 2007-2008 NEW CIT-Application NEW Economics Software Titles Titles2007 New Titles2008 New Titles• BATESPrinciples of Voice & Data Communications...........79ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6• BRADLEYAdvanced Programming Using VisualBasic.Net, 3e ...........................................................73ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351717-9 / MHID: 0-07-351717-8• GILSTERFundamentals of Wireless Networking ....................80ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225668-0 / MHID: 0-07-225668-0• SCHOUInformation Assurance for the Enterprise: ARoadmap to Information Security ...........................81ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225524-9 / MHID: 0-07-225524-2• BRADLEYProgramming in Visual C# 2005, 2e ........................72ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351718-6 / MHID: 0-07-351718-6• COULTHARDAdvantage Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ................64ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351922-7 / MHID: 0-07-351922-7• GRAVESMicrosoft Powerpoint 2007: A ProfessionalApproach .................................................................72ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351918-0 / MHID: 0-07-351918-9• HINKLEMicrosoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach .....67ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351919-7 / MHID: 0-07-351919-7• JUAREZMicrosoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach.....70ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351920-3 / MHID: 0-07-351920-0• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ....................64ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351916-6 / MHID: 0-07-351916-2• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Access 2007Brief ........................................................................70ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329454-4 / MHID: 0-07-329454-3• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007Brief ........................................................................67ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329451-3 / MHID: 0-07-329451-9• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007Introduction ............................................................68ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329451-3 / MHID: 0-07-329451-9• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007Brief ........................................................................66ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329452-0 / MHID: 0-07-329452-7• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007Introductory ............................................................66ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329450-6 / MHID: 0-07-329450-0• STEWARTMicrosoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach ......68ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351921-0 / MHID: 0-07-351921-98Main Content & New Titles page.i8 811/15/06 3:06:17 PM

2007-2008 2007-2008 NEW NEW CIT - Computer Economics Concepts Titles TitlesCIT - Computer Concepts ~Contents2007 New Titles• WILLIAMSUsing Information Technology, 7e ..........................88ISBN-13: 978-0-07-226071-7 / MHID: 0-07-226071-8Brief Computer Concepts ................................................ 88Comprehensive Computer Concepts ............................... 90Software ......................................................................... 912008 New Titles• O'LEARYComputing Essentials 2008 Complete, 19e ..............90ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110153-0 / MHID: 0-07-110153-5• O'LEARYComputing Essentials 2008 Introductory, 19e .........88ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329468-1 / MHID: 0-07-329468-39Main Content & New Titles page.i9 911/15/06 3:06:18 PM

2007-2008 2007-2008 NEW NEW Electrical Economics Engineering Titles Titles2007 New Titles• ALCIATOREIntroduction to Mechatronics and MeasurementSystems, 3e ..............................................................130ISBN-13: 978-0-07-296305-2 / MHID: 0-07-296305-0• ALEXANDERFundamentals of Electric Circuits, 3e ...................... 123ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325643-6 / MHID: 0-07-325643-9• FOROUZANData Communications Networking, 4e ...................146ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325032-8 / MHID: 0-07-325032-5• HAYTEngineering Circuit Analysis, 7e ..............................124ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326318-2 / MHID: 0-07-326318-4• MALVINOElectronics Principles, 7e ........................................128ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322277-6 / MHID: 0-07-322277-1• NEAMENMicroelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e .....128ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328596-2 / MHID: 0-07-328596-X• RIZZONIPrinciples and Applications of ElectricalEngineering, 5e ........................................................123ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322033-8 / MHID: 0-07-322033-72008 New Titles• FOWLERElectricity: Principles and Applications, 7e..............137ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322279-0 / MHID: 0-07-322279-8• FRENZELPrinciples of Electronic CommunicationSystems, 3e ..............................................................145ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322278-3 / MHID: 0-07-322278-X• JAEGERMicroelectronic Circuit Design, 3e .........................127ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330948-4 / MHID: 0-07-330948-6• MARCOVITZIntroduction to Logic and Computer Designwith CD ...................................................................150ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331417-4 / MHID: 0-07-331417-X• ROBERTSFundamentals Signals Systems .................................142ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330950-7 / MHID: 0-07-330950-8• SCHULERElectronics: Principles and Applications, 7e ............126ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331651-2 / MHID: 0-07-331651-2• TOKHEIMDigital Electronics: Principles andApplications, 7e .......................................................126ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322275-2 / MHID: 0-07-322275-5• SCHULTZBasic Electronics, 10e ..............................................127ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322276-9 / MHID: 0-07-322276-3• TRONTPSpice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e .......................124ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326319-9 / MHID: 0-07-326319-2• TRONTPSpice for Basic Microelectronics ...........................125ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326320-5 / MHID: 0-07-326320-613Main Content & New Titles page.i13 1311/15/06 3:06:20 PM

2007-2008 NEW Computer Science Titles2007 New Titles2008 New Titles• BATESPrinciples of Voice and Data Communications .......44ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6• BRADLEYAdvanced Programming Using VisualBasic.Net, 3e ...........................................................21ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351717-9 / MHID: 0-07-351717-8• CHARATANJava in Two Semesters, 2e .......................................25ISBN-13: 978-0-07-710889-2 / MHID: 0-07-710889-2(McGraw-Hill UK title)• DASGUPTAIntroduction to Algorithms ......................................34ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352340-8 / MHID: 0-07-352340-2• FOROUZANData Communications Networking, 4e ...................44ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325032-8 / MHID: 0-07-325032-5• KELTONSimulation with Arena, 4e .......................................52ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325989-5 / MHID: 0-07-325989-6• CHAPMANFortran 95/2003 for Scientists & Engineers, 3e ........23ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319157-7 / MHID: 0-07-319157-4• CHAPRAApplied Numerical Methods with Mathlabfor Engineers and Scientists, 2e ...............................50ISBN-13: 978-0-07-313290-7 / MHID: 0-07-313290-X• FOROUZANNetwork Security ....................................................46ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332753-2 / MHID: 0-07-332753-0• PATTIntroduction to Computing Systems, 3e ..................17ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299465-0 / MHID: 0-07-299465-7• VAN DE VEERHuman Computer Interaction .................................50ISBN-13: 978-0-07-709996-1 / MHID: 0-07-709996-6• WU .....................................................................A Comprehensive Introduction to Object-OrientedProgramming with Java ...........................................24ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331708-1 / MHID: 0-07-331708-X• LAWSimulation Modeling and Analysis, 4e .....................52ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329441-4 / MHID: 0-07-329441-1• ROSENDiscrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6e ........35ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322972-0 / MHID: 0-07-322972-5• SCHACHObject-Oriented and Classical SoftwareEngineering, 7e ........................................................54,55ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319126-3 / MHID: 0-07-319126-4• SCHOUInformation Assurance for the Enterprise: ARoadmap to Information Security ...........................47ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225524-9 / MHID: 0-07-225524-2• TUCKERProgramming Languages, 2e ....................................36ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286609-4 / MHID: 0-07-286609-8• TYMANNSchaum's Outline of Principles of ComputerScience ....................................................................17ISBN-13: 978-0-07-146051-4 / MHID: 0-07-146051-9161615-60_CompSc.indd 1611/15/06 5:05:07 PM

2007-2008 NEW Computer Science Computer Titles ScienceIntroduction To ComputerScience/CSIInternational EditionNEWINTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SYSTEMS:From Bits & Gates to Programming & BeyondThird Editionby Yale N. Patt, University Of Texas At Austin, and Sanjay J. Patel,University Of Illinois-Champaign2009 (January 2008) / 640 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-299465-0 / MHID: 0-07-299465-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110716-7 / MHID: 0-07-110716-9 [IE]An expanded website for the text, www.mhhe.com/patt3, includesfor instructors: the complete Solutions Manual, Source Code of theexamples, JPEGs of all of the figures, and Test Questions for EfficientGrading. For instructors and students, the site has: the LC-3 Simulator(Windows and UNIX versions), lab manuals for both versions of theLC-3, PowerPoint presentations created by instructors using the bookin their course, selected solutions (Appendix F), Appendices A, D & E(for easy reference) and a Message Board. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/patt3)Published ahead of its time, this trendsetting textbook was firstintroduced to electrical engineering, computer engineeringand computer science instructors in 1999. Since then, Patt andPatel’s Introduction to Computing Systems: From bits & gatesto programming & beyond has changed the curriculum. Insome cases it has even created new introductory courses, whilein others it has enhanced existing courses from introductoryprogramming to computer organization, fulfilling the authors’vision for a modern approach.The Third Edition maintains the “motivated” bottom-upapproach, showing students how a computer works throughaccess to a simulator and by giving them hands-on programmingexperience with the C language. The authors first introducethe underlying structure of a computer, and then build on thatfoundation to present programming methodology, as stated,using the C language. Every step of the way, students learnnew things, building on what they already know. The authorsfeel that this approach encourages deeper understandingand downplays the need for memorizing. Students developa greater breadth of understanding, since they see how thevarious parts of the computer fit together.In an effort to further serve different course needs, teachingflexibility has been added to the Third Edition through additionalexamples and exercises, as well as new supplementary materialrelated to topics such as C++ and computer organization.NEW TO THIS EDITION• NEW! Privilege: Based on market feedback, the coverage ofprivilege will be augmented in this edition.• NEW! Computer Organization Topics: Optional, supplementalmaterial on topics such as virtual memory, cache and pipelining willbe provided at the book’s website.• NEW! C++: Optional, supplemental material highlighting keyfeatures for the usage of the C++ language will also be provided atthe book’s website.FEATURES• Bottom-Up Organization: For Patt and Patel, the bottom levelabstraction is the switch level representation of a MOS transistor.From there, they quickly move to logic gates, latches, logic structures(MUX, decoder, full adder, and gated latches), finally culminatingin an implementation of memory. Then the book moves on tofinite state control, its implementation as a sequential circuit,the von Neumann model of execution, a simple computer (theLC-3), machine language programming and assembly languageprogramming of the LC-3, the high level language C, recursion, andfinally elementary data structures.• Debugging: Because students are taught debugging techniquesfrom the first program they write and are required to use the LC-3Simulator’s debugging tools from the start, they are better able tomaster the art of programming and can complete their programmingassignments with a lot less help from the TA.• The LC-3 Simulator: Central to the student’s learning is hands-onaccess to the LC-3 Simulator, which has been created specifically toaid the student’s mastery of the concepts. (Students can downloadthe LC-3 Simulator from the book’s website at no cost).• Programming Methodology: Students are provided with numerousmeaningful, simple examples on how to take a problem andtransform it into a computer program via systematic decomposition.Students are exposed to the fundamental similarities in programming,whether it be in the LC-3 or in C, which provides the student with theuseful ability to quickly understand other programming languages.• Website: An expanded website for the text, www.mhhe.com/patt3, includes for instructors: the complete Solutions Manual, SourceCode of the examples, JPEGs of all of the figures, and Test Questionsfor Efficient Grading. For instructors and students, the site has: theLC-3 Simulator (Windows and UNIX versions), lab manuals for bothversions of the LC-3, PowerPoint presentations created by instructorsusing the book in their course, selected solutions (Appendix F),Appendices A, D & E (for easy reference) and a Message Board.CONTENTS1 Welcome Aboard. 2 Bits, Data Types, and Operations. 3 Digital LogicStructures. 4 The Von Neumann Model. 5 The LC-3. 6 Programming. 7 AssemblyLanguage 8 I/O. 9 TRAP Routines and Subroutines. 10 And, Finally...The Stack.11 Introduction to Programming in C. 12 Variables and Operators. 13 ControlStructures. 14 Functions. 15 Testing and Debugging. 16 Pointers and Arrays. 17Recursion. 18 I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix A The LC-3 ISA. AppendixB From LC-3 to x86. Appendix C The Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix DThe C Programming Language. Appendix E Useful Tables. Appendix F SelectedSolutions (available at website).NEWSCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLES OFCOMPUTER SCIENCEby Paul Tymann, Rochester Inst Of Technology, Carl Reynolds,Rochester Inst Of Technology2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-146051-4 / MHID: 0-07-146051-9Schaum's PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science providesa concise overview of the theoretical foundation of computerscience. It also includes focused review of object-orientedprogramming using Java.Introduction to Computer Science/CSI1715-60_CompSc.indd 1711/15/06 5:05:07 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO COMPUTING SYS TEMS:From Bits and Gates to C and BeyondSecond Editionby Yale N Patt, University of Texas at Austin and Sanjay J Patel,University of Illinois, Champaign2004 / 656 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-246750-5 / MHID: 0-07-246750-9(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-0-07-124501-2 / MHID: 0-0-07-124501-4[IE - 2 Color]The website contains updated versions of the solutions manual, amessage board, LC-2 Simulator [to LC-3], lab manuals for LC-3,PowerPoint pre sen ta tions, source code of the examples, and figures.Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072467509This book is based on the premise that starting with a highlevel programming language is not the best approach. Thereason most students are unsuccessful using a programminglanguage when they encounter it in their first course is be causethey are forced to memorize a lot of tech ni cal details withouthaving any idea why these details are necessary. That is, theydo not understand the basic un der pin nings of how a computerworks. From this basic notion evolves the motivated bot tomupapproach found in Patt/Patel’s In tro duc tion To ComputingSystems, now in a second edition. The text starts with the logicstructures and architecture of a computer and moves up tothe ap pli ca tion software that runs on it. Every treat ment thatpurports to start at the bottom and work up begins with someab strac tion. For Patt/Patel, that abstraction is the switch levelbe hav ior of an MOS tran sis tor. From a very short treatment ofthat abstraction, the book covers in turn: Log ic Gates, latches,logic structures (MUX, Decoder, Adder, gated latches), finallyculminating in an implementation of mem o ry. From there, thebook moves on to the Von Neumann model of ex e cu tion, thena simple computer (the LC-3), ma chine language pro gram ming,assembly language and how an assembler works, and thenassembly language pro gram ming of the LC-3. The LC-3treatment con cludes with a sub stan tial treatment of Phys i calI/O, including both polling and interrupt-driven I/O, the natureof traps and subroutine calls/returns. The book then movesto the high level language C, cov er ing recursion, pointers,and finally el e men ta ry data structures. The book es tab lish esa foundation that every subsequent course in the computerscience or com put er engineering curriculum can benefit fromand build on.CONTENTSPart I: 1 Welcome Aboard! 2 Bits, Data Types, and Op er a tions. 3 Digital LogicStruc tures. 4 The Von Neumann Model. 5 The LC-3. 6 Pro gram ming. 7 AssemblyLanguage. 8 I/O. 9 TRAP Rou tines and Sub rou tines. 10 And, Finally...Part II:11 In tro duc tion to Pro gram ming in C. 12 Vari ables and Operators. 13 ControlStructures. 14 Func tions. 15 Debugging. 16 Re cur sion. 17 Pointers and Arrays.18 I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix A The LC-3 ISA. Appendix B FromLC-3 to x86. Appendix C The Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix D The CPro gram ming Language. Appendix E Ex tend ing C to C++. Appendix F UsefulTablesInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF IN TRO DUC TION TOCOM PUT ER SCIENCEby Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline K Cushman, James MadisonUniversity in Harrisonburg, Virginia2000 / 240 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-134554-5 / MHID: 0-07-134554-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-116596-9 / MHID: 0-07-116596-7 [IE]Schaum's Publication(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)International EditionCAPPLIED CAn In tro duc tion and Moreby Alice Fischer and Stephen M Ross, both of the University of NewHaven2000 / 1136 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-021748-5 / MHID: 0-07-021748-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118459-5 / MHID: 0-07-118459-7 [IE]CONTENTSI Introduction. Chapter 1: Computers and Systems. Chapter 2: Programs andProgramming. Chapter 3: Fundamental Concepts. II Computation. Chapter 4:Writing Sentences in C. Chapter 5: Using Functions and Libraries. Chapter 6: MoreRepetition and Decisions. III Basic Data Types. Chapter 7: Integers and IntegerOperations. Chapter 8: Real Numbers and Computation. Chapter 9: ProgramDesign. Chapter 10: An Introduction to Arrays. Chapter 11: Character Data andEnumerations. Chapter 12: An Introduction to Pointers. IV Structured Data Types.Chapter 13: Strings. Chapter 14: Structured Types. Chapter 15: Streams and Files.Chapter 16: Simple Array AlgorithmsChapter 17: Two Dimensional Arrays. Chapter18: Calculating with Bits. V Advanced Techniques. Chapter 19: Dynamic Arrays.Chapter 20: Working With Pointers. Chapter 21: Recursion. Chapter 22: MakingPrograms General. Chapter 23: Modular Organization. VI Appendix. Appendix A:The ASCII Code. Appendix B: The Precedence of Operators in C. Appendix C: TheTools Library. Appendix D: A Simple Makefile For the Tools Library. Appendix E:Advanced Aspects of C Operators. Appendix F: Glossary and Alphabet Soup.International EditionC PROGRAMMING FOR ENGINEERING ANDCOMPUTER SCIENCE(B.E.S.T SERIES)by H H Tan, Morrison Knudsen Corporation, and T.B. D’Orazio1999 / 600 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-913678-7 / MHID: 0-07-913678-8(with 3.5” disk)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116788-8 / MHID: 0-07-116788-9[IE with 3.5” Disk]Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0079136788CONTENTS1 Computers and Com put ing Fundamentals. 2 Getting Started with C. 3 TheBasics of C. 4 Beginning De ci sion Making and Looping. 5 Functions. 6 Arraysand Index Variables. 7 Character Ar rays and Strings. 8 Pointers, Addresses, andSpecial Variable Types. 9 Introduction to C++1815-60_CompSc.indd 1811/15/06 5:05:08 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionA COMPUTER SCIENCE TAPESTRYSecond Editionby Owen Astrachan, Duke University2000 / 880 pages / softcover /ISBN-13: 978-0-07-246536-5 / MHID: 0-07-246536-0(with Microsoft Compiler and E-Text) (Out-of-Print)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116178-7 / MHID: 0-07-116178-3 [IE]http://www.cs.duke.edu/csed/tapestry/CONTENTSChapter 1: Computer Science and Programming/Chapter 2: C++ Programs:Form and Function/Chapter 3: Design and Implementation of Simple Programs/Chapter 4: Control, Functions, and Classes/Chapter 5: Iteration with Programsand Classes/Chapter 6: Streams, Iterators, and Operators/Chapter 7: Abstractionand Information Hiding/Chapter 8: Arrays, Data, and Random Access/Chapter 9:Class Design and Implementation/Chapter 10: Matrices and Recursion/Chapter11: Sorting, Searching, and Templates/Chapter 12: Dynamic Data and Pointers/Chapter 13: Inheritance for Object-Oriented Design and Programming/Chapter14: Advanced Topics: Sets, Trees and MapsSCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINES OF PROGRAMMINGWITH C++by John R Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia2000 / 160 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-052713-3 / MHID: 0-07-052713-XSchaum's PublicationCONTENTSIntroduction to C++ Pro gram ming. Conditionals and Type. Conversion.Iteration. Functions. Arrays. Pointers and References. Strings. Classes. OverloadingOperators. A String Class. Com po si tion and Inheritance. Stream I/O. AppendixA C++ Keywords. Appendix B C++ Operators. Appendix C C++ Pre-definedFunctions. IndexSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FUN DA MEN TALS OFCOMPUTING WITH C++by John Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia1998 / 368 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-030868-8 / MHID: 0-07-030868-3Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSIntroduction to Computing. Logic. Control Structures. Algorithms. Text Processing.Arrays. Data Abstraction. Inheritance. Polymorphism. Containers. Recursion.Mathematical Induction. Sorting. Complexity Analysis. Hash Tables. LinkedLists. Trees. External Structures. Graphs. Simultation. Appendices: A: C++Syntax. B: Standard C++ Libraries. C: C++ Syntax. D: Logarithms. E: Factorials,Permutations, and Combinations. F: Stirling’s Formula. G: Catalan Numbers. H:Counting Principles. I: Recurrence Relations. J: References.International EditionA C++ PRIMER FOR ENGINEERSAn Object-Ori ent ed Approachby Kumaraswamy Ponnambalam, University of Waterloo; and TivleyAlgvindigve, Chief Soft ware Engineer for Engsoft1997 / 293 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115807-7 / MHID: 0-07-115807-3 [IE with 3.5”disk]CONTENTS1 Problem Solving Using Computers/2 C++ Pro gram ming Basics/3 Se lec tionsand Repetitions/4 Functions to Aid Mod u lar i ty/5 Arrays for Grouping Dataof Same Type/6 Struc tures to Group Data/7 Encapsulation of Data andFunctions in Classes/8 Inheritance to Aid Re us abil i ty/9 Pointers to Aid EfficientImplementation/10 Miscellaneous Topics/11 Java for C++ ProgrammersInternational EditionInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRO GRAM MING WITHC++Second Editionby John R Hubbard, University of Richmond, Virginia2000 / 422 pagesISBN-978-0-07-135346-5 / MHID: 0-07-135346-1ISBN-978-0-07-118372-7 / MHID: 0-07-118372-8 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan)Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSChapter 1: Elementary C++ Programming. Chapter 2: Fun da men tal Types.Chapter 3: Se lec tion. Chapter 4: Iteration. Chap ter 5: Functions. Chapter 6: Arrays.Chapter 7: Pointers and Ref er enc es. Chapter 8: C-Strings. Chapter 9: StandardC++ Strings. Chapter 10: Classes. Chapter 11: Overloading Op er a tors. Chapter12: Composition and Inheritance. Chapter 13: Templates and Iterators. Chapter 14:Standard C++ Vectors. Chapter 15: Container Classes. Appendices: A: CharacterCodes. B: Standard C++ Keywords. C: Standard C++ Operators. D: StandardC++ Container Classes. E: Standard C++ Generic Al go rithms. F: The StandardC Li brary. G: Hexadecimal Numbers. H: References.C++ PRIMER FOR NON C PROGRAMMERSby S Zamir1995 / 331 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113398-2 / MHID: 0-07-113398-4 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookInternational EditionLEARNING C++by Neill Graham1991 / 304 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100849-5 / MHID: 0-07-100849-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Elements of C++. 2 Classes and Objects. 3 Arrays, Pointers, and References.4 Operators and Friends. 5 Inheritance: Derived Classes. 6 Poly mor phism:Virtual Functions. 7 Case Study: Event-Driven Simulation. 8 More about C++.Appendixes2015-60_CompSc.indd 2011/15/06 5:05:09 PM

International EditionVisual BasicNEWADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING VISUALBASIC.NETThird EditionBy Julia Case Bradley, and Anita C. Millspaugh, both of Mt SanAntonio College2007 (May 2006) / 608 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-351717-9 / MHID: 0-07-351717-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110295-7 / MHID: 0-07-110295-7 [IE]The author team of Julia Bradley and Anita Millspaugh remainthe guiding light in programming with Visual Basic .NET forcountless students around the world. How better to master themost popular programming language than to use the bestsellingtextbook? To be at the cutting edge of technology start withspecific Learning Objectives in themed Case Studies andmove on to practice with Programming Skills, Exercises, andExamples. Combine screen captures, step-by-step exercises,and thorough appendices and you can ensure that ProgrammingExcellence Begins Here. This textbook is intended for use inan introductory programming course, which assumes no priorknowledge of computer programming. The later chaptersare also appropriate for professional programmers who arelearning a new language to upgrade their skills.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Hands-On Programming Examples• Learning Objectives• Feedback Questions• Case Studies• Tips• Programming ExercisesCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Visual Basic .NET. Chapter 2: User Interface Design.Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4: Decisions andConditions Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, andFunction Procedures Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops, andPrinting Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Programming with Visual Web Developer.Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files. Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files.Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 13: Graphics,Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop. Chapter 14:Additional Topics in VisualBasic Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods andFunctions for ¿Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, andString Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the EnvironmentAppendix D: .NET Security Glossary Index.International EditionComputer SciencePROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC.NET2005 Editionby Julia Case Bradley, and Anita C. Millspaugh, both of Mt SanAntonio College2006 / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-321588-4 / MHID: 0-07-321588-0(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125689-6 / MHID: 0-07-125689-X [IE]The author team of Julia Bradley and Anita Millspaugh remainthe guiding light in programming with Visual Basic .NET forcountless students around the world. How better to master themost popular programming language than to use the bestsellingtextbook? To be at the cutting edge of technology start withspecific Learning Objectives in themed Case Studies andmove on to practice with Programming Skills, Exercises, andExamples. Combine screen captures, step-by-step exercises,and thorough appendices and you can ensure that ProgrammingExcellence Begins Here. This textbook is intended for use inan introductory programming course, which assumes no priorknowledge of computer programming. The later chaptersare also appropriate for professional programmers who arelearning a new language to upgrade their skills.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Hands-On Programming Examples• Learning Objectives• Feedback Questions• Case Studies• Tips• Programming ExercisesCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Visual Basic .NET. Chapter 2: User Interface Design.Chapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations. Chapter 4: Decisions andConditions. Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, andFunction Procedures. Chapter 6: Multiform Projects Chapter 7: Lists, Loops,and Printing. Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Programming with Visual WebDeveloper. Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files. Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files.Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 13: Graphics,Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop. Chapter 14:Additional Topics in VisualBasic Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods andFunctions for ¿Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, andString Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the EnvironmentAppendix D: .NET Security Glossary IndexINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg2115-60_CompSc.indd 2111/15/06 5:05:10 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionPROGRAMMING IN VI SU AL BASIC.NET:Update Edi tion for VB.NET 2003 with 5-CD VB.Net2003 Software Setby Julia Case Bradley, Mt. San Antonio College and Anita CMillspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College2005 / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225671-0 / MHID: 0-07-225671-0(with CD) (Out-of-Print)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111447-9 / MHID: 0-07-111447-5[IE with CD]NEW TO THIS EDITION• Reorganized and ex pand ed• New appendix on security. Information Assurance has becomean ex treme ly important topic in in for ma tion systems curriculum. Inaddition, security problems cause students many frus tra tions. Wehave added an appendix that addresses securing an application, aswell as getting around security re stric tions for testing and movingapplications.• The narrative, step-by-step exercises, screen captures, andap pen di ces have all been up dat ed to VB .NET 2003. The screencaptures are all based on Windows XP.• All code updated. All programs in the text are modified toconform to the new standards. Changes to coding conventionsinclude declaring all module level variables using the Privatekeyword, taking advantage of the feature to declare multiple variableson one state ment, and reducing the number of end-line comments.Program comments are now more readable and complete.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Visual Basic.NET. Chapter 2 More Controls. Chapter3 Variables, Constants, and Calculations. Chapter 4 De ci sions and Conditions.Chapter 5 Menus, Sub Pro ce dures, and Sub Functions. Chapter 6 OOP:CreatingOb ject-Oriented Programs. Chap ter 7 Lists, Loops, and Printing. Chapter 8 Arrays.Chapter 9 Programming With Web Forms. Chapter 10 Accessing DataBase Files.Chapter 11 Saving Data and Objects in Files. Chapter 12 Graphics in Win dowsand the Web. Chapter 13 Advanced Topics in Visual Basic. Ap pen dix A Answers toFeed back Questions. Appendix B Meth ods and Functions for Working with Dates,Financial Cal cu la tions, Mathematics, and String Operations. Appendix C Tips andShortcuts for Mastering the Environment. Appendix D Security. Glossary. IndexCOMPLIMENTARYCOPIESComplimentary desk copies are availablefor course adoption only. Kindly contact yourlocal McGraw-Hill Representative or fax theExamination Copy Request Form availableon the back pages of this catalog.Visit McGraw-Hill EducationWebsite: www.mheducation.comInternational EditionLEARNING PRO GRAM MING USING VISUALBA SIC .NETFourth Editionby William E Burrows, University of Wash ing ton2003ISBN-13: 978-0-07-293871-5 / MHID: 0-07-293871-4(with 4-CD Set)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111350-2 / MHID: 0-07-111350-9[IE with CD and VB.Net Software, 4 CD set)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/it/burrowsvbnetCONTENTSChapter 1 Problem Solving and the Object-Oriented Par a digm. Chapter 2 CreatingSimple Visual Basic .NET Windows Applications. Chapter 3 Rep re sent ing Data– Con stants and Variables. Chapter 4 Per form ing Cal cu la tions and Ma nip u lat ingData. Chapter 5 Spec i fy ing Al ter na tive Courses of Action: Se lec tion State ments.Chapter 6 Reducing Program Complexity: Pro gram mer-Defined Procedures andFunc tions. Chapter 7 Repeating Pro cess ing Tasks: Loop Struc tures. Chapter 8Accessing Data: Relational Database Processing. Chapter 9 Ac cess ing Data: UsingXML. Chapter 10 Working with Collections. Chapter 11 Using Visual Basic .NETto Create Web Ap pli ca tions. Comprehensive Projects: CP.1 Multiple Forms,Menus, and Logical Decision-Making. CP.2 Economic Order Quantity Calculator.CP.3 Order Policy Simulation. CP.4 Product/Supplier Da ta base Application. CP.5Order Entry Application Revisited. CP.6 Real Estate Listings Database ApplicationRevisited. Appendix A: De bug ging. Appendix B: Configuring and Using InternetInformation Server (IIS). Appendix C: Configuring and Using MS SQL Server.Appendix D: Answers to Selected ExercisesInternational EditionPRO GRAM MING IN VI SU AL BASIC 6.0 UPDATEEDITION WITH CDby Julia Case Bradley and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt. San AntonioCol lege2002ISBN-13: 978-0-07-251874-0 / MHID: 0-07-251874-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-120481-1 / MHID: 0-07-120481-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/program/bradley6CONTENTS1. Introduction to Visual Basic. 2. More Controls. 3. Variables, Constants, andCalculations. 4. Decisions and Conditions. 5. Menus, Sub Procedures, and SubFunctions. 6. Multiple Forms. 7. Lists, Loops, and Printing. 8. Arrays. 9. OOP-Creating Object-Oriented Programs. 10. Data Files. 11. Accessing DatabaseFiles. 12. Data Handling-Grids, Val i da tion, Selection, and Sorting. 13. Dragand-Drop.14. Graphics. 15. Advanced Topics in Visual Basic. Appendix AAnswers to Feed back Questions. Appendix B Functions for Working with Dates,Financial Calculations, Mathematics, and String Op er a tions. Appendix C Tipsand Shortcuts for Mastering the VB Environment. Appendix D A Preview ofMicrosoft’s VB.NETSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF VISUAL BA SICby Byron S Gottfried, Uni ver si ty of Pittsburgh, Pitts burgh2001 / 325 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-135671-8 / MHID: 0-07-135671-1Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSChapter 1: Introducing Visual Basic. Chapter 2: Visual Basic Fun da men tals. Chapter3: Branch ing and Loop ing. Chapter 4: Visual Basic Control Fun da men tals. Chapter5: Menus and Dialog Boxes. Chapter 6. Ex e cut ing and De bug ging a New Project.Chapter 7: Procedures. Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Data Files. Appendix A:The ASCII Char ac ter Set. Appendix B: Incompatibilities with Visual Basic.NET.Answers to Selected Problems.2215-60_CompSc.indd 2211/15/06 5:05:11 PM

International EditionFortranNEWFORTRAN 95/2003 FOR SCIENTISTS & ENGINEERSThird EditionBy Stephen J. Chapman, BAE Systems Australia2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319157-7 / MHID: 0-07-319157-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128578-0 / MHID: 0-07-128578-4 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapman3eChapman's Fortran fo r Scientists and Engineers is intended forboth first year engineering students and practicing engineers.It simultaneously teaches the Fortran 95/2003 programminglanguage, structured programming techniques, and goodprogramming practice. Among its strengths are its concise, clearexplanations of Fortran syntax and programming procedures,the inclusion of a wealth of examples and exercises to helpstudents grasp difficult concepts, and its explanations abouthow to understand code written for older versions of Fortran.We are the most current Fortran book in the market.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Text has been revised to include the latest updates in response tothe release of FORTRAN 2003.• A new chapter, Object-Oriented Programming in Fortran has beenadded.FEATURES• Clear explanations of FORTRAN syntax and programmingprocedures• Discusses changes that have been implemented since FORTRAN77• Top-Down design methodology and procedures• Good programming practice summaries and FORTRAN statementsummaries at the end of each chapterCONTENTS1 Introduction to Computers and the Fortran Language. 2 Basic Elements of Fortran.3 Program Design and Branching Structures. 4 Loops and Character Manipulation.5 Basic I/O Concepts. 6 Introduction to Arrays. 7 Introduction to Procedures. 8Additional Features of Arrays. 9 Additional Features of Procedures. 10 More aboutCharacter Variables. 11 Additional Intrinsic Data Types. 12 Derived Data Types.13 Advanced Features of Procedures and Modules. 14 Advanced I/O Concepts.15 Pointers and Dynamic Data Structures. 16 Object-Oriented Programming inFortran. 17 Redundant, Obsolescent, and Deleted Fortran Features. AppendixA ASCII and EBCDIC Coding Systems. Appendix B Fortran 95/2003 IntrinsicProcedures. Appendix C Order of Statements in a Fortran 95/2003 Program.Appendix D Glossary. Appendix E Answers to Quizzes.International EditionComputer ScienceFORTRAN 90/95 FOR SCI EN TISTS AND ENGINEERSSecond Editionby Stephen J. Chapman, Bae Systems Aus tra lia2004 / 700 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-282575-6 / MHID: 0-07-282575-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123233-3 / MHID: 07-123233-8 [IE]The website contains links to Solutions, PowerPoints, Student tips,a Glossary (by chap ter and complete), For tran Code Files , FortranLibrary Files, Fortran Utilities, and Fortran Code Help. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/general/best/)Chapman’s Fortran for Sci en tists and Engineers is intended forboth first year engineering students and practicing en gi neers.It simultaneously teaches the Fortran 90/95 programminglanguage, structured pro gram ming techniques, and goodprogramming practice. Among its strengths are its concise, clearexplanations of Fortran syntax and programming procedures,the inclusion of a wealth of examples and exercises to helpstudents grasp difficult concepts, and its explanations abouthow to understand code written for older versions of Fortran.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Computers and the Fortran Language. 2 Basic Elements ofFortran. 3 Control Structures and Pro gram Design. 4 Basic I/O Concepts. 5Arrays. 6 Procedures and Struc tured Programming. 7 More About CharacterVari ables. 8 Additional Data Types. 9 Advanced Features of Pro ce dures andMorals. 10 Advanced I/O Concepts. 11 Pointers and Dynamic Data Structures. 12Redundant, Obsolescent, and Deleted Fortran Features. Appendixes. A ASCII andEBCDIC Coding Systems. B Fortran 95 Intrinsic Pro ce dures. B1 Classes of IntrinsicPro ce dures. B2 Al pha bet i cal List of In trin sic Pro ce dures. B3 Math e mat i cal andType Con ver sion Intrinsic Pro ce dures. B4 Kind and Numeric Pro ces sor In trin sicFunctions. B5 Date and Time Intrinsic Subroutines. B6 Bit Intrinsic Procedures.B7 Char ac ter Intrinsic Func tions. B8 Array and Pointer Intrinsic Functions. B9Mis cel la neous Inquiry Functions. C Order of State ments in a For tran 95 Program.D Towards Fortran 200x. D1 Objects and Object-oriented Programming. D2 OtherFea tures. E Glossary. F Answers to QuizzesInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO FORTRAN 90/95by Stephen Chapman, British Aerospace1998 / 416 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115896-1 / MHID: 0-07-115896-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction to Computers and the Fortran Language/2 Basic El e ments ofFortran/3 Control Structures and Program Design/4 Basic I/O Concepts/5 Arrays/6Procedures and Structured Programming/7 Ad di tion al Data Types/8 AdvancedFeatures of Procedures and Modules/9 Dynamic Memory Allocation and Pointers/Appendixes/A ASCII and EBCDIC Coding Systems/B Fortran 90/95 IntrinsicProcedures/C Order of State ments in a Fortran 90/95 Program/D Summary ofFormat De scrip tors and I/O Statements/E Glossary/F Answers to QuizzesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRO GRAM MING WITHFORTRAN 77by William Mayo and Martin Cwiakala, Rutgers University1995 / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-041155-5 / MHID: 0-07-041155-7Schaum's Publication2315-60_CompSc.indd 2311/15/06 5:05:12 PM

Computer SciencePASCALJavaSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRO GRAM MING WITHPASCALSecond Editionby Byron S Gottfried, University of Pittsburgh1994 / 448 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-023924-1 / MHID: 0-07-023924-XSchaum's PublicationCONTENTSIntroductory Concepts. Pascal Fundamentals. Simple-Type Data. Data Input andOutput. Preparing and Running a Complete Pascal Program. Control Structures.Procedures and Functions. User-Defined Simple-Type Data. Arrays. Records. Files.Sets. Lists and Pointers. Appendices: A: Reserved Words. B: Standard Identifiers.C: Standard Procedures. D: Standard Functions. E: Operators. F: Syntax Diagrams.G: The ASCII Character Set. Answers to Selected Problems.International EditionCOBOLCOMPREHENSIVE COBOL, VOL IIAdvanced COBOL ProgrammingFourth Editionby A S Philippakis and L J Kazmier1991 / 485 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112768-4 / MHID: 0-07-112768-2 [IE]NEWA COMPREHENSIVE INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVAby C. Thomas Wu (Otani), Naval Postgraduate School2008 (February 2007) / Softcover / 256 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-331708-1 / MHID: 0-07-331708-X(with ARIS Bind-in card)An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Javaprovides an accessible and technically thorough introductionto the basics of programming using java. The text takes atruly object-oriented approach. Objects are used early so thatstudents think in objects right from the beginning.FEATURES• The Comprehensive Edition of Wu includes chapters on MemoryAllocation Schemes and Linked Data Structures, Generics, Lists,Queues, and Stacks.• New Java 5.0 features are incorporated into the text includingtwo new classes, the Scanner Class for input and the Formatter class.Revisions for the Comprehensive edition include introducing theScanner Class at the outset rather starting students off with JOptionPane as Wu did in the 4th edition.• The fundamentals of incremental program design are emphasizedby taking students through large Sample Development Programs thatreinforce software engineering principles. CONSISTENT PROBLEMSOLVING APPROACH AT THE END OF EVERY CHAPTERFOLLOWS: Problem Statement; Overall Plan; Design; Code; Test.• Wu presents concepts visually. His diagrams representing objectsand classes make these concepts easier for students to understand.WU HAS MORE DIAGRAMS THAN ANY OTHER TEXT.• The accompanying ARIS site contains solutions for instructors,Anitmated PowerPoint Slides, Labs, Source Code, an Example Bank,Compiler HowTos and more.• A Testbank is available to instructors, with questions that can beassigned as exam questions or homework.CONTENTS0 Introduction to Computers and Programming Languages. 1 Introduction toObject-Oriented Programming and Software Development. 2 Getting Startedwith Java. 3 Numerical Data. 4 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 1. 5 SelectionStatements. 6 Repetition Statements. 7 Defining Your Own Classes--Part 2. 8Exceptions and Assertions. 9 Characters and Strings. 10 Arrays. 11 Sorting andSearching. 12 File Input and Output. 13 Inheritance and Polymorphism. 14 GUIand Event-Driven Programming. 15 Recursion. 16 Memory Allocation Schemesand Linked Data Structures. 17 Generics. 18 List ADT. 19 Queue ADT. 20 StackADTCOMPLIMENTARYCOPIESComplimentary desk copies are availablefor course adoption only. Kindly contact yourlocal McGraw-Hill Representative or fax theExamination Copy Request Form availableon the back pages of this catalog.Visit McGraw-Hill EducationWebsite: www.mheducation.com2415-60_CompSc.indd 2411/15/06 5:05:12 PM

Computer ScienceNEWJAVA IN TWO SEMESTERSSecond Editionby Quentin Charatan, and Aaron Kans, University of East London2006 / 624 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-710889-2 / MHID: 0-07-710889-2(McGraw-Hill UK Title)This second edition of the successful textbook, Java in TwoSemesters, provides a comprehensive treatment of objectorientedprogramming, covering both introductory materialand the more advanced topics of a second level course.Thoroughly revised and updated to reflect the latest releaseof the Java language, the new edition covers the most recentdevelopments in Java programming. Part One presents thekey concepts of object-orientation and takes the student fromsimple programming concepts through to inheritance andHCI. The second part of the book introduces topics such asadvanced graphics programming, exceptions, threads, filehandling and network programming, and culminates in afinal chapter on Java in the context of the current softwaredevelopment environment. Based upon Java 1.5, the bookincludes topics such as generics, autoboxing and unboxing,a new chapter on network programming as well as a chaptercovering the recently updated Java Collections Framework.Program control is covered by two separate chapters, andthere is an entire chapter devoted to the implementation ofmethods. In addition to new technical developments, thebook retains frequent examples, extensive end of chapterexercises, unique case study chapters, and offers a free studentCD-ROM containing a Java IDE and all essential Java classesfrom the text.CONTENTSChapter One: The first step. Chapter Two: Selection. Chapter Three: Iteration.Chapter Four: Implementing methods. Chapter Five: Arrays. Chapter Six: Classesand objects. Chapter Seven: Implementing classes. Chapter Eight: Extendingclasses with inheritance. Chapter Nine: Software quality. Chapter Ten: Graphicsand event-driven programmes. Chapter Eleven: Case study--part 1. Chapter Twelve:Case study--part 2. Chapter Thirteen: Packages. Chapter Fourteen: Abstraction,inheritance and interfaces. Chapter Fifteen: Exceptions. Chapter Sixteen: Twodimensionalarrays. Chapter Seventeen: The Java collections framework. ChapterEighteen: Advanced graphics programming. Chapter Nineteen: Enhancing the userinterface. Chapter Twenty: Working with files. Chapter Twenty-One: Advancedcase study. Chapter Twenty-Two: Multi-threaded programs. Chapter Twenty-Three:Java in a network environment. Chapter Twenty-Four: Java in context.JAVA 5.0 PROGRAM DESIGNBy James P. Cohoon, and Jack W. Davidson, both of University OfVA-Charlottesville2006 / 920 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-325030-4 / MHID: 0-07-325030-9This site includes solutions, powerpoints, labs, source code, and more.(Browse http://www.mhhe.com/cohoon)Java 5.-0 Program Design is about the fundamentals ofprogramming and software development using Java. It istargeted for a first programming course and has been designedto be appropriate for people from all disciplines. The authorsassume no prior programming skills and use mathematics andscience at a level appropriate to first-year college students.The breadth of coverage and the arrangement of the chaptersprovide flexibility for the instructor in what and when topics areintroduced. Key to Java 5.0 Program Design is an introductionto problem solving. The basics of problem-solving techniquesare introduced in chapter one and then reinforced during theexplanations of Java programming and design. In addition,software engineering design concepts are introduced viaproblem studies and software projects. This updated versionof Java Program Design takes advantage of the improvementsto the language introduced with Java 5.0. The additions areespecially important for beginning programmers because theyhelp make program design and development a clearer andmore straightforward process.Key Handles: • Good Problem Solving Techniques • WideVariety of Examples • Placement of Objects first—Aidsstudents in Problem Solving • 5.0 update is included in thisrevisionFEATURES• Java is given broad coverage. The authors provide in-depthcoverage of all materials that an introductory course would need,introduce much of the remaining material, and give pointers to therest.• Introduction to problem solving. The basics of problem-solvingtechniques are presented in chapter one, and each successive chaptercontains a self-check section, an exercise section offering a varietyof problems requiring a wide array of efforts, and one or moreinteresting case studies presented in a manner that makes it suitableas a class assignment.• Classes are introduced early. Chapter one includes a gentleintroduction to the object-oriented paradigm, and the next severalchapters introduce standard Java classes and packages, and a limitednumber of objects. After this solid introduction, over 50 classes aredemonstrated in the remaining chapters.• Software-engineering design concepts are introduced via problemstudies and software projects.• Coverage of testing and debugging. Students learn varioustesting techniques (such as unit testing, integration testing, and codeinspections), and sections on debugging teach students how to usethe scientific method to find bugs.• Programming and style tips are presented in boxes that clearlydelineate this material from the main text. There are important tipson such things as avoiding common programming errors, writingreadable code, performance, and software engineering.CONTENTS1 Background 2 Java Basics 3 Using Objects 4 Being Classy 5 Decisions 6Iteration. Graphics Interlude 1: GUI-Based Programming 7 Programming withMethods and Classes 8 Arrays and Collections 9 Inheritance and PolymorphismGraphics Interlude 2: GUI-Based Programming 10 Exceptions 11 RecursiveProblem Solving 12 Threads 13 Testing and Debugging. Appendix A: Tablesand Operators. Appendix B: Number Representation. Appendix C: FormattedI/O. Appendix D: Applets. Appendix E: Standard Java Packages2515-60_CompSc.indd 2511/15/06 5:05:13 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionAN INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT-ORI ENT EDPRO GRAM MING WITH JAVAFourth Editionby C Thomas Wu (Otani), Naval Post grad u ate School2006 / 976 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-294652-9 / MHID: 0-07-294652-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111680-0 / MHID: 0-07-111680-X[IE, Mandatory package)http://www.mhhe.com/wuAn Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Javaprovides an accessible and technically thorough in tro duc tionto the basics of pro gram ming using java. The fourth editioncontinues to take a truly object-oriented approach. Objectsare used early so that students think in objects right from thebeginning. In the fourth edition, the cov er age on definingclasses has been made more accessible. The material has beenbroken down into smaller chunks and spread over two chapters,making it more student-friendly. Also, new to this edition isthe incorporation of Java 1.5 features, including use of theScanner Class and the Formatter Class. The hallmark featureof the book, Sample Development Programs, are continuedin this edition. These provide students with an opportunityto in cre men tal ly, step by step, walk through program design,learn ing the fundamentals of soft ware engineering. Objectdiagrams, using a subset of UML, also continue to be animportant element of Wu’s approach. The consistent, visualapproach assists students in understanding concepts.NEW TO THIS EDITION• The fourth edition takes a gentler approach to teaching students tobuild their own classes, which makes the dif fi cult topic accessible tostudents.• The fourth edition contains many new examples geared towardbeing student-mo ti vat ing and accessible.• New Java 1.5 features are in corporated in clud ing two newclasses, the Scanner Class for input and the Formatter class.• A Testbank is available to instructors, with questions that can beassigned as exam questions or homework.Features• Objects are emphasized from the start, training students to thinkabout programming in an object-oriented way.• The fundamentals of incremental program design are emphasizedby taking students through large Sample Development Programs thatreinforce software engineering principles.• Wu presents concepts visually. His diagrams representing objectsand classes make these concepts easier for students to understand.• An Online Learning Center (OLC) con tain ing solutions forin struc tors, PowerPoint Slides, Labs, Source Code, an Example Bank,Com pil er HowTos and more is available with this book at www.mhhe.com/wu.• Small complete pro grams are used the book throughout to providestudents with small and digestible examples, making material easierto comprehend.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming and Software Development. 2Getting Started with Java. 3 Numerical Data. 4 Defining Your Own Classes-Part 1.5 Selection Statements. 6 Rep e ti tion Statements. 7 Defining Your Own Classes-Part2. 8 Exceptions and Assertions. 9 Characters and Strings. 10 Arrays. 11 Sortingand Search ing. 12 File Input and Output. 13 Inheritance and Poly mor phism. 14GUI and Event-Driven Programming. 15 Re cur sive AlgorithmsInternational EditionJAVA 1.5 PROGRAM DESIGNby James P Cohoon, University of Virginia, Charlottesville and JackW Davidson, University of Virginia, Charlottesville2004ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121841-2 / MHID: 0-07-121841-6[IE with Bind-In Card]http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007235447xJava 1.5 Program Design is about the fundamentals ofprogramming and software development using Java. It istargeted for a first programming course and has been designedto be appropriate for people from all disciplines. The authorsassume no prior programming skills and use mathematics andscience at a level appropriate to first-year college students.The breadth of coverage and the arrangement of the chaptersprovide flexibility for the instructor in what and when topics areintroduced. Key to Java 1.5 Program Design is an introductionto problem solving. The basics of problem-solving techniquesare introduced in chapter one and then reinforced during theexplanations of Java pro gram ming and design. In addition,software engineering design concepts are introduced viaproblem studies and software projects. This updated versionof Java Program Design takes ad van tage of the improvementsto the language introduced with Java 1.5. The additions areespecially important for beginning pro gram mers because theyhelp make program design and development a clearer andmore straightforward process.CONTENTS1 Background. 2 Java Basics. 3 Using Objects. 4 Being Classy. 5 Decisions. 6Iteration. Graph ics Interlude I: GUI-Based Programming. 7 Programming withMethods and Classes. 8 Arrays and Collections. 9 Inheritance and Polymorphism.Graphics Interlude II: GUI-Based Programming. 10 Ex cep tions. 11 RecursiveProblem Solving. 12 Threads. 13 Testing and Debugging. Appendix A Tables andOperators. Appendix B Number Representation. Appendix C Applets. AppendixD Standard Java Packages. Appendix E Standard Java Graphical PackagesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRO GRAM MING WITHJAVASecond Editionby John R Hubbard, Uni ver si ty of Richmond2004 / Softcover / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-142040-2 / MHID: 0-07-142040-1Schaum's PublicationSince its inception in 1995, Java has transformed the waypeople use the internet. Built by Sun Microsystems over a5-year period, Java moved the Internet from its infancy intoearly childhood by enabling web pages to do more than justsit there on the screen like a computerized brochure. Javaenabled users to view media, listen to the radio, interact withother users, bid on products on EBay, virtually tour a homefor sale, and check stock prices in real time. Sun has nowreleased Java 1.4, a version that includes many updates forprogrammers that make creating web pages even easier. Withversion 1.4 there are new data structures, new additions to theJava language, and more ap pli ca tions that can use Java, not tomention the advancements in applet tech nol o gy which usesJava as its programming lan guage. Java has emerged as thesoftware developer’s clear choice for web development, andJava users today far out num ber those of all other programminglanguages, such as C++ or Visual Basic. The AP coursein Computer Science will reflect these changes as its focuschanges from C++ to Java 1.4 beginning with the Spring 2004Exam. This second edition of the successful Schaum’s OutlineProgramming with Java will address these advances in the Javaprogramming language since 1999. It will include updatedand expanded ex am ples and solved problems, a feature thatno other com pet i tive books on the subject have, which willalso appeal to students of Computer Science at the AP level inHigh School. New chapters and additions to chapters from the2615-60_CompSc.indd 2611/15/06 5:05:14 PM

Computer Sciencefirst edition will cover the new data struc tures and languageadditions with version 1.4. The book will support the majorComputer Science textbooks used in first year computerscience class rooms in colleges across the country.International EditionPROGRAMMING WITH JAVA WITH CD-ROMby Julia Case Bradley and Anita C Millspaugh, Mt. San AntonioCollege2002 / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-251244-1 / MHID: 0-07-251244-X(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112478-2 / MHID: 0-07-112478-0[IE with Student CD]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/program/bradleyjavaCONTENTSChapter 1: Introducing Java. Chapter 2: Using Variables and Constants. Chapter 3:De sign ing the Interface with Layout Managers. Chapter 4: Per form ing Calculationsand For mat ting Numbers. Chapter 5: Creating Classes. Chapter 6: Decisions andConditions. Chapter 7: Making Selections with Check Boxes and Option Buttons.Chapter 8: Using Lists, Choices, And Looping. Chapter 9: Arrays. Chapter 10:Applications, Frames, Menus, And Dialogs. Chapter 11: Multimedia In Java:Images, Sounds, Animations And Video. Chapter 12: More OOP, Interfaces,And Inner Classes. Chapter 13: Storing In for ma tion, Object Serialization, andJDBC. Chapter 14: Javascript. Chapter 15: Advanced Features of Java . AppendixA: Using an IDE. Appendix B: Conventions and Standards. Appendix C: Java 1.0Event Handling And Depreciated Methods. Appendix D: Solutions to FeedbackQuestions. Appendix E: Creating Jar Files. Appendix F: Math Functions. AppendixG: Debugging.International EditionAN IN TRO DUC TION TO COMPUTER SCIENCEUSING JAVASecond Editionby Samuel N Kamin, and Dennis Mickunas, both of the University ofIllinois, Champaign2002 / 784 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-112232-0 / MHID: 0-07-112232-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/kaminCONTENTS1 What Is Programming? 2 Classes and Methods I. 3 Fundamental Data Types ofJava. 4 Decision Making. 5 Classes and Objects II: Classes with Multiple Methods.6 Iteration. 7 Classes and Methods III: Working with Objects. 8 One-DimensionalArrays. 9 Nested Loops and Two-Dimensional Arrays. 10 Classes and Methods IV:Static Methods and Variables. 11 The Java AWT Part I: Mouse Events (Optional).12 Inheritance and Exceptions. 13 Java AWT Part II (Optional). 14 Recursion.15 Text Processing and File Input/Output. 16 Case Study: The Game of Reversi.Appendix A Other Java Features. Appendix B Precedence Rules. Appendix CClasses in the Java API. Appendix D Class DiagramsInternational EditionOBJECTS HAVE CLASSAn Introduction to Programming with Java withCD-ROM and OLCby David A. Poplawski, Michigan Tech no log i cal University2002ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112406-5 / MHID: 0-07-112406-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/poplawskiCONTENTS1 Computers, Programs, and Java. 2 Writing Programs. 3 Getting Started. 4Variables, Expressions, and Assignment. 5 Defining and Creating Multiple Objects.6 Interacting Objects and Events. 7 Making Decisions. 8 Program Testing. 9 SimpleClass Extension. 10 Repetition, 11 Arrays. 12 Application Programs. 13 Input andOutput. 14 Graphical User Interface Classes. 15 Class Hierarchies. 16 AbstractData Types and Linked Data Structures. 17 Introduction to Recursion. AppendixA Java Reserved Words. Appendix B Java Primitive Types. Appendix C The JavaDevelopment Kit. Appendix D The AnimatorInternational EditionJAVA ELEMENTSPrinciples of Programming in Javaby Duane Bailey, Williams College2000 / 352 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116353-8 / MHID: 0-07-116353-0 [IE]CONTENTSPreface. Welcome. Chapter 1: Values, Variables, and Expressions. Chapter 2: TheElement Package. Chapter 3: Conditions and Loops. Chapter 4: Methods. Chapter5: Strings. Chapter 6: Recursion. Chapter 7: Arrays and Vectors. Chapter 8: Classes.Chapter 9: Recursive Structures. Chapter 10: Threads. Chapter 11: Machines. A:Selected Answers. B: Basics. C: Contest Problems. D: Documentation of SelectedClasses. E: The Element Package. Index.International EditionJAVAAN OBJECT-ORI ENT ED LANGUAGEby Michael Smith, University of Brighton1999 / 450 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116914-1 / MHID: 0-07-116914-8 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTSIntroduction to Pro gram ming. Introductory Con cept. Fundamentals of ProgramInstructions. Solving a Simple Problem Using Java. The Full Language: Introductionto Design Using an OO Meth od ol o gy. Introduction - Part 1 Introduction - Part 2The Class: Class Variables and Methods. Wrapper Classes. Parameters to Methods.Windowed Pro gram ming. Arrays. Inheritance. Polymorphism. The Game ofCheckers. Exceptions. Clonable Objects. File I/O. Object Serialization2715-60_CompSc.indd 2711/15/06 5:05:15 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionUNIXJUST ENOUGH UNIXFifth Editionby K Paul Andersen, New Mexico State University - Las Cruces2006 / Softcover / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-295297-1 / MHID: 0-07-295297-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124418-3 / MHID: 0-07-124418-2 [IE]This site contains An swers to Excercises, PowerPoint slides, and somesample code. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/andersen)Just Enough UNIX provides a quick and gentle introductionto the UNIX operating system. The fifth edition of this highlysuccessful text reflects changes and updates to the UNIXcurriculum that have taken place since the publication of thefourth edition. The book is written in a clear, straight for wardstyle that avoids un nec es sary jargon. This short, yetcomprehensive text covers the basics of UNIX. It can be usedin both a fresh man engineering course or to supplement othercourses where the student needs to learn UNIX for the firsttime. The book is enhanced by strong pedagogical tools thatwill be very useful to those in the classroom, as well as thoseengaged in self-study.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Key New Topics. The following topics are new in the fifth edition:computer and network security; Secure Shell (ssh) for remotecom put ing; practical cryp tog ra phy; sciripting in awk; and scriptingin Perl.• New and revised chap ters. There are several completely newchap ters in the book—chapters 24 (Computer Security), 25 (RemoteComputing Using SSH-1), 26 (Remote Com put ing Using SSH-2), 27(Protecting Privacy with PGP), 32 (Scripting Languages), 33 (Cre at ingShell Scripts), 34 (Scripting with awk), and 35 (Scripting with Perl).• Website. The expanded book website includes answers toexercises for instructors only, as well as PowerPoint slides and datafiles.• Security. The fifth edition features ex pand ed coverage of securityissues, in clud ing the use of Secure Shell as a secure al ter na tive to thetraditional Unix “r-commands.”FEATURES• Organization. The book is divided into the following sections:Introduction to UNIX, UNIX File System, UNIX Shells, Text Editors,UNIX Net work ing, Startup Files, Secure Computing, Scripting andPro gram ming under UNIX. Each section opens with a descriptiveconcepts chapter followed by several tutorials that guide the newuser step-by-step toward learning how UNIX works.• Graphical Interfaces. The fifth edition main tains coverage ofthe CDE interface. The book continues the concept that the typicalstudent is using the most current en gi neer ing workstation running themost current graph i cal user interface, including both one based onthe X Window system and CDE.• Text Editors. The reader will learn to create or modify UNIX filesusing a utility program called an editor. In addition to the vi editor,the book includes coverage of the emacs, pico and CDE editors.At some schools, the vi editor may be too difficult or outdated.Including these other editors gives instructors a wider range ofdis tri bu tion packages to choose from for their course.• Networking. The book has coverage of popular Internet and Webtools like ftp and CDE Mail er, including how to process E-mail.• Pedagogy. The book offers a number of helpful pedagogicalfeatures: descriptive chapters, tutorials, marginal notes, sidebars,command summaries and ex er cis es.CONTENTSPart I: Introduction to UNIX: 1 Introduction to UNIX. 2 Your UNIX Account. 3Getting Started. 4 Tutorial: Getting Started (X/Motif). 5 Tutorial: Getting Started(CDE). Part II: UNIX File System: 6 The UNIX File System. 7 Tutorial: Workingwith Files. 8 Tutorial: Working with Di rec to ries. 9 Tutorial: Using File Manager.Part III: UNIX Shells: 10 UNIX Shells. 11 Tutorial: Working with the Shell. 12Tutorial: Using Additional Shell Features. Part IV: Text Ed i tors: 13 Text Editors. 14Tu to ri al: Editing with vi. 15 Tu to ri al: Editing with emacs. 16 Tutorial: Ed it ing withpico. 17 Tutorial: Editing with Text Editor. Part V: UNIX Net work ing: 18 UNIXNet work ing. 19 Tutorial: Using mail and mailx. 20 Tutorial: Processing Mail withpine. 21 Tutorial: Pro cess ing Mail with Mailer. 22 Tu to ri al: Logging in Remotely.23 Tutorial: Transferring Files. Part VI: Secure Computing: 24 Computer Security.25 Tutorial: Remote Computing Using SSH-1. 26 Tutorial: Remote ComputingUsing SSH-2. 27 Tutorial: Protecting Privacy with PGP. Part VII: Startup Files: 28Startup Files. 29 Tutorial: Using sh and ksh Startup Files. 30 Tutorial: Using cshand tcsh Startup Files. 31 Tutorial: Using bash Startup Files. Part VIII: Scripting:32 Scripting Lan guag es. 33 Tutorial: Creating Shell Scripts. 34 Tutorial: Scriptingwith awk. 35 Tutorial: Scripting with Perl. Part VIX: Programming Under UNIX:36 Programming Under UNIX. 37 Tutorial: Programming in C. 38 Tutorial:Programming in C++. 39 Tutorial: Programming in Fortran. 40 Tutorial:Pro gram ming in Java. Appendices: Appendix A: Taming Your Terminal. AppendixB: The UNIX Manual. Appendix C: Regular Expressions. Appendix D: write andtalk. Appendix E: Using dbx. Appendix F: Using makeInternational EditionYOUR UNIX: THE ULTIMATE GUIDESecond Editionby Sumitabha Das, Softman Services, Inc2006 / Softcover / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-252042-2 / MHID: 0-07-252042-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124434-3 / MHID: 0-07-124434-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/dasYour UNIX: The Ultimate Guide is both an outstandingpedagogical tool and an exhaustive reference. It is theideal text for any Unix course. It can also be used for anyintroductory programming course that includes Unix and foradvanced courses such as those on Operating Systems andSystem Administration. Excellent pedagogy is implementedthroughout. Real-world examples make it easier for students tograsp concepts while chapters on advanced material take moreexperienced students beyond the basics. Over nine hundredexercises and self-test questions allow students to test andreinforce their understanding of material at different levels.This book also features coverage of Linux, where Linux differsfrom UNIX.NEW TO THIS EDITION• The number of chapters has been reduced from 24 to 19 to allowfor a more intense focus on core UNIX topics.• Coverage is logically divided between essential(chapters 1-13) andadvanced (chpaters 14-19) material.• Three new chapters on programming tools and systemsprogramming benefit the serious programmer and make the booksuitable for a course on systems programming.• Coverage of encryption and the Secure Shell has been added.• Discussion of vi and emacs editors uses snippets of code toillustrate the benefits to programmers of knowing the editor well.• The requirements of the POSIX standard have been highlightedthrough out.• A single comprehensive index replaces the multiple specializedindices from the previous edition.FEATURES• Notes, Tips, and Caution boxes provide on-the-spot assistance tostudents.• Linux coverage sup ple ments generic coverage of UNIX in caseswhere Linux behaves dif fer ent ly.• Coverage of the Korn, bash, and C shells is featured inappendices.• Scores of tables, di a grams, and screen shots make thefundamentals of the Unix operating system more accessible tostudents.• Over nine hundred self-test questions and exercises allow studentsto test and reinforce their understanding of key concepts.• Scores of real-life examples prompt the reader to envisionthe practical application of UNIX in situations they are likely toencounter.2815-60_CompSc.indd 2811/15/06 5:05:15 PM

Computer ScienceCONTENTS1 Introducing UNIX 2 Becoming Familiar with UNIX Commands 3 The File System4 File Attributes 5 The vi/vim Editor 6 The GNU emacs Editor 7 The Shell 8 TheProcess 9 The Shell—Customizing the Environment 10 Simple Filters 11 FiltersUsing Regular Ex pres sions—grep and sed 12 Filtering and Programming with awk13 Shell Programming 14 Networking Tools 15 perl—The Master Ma nip u la tor16 Program Development Tools 17 Systems Programming I—Files 18 SystemsProgramming II—Process Control 19 System Administration Appendix A The CShell—Programming Constructs. Appendix B The Korn and Bash Shells—ExclusiveProgramming Constructs Appendix C vi/vim and emacs Command ReferenceAppendix D The Regular Expression Superset Appendix E The HOWTO AppendixF The ASCII Char ac ter Set Appendix G Glossary Appendix H Solutions to Self-Test QuestionsInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO UNIXby Kate Wrightson and Joe Merlino2003 / 424 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-283620-2 / MHID: 0-07-283620-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121918-1 / MHID: 0-07-121918-8 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/wrightsonCONTENTSPart I – UNIX Basics: Chapter 1 – What is UNIX? Chapter 2 – Basic UNIX Concepts.Chapter 3 – Understanding UNIX Commands. Chapter 4 – The File System.Chapter 5 – Jobs and Processes. Chapter 6 – Using the Shell. Part II – Workingwith UNIX: Chapter 7 – The vi Editor. Chapter 8 – Other Text Editors. Chapter9 – Internet Applications. Chapter 10 – Networking I. Chapter 11 – NetworkingII. Part III – Shell Programming: Chapter 12 – Shell Pro gram ming I. Chapter 13– Shell Pro gram ming II. Chapter 14 – Shell Pro gram ming III. Chapter 15 – ShellPro gram ming IV. Part IV – System Administration: Chapter 16 – Basic SystemAdministration I. Chapter 17 – Basic System Administration II. Chapter 18 – XWindows. Chapter 19 – Running Servers. Part V—Appendices: Ap pen dix A:UNIX Command Com pen di um. Appendix B: Glos sa ry. Appendix C: CommonCon fig u ra tion Files. Appendix D: Internet Re sourc esInternational EditionHTMLSCHAUM’S EASY OUT LINE HTMLby David Mercer, AFC Computer Services2004 / Softcover / 144 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-142242-0 / MHID: 0-07-142242-0Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionEVEN MORE EXCELLENT HTML WITH HTMLREFERENCE GUIDESecond Editionby Timothy T. Gottleber, North Lake College and Timothy Trainor,Muskegon County Community College2003ISBN-13: 978-0-07-256178-4 / MHID: 0-07-256178-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121285-4 / MHID: 0-07-121285-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/it/emeCONTENTSChapter 1 An HTML Over view. Chapter 2 Your First Web Page. Chapter 3 Links- Let’s Get Hyper. Chapter 4 Lists - Bringing Order to the Chaos. Chapter 5Formatting - Is What You See What You Get? Chapter 6 Images A Picture is Wortha 1,000 Words. Chapter 7 Tables - Data in Rows and Columns. Chapter 8 Styles- Some Have It and Some Don’t. Chapter 9 Multimedia Beyond Static Web Pages.Chapter 10 Frames - Divide and Conquer. Chapter 11 Forms - Handling UserInput. Chapter 12 Jazzing Up Your HTML. Chapter 13 JavaScript Pro grams forHTML. Chapter 14 Images Maps and Dynamic HTML. Chapter 15 XML Overview(New). Chapter 16 Pragmatic Hypertext - It Ain’t All Pic tures! Appendix A StyleGuides. Appendix B Using File Trans fer Protocol. Appendix C History of theInternet (New) HTML Reference Guide Con tents. Section A Summary of HTML4.0 Elements (New). Section B Summary of XML Elements (New). Section C StyleProperties and Values (old Appendix B). Section D Common Character Sets (oldAppendix C). Section E Color blow-in/bind in pageInternational EditionINLINE/ONLINE: FUN DA MEN TALS OF THEINTERNET AND THE WORLD WIDE WEBSecond Edi tionby Raymond Greenlaw, Armstrong Atlantic State University2002ISBN-13: 978-0-07-251715-6 / MHID: 0-07-251715-8(with Passcode Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113113-1 / MHID: 0-07-113113-2[IE with Passcode Card]http://www.mhhe.com/greenlawCONTENTS1 Fundamentals of Electronic Mail. 2 Jump Start: Browsing and Publishing. 3 TheInternet. 4 The World Wide Web. 5 Searching the World Wide Web. 6 Telnetand FTP. 7 Basic HTML. 8 Web Graphics. 9 Advanced HTML. 10 Newsgroupsand Mailing Lists, Chat Rooms, and MUDs. 11 Electronic Publishing. 12 WebProgramming Material. 13 Multimedia. 14 Privacy and Security Topics. AppendixA Internet Service Providers. Appendix B Text Editing. Appendix C Pine MailPro gram. Appendix D Basic UNIX. Appendix E HTML Tags. Appendix F Acronyms.Appendix G My URLsInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HTMLby David Mercer, AFC Computer Services2002 / 360 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-121034-8 / MHID: 0-07-121034-2 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's Publication2915-60_CompSc.indd 2911/15/06 5:05:16 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionWORLD WIDE WEB DESIGN WITH HTMLby C Xavier1999 / 272 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-463971-9 / MHID: 0-07-463971-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118998-9 / MHID: 0-07-118998-X [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)International EditionXHTMLPROGRAMMING THE WEB USING XHTML ANDJAVASCRIPTby Larry Randles Lagerstrom2003 / 624 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-256031-2 / MHID: 0-07-256031-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119997-1 / MHID: 0-07-119997-7 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/webdev/lagerstromCONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to the Internet. Chapter 2 Creating a Basic Web Page.Chapter 3 Cascading Style Sheets. Chap ter 4 Attributes, Lists and Tables. Chapter5 Images, Links and Multimedia. Chap ter 6 Web Page Design and Layout. Chapter7 Introduction to Programming and JavaScript. Chapter 8 Objects and Vari ables.Chapter 9 Functions and Parameters. Chapter 10 Forms and In ter ac tive Server.Chapter 11 Performing Calculations. Chapter 12 Increasing the Interactivity.Chapter 13 Put ting It All Together: Online Quizzes and Slide Shows. Chapter14 Loops and Arrays. Chapter 15 Strings, Dates and Cookies. Chapter 16 CustomObjects: Creating and Search ing a Database. Chapter 17 JavaScript with Framesand Windows. Appendices: A. Sitebuilding Exercises. B. HTML and XHTMLElements. C. Converting HTML into XHTML. D. Basic Style and Properties andValues. E. Color and Character Codes. F. JavaScript Versions, Objects and ReservedWords. G. Com mon HTML and JavaScript Errors. H. Publishing a Web Page onthe Internet. I. Tools and ResourcesInternational EditionXMLPROGRAMMING THE WEB USING XMLby Ellen Pearlman and James Keogh2004 / 448 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-284550-1 / MHID: 0-07-284550-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121504-6 / MHID: 0-07-121504-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/pearlmanProgramming the Web Using XML by Ellen Pearlman andEileen Mullin, part of our Web Developer Series, is designedto help those who have a background in HTML make thetransition to XML, is designed to ensure that those who arenew to Web design get the best introduction possible intodeveloping sites in XML. The book begins with a comparisonof HTML, XHTML, and XML, and includes real-life examplesof how XML is being used today to help readers appreciatethe power of XML. It also provides comprehensive coverageof the rules and standards for XML, which is very critical inprogramming XML. After completing this book, users willreceive a comprehensive foundation to the rules and standardsof XML syntax, complete with a series of lessons that walkhe/she through the process of creating XML documents andrelated files.CONTENTSChapter 1 XML An In tro duc tion. Chapter 2 Comparing HTML, XHTML, and XML.Chapter 3 Understanding How XML Works: The Fun da men tals. Chapter 4 CreatingDoc u ment Type Definitions (DTDs). Chapter 5 Schemas. Chapter 6 Using XMLParsers and Unicode. Chapter 7 Ap ply ing Cascading Style Sheets. Chapter 8Applying Extensible Style Sheets. Chapter 9 Link ing XML Documents. Chapter 10DOM. Chapter 11 Using Scalable Vector Graphics. Chapter 12 Adding Mul ti me diaWith SMIL. Chapter 13 Databases. Chapter 14 Web Services. Appendix A: OnlineResources. Appendix B: Unicode. Appendix C: Color in CSSSCHAUM’S EASY OUT LINE OF XMLby Ed Tittel2004 / Softcover / 144 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-142245-1 / MHID: 0-07-142245-5Schaum's PublicationWhat could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outlineseries? For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview,there’s no series that does it better. Each book is a pared-down,simplified, and tightly focused version of its predecessor. Withan emphasis on clarity and brevity, these new titles feature astreamlined, updated format and the absolute essence of thesubject, presented in a concise and readily understandableform. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons,and boxed highlights stress selected points from the text,illuminate keys to learning, and give students quick pointers tothe essentials. Each book:• Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turnedoff by dense text• Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get thematerial across fast• Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject• Deliver expert help from teachers who are authorities in theirfields• Perfect for last-minute test preparation• So small and light that they fit in a backpack!3015-60_CompSc.indd 3011/15/06 5:05:17 PM

Computer ScienceOther LanguagesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICAby Eugene Don, Queens College of the City University of New York2000 / 368 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-135719-7 / MHID: 0-07-135719-XSchaum's PublicationsCONTENTSGetting Acquainted. Basic Concepts. Lists. Two-Dimensional Graphics. Three-Dimensional Graphics. Equations. Algebra and Trignometry. Differential Calculus.Integral Calculus. Multivariate Calculus. Ordinary Differential Equations. LinearAlgebra.Data Structures/CS2Data Structures In JavaInternational EditionDATA STRUC TURES AND THE JAVA COL LEC TIONSFRAMEWORKSecond Editionby William Collins, Lafayette College2005 / 768 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-302265-9 / MHID: 0-07-302265-9(with OLC/Bind-In Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111407-3 / MHID: 0-07-111407-6[IE with OLC]PowerPoints, Labs, So lu tions (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/collins)Data Structures and the Java Collections Framework, 2/e byWilliam Collins teaches the fundamentals of data structuresusing java. This student-friend ly book focuses on teach ingstudents how to apply the concepts presented. To that endmany applications and ex am ples are included throughout thebook. Collins also provides programming projects at the endof each chapter, which get students hands on with code. In thesecond edition, Collins has increased his coverage on teachingstudents to build data structures from scratch. He also continuesto use the Java Collections Framework where appropriate.His goal is give students an excellent back ground in creatingdata struc tures themselves, as well as make them comfortableusing the standard library. On-line Labs accompany this bookand make it easy to have students start practice what they arelearning. These labs can be used as open-labs, closed labs,or homework assignments and are designed to give studentshands-on experience in programming.NEW TO THIS EDITION• This text is extremely student-friendly. Through out the book,there are examples, hints, notes, and mar gin al notes to help studentsnavigate through the concepts. Collins also motivates by providingmany applications throughout.• Collins uses the Java Collections Framework, as well as presentingother implementations. This allows students to get comfortable usingan industry standard java library, which they will be able to use evenafter they finish the course.• An extensive suite of accompanying labs can be found at www.mhhe.com/collins. Labs allow students to get hands-on with materialthey are learn ing. Icons in the book let readers know when they areprepared to complete the next lab.• The new edition has given added emphasis to buidling datastructures from scratch.• Programming projects at the end of chapters give students anopportunity for hands on learning that reinforces concepts.• More extensive java review has been added in the first twochapters of the book, preparing students to study data structures.• Incorporates Java 2 Standard Edition, Version 1.5, making use ofthe newest features of the java language including generics, boxingand unboxing and the enhanced for statement.• UML (Unified Mod el ing Language) and javadoc notation areintroduced in Chapter 1 and utilized throughout the text-over 30UML diagrams are included.• Includes generics-now part of the Java Col lec tions Framework.CONTENTS1 Important Features of Java. 2 Interfaces and Collection Classes. 3 Introductionto Software Engineering. 4 Re cur sion. 5 Array Lists. 6 Linked Lists. 7 Queues andStacks. 8 Binary Trees and Binary Search Trees. 9 Balanced Binary Search Trees.10 Tree maps and Tree sets. 11 Priority Queues. 12 Sorting. 13 Searching andThe Hash Classes. 14 Graphs, Trees, and Networks. Appendix 1 MathematicalBackground. Appendix 3 The Java Col lec tions FrameworkInternational EditionJAVA STRUCTURESData Structures in Java for the Principled ProgrammerSecond Edi tionby Duane Bailey, Williams College2003 / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112163-7 / MHID: 0-07-112163-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/javastructuresCONTENTSChapter 0 Introduction. Chapter 1 The Object-Oriented Method. Chpater 2Comments, Con di tions, and Assertions. Chapter 3 Vectors. Chapter 4 DesignFundamentals. Chapter 5 Sorting. Chapter 6 The Design Method. Chapter 7Iterators. Chapter 8 Lists. Chapter 9 Linear Structures. Chapter 10 OrderedStructures. Chapter 11 Binary Trees. Chapter 12 Priority Queues. Chapter 13Search Trees. Chapter 14 Maps. Chapter 15 Graphs. Appendix A Selected Answers.Appendix B A Sip of Java. Appendix C Collections. Appendix D Documentation.Appendix E Environments. Appendix F Further Reading. Appendix G Glossary.IndexSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF DATA STRUC TURES WITHJAVAby John R. Hubbard, University of Richmond2001 / 369 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136128-6 / MHID: 0-07-136128-6Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSReview of Java. Review of Arrays. Advanced Java. Re cur sion. Collections. Stacks.Queues. Lists. Trees. Binary Trees. Search Trees. Heaps and Priority Queues.Sorting. Tables. Sets. Graphs. Essential Mathematics. From C++ to Java. JavaDevelopment En vi ron ments. References.3215-60_CompSc.indd 3211/15/06 5:05:18 PM

Computer ScienceData Structures In CAnalysis Of AlgorithmsSTRUCTURING DATA AND BUILDINGALGORITHMSby Ian Chai, and Jonathon David White2006 / 448 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-125726-8 / MHID: 0-07-125726-8(Asian Publication)The famous mathematician, physicist, theologian, andphilosopher Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) once wrote, “If Ihave seen further [than certain other people], it is by standingon the shoulders of giants.” This is very true in computerprogramming as well. Imagine if all programmers had torediscover for themselves by trial and error how to solvecommon problems in programming! It is much better to learnthe solutions that other programmers have already discoveredand build upon that foundation.This book is about those foundational solutions. It describeshow to structure data and build algorithms to solve commonprogramming tasks. Some of these techniques have namesthat come from ordinary non-computer life – e.g. stacks,queues and sorting – and others have names that might becompletely unfamiliar to a new student of programming – e.g.recursion, backtracking and arrays – but they are all standardsin the programmer’s tool chest. Occasionally, a new tool isdiscovered – or at least, refined – and we include one whichwas just discovered in 1999 – introspective sort. But most ofthem have been part of the standard programmer’s tool chestfor decades. Unlike the majority of textbooks in this field, thisbook takes a “code first” approach. After a brief introductionof the concepts, a short complete ANSI-C program is presentedfor students to analyse. A number of questions arising from thecode are then posed and answered in the Socratic format. Inthis way, we hope that the reader will not only become fluentin the concepts but also in the “nuts and bolts” of translatingthese concepts into functioning, efficient standard C code.Variable pointer diagrams are developed and used extensivelyto aid understanding of the more complex data structures andtheir manipulation.CONTENTSPreface. About the Authors. Part 1: Structuring Data. 1 Structuring Data: Variablesand Pointers. 2 Structuring Data: Arrays and Records. 3 Structuring Data:Linked Lists. 4 Structuring Data: Trees. 5 Structuring Data: Graphs andSets. Part 2: Building Algorithms. 6 Building Algorithms: Basic Techniques.7 Building. Algorithms: Key Concepts. Part 3: Algorithms and Data Structures inAction. 8 Searching. 9 Sorting. 10 NP-hard Problems. Part 4: Theory ofComputing. 11 Finite State Automata. 12 Turing Machines. Appendix: AnnotatedBibliography. Answers to Problems. Index.NEWINTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHMSby Sanjoy Dasgupta, University of California–San Diego, ChristosH. Papadimitriou, University of California–Berkeley, and UmeshVazirani, University of California–Berkeley2007 (September 2006) / Softcover / 320 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-352340-8 / MHID: 0-07-352340-2Browse http://www.mhhe.com/dasguptaFEATURES• SPRINKLED WITH interesting stories about the development ofimportantalgorithms AS WELL AS ABOUT THEIR CURRENT USES IN THEGLOBAL INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT.• The book is concise and realistic; with key Design Issues andrationales that clearly outline the problems to be solveD and showhowto develop the algorithm...• Self contained chapters that provide a variety of perspectives onthe implementation of algorithmsThe authors cover THE essential algorithms that students need toknow,but are also thorough and rigorous; including coverage of linearprogramming and quantum computing (BOTH optional, BUTCOVERED IN NO OTHER BOOK).• This is a highly flexible text with self contained chapters: somesimple and others high level; that provide a variety of perspectives onthe analysis and design of algorithms.Carefully class tested at UCSD and UC Berkeley OVER 10 YEARS.• The book uses a unique approach for proofs and is intuitive andaccessible.CONTENTS0 Prologue. 1 Algorithms with Numbers. 2 Divide-and-conquer algorithms. 3Decompositions of graphs. 4 Paths in graphs. 5 Greedy algorithms. 6 DynamicProgramming. 7 Linear Programming and Reductions. 8 NP-complete Problems9 Coping with NP-completeness. 10 Quantum Algorithms.STRUCTURING DATA AND BUILDINGALGORITHMSby Ian Chai, and Jonathon David White2006 / 448 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-125726-8 / MHID: 0-07-125726-8(Asian Publication)The famous mathematician, physicist, theologian, andphilosopher Sir Isaac Newton (1642–1727) once wrote, “If Ihave seen further [than certain other people], it is by standingon the shoulders of giants.” This is very true in computerprogramming as well. Imagine if all programmers had torediscover for themselves by trial and error how to solvecommon problems in programming! It is much better to learnthe solutions that other programmers have already discoveredand build upon that foundation.This book is about those foundational solutions. It describeshow to structure data and build algorithms to solve commonprogramming tasks. Some of these techniques have namesthat come from ordinary non-computer life – e.g. stacks,queues and sorting – and others have names that might becompletely unfamiliar to a new student of programming – e.g.recursion, backtracking and arrays – but they are all standardsin the programmer’s tool chest. Occasionally, a new tool isdiscovered – or at least, refined – and we include one whichwas just discovered in 1999 – introspective sort. But most ofthem have been part of the standard programmer’s tool chestfor decades. Unlike the majority of textbooks in this field, this3415-60_CompSc.indd 3411/15/06 5:05:19 PM

Computer Sciencebook takes a “code first” approach. After a brief introductionof the concepts, a short complete ANSI-C program is presentedfor students to analyse. A number of questions arising from thecode are then posed and answered in the Socratic format. Inthis way, we hope that the reader will not only become fluentin the concepts but also in the “nuts and bolts” of translatingthese concepts into functioning, efficient standard C code.Variable pointer diagrams are developed and used extensivelyto aid understanding of the more complex data structures andtheir manipulation.CONTENTSPreface. About the Authors. Part 1: Structuring Data. 1 Structuring Data: Variablesand Pointers. 2 Structuring Data: Arrays and Records. 3 Structuring Data:Linked Lists. 4 Structuring Data: Trees. 5 Structuring Data: Graphs andSets. Part 2: Building Algorithms. 6 Building Algorithms: Basic Techniques.7 Building. Algorithms: Key Concepts. Part 3: Algorithms and Data Structures inAction. 8 Searching. 9 Sorting. 10 NP-hard Problems. Part 4: Theory ofComputing. 11 Finite State Automata. 12 Turing Machines. Appendix: AnnotatedBibliography. Answers to Problems. Index.International EditionDATA STRUCTURES, ALGORITHMS, ANDAPPLICATIONS IN JAVA WITH COMPILER CDby Sartaj Sahni, University of Florida2001 / 872 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116900-4 / MHID: 0-07-116900-8 [IE]CONTENTSPreface1 Java Review/2 Performance Analysis of Programs/3 AsymptoticNotation/4 Performance Measurement of Programs/5 Linear Lists-ArrayRepresentation/6 Linear Lists-Linked Representation /7 Linear Lists-SimulatedPointers/8 Arrays and Matrices/9 Stacks/10 Queues/11 Skip Lists and Hashing/12Binary and Other Trees/13 Priority Queues/14 Tournament Trees/15 Binary SearchTrees/16 Balanced Search Trees/17 Graphs/18 The Greedy Method/19 Divide andConquer/20 Dynamic Programming/21 Backtracking (ON WEBSITE)/22 Branchand Bound (ON WEBSITE)INTRODUCTION TO THE DESIGN AND ANALYSISOF ALGORITHMSby R. C. T. Lee, Shian-Shyong Tseng, Ruei-Chuan Chang, and Y. T.Tsai2005 / 752 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-124346-9 / MHID: 0-07-124346-1(Asian Publication)Communication network design, VLSI layout and DNAsequence analysis are important and challenging problemsthat cannot be solved by naïve and straightforward algorithms.Thus, it is critical for a computer scientist to have a goodknowledge of algorithm design and analysis.This book presents algorithm design from the viewpoint ofstrategies. Each strategy is introduced with many algorithmsdesigned under the strategy. Each algorithm is presented withmany examples and each example with many figures. In recentyears, many approximation algorithms have been developed.Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms presentstwo important concepts clearly: PTAS and NPO-complete. Thisbook also discusses the concept of NP-completeness beforeintroducing approximation algorithms. Again, this is explainedthrough examples which make sure that the students have adefinite idea about this very abstract concept.This book can be used as a textbook by senior undergraduatestudents or master level graduate students in computerscience.CONTENTSPreface. 1 Introduction. 2 The complexity of algorithms and the lower boundsof problems. 3 The greedy method. 4 The divide-and-conquer strategy. 5 Treesearching strategies. 6 Prune-and-search. 7 Dynamic programming. 8 The theoryof NP-completeness. 9 Approximation algorithms. 10 Amortized analysis. 11Randomized algorithms. 12 On-line algorithms. Bibliography. Author index.Subject index.Discrete MathematicsInternational EditionNEWDISCRETE MATHEMATICS AND ITS APPLICATIONSSixth Editionby Kenneth H. Rosen, AT&T Bell Laboratories2007 (June 2006) / 896 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-322972-0 / MHID: 0-07-322972-5(with Mathzone)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124474-9 / MHID: 0-07-124474-3 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/rosenNEW TO THIS EDITION• Expanded and gentler introduction to logic and proofs• Earlier coverage and integration of proof methods and proofstrategies in the new Chapter 1, with simpler examples of proofstrategy than in section 3.1 of the 5th edition• Worked Examples – Over 700 examples are used to illustrateconcepts, relate different topics, and introduce applications.New for this edition--The Sixth Edition adds many new examples, aswell as a focused expansion of key examples.• Exercises – Rosen contains over 3500 exercises, fromstraightforward problems that develop basic skills to a large numberof intermediate and challenging exercises. Exercise sets also containspecial discussions that develop new concepts not covered inthe text, enabling students to discover new ideas through theirown work. Each chapter is followed by a rich and varied set ofSupplementary Exercises that reinforce the concepts of the chapterand integrate different topics more effectively, and a set of WritingProjects designed to tie together mathematical concepts and thewriting process to expose students to possible areas for further study.For courses that utilize programming, sets of Computer Projects tieconcepts in discrete math together what students may have learnedabout computing, and Computation and Exploration exercises allowstudents to uncover new facts and ideas about discrete math usingmathematical computation software such as MAPLE or Mathematica.New for this edition--The Sixth Edition adds many new exercises tothis comprehensive mix.• NEW MathZone Website – The Sixth Edition substantially expandsthe capabilities of Rosen’s highly-regarded online companion site bybringing the power of MathZone to discrete mathematics. MathZoneis McGraw-Hill’s robust online tutorial and course managementsystem, and is now included free with each new copy of Rosen. TheSixth Edition MathZone site includes a bevy of new and enhancedfeatures: new online testing, improved site navigation, more ExtraExamples and Extra Exercises, more Additional Steps to helpstudents understand difficult topics in the text, an updated MAPLEProgramming Supplement, a substantially expanded Applicationsof Discrete Math supplement containing in-depth applications andprojects, and an updated Web Resources Guide containing links tohundreds of external websites relevant to the text material. Theseenhancements--along with existing features like Interactive Demoapplets, lecture notes and transparencies, sample syllabi and teachingsuggestions, NetTutor live tutorial help, and student guides forwriting proofs and avoiding common mistakes in discrete math—make the Sixth Edition MathZone site a valuable companion to yourdiscrete math course.3515-60_CompSc.indd 3511/15/06 5:05:20 PM

Computer ScienceFEATURES• Clarity and Precision – Rosen’s writing style is direct andpragmatic. Care has been taken to balance the mix of notation andwords in mathematical statements. All definitions and theorems inthis text are stated extremely carefully so that students will appreciatethe precision of language and rigor needed in discrete mathematics.Proofs are motivated and developed slowly; their steps are allcarefully justified. Recursive definitions are explained and usedextensively.CONTENTSPreface. The MathZone Companion Website To the Student. 1 The Foundations:Logic and Proofs. 1.1 Propositional Logic 1.2 Propositional Equivalences1.3 Predicates and Quantifiers 1.4 Nested Quantifiers1.5 Rules of Inference 1.6 Introduction to Proofs 1.7 Proof Methods and StrategyEnd-of-Chapter Material 2 Basic Structures: Sets, Functions, Sequences and Sums2.1 Sets 2.2 Set Operations 2.3 Functions 2.4 Sequences and Summations End-of-Chapter Material 3 The Fundamentals: Algorithms, the Integers, and Matrices 3.1Algorithms 3.2 The Growth of Functions 3.3 Complexity of Algorithms 3.4 TheIntegers and Division 3.5 Integers and Algorithms 3.6 Applications of NumberTheory 3.7 Matrices End-of-Chapter Material 4 Induction and Recursion 4.1Mathematical Induction 4.2 Strong Induction and Well-Ordering 4.3 RecursiveDefinitions and Structural Induction 4.4 Recursive Algorithms 4.5 ProgramCorrectness End-of-Chapter Material 5 Counting 5.1 The Basics of Counting5.2 The Pigeonhole Principle 5.3 Permutations and Combinations 5.4 BinomialCoefficients 5.5 Generalized Permutations and Combinations 5.6 GeneratingPermutations and Combinations End-of-Chapter Material 6 Discrete Probability6.1 An Introduction to Discrete Probability 6.2 Probability Theory 6.3 Bayes’Theorem 6.4 Expected Value and Variance End-of-Chapter Material 7 AdvancedCounting Techniques 7.1 Recurrence Relations 7.2 Solving Recurrence Relations7.3 Divide-and-Conquer Algorithms and Recurrence Relations 7.4 GeneratingFunctions 7.5 Inclusion-Exclusion 7.6 Applications of Inclusion-Exclusion End-of-Chapter Material 8 Relations 8.1 Relations and Their Properties 8.2 n-ary Relationsand Their Applications 8.3 Representing Relations 8.4 Closures of Relations 8.5Equivalence Relations 8.6 Partial Orderings End-of-Chapter Material 9 Graphs 9.1Graph Terminology and Models 9.2 Special Graphs 9.3 Representing Graphs andGraph Isomorphism 9.4 Connectivity 9.5 Euler and Hamilton Paths 9.6 Shortest-Path Problems 9.7 Planar Graphs 9.8 Graph Coloring End-of-Chapter Material 10Trees 10.1 Introduction to Trees 10.2 Applications of Trees 10.3 Tree Traversal10.4 Spanning Trees 10.5 Minimum Spanning Trees End-of-Chapter Material11 Boolean Algebra 11.1 Boolean Functions 11.2 Representing BooleanFunctions 11.3 Logic Gates 11.4 Minimization of Circuits End-of-Chapter Material12 Modeling Computation. 12.1 Languages and Grammars. 12.2 Finite-StateMachines with Output. 12.3 Finite-State Machines with No Output. 12.4 LanguageRecognition. 12.5 Turing Machines. End-of-Chapter Material. Appendixes.A.1 Axioms for Real Numbers and Integers. A.2 Exponential and LogarithmicFunctions. A.3 Pseudocode. Suggested Readings. Answers to Odd-NumberedExercises. Photo Credits. Index of Biographies. IndexInternational EditionDISCRETE MATHEMATICS BY EXAMPLEby Andrew Simpson, Ox ford Brookes2002 / 450pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709840-7 / MHID: 0-07-709840-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122914-2 / MHID: 0-07-122914-0 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Num bers. 3 Propositional logic. 4 Set theory. 5 Boolean algebra.6 Typed set theory. 7 Predicate logic. 8 Relations. 9 Func tions. 10 Sequences. 11Induction. 12 Graph theory. 13 Combinatorics. 14 Modelling. 15 AnalysisInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ESSENTIAL COMPUTERMATHEMATICSby Seymour Lipschutz, Temple University1982 / 256 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-037990-9 / MHID: 0-07-037990-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-099132-3 / MHID: 0-07-099132-4 [IE]Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSBinary Number System. Com put er Codes. Computer Arith metic. Logic. Flowcharts.Sets and Relations. Boolean Al ge bra, Logic Gates. Simplifying Logic Circuits,Karnaugh Maps. Vectors, Matrices, Subscripted Vari ables. Linear Equations.Com bi na t o rics. Probability. Sta tis tics, Random Variables. Graph Theory. Trees,Directed Graphs, Machines.Programming Languages andProgram DesignInternational EditionNEWPROGRAMMING LANGUAGESSecond Editionby Allen B. Tucker, Bowdoin College, and Robert Noonan, Collegeof William and Mary2007 (August 2006) / Hardcover / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-286609-4 / MHID: 0-07-286609-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125439-7 / MHID: 0-07-125439-0 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/tuckerTucker and Noonan's new approach emphasizes a thorough,hands-on treatment of key issues in programming languagedesign, providing a balanced mix of explanation andexperimentation. Opening chapters present the fundamentalprincipals of programming languages, while optionalcompanion chapters provide implementation-based, hands-onexperience that delves even deeper. This edition also includesa greatly expanded treatment of the four major programmingparadigms, incorporating a number of the most currentlanguages such as Perl and Python. Special topics presentedinclude event-handling, concurrency, and an all-new chapteron correctness. Overall, this edition provides both broad anddeep coverage of language design principles and the majorparadigms, allowing users the flexibility of choosing whattopics to emphasize.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Depth of coverage & currency: in-depth coverage of core topicsincludes both modern and historical example languages, including C,Ada, Perl, Java, Smalltalk, Python, Scheme, Haskell, and Prolog• The authors' approach offers unique coverage of event-handling,concurrent programming and program correctness, with specialchapters on each of these topics.• The authors emphasize a hands-on approach for implementationbasedproblems and exercises and include expanded coverage oflanguage design principles and trade-offs.• Introduces Clite (C Lite), a subset of the language C, as a basis forillustrating the principles of language design.FEATURES• Flexibile organization and coverage gives instructors the option ofadding implementation-based coverage to the principles chapters viaoptional companion chapters.3615-60_CompSc.indd 3611/15/06 5:05:21 PM

Computer ScienceCONTENTS1 Overview. 2 Syntax. 3 Lexical and Syntactic Analysis. 4 Names. 5 Types. 6Type Systems. 7 Semantics. 8 Semantic Interpretation. 9 Functions. 10 FunctionImplementation. 11 Memory Management. 12 Imperative Programming.13 Object-Oriented Programming. 14 Functional Programming. 15 LogicProgramming. 16 Event-Driven Programming. 17 Concurrent Programming. 18Program Correctness. A. Definition of Clite. B. Discrete Math Review. GlossaryBibliography.Theory Of ComputationInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO LAN GUAG ES AND THETHE O RY OF COMPUTATIONThird Editionby John C. Martin, North Dakota State University2003 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-232200-2 / MHID: 0-07-232200-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124018-5 / MHID: 0-07-124018-7 [IE]CONTENTSI Mathematical Notation and Techniques: 1 Basic Math e mat i cal Objects. 2Math e mat i cal Induction and Recursive Definitions. II Regular Lan guag es andFinite Automata: 3 Regular Languages and Finie Automata. 4 Nondeterminismand Kleene’s Theorem. 5 Reg u lar and Nonregular Lan guag es. III Context-FreeLan guag es and Pushdown Au tom a ta: 6 Context-Free Gram mars. 7 PushdownAutomata. 8 Context-Free and Non-Context-Free Languages. IV Turing Machinesand Their Languages: 9 Turing Machines. 10 Re cur sive ly Enumerable Languages.V Unsolvable Problems and Computable Func-tions: 11 Unsolvable Problems.12 Com put able Functions. VI Introduction to Com pu ta tion al Complexity: 13Measuring and Classifying Complexity. 14 Tractable and Intractable ProblemsDigital Logic/Logic De signInternational EditionFUN DA MEN TALS OF DIG I TAL LOG IC WITH VHDLDE SIGN WITH CD-ROMSecond Edi tionby Stephen Brown, Uni ver si ty of Toronto, Canada and ZvonkoVranesic, Uni ver si ty of Toronto, Canada2005 / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-249938-4 / MHID: 0-07-249938-9 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124482-4 / MHID: 0-07-124482-4 [IE with CD]This website contains: PowerPoint Slides, So lu tions Manual, andPageOut (Browse http://www.highered.mcgraw-hill.com/TBD)Fundamentals of Digital Logic With VHDL Design teachesthe basic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizesthe synthesis of circuits and ex plains how circuits areim ple ment ed in real chips. Fun da men tal concepts areillustrated by using small examples, which are easy tounderstand. Then, a modular approach is used to show howlarger circuits are designed. VHDL is used to demonstrate howthe basic building blocks and larger systems are defined in ahard ware description language, producing designs that can beimplemented with modern CAD tools. The book emphasizesthe concepts that should be covered in an introductory courseon logic design, focusing on: • Logic functions, gates, andrules of Boolean algebra • Circuit synthesis and optimizationtechniques • Number representation and arithmetic circuits •Combinational-circuit building blocks, such as multiplexers,decoders, encoders, and code converters • Sequential-circuitbuilding blocks, such as flip-flops, registers, and counters •Design of synchronous sequential circuits • Use of the basicbuild ing blocks in designing larger systems. It also includeschapters that deal with important, but more advanced topics:• Design of asynchronous sequential circuits • Testing oflogic circuits. For students who have had no exposure to basicelectronics, but are interested in learning a few key concepts,there is a chapter that presents the most basic aspects ofelectronic implementation of digital circuits. Major changesin the second edition of the book include • new examplesto clarify the presentation of fundamental concepts • over50 new examples of solved problems provided at the end ofchapters • NAND and NOR gates now introduced in Chapter2 • more complete dis cus sion of techniques for minimizationof logic functions in Chapter 4 (including the tabular method)• a new chapter ex plain ing the CAD flow for synthesis of logiccircuits • Altera’s Quartus II CAD software provided on aCD-ROM • three appendices that give tutorials on the use ofQuartus II softwareNEW TO THIS EDITION• The book emphasizes CAD through the use of Altera’s QuartusII CAD software, a state of the art digital circuit design package.This software provides automatic mapping of designs written inVHDL into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and ComplexPro gram ma ble Logic Devices (CPLDs). The user will be able to entera design into the CAD system, compile the design into a selecteddevice, simulate the func tion al ity and timing of the resulting circuit,and implement the designs in actual devices (using the school’slaboratory facilities).• A chapter is included that illustrates the most basic aspects ofelec tron ic implementation of digital circuits for students who havehad no exposure to basic electronics.• New examples have been added to the second edition to helpclarify the presentation of fundamental con cepts.• Over 50 new examples of solved problems appear at the end ofchapters in the second edition.• The second edition features a new chapter explaining CAD flowfor synthesis of logic circuits.• Three new appendices give tutorials on the use of Quartus IIsoftware.FEATURES• The book teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits,em pha siz ing the synthesis of circuits and ex plain ing how circuits areimplemented in real chips.• Small, easy-to-un der stand examples il lus trate fundamentalconcepts.• A modular approach is used to show how larger circuits aredesigned.• VHDL is used to dem on strate how the basic building blocksand larger systems are defined in a hardware description language,producing designs that can be implemented with modern CAD tools.CONTENTS1 Design Concepts. 2 In tro duc tion to Logic Circuits. 3 Im ple men ta tion Technology.4 Op ti mized Implementation of Logic Functions. 5 Number Rep re sen ta tionand Arithmetic Circuits. 6 Combinational-Circuit Build ing Blocks. 7 Flip-Flops,Reg is ters, Counters, and a Simple Processor. 8 Syn chro nous Sequential Circuits.9 Asynchronous Sequential Circuits. 10 Digital System Design. 11 Testing ofLogic Circuits. 12 Computer Aided Design Tools. Appendix A VHDL Reference.Appendix B Tutorial 1—Using Quartus II CAD Software. Appendix C Tutorial2—Implementing Circuits in Altera Devices. Appendix D Tutorial 3—PhysicalImplementations in a PLD. Appendix D Commercial Devices3715-60_CompSc.indd 3711/15/06 5:05:22 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO LOG IC DE SIGN WITHCD-ROMSecond Editionby Alan B Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic Uni ver si ty—Boca Raton2005 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-295176-9 / MHID: 0-07-295176-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124249-3 / MHID: 0-07-124249-X [IE with CD- 2 Color Text]www.mhhe.com/marcovitz — A robust web site complements the textand assists the in struc tor by providing solutions, Powerpoint slides ofmost figures and key material, sets of examinations from the course, andalternate parallel examples, so that the instructor can do a dif fer entexample in class from the one given in the book. (Browse http://www.highered.mcgraw-hill.com/TBD)Introduction to Logic Design by Alan Marcovitz is intendedfor the first course in logic design, taken by computer science,computer engineering, and electrical engineering students.As with the first edition, the new edition is distinguised bya clear presentation of fun da men tals and an exceptionalcol lec tion of examples, solved prob lems, and exercises.Changes found in the new edition reflect reviewer feedbackfrom both users and nonusers of the first edition and primarilyinvolve improvements in organization and topic coverage.The text integrates laboratory experiences, both hardware andcomputer simulation, while not making them mandatory forfollowing the main flow of the chapters. Design is emphasizedthroughout, and switching algebra is developed as a tool foranalyzing and implementing digital systems. The pre sen ta tionincludes excellent coverage of minimization of com bi na tion alcircuits, including mul ti ple output ones, using the Karnaughmap and iterated consensus. There are a number of examplesof the design of larger systems, both com bi na tion al andsequential, using medium scale integrated cir cuits andprogrammable logic devices.NEW TO THIS EDITION• A separate chapter on Iterated Consensus and Quine-McCluskeyhas been added for the second edition.• The second edition features two chapters on sequential systems.The first chapter covers analysis of sequential systems and the secondcovers design. Complete coverage of the analysis and design ofsyn chro nous sequential systems adds to the com pre hen sive nature ofthe text.• “Test Yourself” sections, designed to help stu dents measure theircomprehension of key material, have been added to the end ofchapters for the second edition.• Answers to selected exercises are included in an easy-to-referenceappendix for the second edition.FEATURES• A clear and well-paced writing style makes this text especiallywell-suited for students who might otherwise find this course areapar tic u lar ly challenging.• An extensive set of examples, well in te grat ed into the body ofthe text as well as at the end of each chapter in sections of solvedproblems, gives students multiple opportunities to understand thetopics being presented.• The text integrates practical circuits with theory by presentingtwo types of laboratory experiments. Traditional hands-on hardwareexperiments as well as simulation laboratory exercises using popularsoftware packages are tied closely to the text material to allowstu dents to implement the concepts they are learning.• Use of the Karnaugh Map helps students understand the prin ci plesof switching algebra.• A thorough discussion of the minimization of switching functionsusing Karnaugh maps, including 6-variable maps and multiple outputproblems, gives students something to sink their teeth into anddoesn’t leave them wondering about the unusual or boundary case.• Coupling of gate im ple men ta tion with the algebra helps extendthe students’ range of understanding.• Color is used as a pedagogical aid.• The derivation of state tables from word prob lems furtheremphasizes the practical im ple men ta tion of the material beingpresented.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Switching Algebra and Logic Circuits. 3 The Karnaugh Map. 4Function Minimization Algorithms. 5 Solving Larger Combinational Problems. 6Analysis of Se quen tial Systems. 7 Design of Sequential Systems. 8 Solving LargerSequential. 9 Sim pli fi ca tion of Sequential Systems. Appendix A: LaboratoryEx per i ments. Appendix B: An swers to Selected Exercises. Appendix C: Answersto Chapter TestsInternational EditionFUNDAMENTALS OF DIG I TAL LOG IC WITHVERILOG DE SIGN WITH CD-ROMby Stephen Brown, University of Toronto and Zvonko Vranesic,University of Toronto, Canada2003ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283878-7 / MHID: 0-07-283878-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124276-9 / MHID: 0-07-124276-7 [IE]The website will contain: solutions manual for instructors only, weblinks, and PowerPoint slides. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072823151)CONTENTS1 Design Concepts. 2 In tro duc tion to Logic Circuits. 3 Im ple men ta tion Technology.4 Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions. 5 Number Representationand Arithmetic Circuits. 6 Combinational Circuit Build ing Blocks. 7 Flip-Flops,Registers, and Counters. 8 Synchronous Sequential Circuits. 9 AsynchronousSequential Circuits. 10 Digital System Design. 11 Testing of Logic Circuits.A Verilog Reference. B Tutorial 1. C Tutorial 2. D Tutorial 3. E CommercialDevicesInternational EditionDIGITAL PRIN CI PLES AND DE SIGN WITH CD-ROMby Donald Givone, SUNY- Buffalo2003 / 832 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-255132-7 / MHID: 0-07-255132-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123005-6 / MHID: 0-07-123005-X [IE]www.mhhe.com/givoneCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Number Systems, Arithmetic, and Codes. 3 Boolean Algebraand Com bi na tion al Networks. 4 Simplification of Boolean Expressions. 5 LogicDesign with MSI Components and Programmable Logic Devices. 6 Flip-Flops andSimple Flip-Flop Applications. 7 Syn chro nous Sequential Networks. 8 AlgorithmicState Machines. 9 Asnynchronous Sequential Networks. Appendix A: DigitalCircuits. Appendix B: TBDInternational EditionCOMPUTER AR CHI TEC TURE AND LOGIC DESIGNby Thomas C. Bartee, IDA1991 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112554-3 / MHID: 0-07-112554-X [IE]3815-60_CompSc.indd 3811/15/06 5:05:22 PM

Computer ScienceDatabase Systems And DesignDatabase SystemsInternational EditionDATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTSFifth Editionby Abraham Silberschatz, Yale University and Henry F Korth, LehighUniversity and S Sudarshan2006 / Hard cov er / 1,024 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-295886-7 / MHID: 0-07-295886-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124476-3 / MHID: 0-07-124476-X [IE]Online solutions for practical exercises, detailed slides for all chapters,teaching supplements, and online appendices. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/silberschatz)Database System Concepts, 5/e, is intended for a first coursein databases at the junior or senior undergraduate, or firstyeargraduate, level. In addition to basic material for a firstcourse, the text contains advanced material that can be usedfor course supplements, or as introductory material for anadvanced course. The authors assume only a familiarity withbasic data structures, computer or ga ni za tion, and a high-levelpro gram ming language such as Java, C, or Pascal. Conceptsare pre sent ed as intuitive descriptions, and many are basedon the running example of a bank enterprise. Importanttheoretical results are covered, but formal proofs are omitted.In place of proofs, figures and examples are used to suggestwhy a result is true. The fundamental concepts and algorithmscovered in the book are often based on those used in existingcommercial or ex per i men tal database systems. The aim is topresent these concepts and algorithms in a general settingthat is not tied to one particular database system. Details ofparticular com mer cial database systems are discussed in thecase studies which constitute Part 8 of the book. The fifthedition of Database System Concepts retains the overall styleof prior editions while evolving the content and organizationto reflect the changes that are occurring in the way databasesare designed, managed, and used.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Earlier coverage of SQL.• A new Part devoted to database design.• Increased coverae of XML.• Expanded treatment of data mining and data analysis.• New case study cov er ing PostgresQL.• Increased emphasis on practical applications and implementationin both the examples and the assignments.• Enhanced pedagogy.• Web page and teaching supplements.• Online appendices.FEATURES• Thoroughly revised and updated coverage of object-relationalda ta bas es.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction. Part 1: Relational Databases: Chapter 2 Relational Model.Chapter 3 SQL. Chapter 4 Advanced SQL. Chapter 5 Other Re la tion al Languages.Part 2: Da ta base Design: Chapter 6 The Database Design Process. Chapter 7Design Using the Entity-Relationship Approach. Chapter 8 Relational-DatabaseDesign. Chapter 9 Application Design and Development. Part 3: ObjectBased andSemi-Struc tured Databases: Chap ter 10 Object-Relational Da ta bas es. Chapter 11XML. Part 4: Data Storage and Que ry ing: Chapter 12 Storage and File Structures.Chapter 13 Indexing and Hashing. Chapter 14 Query Processing. Chapter 15Query Optimization. Chap ter 16 Data Mining. Chapter 17 Data Analysis andInformation Retrieval. Part 5: Transaction Management: Chapter 18 Transactions.Chapter 19 Concurrency Control. Chapter 20 Recovery System. Part 6: Paralleland Dis trib ut ed Database Systems: Chapter 21 Database System Architectures.Chapter 22 Distributed Da ta bas es. Chapter 23 Parallel Databases. Part 7: OtherTopics: Chapter 24 Performance Bench marks and Tuning. Chapter 25 AdvancedData Types and Applications. Chapter 26 Ad vanced Trans ac tion Processing. Part8: Case Studies: Chapter 27 Oracle. Chapter 28 SQL Server. Chap ter 29 DB2.Chapter 30 PostgresSQL. Appendix A Network Model. Appendix B HierarchicalModel. Appendix C Advanced Nor mal iza tionINTRODUCTION TO DATABASE SYSTEMSby Stephane Bressan, and Barbara Catania2005 / 168 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-124650-7 / MHID: 0-07-124650-9(Asian Publication)Most books on databases have the size and content of a bookof magic written in the ancient language of Tolkien’s Ents. Tocounter this trend, Introduction to Database Systems is smalland concise by design. It aims to provide students, academicsand professionals with a rigorous, convenient and economicalreference. The book describes the essential concepts pertainingto the design and programming of database applications withrelational database management systems. It covers conceptualmodelling with the entity-relationship model and logicalmodelling with the relational model. It also presents thetechniques for the normalisation of logical designs based onfunctional dependencies, i.e. the decomposition into Boyce-Codd and third normal forms.Also covered are t-upple and domain relational calculi, aswell as relational algebra. This book illustrates the main SQLdata definition and data manipulation statements and looksat contemporary approaches to coupling SQL with generalpurpose programming languages.CONTENTSPreface. About the Authors. 1 What’s in a Database? 2 Relational Model. 3Relational Calculus. 4 Relational Algebra. 5 SQL. 6 SQL and ProgrammingLanguages. 7 Entity-Relationship Model. 8 Normalisation. 9 Conclusion.References. Index.International EditionDATABASE MAN AGE MENT SYSTEMSThird Editionby Raghu Ramakrishnan, University of Wisconsin - Madison andJohannes Gehrke, University of Wisconsin - Madison2003 / 928 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246563-1 / MHID: 0-07-246563-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123057-5 / MHID: 0-07-123057-2 [IE]CONTENTSFoundations. Chapter 1 In tro duc tion to Database Systems. Chapter 2 The Entity-Re la tion ship Model. Chapter 3 The Relational Model. Chapter 4 Relational Algebraand Cal cu lus. Chapter 5 SQL: Queries, Programming, Triggers. Stor age andIndexing. Chapter 6 Overview of File Organizations and Indexes. Chapter 7 StoringData: Disks and Files. Chapter 8 Tree-Structured Indexing. Chapter 9 Hash-BasedIn dex ing. Query Evaluation. Chapter 10 Overview of Query Eval u a tion. Chapter11 External Sorting. Chapter 12 Evaluation of Relational Operators. Chap ter 13A Typical Re la tion al Query Optimizer. Application Development. Chapter 14Schema Refinement and Nor mal Forms. Chapter 15 Physical Database Designand Tuning. Chapter 16 Security. Chapter 17 Database Ap pli ca tions and theInternet: Concepts. Chapter 18 Database Ap pli ca tions and the Internet: Practice.Trans ac tion Management. Chapter 19 Overview of Trans ac tion Management.Chapter 20 Concurrency. Chapter 21 Crash Recovery. Advanced Topics. Chapter22 Parallel and Dis trib ut ed Databases. Chapter 23 Data on the Web: XML andXQuery. Chapter 24 In for ma tion Re triev al and Database Systems. Chapter 25Decision Support. Chapter 26 Data Mining. Chapter 27 Object-Database Systems.Chapter 28 Additional Reading3915-60_CompSc.indd 3911/15/06 5:05:23 PM

Computer ScienceSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FUN DA MEN TALS OFRE LA TION AL DATABASESby Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline Cushman2001 / 249 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136188-0 / MHID: 0-07-136188-XSchaum's PublicationCONTENTSAn Overview of DBMS and DB Systems Architecture. Relational DatabaseConcepts. An Introduction to SQL. Func tion al Dependencies. The NormalizationProcess. Basic Security Issues. The Entity-Relationship Model.International EditionDATABASE SYSTEMSby Paolo Atzeni, Universita’ di Roma Tre, Stefano Ceri, and StefanoParaboschi, Politecnico di Milano, and Riccardo Torlone, Universita’di Roma Tre2000 / 600 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-709500-0 / MHID: 0-07-709500-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123435-1 / MHID: 0-07-123435-7 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTSIntroduction: Part 1: Relational Databases: The Model and Its Languages. TheRelational Model. The Structure of the Re la tion al Model. Integrity Constraints.Discussion. Relational Algebra and Calculus. Relational Algebra. RelationalCal cu lus. Datalog. SQL. Data Definition in SQL. Queries in SQL. DataManipulation in SQL. Additional Data Definition Features. Access Privileges. SQLand Programming Languages. Part 2: Database Design: Design Methodologiesand Models. The Database Design Process. The En ti ty-Relationship Model.Documentation of E-R Schemes. Conceptual De sign. Requirements Col lec tionand Analysis. General Representation Criteria. Design Strategies. Qual i ties ofa Conceptual Schema. A General Meth od ol o gy for Database Design. A DesignExample: The Conceptual Phase. CASE Tools for Database Design. LogicalDesign. Per for mance Analysis on Con cep tu al Schemas. Re struc tur ing E-RSchemas. Trans la tion Towards the Re la tion al Model. A Design Example: TheLogical Phase. Logical Design with Database Design Tools. Normalization.Re dun dan cies and Anomalies. Func tion al Dependencies. Boyce-Codd NormalForm. Qualities of De com po si tions. Third Normal Form. Normalization and theDesign Process. Part 3: Database Technology. Technology of a Database Server.Transactions. Concurrency Control. Buffer Management. Re li abil i ty Control.Physical Structures. Query Pro cess ing and Optimization. Physical Design.Dis trib ut ed Architectures. Cli ent-Server Architecture. Distributed Databases.Distributed Database Technology. Two-Phase Commit Protocol. Interoperability.Par al lel ism. Replication Man age ment. Part 4: Evolution of Databases. ObjectDatabases. Object-Oriented Database Systems (OODBMS). OMG StandardLanguages: ODL and OQL. Object-Relational Database Sys tems (ORDBMS).Multimedia Database Systems. Tech nol o gy Extensions for Object Databases.Active da ta bas es. Triggers in Re la tion al Systems. Def i ni tions and Use of Triggersin Oracle. Definitions and Use of Triggers in DB. Advanced Features of ActiveRules. Properties of Active Rules. Active Database Applications. Data Warehouses.Ar chi tec ture. Multi-dimensional Model and Languages. Data Mining. Databasesand the World-Wide-Web. Internet and the World-Wide-Web: Basic Concepts.Databases in the World-Wide-Web. CGI and Gateways. Database Tools for WebAp pli ca tions. Design of Web Sites. Appendices: DB. ORACLE. ACCESS.SQLSCHAUM’S OUT LINE OF FUN DA MEN TALS OF SQLPRO GRAM MINGby Ramon Mata-Toledo and Pauline Cushman2001 / 314 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-135953-5 / MHID: 0-07-135953-2Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSAn Introduction to SQL and Relational Databawe Concepts. Implementationof the Re la tion al Operators in SQL. Bool ean Operators and Pattern Matching.Arithmetic Op er a tions and Built-In Functions. Group Functions. Processing Dateand Time Information. Complex Queries and Set Operators. Basic Security IssuesUsing SQL. Appendices.Distributed DatabaseInternational EditionDISTRIBUTED DATABASESPrinciples and Systemsby Stefano Ceri and Guiseppe Pelagatti, both of Politecnico di Milano1984 / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-066215-5 / MHID: 0-07-066215-0 [IE]Assembly LanguagesInternational EditionASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PRO GRAM MING ANDORGANIZATION OF THE IBM PCby Ytha Yu and Charles Marut, both of California State University,Hayward1992 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112896-4 / MHID: 0-07-112896-4 [IE]CONTENTSPART ONE: ELEMENTS OF ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING: CHAP-TER 1: Microcomputer Systems. CHAPTER 2: Representation of Numbers andCharacters. CHAPTER 3: Organization of the IBM Personal Computers. CHAPTER4: Introduction to IBM PC Assembly Language. CHAPTER 5: The Processor Statusand the Flags Register. CHAPTER 6: Flow Control Instructions. CHAPTER 7:Logic, Shift, and Rotate In struc tions. CHAPTER 8: The Stack and Introduction toProcedures. CHAPTER 9: Multiplication and Division Instructions. CHAPTER 10:Arrays and Addressing Modes The String Instructions. PART TWO: ADVANCEDTOPICS CHAPTER: 11: Text Display and Keyboard Programming. CHAPTER12: Macros. CHAP TER 13: Memory Management. CHAPTER 14: Bios and DOSInterrupts. CHAPTER 15: Color Graphics. CHAPTER 16: Recursion. CHAPTER17: Advanced Arithmetic. CHAP TER 18: Disk Operations. CHAPTER 19:80286/80386/80486 Microprocessors and OS/24015-60_CompSc.indd 4011/15/06 5:05:24 PM

Computer Organization &ArchitectureInternational EditionEMBEDDED SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE,PROGRAMMING AND DESIGNby Raj Kamal, Devi Ahilya Uni ver si ty, Indore2003 / 649 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-049470-1 / MHID: 0-07-049470-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123735-2 / MHID: 0-07-123735-6 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070494703CONTENTS1 Introduction To Embedded Systems. 2 Processor And Mem o ry Organization.3 De vic es And Buses For Devices Network. 4 Device Drivers And InterruptsServicing Mechanism. 5 Pro gram ming Con cepts And Embedded ProgrammingIn C And C++. 6 Pro gram Modelling Con cepts In Single And MultiprocessorSys tems Software-De vel op ment Process. 7 Software En gi neer ing Practices InEm bed ded Software De vel op ment Process. 8 Inter Pro cess Com mu ni ca tion AndSyn chro ni za tion Of Pro cess es, Task And Threads. 9 Real Time Op er at ing Sys tems.10 Real Time Op er at ing System Pro gram ming Tools: Micro C/OS-II and VxWorks.11 Case Studies Of Programming With RTOS. 12 Hardware-Software Co-Designin an Em bed ded System. Appendices. IndexInternational EditionMODERN PRO CES SOR DESIGNFun da men tals of Superscalar Processors, Beta Editionby John P. Shen, Carnegie Mellon University, Mikko Lipasti,University of Wisconsin — Madison2003 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-282968-6 / MHID: 0-07-282968-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124487-9 / MHID: 0-07-124487-5 IE]www.mhhe.com/shenCONTENTS1 Processor Design. 2 Pipelined Processors. 3 Superscalar Organization. 4Superscalar Techniques. 5 PowerPC 620 Case Study. 6 Intel P6 Micro-architecture.7 Survey of Superscalar Processors. 8 Advanced Register Dataflow Techniques.9 Executing Mul ti ple ThreadsInternational EditionComputer ScienceCOMPUTER ORGANIZATIONFifth Editionby V. Carl Hamacher, Queens Uni ver si ty; Zvonko Vranesic,University of Toronto; and Safwat Zaky, University of Toronto2002 / 832 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-232086-2 / MHID: 0-07-232086-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122624-0 / MHID: 0-07-122624-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/hamacherCONTENTS1 Basic Structure of Computers. 2 Machine Instructions and Programs. 3 ARM,Motorola, and Intel Instruction Sets. 4 Input/Output Organization. 5 The MemorySystem. 6 Arithmetic. 7 Basic Processing Unit. 8 Pipelining. 9 Embedded Systems.10 Computer Peripherals. 11 Processor Families. 12 Large Computer Systems.Appendix A Logic Circuits. Appendix B ARM Instruction Set. Appendix C Motorola68000Instruction Set. Appendix D Intel IA-32 Instruction Set. Appendix E CharacterCodes and Number ConversionInternational EditionCOMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATIONThird Editionby John P Hayes, Uni ver si ty of Mich i gan1998 / 624 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-115997-5 / MHID: 0-07-115997-5 [IE]CONTENTS1 Computation and Computers. 2 Design Methodology. 3 Processor Design.4 Datapath Design. 5 Control Design. 6 Memory Organization. 7 SystemOrganizationInternational EditionCOMPUTER AR CHI TEC TURE AND LOGIC DESIGNby Thomas C. Bartee, IDA1991 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112554-3 / MHID: 0-07-112554-X [IE]SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTERARCHITECTUREby Nick Carter, University of Illinois - Champaign2002 / 304 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136207-8 / MHID: 0-07-136207-XSchaum's Publication4115-60_CompSc.indd 4111/15/06 5:05:24 PM

Computer ScienceParallel Computing/ProcessingInternational EditionPARALLEL PRO GRAM MING IN C WITH MPI ANDOPEN MPby Michael J. Quinn, Oregon State University2004 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-282256-4 / MHID: 0-07-282256-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123265-4 / MHID: 0-07-123265-6 [IE]The book website will contain a downloadable version of the solutionsmanual (password protected for in struc tor use only). It will also havePowerPoint slides for each chapter that contain outlines of the materialcovered in the chapters.http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072822562Much more than a simple reference manual, ParallelPro gram ming in C with MPI and OpenMP combines a parallelpro gram ming tutorial with an introduction to the design,analysis, implementation, debugging and benchmarking ofparallel programs. It is tar get ed to upper-division undergraduatestudents and those who are learning this material on their own.All programs are developed in C using the MPI (Message PassingInterface) library, the pre vail ing message-passing standard, andthe OpenMP application pro gram ming interface, the emerg ingshared-memory standard.CONTENTSPart I: Introduction to Parallel Computing: 1 Motivation and History. 2Parallel Architectures. 3 Parallel Al go rithm Design. 4 Performance Analysis.Part II: Introduction to MPI: 5 Message-passing Programming. 6 The Sieve ofEratosthenes. 7 Floyd’s Algorithm. 8 Matrix-vector Multiplication I. 9 MatrixvectorMul ti pli ca tion II. 10 Document Classification. Part III: Parallel Algorithms:11 Monte Carlo Methods. 12 Matrix Multipli-cation. 13 Solving Linear Systems.14 Finite Difference Methods. 15 Sorting. 16 The Fast Fourier Transform. 17Exhaustive Search. Part IV: Programming Mul ti pro ces sor Clusters: 18 GettingStarted with OpenMP. 19 Combining MPI and OpenMPInternational EditionADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTUREParallelism, Scalability, Programmabilityby Kai Hwang, University of Southern California1993 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124713-9 / MHID: 0-07-124713-0 [IE]CONTENTSPart One•Theory of Parallelism/1 Parallel Computer Models/2 Pro gramand Network Prop er ties/3 Principles of Per for mance and Scalability/PartTwo•Hardware Technologies/4 Pro ces sors and Memory Hi er ar chy/5 Bus/Cacheand Shared-Memory/6 Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques/Part Three•Paralleland Scalable Ar chi tec tures/7 Multiprocessors and Multi-computers/8 Multivectorand SIMD Supercomputers/9 Scalable, Multi-threaded, and Dataflow Ar chi tec tures/Part Four•Software for Parallel Programming/10 Parallel Models, Lan guag es andCompilers/11 De vel op ment of Parallel Programs/12 Unix Ex ten sions for ParallelCom put ers/BibliographyOperating SystemsInternational EditionJUST ENOUGH UNIXFifth Editionby K Paul Andersen, New Mexico State University - Las Cruces2006 / 608 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-295297-1 / MHID: 0-07-295297-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124418-3 / MHID: 0-07-124418-2 [IE]This site contains An swers to Excercises, PowerPoint slides, and somesample code. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/andersen)Just Enough UNIX provides a quick and gentle introductionto the UNIX operating system. The fifth edition of this highlysuccessful text reflects changes and updates to the UNIXcurriculum that have taken place since the publication of thefourth edition. The book is written in a clear, straight for wardstyle that avoids un nec es sary jargon. This short, yetcomprehensive text covers the basics of UNIX. It can be usedin both a fresh man engineering course or to supplement othercourses where the student needs to learn UNIX for the firsttime. The book is enhanced by strong pedagogical tools thatwill be very useful to those in the classroom, as well as thoseengaged in self-study.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Key New Topics. The following topics are new in the fifth edition:computer and network security; Secure Shell (ssh) for remotecom put ing; practical cryp tog ra phy; sciripting in awk; and scriptingin Perl.• New and revised chap ters. There are several completely newchap ters in the book—chapters 24 (Computer Security), 25 (RemoteComputing Using SSH-1), 26 (Remote Com put ing Using SSH-2), 27(Protecting Privacy with PGP), 32 (Scripting Languages), 33 (Cre at ingShell Scripts), 34 (Scripting with awk), and 35 (Scripting with Perl).• Website. The expanded book website includes answers toexercises for instructors only, as well as PowerPoint slides and datafiles.• Security. The fifth edition features ex pand ed coverage of securityissues, in clud ing the use of Secure Shell as a secure al ter na tive to thetraditional Unix “r-commands.”FEATURES• Organization. The book is divided into the following sections:Introduction to UNIX, UNIX File System, UNIX Shells, Text Editors,UNIX Net work ing, Startup Files, Secure Computing, Scripting andPro gram ming under UNIX. Each section opens with a descriptiveconcepts chapter followed by several tutorials that guide the newuser step-by-step toward learning how UNIX works.• Graphical Interfaces. The fifth edition main tains coverage ofthe CDE interface. The book continues the concept that the typicalstudent is using the most current en gi neer ing workstation running themost current graph i cal user interface, including both one based onthe X Window system and CDE.• Text Editors. The reader will learn to create or modify UNIX filesusing a utility program called an editor. In addition to the vi editor,the book includes coverage of the emacs, pico and CDE editors.At some schools, the vi editor may be too difficult or outdated.Including these other editors gives instructors a wider range ofdis tri bu tion packages to choose from for their course.• Networking. The book has coverage of popular Internet and Webtools like ftp and CDE Mail er, including how to process E-mail.• Pedagogy. The book offers a number of helpful pedagogicalfeatures: descriptive chapters, tutorials, marginal notes, sidebars,command summaries and ex er cis es.CONTENTSPart I: Introduction to UNIX: 1 Introduction to UNIX. 2 Your UNIX Account. 3Getting Started. 4 Tutorial: Getting Started (X/Motif). 5 Tutorial: Getting Started(CDE). Part II: UNIX File System: 6 The UNIX File System. 7 Tutorial: Workingwith Files. 8 Tutorial: Working with Di rec to ries. 9 Tutorial: Using File Manager.Part III: UNIX Shells: 10 UNIX Shells. 11 Tutorial: Working with the Shell. 12Tutorial: Using Additional Shell Features. Part IV: Text Ed i tors: 13 Text Editors. 14Tu to ri al: Editing with vi. 15 Tu to ri al: Editing with emacs. 16 Tutorial: Ed it ing withpico. 17 Tutorial: Editing with Text Editor. Part V: UNIX Net work ing: 18 UNIX4215-60_CompSc.indd 4211/15/06 5:05:25 PM

Computer ScienceNet work ing. 19 Tutorial: Using mail and mailx. 20 Tutorial: Processing Mail withpine. 21 Tutorial: Pro cess ing Mail with Mailer. 22 Tu to ri al: Logging in Remotely.23 Tutorial: Transferring Files. Part VI: Secure Computing: 24 Computer Security.25 Tutorial: Remote Computing Using SSH-1. 26 Tutorial: Remote ComputingUsing SSH-2. 27 Tutorial: Protecting Privacy with PGP. Part VII: Startup Files: 28Startup Files. 29 Tutorial: Using sh and ksh Startup Files. 30 Tutorial: Using cshand tcsh Startup Files. 31 Tutorial: Using bash Startup Files. Part VIII: Scripting:32 Scripting Lan guag es. 33 Tutorial: Creating Shell Scripts. 34 Tutorial: Scriptingwith awk. 35 Tutorial: Scripting with Perl. Part VIX: Programming Under UNIX:36 Programming Under UNIX. 37 Tutorial: Programming in C. 38 Tutorial:Programming in C++. 39 Tutorial: Programming in Fortran. 40 Tutorial:Pro gram ming in Java. Appendices: Appendix A: Taming Your Terminal. AppendixB: The UNIX Manual. Appendix C: Regular Expressions. Appendix D: write andtalk. Appendix E: Using dbx. Appendix F: Using makeCONTENTS1 Introducing UNIX 2 Becoming Familiar with UNIX Commands 3 The File System4 File Attributes 5 The vi/vim Editor 6 The GNU emacs Editor 7 The Shell 8 TheProcess 9 The Shell—Customizing the Environment 10 Simple Filters 11 FiltersUsing Regular Ex pres sions—grep and sed 12 Filtering and Programming with awk13 Shell Programming 14 Networking Tools 15 perl—The Master Ma nip u la tor.16 Program Development Tools 17 Systems Programming I—Files 18 SystemsProgramming II—Process Control 19 System Administration Appendix A The CShell—Programming Constructs. Appendix B The Korn and Bash Shells—ExclusiveProgramming Constructs Appendix C vi/vim and emacs Command ReferenceAppendix D The Regular Expression Superset Appendix E The HOWTO AppendixF The ASCII Char ac ter Set Appendix G Glossary Appendix H Solutions to Self-Test QuestionsInternational EditionYOUR UNIX: THE ULTIMATE GUIDESecond Editionby Sumitabha Das, Softman Services, Inc2006 / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124434-3 / MHID: 0-07-124434-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/dasYour UNIX: The Ultimate Guide is both an outstandingpedagogical tool and an exhaustive reference. It is theideal text for any Unix course. It can also be used for anyintroductory programming course that includes Unix and foradvanced courses such as those on Operating Systems andSystem Administration. Excellent pedagogy is implementedthroughout. Real-world examples make it easier for students tograsp concepts while chapters on advanced material take moreexperienced students beyond the basics. Over nine hundredexercises and self-test questions allow students to test andreinforce their understanding of material at different levels.This book also features coverage of Linux, where Linux differsfrom UNIX.NEW TO THIS EDITION• The number of chapters has been reduced from 24 to 19 to allowfor a more intense focus on core UNIX topics.• Coverage is logically divided between essential(chapters 1-13) andadvanced (chpaters 14-19) material.• Three new chapters on programming tools and systemsprogramming benefit the serious programmer and make the booksuitable for a course on systems programming.• Coverage of encryption and the Secure Shell has been added.• Discussion of vi and emacs editors uses snippets of code toillustrate the benefits to programmers of knowing the editor well.• The requirements of the POSIX standard have been highlightedthrough out.• A single comprehensive index replaces the multiple specializedindices from the previous edition.FEATURES• Notes, Tips, and Caution boxes provide on-the-spot assistance tostudents.• Linux coverage sup ple ments generic coverage of UNIX in caseswhere Linux behaves dif fer ent ly.• Coverage of the Korn, bash, and C shells is featured inappendices.• Scores of tables, di a grams, and screen shots make thefundamentals of the Unix operating system more accessible tostudents.• Over nine hundred self-test questions and exercises allow studentsto test and reinforce their understanding of key concepts.• Scores of real-life examples prompt the reader to envisionthe practical application of UNIX in situations they are likely toencounter.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO UNIXby Kate Wrightson and Joe Merlino2003 / 424 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-283620-2 / MHID: 0-07-283620-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121918-1 / MHID: 0-07-121918-8 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/wrightsonCONTENTSPart I – UNIX Basics: Chapter 1 – What is UNIX? Chapter 2 – Basic UNIX Concepts.Chapter 3 – Understanding UNIX Commands. Chapter 4 – The File System.Chapter 5 – Jobs and Processes. Chapter 6 – Using the Shell. Part II – Workingwith UNIX: Chapter 7 – The vi Editor. Chapter 8 – Other Text Editors. Chapter9 – Internet Applications. Chapter 10 – Networking I. Chapter 11 – NetworkingII. Part III – Shell Programming: Chapter 12 – Shell Pro gram ming I. Chapter 13– Shell Pro gram ming II. Chapter 14 – Shell Pro gram ming III. Chapter 15 – ShellPro gram ming IV. Part IV – System Administration: Chapter 16 – Basic SystemAdministration I. Chapter 17 – Basic System Administration II. Chapter 18 – XWindows. Chapter 19 – Running Servers. Part V—Appendices: Ap pen dix A:UNIX Command Com pen di um. Appendix B: Glos sa ry. Appendix C: CommonCon fig u ra tion Files. Appendix D: Internet Re sourc esInternational EditionOPERATING SYSTEMSby D M Dhamdhere, Indian Institute of Technology, Mumbai2002 / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-048294-4 / MHID: 0-07-048294-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123056-8 / MHID: 0-07-123056-4 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/dhamdhereCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Overview of Operating Systems. 3 Structure of OperatingSystems. 4 Processes. 5 Memory Management. 6 Virtual Memory. 7 File Systems.8 Scheduling. 9 Interprocess Messages. 10 Deadlocks. 11 Process Synchronization.12 Advanced Concepts in IOCS and File Systems. 13 Protection. 14 DistributedSystems. 15 Theoretical Issues in Dis trib ut ed Sys tems. 16 Operating Systems forMultiprocessor and Dis trib ut ed Architectures. 17 Distributed Control Algorithms.18 Recovery & Fault Tolerance. 19 Dis trib ut ed File Systems. 20 DistributedSystems Se cu ri ty. Index4315-60_CompSc.indd 4311/15/06 5:05:26 PM

Computer ScienceDistributed SystemsData CommunicationsInternational EditionDISTRIBUTED SYS TEMS AND NETWORKSby William Buchanan, School of Computer, Napier University2001 / 580 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-709583-3 / MHID: 0-07-709583-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122702-5 / MHID: 0-07-122702-4 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/buchananCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Distributed System Elements. 3 Distributed Processing. 4Distributed File Systems. 5 Networking Elements. 6 Ethernet Networks. 7 TCP/IP. 8 HTTP. 9 Electronic Mail. 10 World Wide Web. 11 Intranets. 12 InternetRouting Protocols. 13 SNMP, Wins and DHCP. 14 Data Encryption Principles.15 Security. 16 Proxies, Firewalls and Routers. 17 Authentication. 18 InternetSecurity. 19 LANs/WANs. 20 Network Modelling. 21 Operating Systems. 22CORBA/DCOM.Business Data CommunicationsInternational EditionBUSINESS DATA COM MU NI CA TIONSby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2003 / 736 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-123018-6 / MHID: 0-07-123018-1 [IE with OLC]CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Basics. Chapter 3 Data Com mu ni ca tionModels. Chap ter 4 Data Transmission. Chapter 5 Transmission Media andChannels. Chapter 6 Data Link Control. Chapter 7 Tra di tion al LANs. Chapter 8High-Speed LANs. Chapter 9 Wire less LANs. Chapter 10 Switch ing. Chapter 11Traditional WANs. Chapter 12 High-Speed WANs. Chapter 13 Networking andInternetworking Devices. Chapter 14 TCP/IP Protocol Suite. Chapter 15 InternetApplicationsInternational EditionNEWPRINCIPLES OF VOICE AND DATACOMMUNICATIONSBy Regis “Bud” J. Bates, TC International Consulting, Inc. and MarcusBates2007 (March 2006) / 720 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125767-1 / MHID: 0-07-125767-5 [IE]This textbook surveys data transmission systems, communicationlines, data sets, and network modes of transmission, protocolsand interfacing. Emphasizes network structure and operation.Focuses on application of telecommunications to realworldproblems, and provides students with a conceptualbackground for effectively using and managing data and voicecommunications resources.CONTENTSChapter 1 Principles of Voice and Data Communications-An Introduction. Chapter2 The Evolution of the Telephone Set. Chapter 3 Introduction of the Carriers andRegulation in the Industry. Chapter 4 Signaling System 7, Intelligent Networks andNumber Portability. Chapter 5 Analog versus Digital Communications. Chapter6 Integrated Services Digital Network and SONET. Chapter 7 Data standardsin Use. Chapter 8 Data Communications. Chapter 9 The Internet. Chapter 10Local Area Networks (LANs). Chapter 11 Packets, Frames and Cell SwitchingConcepts. Chapter 12 xDSL. Chapter 13 Cable Modem Systems and Technology.Chapter 14 Overview of Cellular communications. Chapter 15 Security andVirtual Private Networks (VPN.NEWDATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKINGFourth EditionBy Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza College2007 (January 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-325032-8 / MHID: 0-07-325032-5Browse http://www.mhhe.com/forouzanAs one of the fastest growing technologies in our culture today,data communications and networking presents a uniquechallenge for instructors. As both the number and types ofstudents are increasing, it is essential to have a textbook thatprovides coverage of the latest advances, while presentingthe material in a way that is accessible to students with littleor no background in the field. Using a bottom-up approach,Data Communications and Networking presents this highlytechnical subject matter without relying on complex formulasby using a strong pedagogical approach supported by morethan 700 figures. Now in its Fourth Edition, this textbookbrings the beginning student right the forefront of the latestadvances in the field, while presenting the fundamentalsin a clear, straightforward manner. Students will find bettercoverage, improved figures and better explanations on cuttingedgematerial. The “bottom-up” approach allows instructors tocover the material in one course, rather than having separatecourses on data communications and networking.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Visual approach is supported with hundreds of figures andanimations on the text website• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed for the beginning student andincludes numerous figures, highlighted points, examples and reallife applications, key terms, chapter summaries, practice sets and anextensive glossary and list of acronyms.4415-60_CompSc.indd 4411/15/06 5:05:26 PM

Computer Science• Text uses a bottom-up approach where students learn about datacommunications before learning about networking. This approachallows instructors to cover the material in one course, rather thanhaving separate courses on data communications and networking.• An On-line Learning Center is available to provide extra materialto both students and instructors. Some features of the on-line learningcenter include: PowerPoint Slides, Solutions, and Animated Figuresfrom the text and solutions of odd-numbered problems for students.(even-numbered solutions for instructor are password protected)• Added coverage of TCP/IPFEATURES• Text lets students learn about data communications beforelearning about networking.• More than 700 figures provide complete, visual presentation ofthe material.Figures replace the need for students to rely on complex formulas.• An On-line Learning Center is available to provide extra materialto both students and instructors. Some features of the on-line learningcenter include: PowerPoint Slides, Solutions, and Animated Figures.• The practice set includes and extensive number of reviewquestions, multiple choice questions, and extended exercises.• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed for the beginning student andincludes numerous figures, highlighted points, examples and real-lifeapplications, key terms, chapter summaries, practice sets and anextensive glossary and list of acronyms.• Using a bottom-up approach, students learn about datacommunications (lower layers) before learning about networking(upper layers). This approach allows instructors cover the materialin one course, rather than having separate courses on datacommunications and networking.• Summaries at the end of each chapter emphasize the key points.• Many examples have been developed in each chapter todemonstrate the concepts.CONTENTSPart 1 Overview of Data Communications and Networking. 1 Introduction 2Network Models Part 2 Physical Layer 3 Signals 4 Digital Transmission 5Analog Transmission 6 Multiplexing 7 Transmission Media 8 Circuit Switchingand Telephone Network 9 High-Speed Digital Access: DSL, Cable Modems,and SONET Part 3 Data Link Layer 10 Error Detection and Correction 11 DataLink Control and Protocols 12 Point-to-Point Access: PPP 13 Multiple Access14 Local Area Networks: Ethernet 15 Wireless LANs 16 Connecting LANs,Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs 17 Cellular Telephone and SatelliteNetworks 18 Virtual Circuit Switching: Frame Relay and ATM Part 4 NetworkLayer 19 Host-to-Host Delivery: Internetworking, Addressing, and Routing 20Network Layer Protocols: ARP, IPv4, ICMP, IPv6, and ICMPv6 21 Unicast andMulticast Routing: Routing Protocols Part 5 Transport Layer. 22 Process-to-ProcessDelivery: UDP and TCP 23 Congestion Control and Quality of Service. Part 6Application Layer 24 Client-Server Model: Socket Interface 25 Domain NameSystem (DNS) 26 Electronic Mail (SMTP) and File Transfer (FTP) 27 HTTP andWWW 28 Multimedia Part 7 Security 29 Cryptography 30 Message Security,User Authentication, and Key Management 31 Security Protocols in the InternetAppendix A ASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Systems and Transformation.Appendix C The OSI Model Appendix D 8B/6T Code. Appendix E ChecksumCalculation. Appendix F Structure of a Router. Appendix G ATM LANs. AppendixH Client-Server Programs. Appendix I RFCs. Appendix J UDP and TCP Ports.Appendix K Contact AddressesInternational EditionCOM MU NI CA TION NETWORKSecond Edi tionby Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of Toronto and Indra Widjaja2004 / 848 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246352-1 / MHID: 0-07-246352-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-119848-6 / MHID: 0-07-119848-2 [IE]This website will contain: Solutions Manual for selected problems,Power Point Slides, figures & lecture notes. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007246352X)This book is designed for introductory one-semester or oneyearcourses in com mu ni ca tions networks in upper-levelundergraduate programs. The second half of the book canbe used in more advanced courses. As pre-requisites thebook assumes a general knowledge of computer systems andprogramming, and elementary calculus.CONTENTSPreface. 1 Communication Networks and Services. 2 Application and LayeredArchitectures. 3 Digital Trans mis sion Fundamentals. 4 Transmission Systems andCircuit Switching Networks. 5 ARQ and Flow Control. 6 Local Area Networksand Medium Access Control. 7 Packet-Switching Networks. 8 TCP/IP. 9 ATMNetworks. 10 Advanced Network Ar chi tec tures. 11 Network Security. 12 Multi-Media Information and Networking. Epilogue. Ap pen dix es. A Delay and LossPer for mance. B Network ManagementInternational EditionDATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NET WORK INGby Achyut S Godbole, CEO of Apar Tech nol o gies, Mumbai2002 / 720 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-047297-6 / MHID: 0-07-047297-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123110-7 / MHID: 0-07-123110-2 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/godbole/dcn/CONTENTS1. Introduction to Data Communication and Networking. 2. Information Encoding.3. Analog and Digital Transmission Methods. 4. Modes of Data Trans mis sionand Mul ti plex ing. 5. Trans mis sion Errors: Detection and Correction. 6. DataCom pres sion and En cryp tion. 7. Transmission Media. 8. Network To pol o gies,Switching and Routing Algorithms. 9. Networking Pro to cols and OSI Model. 10.Area Net works (MAN) and Wide Area Networks (WAN). 11. Integrated Ser vic esDigital Network (ISDN). 12. X.25 Pro to col. 13. Frame Re lay. 14. AsynchronousTrans fer Mode (ATM). 15. Internetworking Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics,His to ry and Ar chi tec ture. 16. Ways of Accessing the Internet. 17. TCP/IP Part I:An In tro duc tion to TCP/IP, IP, ARP, RARP, ICMP. 18. TCP/IP Part II (TCP, UDP).19. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email, FTP, TFTP). 20. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW, HTTP,TELNET). 21. Multimedia Com mu ni ca tions. Appendix A. Appendix B. Ap pen dixC. Appendix D. Glossary. ReferencesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTERNET WORK INGby Ed Tittel2002 / 304 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136285-6 / MHID: 0-07-136285-1Schaum's Publication4515-60_CompSc.indd 4511/15/06 5:05:27 PM

Computer ScienceLANNetwork SecurityInternational EditionLOCAL AREA NET WORKSby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2002 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-115080-4 / MHID: 0-07-115080-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/forouzanCONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Data Communication Models. Chapter 3 DataTransmission. Chapter 4 Transmission Media. Chapter 5 Error Detection. Chapter6 LAN Topologies. Chapter 7 Flow & Error Con trol. Chapter 8 Medium AccessMethods. Chapter 9 Logical Link Control (LLC). Chapter 10 Ethernet: 10 Mbps.Chapter 11 Ethernet Evolution: Fast and Gigabit Ethernet. Chapter 12 TokenBus. Chapter 13 Token Ring. Chapter 14 ATM LANs. Chapter 15 Wireless LANs.Chapter 16 LAN Performance. Chapter 17 Connecting LANs. Chapter 18 TCP/IP.Chapter 19 Data Encryption. Chapter 20 Network Management. Ap pen dix AASCII Code. Appendix B Numbering Sys tems & Trans for ma tion. Appendix CSpan ning Tree. Appendix D In for ma tion Theory. Appendix E ATM. Appendix FDQDB. Appendix G FDDI. Appendix H Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs).Appendix I Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). Appendix J Probability. Glos sa ry.Solutions. IndexInternational EditionLOCAL AREA NETWORKSSecond Editionby Gerd Keiser, PhotonicsComm Solutions, Inc.2002 / 552 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-122650-9 / MHID: 0-07-122650-8[IE with CD-ROM]www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser2CONTENTS1 Overview of LANs. 2 Network Architectures and Protocols. 3 DataCommunication Concepts. 4 LAN Access Techniques. 5 Ethernet. 6 Token-Passing LANs. 7 ATM LANs. 8 Wireless LANs. 9 Fibre Channel and SANSs. 10Internetworking. 11 Network Management. 12 Network SecurityInternational EditionNEWNETWORK SECURITYby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2008 (March 2007) / Hardcover / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-332753-2 / MHID: 0-07-332753-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110223-0 / MHID: 0-07-110223-X [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/forouzanIn this new first edition, well-known author Behrouz Forouzanuses his accessible writing style and visual approach tosimplify the difficult concepts of cryptography and networksecurity. Forouzan presents difficult security topics from theground up. A gentle introduction to the fundamentals ofnumber theory is provided in the opening chapters, paving theway for the student to move on to more complex security andcryptography topics. Difficult math concepts are organized inappendices at the end of each chapter so that students canfirst learn the principles, then apply the technical background.Hundreds of examples, as well as fully coded programs, roundout a practical, hands-on approach which encourages studentsto test the material they are learning.FEATURES• Hundreds of figures are used to visually illustrate concepts,making technical material easier to understand.• Usuable programs, so students can do hands on activities.• Up-to-date coverage of all of the latest networking technologies.• Extensive practice sets at the end of each chapter help studentsreinforce what they have learned and give them an opportunity towork through some more challenging exercises.• Student-friendly approach moves math to the ends of chapters foran easier explanation of concepts.• An accompanying website that provides both colorful PowerPointsand solutions.CONTENTSCryptography and Network Security. Part I: Introduction. Chapter 1: Introduction.Part II: Number Theory. Chapter 2: Modular Arithmetic, Divisibility, andInverses. Chapter 3: Prime Numbers and Factorization. Chapter 4: Number Setsand Algebraic Constructs. Chapter 5: Equations in Modular Arithmetic. Part III:Cryptography. Chapter 6: Traditional Symmetric-Key Ciphers. Chapter 7: ModernCiphers. Chapter 8: Modern Symmetric-Key Block Ciphers. Chapter 9: Public-Key Cryptosystem: Part I. Chapter 10: Public-Key Cryptosystem: Part II. Part IV:Network Security. Chapter 11: Message Integrity and Authentication. Chapter 12:Hash Algorithms. Chapter 13: Digital Signature. Chapter 14: Entity Authentication.Chapter 15: Key Management. Part V: Internet Security. Chapter 16: Security atNetwork Layer: IPSec. Chapter 17: Security at Transport Layer: SSL and TLSChapter 18: Security at Application Layer: PGP4615-60_CompSc.indd 4611/15/06 5:05:28 PM

Computer ScienceNEWINFORMATION ASSURANCE FOR THE ENTERPRISE:A Roadmap to Information Securityby Corey Schou, Idaho State University and Daniel Paul Shoemaker,University of Detroit Mercy2007 (March 2006) / Softcover / 652 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225524-9 / MHID: 0-07-225524-2FEATURES• Written by the most authoritative voice on information security inboth academia and industry.• Introduces the concepts of information security, the securityassessment and the implementation of security via minimal technicalterminology and acronyms to appeal to a broader audience• Real world examples and case studies for illustrations.• End-of-chapter review includes summaries, key terms list,vocabulary quiz, multiple-choice test, true/false ques tions, andperhaps research projects as hands-on projects.• Instructor support includes instructor manual, test bank softwarewith hundreds of questions, PowerPoint® slides.CONTENTSPart I: The Organizational/Policy Domain: Ch. 1: Or ga ni za tion al Security Policyand Planning. Ch. 2: Defined and Doc u ment ed Infrastructure. Ch. 3: Educationand Awareness. Ch. 4: Asset Management. Ch. 5: Business Continuity. Ch. 6:Legal and Regulatory Com pli ance. Part II: The Man a ge ri al/Ad min is tra tive Domain:Ch. 7: Building Security Func tions Into Development. Ch. 8: Personnel Security.Ch. 9: Physical Security. Part III: The Operational/Technical Do main: Ch. 10:Access Control. Ch. 11: Operations Security. Ch. 12: Network Security. Ch. 13:Application and System Soft ware Security. Ch. 14: Op er a tion al Risk Assessmentand Audit. Part IV: The Community/Contextual Domain: Ch. 15: Ethics. Ch. 16:A Standard Im ple men ta tion Model. Glos sa ry. IndexInternational EditionPRINCIPLES OF COM PUT ER SE CU RI TYSe cu ri ty+ and Beyondby Wm. Arthur Conklin, University of Texas at San Antonio; GregoryB White, Center for In fra struc ture Assurance and Security, Universityof Texas San Antonio; Chuck Cothren, University of Texas at SanAntonio; Dwayne Wil l iams, University of Texas at San Antonio andRoger L. Davis2005 / Softcover / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225509-9 / MHID: 0-07-225509-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124500-6 / MHID: 0-07-124500-6 [IE]http://mhteched.com/security/conklinLearn the essentials of com put er and network security whilegetting complete cov er age of all the objectives for CompTIA’sSecurity+ cer ti fi ca tion exam, plus coverage of the (ISC)2SSCP certification, which focuses on best practices, roles, andresponsibilities of security experts. Written and edited by leadersin the IT security field, this text explains the fundamentals ofcom mu ni ca tion, infrastructure, and operational security. You’llalso get details on methods to defend your computer systemsand networks and how to prevent attacks.FEATURES• 100% coverage of all exam objectives for the Security+Certification.• NWCET Reviewed: The National Workforce Center for EmergingTechnologies (NWCET) will review the book, create a crosswalk tothe NWCET IT Skills Standards, and provide additional exercises thatwill help teachers and students meet those standards.• Well illustrated• Informative sidebars that help students check their knowledge,re in force key concepts• Exam Tip, Caution, and Note icons highlight key topics, end ofchapter quizzes test retention and exam readiness, and Exam Tipsguide the reader through tough technical topics.• Chapter Review section includes bulleted chap ter summaryorganized by exam objective, key term list, vocabulary buildingexercises, multiple-choice ques tions, case-study ques tions, and labprojects.• Student CD-ROM will include self-assessment engine withpractice exams and 1-hour of LearnKey online video training.CONTENTS1: Introduction and Security Trends. 2: General Security Concepts. 3: Operational/Organizational Security. 4: The Role of People in Security. 5: Cryptography. 6:Public Key Infrastructure. 7: Standards and Protocols. 8: The Impact of PhysicalSecurity on Network Security. 9: Network Fun da men tals. 10: InfrastructureSecurity. 11: Remote Access. 12: Wireless and Instant Mes sag ing. 13: IntrusionDetection Systems. 14: Security Baselines. 15: Attacks and Malware. 16: E-mail.17: Web Components. 18: Software Development. 19: Disaster Recovery, BusinessContinuity, and Organizational Policies. 20: Risk Management. 21: ChangeManagement. 22: Privilege Management. 23: Computer Forensics. 24: Securityand Law. A: About the CD-ROM. B: About the Security+ ExamInternational EditionCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NET WORK SECURITYby Atul Kahate, Project Leader, i-flex Solutions, Pune2003 / 460 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-049483-1 / MHID: 0-07-049483-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123477-1 / MHID: 0-07-123477-2 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/kahateCONTENTS1 Introduction to the Concepts of Security. 2 Cryptographic Techniques. 3Computer-based Symmetric Key Cryp to graph ic Algorithms. 4 Computer-basedAsymmetric Key Cryp to graph ic Algorithms. 5 Public Key In fra struc ture (PKI).6 Internet Security Protocols. 7 User Au then ti ca tion Mechanisms. 8 PracticalIm ple men ta tions of Cryp tog ra phy/Security. 9 Network Security. 10 Case Studieson Cryptography and Security. Appendix A -Mathematical Background. AppendixB -Number Systems. Appendix C -Information Theory. Appendix D -Real-lifeTools. Appendix E -Web Resources. Appendix F -A Brief Introduction to ASN,BER, DER. Appendix G -Modern Security Trends. Answers to Multiple-choiceQuestions. Glossary. References. Index.4715-60_CompSc.indd 4711/15/06 5:05:28 PM

Computer ScienceTCP/IPNeural NetworksInternational EditionTCP/IP PROTOCOL SUITEThird Editionby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2006 / Hard cov er / 992 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-296772-2 / MHID: 0-07-296772-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111583-4 / MHID: 0-07-111583-8 [IE]This website contains: four-color PowerPoint slides and solutions-oddsfor students and a com plete password protected set for instructors.(Browse http://www.mhhe.com/forouzan)Networking technologies have become an integral part ofeveryday life, which has led to a dramatic increase in the numberof professions where it is important to understand networktechnologies. TCP/IP Protocol Suite teaches students andprofessionals, with no prior knowledge of TCP/IP, everythingthey need to know about the subject. This com pre hen sivebook uses hundreds of figures to make technical concepts easyto grasp, as well as many examples, which help tie the materialto the real-world. The second edition of TCP/IP Protocol Suitehas been fully updated to include all of the recent technologychanges in the field. Many new chapters have been addedsuch as one on Mobile IP, Multimedia and Internet, NetworkSecurity, and IP over ATM. Additionally, out-of-date materialhas been overhauled to reflect recent changes in technology.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Six new chapters are included in the second edition:• Chapter 14 Multicasting Routing Protocols• Chapter 26 IP over ATM• Chapter 27 Mobile IP• Chapter 28 Real Time Traffic over the Internet• Chapter 29 Internet Security• Chapter 30 Private NetworksFEATURES• Extensive Practice Sets in each chapter include multiple choiceques tions and exercises, giving students and professors ampleop por tu ni ty to check un der stand ing of concepts.• Summary sections at the end of chapters list major conceptslearned in the chapter.• Hundreds of excellent figures, now enhanced with a second color,present technical con cepts in a visual and intuitive manner.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 The OSI Model and the TCP/IP Protocol Suite. 3 UnderlyingTech nol o gies. 4 IP Addresses: Classful Addressing. 5 Subnetting/Supernetting andClassless Addressing. 6 Delivery and Routing of IP Packets. 7 ARP and RARP. 8Internet Protocol (IP). 9 Internet Control Mes sage Protocol (ICMP). 10 InternetGroup Management Protocol (IGMP). 11 User Datagram Protocol (UDP). 12Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). 13 Unicast Routing Protocols (RIP, OSPF,and BGP). 14 Multicasting Routing Protocols. 15 Application Layer and Client-Server Model. 16 Socket Interface. 17 BOOTP and DHCP. 18 Domain NameSystem (DNS). 19 TELNET and Rlogin. 20 File Transfer Protocol (FTP). 21 TrivialFile Transfer Pro to col (TFTP). 22 Simple Mail Transfer Pro to col (SMTP). 23 SimpleNetwork Man age ment Protocol (SNMP). 24 Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP).25 World Wide Web. 26 IP over ATM. 27 Mobile IP. 28 Real-Time Traffic overthe Internet. 29 Internet Security. 30 Private Networks. 31 Next Generation:IPv6 and ICMPv6 Appendix A ASCII Code Appendix B Numbering Sys tems andTrans for ma tion Appendix C Checksum Cal cu la tion Ap pen dix D Error De tec tionAppendix E Encryption Methods Ap pen dix F Project 802 Appendix G ContactAddresses Appendix H RFCs Appendix I UDP and TCP Ports Glossary ReferencesIndexInternational EditionNEURAL NETWORKS: A CLASSROOM APPROACHby Satish Kumar, Dayalbagh Educational Institute, India2004 / 768 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-048292-0 / MHID: 0-07-048292-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124672-9 / MHID: 0-07-124672-X [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070482926Neural Networks is an integral component of the ubiquitous softcomputing paradigm. An in-depth understanding of this fieldrequires some background of the principles of neu ro science,mathematics and computer programming. Neural Networks: AClassroom Ap proach, achieves a balanced blend of these areasto weave an appropriate fabric for the exposition of the diversityof neural network models. This book is unique, in the sensethat it stresses on an intuitive and geometric understanding ofthe subject and on the heuristic explanation of the theoreticalresults. This book is intended for a first course on NeuralNetworks and can also serve as a supporting text for courseson soft computing, artificial intelligence, machine learningand neuron modeling. Key Features : Unique and dis tinc tivechapters on neuroscience, statistical pattern recognition,support vector machines, pulsed neural networks, fuzzysystems, soft computing, and dynamical systems; Stresses onheuristic explanations of theoretical results.CONTENTSI. Traces of History and A Neuroscience Briefer: 1 Brain Style Com put ing: Or i ginsand Issues. 2 Lessons from Neu ro science. II. Feedforward Neu ral Networks andSu per vised Learning: 3 Artificial Neu rons, Neural Networks and Architectures.4 Ge om e try of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their Networks. 5 SupervisedLearn ing I: Perceptrons and LMS. 6 Supervised Learning. II: Backpropagationand Beyond: 7 Neural Net work: A Sta tis ti cal Pattern Rec og ni tion Perspective. 8Fo cus sing on Gen er al i za tion: Support Vector Machines and Radial Basis FunctionNet works. III. Re cur rent Neurodynamical Sys tems. 9 Dynamical Systems Review.10 Attractor Neural Net works. 11 Adaptive Resonance Theory 12 Towards the SelfOrganizing Feature Map. IV. Contemporary Topics: 13 Pulsed Neuron Models:The New Generation. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Systems and Ap pli ca tions. 15 NeuralNet works and the Soft Com put ing ParadigmInternational EditionGraphicsINTRODUCTION TO COM PUT ER GRAPHICSby N Krishnamurthy, Software Consultant, Singapore2001 / 352 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-043536-0 / MHID: 0-07-043536-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120704-1 / MHID: 0-07-120704-X [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Applications. 3 Graph ics Mathematics. 4 Input Hardware.5 Output Hardware. 6 Output Char ac ter is tics. 7 Line Drawing Algorithms. 8Pro gram ming. 9 Business and Sci en tif ic Graph ics. 10 Window and Viewport.11 Clip ping. 12 Modeling Transformations. 13 Transformation Ap pli ca tions. 14Tools and Techniques. 15 3D Input and Processing. 16 3D Realism and Output.17 Con clu sion. Appendices: A: Coordinate Systems. B: Lines and Curves in 2D.C: Matrix Al ge bra. D: Lines and Surfaces in 3D. E : References and Re sourc es. F:Captions and Notes on Colour Plates. Index4815-60_CompSc.indd 4811/15/06 5:05:29 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTER GRAPHICSSecond Editionby Roy A Plastock and Zhigang Xiang, New Jersey Institute ofTechnology2001 / 347 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-135781-4 / MHID: 0-07-135781-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118885-2 / MHID: 07-118885-1 [IE] (Out-of-Print)(International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSIntroduction. Image Represenation. Scan Conversion. Two-Dimensional Transformations.Two-Di men sion al Viewing and Clipping. Three-Di men sion alTrans for ma tions. Math e mat ics of Projection. Three-Dimensional viewing andClipping. Geometric Represenation. Hidden Surfaces. Color and Shading Models.Ray Tracing. Mathematics for Two-Di men sion al Computer Graph ics. Mathematicsfor Three-Di men sion al Computer Graphics.International EditionCOMPUTER GRAPHICSSecond Editionby Steven Harrington, Xerox Corporation, Rochester1987 / 466 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100472-5 / MHID: 0-07-100472-6 [IE]Artificial IntelligenceInternational EditionARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCESecond Editionby Elaine Rich, Mi cro elec tron ics and Computer Re search Center andKevin Knight, Carnegie-Mellon Uni ver si ty1991 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100894-5 / MHID: 0-07-100894-2 [IE]International EditionRoboticsROBOTICSControl, Sensing, Vision and Intelligenceby the late K.S. Fu, and C.S.G. Lee, both of Purdue Uni ver si ty; andRalph Gonzalez, University of Tennessee1987 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100421-3 / MHID: 0-07-100421-1 [IE]International EditionINDUSTRIAL ROBOTICSTechnology, Pro gram ming and Applicationby Mikell Groover, Lehigh University; Mitchell Weiss, United StatesRobots, Inc.; Roger Nagel and Nicholas Odrey, both of LehighUniversity1986 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100442-8 / MHID: 0-07-100442-4 [IE]International EditionREAL-TIME SYSTEMSby C.M. Krishna, University of Massachusetts; and K.G. Shin,University of Michigan1997 / 448 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-114243-4 / MHID: 0-07-114243-6 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction/2 Characterizing Real-Time Systems and Tasks/3 Task Assignmentand Scheduling/4 Programming Languages and Tools/5 Real-Time Databases/6Real-Time Com mu ni ca tion/7 Fault-Tolerance Techniques/8 ReliabilityEvaluation Tech niques/9 Clock Synchronization/Appendix: Review of ModelingTechniquesInternational EditionMACHINE LEARNINGby Tom M Mitchell, Carnegie Mellon University1997 / 414 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-042807-2 / MHID: 0-07-042807-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115467-3 / MHID: 0-07-115467-1 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction/2 Concept Learning and the General-to-Specific Ordering/3Decision Tree Learning/4 Artificial Neural Net works/5 Evaluating Hypotheses/6Bayesian Learning/7 Computational Learning Theory/8 Instance-Based Learn ing/9Genetic Algorithms/10 Learning Sets of Rules/11 Analytical Learning/12 CombiningIn duc tive and Analytical Learning/13 Re in force ment Learning4915-60_CompSc.indd 4911/15/06 5:05:30 PM

Computer ScienceComputer/Machine VisionNumerical Methods & AnalysisNEWHUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTIONMulti-Disciplinary Approachby Gerrit van der Veer2008 (July 2007) / Softcover / 750 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709996-1 / MHID: 0-07-709996-6(McGraw-Hill UK Title)This book provides a systematic account of all that is needed fordesigning complex interactive systems. It provides a multidisciplinarycontent, from a user-centred and pragmatic point of view. The bookaims to provide the theory students need to understand the varioustechniques and provides illustrations, examples and exercises toprepare students for collaborating with design teams in industrialpractice.CONTENTSPart 1: Introduction: Chapter 1: Preface. Chapter 2: Introduction to HCI. Part 2:Human users in context: Chapter 3: Introduction to the sciences of humanity.Chapter 4: Basic cognitive processes. Chapter 5: Complex processes. Chapter 6:Applications of cognitive psychology in ergonomy. Chapter 7: Mental modelsof complex systems. Chapter 8:"Working" in context. Part 3: Design approach:Chapter 9: DUTCH: Designing for users and tasks, from concepts to handlesChapter 10: Formal models. Chapter 11: Task analysis. Chapter 12: Detaildesign. Chapter 13: Evaluation. Chapter 14: User centred design patterns. Part4: Application domains: Chapter 15: Designing persuasive web sites. Chapter16: Design of experiences--virtual reality. Chapter 17: Introducing user centreddesign in practise. Chapter 18: Designing for knowledge intensive businesssystems. Chapter 19: Design as an industry. Chapter 20: Multimedia applicationsfor cultural domains.International EditionMACHINE VISIONby Ramesh C. Jain, University of California - San Diego andRangacher Kasturi, Penn State University, Brian G. Schunck1995 / 549 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113407-1 / MHID: 0-07-113407-7 [IE]CONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Binary Image Processing. 3. Regions. 4. Image Filtering. 5. EdgeDetection. 6. Contours. 7. Texture. 8. Optics. 9. Shading. 10. Color. 11. Depth.12. Calibration. 13. Surfaces. 14. Volumetric Representations. 15. Motion. 16.Object RecognitionNEWAPPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS WITH MATLABFOR ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTSSecond Editionby Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University2008 (November 2006) / Hardcover / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-313290-7 / MHID: 0-07-313290-XThe web site features student and instructor resources such as an imagebank, lecture slides, helpful web links, study objectives, and more!(Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapra)Steven Chapra’s second edition, Applied Numerical Methodswith MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists, is written forengineers and scientists who want to learn numerical problemsolving. This text focuses on problem-solving (applications)rather than theory, using MATLAB, and is intended forNumerical Methods users; hence theory is included only toinform key concepts. The second edition feature new materialsuch as Numerical Differentiation and ODE's: Boundary-ValueProblems.For those who require a more theoretical approach, seeChapra's best-selling Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5/e(2006), also by McGraw-Hill.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Based on response from users and reviewers, 4 New Chaptershave been added to the second edition to provide a more accessiblepresentation, while maintaining its student-friendly flavor.~Optimization~Numerical Differentiation~ODES: Boundary-Value Problems~Fast Fourier Transform. This appendix chapter is presented in anintroductory fashion to illustrate the power of MATLAB and to letstudents go away recognizing that although they have just scratchedthe surface, they might want to pursue the topic in greater depth infuture courses.• 50% new or revised chapter and homework problemsFEATURES• Explanations are straight-forward and practically oriented. Themath level is considered, just to be at the right level--not too easy orrigorous, just right.• Extensive use of engineering examples, case studies, andapplications are given throughout the text.• Each chapter is well integrated with MATLAB M-files. In addition,relevant MATLAB functions are introduced in each chapter.• MATLAB is used as the primary computing environment. Allalgorithms are presented as m-files.• A text Web site is available at http://www.mhhe.com/chapraCONTENTSPart One Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis. 1. Mathematical ModelingNumerical Methods and Problem Solving. 2. MATLAB Fundamentals. 3.Programming with MATLAB. 4. Roundoff and Trunication Errors. Part Two Rootsand Optimization. 5. Roots: Bracketing Methods. 6. Roots: Open Methods. 7.Optimization. Part Three Linear Systems. 8. Linear Algebraic Equations andMatrices. 9. Gauss Elimination. 10. LU Factorization. 11. Matrix Inverse andCondition. 12. Iterative Methods. Part Four Curve Fitting. 13. Linear Regression.14. General Linear Least-Squares and Non-Linear Regression. 15. PolynomialInterpolation. 16. Splines and Piecewise Interpolation. Part Five Integration andDifferentiation. 17. Numerical Integration Formulas. 18. Numerical Integration ofFunctions. 19. Numerical Differentiation. Part Six Ordinary Differential Equations.20. Initial-Value Problems. 21. Adaptive Methods and Stiff Systems. 22. Boundary-Value Problems Appendix A: Eigenvalues Appendix B: MATLAB Built-in FunctionsAppendix C: MATLAB M-File Functions Bibliography Index5015-60_CompSc.indd 5011/15/06 5:05:31 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionNUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERSFifth Editionby Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University, Raymond Canale2006 / 960 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-310156-9 / MHID: 0-07-310156-7(with Engg Sub Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124429-9 / MHID: 0-07-124429-8 [IE]The Online Learning Center will contain gen er al textbook in for ma tion,helpful Web links, MATLAB resources, and more! (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapra)The fifth edition of Numerical Methods for Engineers withSoftware and Programming Applications continues itstradition of excellence. In struc tors love this text be cause it is acomprehensive text that is easy to teach from. Students love itbecause it is written for them—with great pedagogy and clearex pla na tions and examples throughout. The text features a broadarray of applications, including all engineering disciplines.The revision retains the suc cess ful pedagogy of the prioreditions. Chapra and Canale’s unique approach opens eachpart of the text with sections called Motivation, Math e mat i calBackground, and Ori en ta tion, preparing the student for whatis to come in a motivating and engaging manner. Each partcloses with an Epilogue con tain ing sections called Trade-Offs,Important Relationships and Formulas, and Advanced Methodsand Additional Ref er enc es. Much more than a summary, theEpilogue deepens un der stand ing of what has been learnedand provides a peek into more advanced methods. Users willfind use of software packages, specifically MATLAB and Excelwith VBA. This includes material on developing MATLAB m-files and VBA macros. Also, many, many more challengingprob lems are included. The ex pand ed breadth of engineeringdisciplines covered is especially evident in the problems,which now cover such areas as bio tech nol o gy and biomedicalengineering.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Approximately 150 new, challenging problems drawn from allengineering dis ci plines.• The higher level ma te ri al has been stream lined and some hasbeen eliminated com plete ly.• Completely new sec tions on a number of topics includingmul ti ple integrals and the modified false position method.Features• Challenging problems drawn from all en gi neer ing disciplines areincluded in the text.• Chapra is know for his clear explanations and elegantly renderedexamples.• The text includes a helpful appendix chap ter, Getting Started withMATLAB.CONTENTSPart 1 Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis: 1 Math e mat i cal Modeling andEn gi neer ing Problem Solving. 2 Programming and Software. 3 Approximationsand Round-Off Errors. 4 Truncation Errors and the Taylor Series. Part 2 Roots ofEquations: 5 Bracketing Methods. 6 Open Methods. 8 Engineering Applications:Roots of Equations. Part 3 Linear Algebraic Equations: 9 Gauss Elimination. 10LU Decomposition and Matrix Inversion. 11 Special Matrices and Gauss-Seidel.12 En gi neer ing Applications: Linear Al ge bra ic Equations. Part 4 Op ti mi za tion:13 One-Dimensional Un con strained Optimization. 14 MultidimensionalUn con strained Optimization. 15 Constrained Optimization. 16 EngineeringApplications: Optimization. Part 5 Curve Fitting: 17 Least-Squares Regression.18 Interpolation. 19 Fourier Approximation. 20 Engineering Applications: CurveFitting. Part 6 Nu mer i cal Dif fer en ti a tion and In te gra tion: 21 Newton-CotesIntegration Formulas. 22 In te gra tion of Equations. 23 Nu mer i cal Differentiation.24 Engineering Applications: Numerical Integration and Differentiation. Part7 Or di nary Differential Equations: 25 Runge-Kutta Methods. 26 Stiffness andMultistep Meth ods. 27 Boundary-Value and Eigen val ue Problems. 28 En gi neer ingApplications: Ordinary Differential Equa tions. Part 8 Partial Dif fer en tialEquations: 29 Finite Difference: Elliptic Equations. 30 Finite Difference: ParabolicEquations. 31 Finite-Element Method. 32 Engineering Ap pli ca tions: PartialDifferential Equations. Appendix A The Fourier Series. Appendix B Getting Startedwith Matlab. Bibliography. IndexInternational EditionSCIENTIFIC COMPUTINGSecond Editionby Michael T Heath, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign2002 / 576 pages / hardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-239910-3 / MHID: 0-07-239910-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124489-3 / MHID: 0-07-124489-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/compsci/heathCONTENTS1 Scientific Computing. 2 Sys tems of Linear Equations. 3 Linear Least Squares. 4Eigen val ues Problems. 5 Nonlinear Equations. 6 Optimization. 7 Interpolation.8 Numerical In te gra tion and Differentiation. 9 Initial Value Problems for ODEs.10 Boundary Value Prob lems for ODEs. 11 Partial Dif fer en tial Equations. 12 FastFourier Transform. 13 Random Numbers and SimulationInternational EditionELEMENTARY NUMERICAL ANALYSISAn Al go rith mic ApproachThird Editionby Samuel D. Conte, Purdue University, and Carl deBoor, Universityof Wis con sin, Madison1980 / 408 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-066228-5 / MHID: 0-07-066228-2 [IE]INVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg5115-60_CompSc.indd 5111/15/06 5:05:31 PM

Computer ScienceSimulationInternational EditionNEWInternational EditionNEWSIMULATION MODELING AND ANALYSISFourth Editionby Averill Law, Averill M. Law & Associates2007 (July 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-329441-4 / MHID: 0-07-329441-1(with Expertfit Software)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298843-7 / MHID: 0-07-298843-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125519-6 / MHID: 0-07-125519-2 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/lawSince the publication of the first edition in 1982, the goal ofSimulation Modeling and Analysis has always been to providea comprehensive, state-of-the-art, and technically correcttreatment of all important aspects of a simulation study. Thebook strives to make this material understandable by the useof intuition and numerous figures, examples, and problems. Itis equally well suited for use in university courses, simulationpractice, and self study. The book is widely regarded as the“bible” of simulation and now has more than 100,000 copiesin print. The book can serve as the primary text for a variety ofcourses; for example:• A first course in simulation at the junior, senior, or beginninggraduate-studentlevel in engineering, manufacturing, business, orcomputer science (Chaps. 1 through 4, and parts of Chaps. 5 through9). At the end of such a course, the students will be prepared to carryout complete and effective simulation studies, and to take advancedsimulation courses.• A second course in simulation for graduate students in any of theabove disciplines (most of Chaps. 5 through 12). After completingthis course, the student should be familiar with the more advancedmethodological issues involved in a simulation study, and should beprepared to understand and conduct simulation research.• An introduction to simulation as part of a general course inoperations research or management science (part of Chaps. 1, 3, 5,6, and 9).NEW TO THIS EDITION• A CD-ROM containing the Student Version of the ExpertFitdistribution-fitting software will be included and will tie to the book• Up-to-date treatment of the latest simulation software, including acommon example in four of the leading products• All of the software used in the book has been upgraded toFORTRAN and C.• 20% new problems and examples• More comprehensive and practical discussion of how to validate asimulation model• New and improved random-number generators• Latest statistical techniques for estimating the performancemeasures of a simulated system, both for terminating and steady-statesimulations• Ranking-and-selection procedures for choosing the best systemconfiguration, which allow the use of common random numbers forincreased efficiency• More detailed discussion of how to use the method of commonrandom numbers in practice• Greatly expanded and self-contained discussion of classical designof experiments, with a particular emphasis on how to correctlyimplement these techniques in the context of simulation modeling• Several detailed examples on the use of simulation-basedoptimizationCONTENTS1 Basic Simulation Modeling. 2 Modeling Complex Systems. 3 SimulationSoftware. 4 Review of Basic Probability and Statistics. 5 Building Valid, Credible,and Appropriately Detailed Simulation Models. 6 Selecting Input ProbabilityDistributions. 7 Random-Number Generators. 8 Generating Random Variates.9 Output Data Analysis for a Single System. 10 Comparing Alternative SystemConfigurations. 11 Variance-Reduction Techniques. 12 Experimental Design,Sensitivity Analysis, and Optimization. 13 Simulation of Manufacturing SystemsSIMULATION WITH ARENAFourth Editionby W. David Kelton, University Of Cincinnati-Cincinnati2007 (August 2006) / Hardcover / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-325989-5 / MHID: 0-07-325989-6 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128604-6 / MHID: 0-07-128604-7 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/kelton4eThis fourth edition of Simulation with Arena has the samegoal as the first three editions: to provide a comprehensivetreatment of simulation concepts in general and the Arenasimulation software in particular. It starts by having the readerdevelop simple, well-animated, high-level models, and thenprogresses to advanced modeling and analysis. Statisticaldesign and analysis of simulation experiments is integratedwith the modeling chapters, reflecting the joint nature ofthese activities in good simulation studies. The objective isto help the reader carry out effective simulation modeling,analysis, and projects using the Arena simulation system. Aninformal, tutorial writing style is used to aid the beginner infully understanding the ideas and topics presented. Includedis a CD containing the current version of the Arena academicsoftware and the examples referenced throughout the text.Starting with an introduction to simulation concepts, the bookprogresses through an overview of the Arena software, basicmodel development, input analysis, additional modelingconstructs, output analysis, and advanced modeling. It alsoincludes chapters on integrating Arena simulation models withother applications, specialized statistical issues, continuoussimulation, and conducting a successful simulation study.It is intended primarily to be a text in a first course onsimulation or for self-study. However, the later chapters couldbe incorporated into an advanced or graduate-level course.Building on the success of the first three editions, publishedin 1998, 2002, and 2004, this edition retains the basic outlineand tutorial style, built around a sequence of successivelymore complicated examples. All the examples and discussion,however, have been modified and updated to be consistentwith the current version of the Arena software, and additionalexamples have been developed, along with more exercises.As before, a password-protected website for instructorsprovides support in terms of downloadable lecture slides andsolutions to end-of-chapter exercises. The book draws heavilyon the experience and expertise of the authors, a professorat the University of Cincinnati specializing in simulation,and two seasoned members of Rockwell Software (formerlySystems Modeling), the developers of Arena, who are activein product design and development, training, consulting, andapplications.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Update throughout to move to the new current version of theArena software, which will be version 10,• Added a new model at the end of Chapt. 3 to illustrate the basicconcepts that can lead to an interesting operational analysis. Thismodel is already well formulated, addressing the classic problemin business-process re-engineering of whether it’s better to havespecialized single-task staff or generalized multi-purpose staff, andprovides a “quick victory” on a meaningful issue using only the mostbasic of modeling constructs and tools.• Replaced the car-repair model in Chapt. 5 with a moreapproachable model, possibly a call center as in the first and secondeditions, that illustrates the points, but is easier to teach (will bedeveloped in two or three stages) and is better suited as a vehicle toillustrate analysis and further modeling points in subsequent chapters.• Addition of other new models to illustrate logistics and supplychainmanagement,• Enhancements as needed in later chapters to illustrate newsoftware capabilities.• Add new Exercises in all the chapters, updated with solutions inthe new software.5215-60_CompSc.indd 5211/15/06 5:05:32 PM

Computer ScienceCONTENTS1. What is Simulation? 2. Fundamental Simulation Concepts. 3. A Guided TourThrough Arena. 4. Modeling Basic Operations and Inputs. 5. Modeling DetailedOperations. 6. Statistical Design and Analysis of Terminating Simulations. 7. IntermediateModeling and Steady-State Statistical Analysis. 8. Entity Transfer. 9. A Sampler ofFurther Modeling Issues and Techniques. 10. Arena Integration and Customization. 11.Continuous and Combined Discrete/Continuous Models. 12. Further Statistical Issues. 13.Conducting Simulation Studies Appendix A: A Functional Specification for The WashingtonPost Appendix B: IIE/RS Contest Problems Appendix C: A Refresher or Probability andStatistics Appendix D: Arena’s Probability Distributions Appendix E: Academic SoftwareInstallation. Instructions. References. Index. CD with current academic version of Arenaand all examples used in the bookInternational EditionSIM U LA TION US ING PROMODELSecond Edi tionby Charles R Harrell, Brigham Young University, Provo, Biman KGhosh, California State Poly tech nic University, Pomona and RoyceBowden, Mississippi State University, Mis sis sip pi State2004 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-291980-6 / MHID: 0-07-291980-9 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123243-2 / MHID: 0-07-123243-5 [IE with CD]Sample chapter, Over view, TOC, Author bio, Preface, Whatʼs new,Feature summary, Sup ple ment list, Re view er notes, Cover graph ic,Instructors manual, Pageout, Rep locator, Review/feedback form, Ordera copy, Solutions manual (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/007248263x)Simulation Using Promodel covers the art and science ofsimulation in general and the use of Promodel simulationsoftware in particular. The text blends theory with practicepresenting actual applications in business, services andman u fac tur ing. This second edition reflects the most recentversion of the Promodel software available.CONTENTSI Study Chapters: 1 In tro duc tion to Simulation. 2 System Dynamics. 3 SimulationBasics. 4 Discrete-Event Simulation. 5 Getting Started. 6 Data Col lec tion andAnalysis. 7 Model Building. 8 Model Verification and Validation. 9 SimulationOutput Analysis. 10 Comparing Systems. 11 Optimization. 12 ModelingManufacturing Systems. 13 Modeling Material Handling Systems. 14 Mod el ingService Systems. II Labs: 1 Introduction to ProModel 2002. 2 ProModel WorldView, Menu and Tutorial. 3 Running a ProModel Simulation. 4 A Quick Lookat ProModel. 5 ProModel’s Output Module. 6 Fitting Statistical Distribution toInput Data. 7 Basic Mod el ing Concepts. 8 Model Ver i fi ca tion and Validation. 9Output Analysis. 10 Comparing Al ter na tive Systems. 11 Simulation Optimizationwith SimRunner. 12 Intermediate Modeling Concepts. 13 Material HandlingConcepts. 14 Additional Mod el ing Concepts. III Case Study Assignments: Case 1Toy Airplane Manufacturing. Case 2 Jai Hind Cycles Inc. Plans New ProductionFacility. Case 3 The FSB Coin System. Case 4 Automated Ware hous ing at AthleticShoe Company. Case 5 Concentrate Line at Florida Citrus Company. Case 6Bal anc ing the Pro duc tion Line at Southern California Door Company. Case 7Material Handling at California Steel Industries, Inc. Appendixes: A CommonContinuous and Discrete Distributions. B Critical Values for Students t Distribution(ta). C F Dis tri bu tion for a=0.05International EditionSIM U LA TION WITH ARENAThird Editionby W David Kelton, University of Cincinnati - Cincinnati; Randall PSadowski, Sys tems Modeling Cor po ra tion, Rockwell Software andDavid T Sturrock, Systems Modeling Cor po ra tion, Rockwell Software2004 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-291981-3 / MHID: 0-07-291981-7 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123525-9 / MHID: 0-07-123525-6 [IE with CD]http://www.arenasimulation.com/40academic/SWA3e.htmThe first edition of this book was the first text to be writtenon the Arena software, which is a very popular simulationmodeling software. What makes this text the authoritativesource on Arena is that it was written by the creators of Arenathemselves. The new third edition follows in the tradition ofthe successful first and second editions in its tutorial style (viaa sequence of care ful ly crafted examples) and an accessiblewriting style. The updates include thorough coverage of thenew version of the Arena software (Arena 7.01), enhancedsupport for Excel and Access, and updated examples to reflectthe new version of software. The CD-ROM that ac com pa niesthe book contains the Academic version of the Arena software.The software features new capabilities such as modeldocumentation, enhanced plots, file reading and writing,print ing and animation symbols.CONTENTS1 What is Simulation? 2 Fun da men tal Simulation Concepts. 3 A Guided TourThrough Arena. 4 Modeling Basic Operations and Inputs. 5 Modeling De tailed Operations. 6 Statistical Analysis of Output from Ter mi nat ing Simulations.7 In ter me di ate Modeling and Steady-State Statistical Analysis. 8 Entity Transfer.9 A Sampler of Further Mod el ing Issues and Techniques. 10 Arena In te gra tionand Customization. 11 Continuous and Combined Discrete/Continuous Models.12 Further Statistical Issues. 13 Conducting Simulation Studies. Appendix A AFunctional Specification for the Wash ing ton Post. Appendix B IIE/RS ContestProblems. Appendix C A Refresher on Probability and Statistics. Appendix DArena’s Prob a bil i ty Distributions. Appendix E Academic Soft ware InstallationInstructions5315-60_CompSc.indd 5311/15/06 5:05:33 PM

Computer ScienceSoftware EngineeringInternational EditionNEWOBJECT-ORIENTED AND CLASSICAL SOFTWAREENGINEERINGSeventh Editionby Stephen R. Schach, Vanderbilt University–Nashville2007 (June 2006) / Hardcover / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319126-3 / MHID: 0-07-319126-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110303-3 / MHID: 0-07-110303-1 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/schachClassical and Object-Oriented Software Engineering, 7/epresents an excellent introduction to software engineeringfundamentals, covering both traditional and object-orientedtechniques. The coverage of both Agile processes andOpen Source Software has been considerably expanded. Inaddition, the Osbert Oglesby running case study has beenreplaced with a new case study on the Martha StocktonGreengage Foundation. The new study highlights even moreaspects of the Unified Process. New to this Edition:. • Allnewcoverage of agile processes. eXtreme Programming (XP)is now presented within the larger context of agile processes.• Expanded material on open-source software. Additionalcoverage on open-source software development is includedthroughout the manuscript, particularly Chapters 2 and 4. •More problems. New problems have been added to everychapter. • Brand new Case Study. Based on feedback fromreviewers and users, a new case study on the Martha StocktonGreengage Foundation illustrates techniques of softwaredevelopment in Chapters 10-15. The case study deals with areal-world situation that students will be likely to encounter inreal life: home mortgages. This case study replaces the OsbertOglesby case study from previous editions. • New OnlineContent. This text is available with a website that containsPowerPoints, solutions, and C++ and Java code for the TermProject and Case Studies. The book’s unique organizationremains in place, with Part I covering underlying softwareengineering theory, and Part II presenting the more practicallife cycle. Complementing this well-balanced approach is thestraightforward, student-friendly writing style, through whichdifficult concepts are presented in a clear, understandablemanner. The new seventh edition provides an extensiveupdating of this classic software engineering text!NEW TO THIS EDITION• Expanded material on agile processes• New Case Study--Martha Stockton Greengage Foundation CaseStudy.• Updated and expanded material on Open-Source software• 30% new problems• Many new references have been added to Schach's extensivecollection of over 600 references that help students access relevantreading in the field.FEATURES• This book is accompanied by a website that contains PowerPoints,solutions, and C++ and Java code for the Term Project and CaseStudies.CONTENTSPart One Introduction to Software Engineering. 1 The Scope of SoftwareEngineering. 2 Software Life-Cycle Models. 3 The Software Process. 4 Teams. 5The Tools of the Trade. 6 Testing. 7 From Modules to Objects. 8 Reusability andPortability. 9 Planning and Estimating. Part Two The Workflows of the SoftwareLife Cycle. 10 Requirements. 11 Classical Analysis. 12 Object-Oriented Analysis.13 Design. 14 Implementation. 15 Postdelivery Maintenance. 16 More on UML.Appendix A Term Project: Osric's Office Appliances and Decor. Appendix BSoftware Engineering Resources. Appendix C Requirements Workflow: The MSGFoundation Case Study. Appendix D Structured Systems Analysis: The MSGFoundation Case Study. Appendix E Analysis Workflow: The MSG FoundationCase Study. Appendix F Software Project Management Plan: The MSG FoundationCase Study. Appendix G Design Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study.Appendix H Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (C++Version). Appendix I Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study(Java Version). Appendix J Test Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case StudyInternational EditionSOFTWARE EN GI NEER ING: A PRAC TI TIO NER’SAPPROACHSixth Editionby Roger S Pressman, R.S. Pressman & Associates2005 / 896 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-301933-8 / MHID: 0-07-301933-X(with OLC Bi-Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123840-3 / MHID: 0-07-123840-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/pressmanFor over 20 years, Software Engineering: A Practitioner’sApproach has been the best selling guide to softwareen gi neer ing for students and in dus try professionals alike.The sixth edition continues to lead the way in softwareen gi neer ing. A new Part 4 on Web Engineering presents acom plete engineering approach for the analysis, design, andtesting of Web Applications, in creas ing ly important for today’sstudents. Additionally, the UML cov er age has been enhancedand signficantly increased in this new edition. The pedagogyhas also been improved in the new edition to include sidebars.They provide information on relevant softare tools, specific workflow for specific kinds of projects, and additional in for ma tionon various topics. Additionally, Pressman pro vides a runningcase study called “Safe Home” throughout the book, whichprovides the application of software en gi neer ing to an industryproject. New additions to the book also include chapters onthe Agile Process Models, Requirements Engineering, andDesign En gi neer ing. The book has been completely updatedand con tains hundreds of new ref er enc es to software tools thataddress all important topics in the book. The ancillary materialfor the book includes an expansion of the case study, whichillustrates it with UML diagrams. The On-Line Learning Centerincludes resources for both instructors and students such aschecklists, 700 categorized web references, Powerpoints, atest bank, and a software engineering library-containing over500 software engineering papers.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Five new chapters on Web Engineering (Part 3) present methodsfor formulation, planning, analysis, design and testing of Webap pli ca tions.• The new modular organization allows instructors to use the bookin a variety of different course formats. Options include a “designcourse,” a “survey course,” “man age ment course,” and a “webengineering course.”• The SafeHome case study has been enhanced and extendedto il lus trate important topics and to allow the student to betterunderstand the inner workings of a project team as software isengineered and built.• New sidebars are used extensively to present complimentarysoftware engineering topics, suggest relevant tools, and defineworkflow for various technical and management activities.• A new chapter on design engineering emphasizes importantdesign con cepts and principles and lays the foundation for the fourdesign chapter that follow.• The coverage on UML(Unified Modeling Language)has beensignificantly enhanced for the sixth edition.• A new chapter on agile development considers ExtremeProgramming and other agile methods.• A new chapter on requirements en gi neer ing that emphasizestechnique that em pha siz es techniques for requirements inception,elicitation, elaboration, negotiation, spec i fi ca tion, validation, andmanagement.• Object-oriented design has been integrated throughout the text inthis edition.5415-60_CompSc.indd 5411/15/06 5:05:33 PM

Computer ScienceFEATURES• The book is geared toward both the prac ti tio ner and the student,giving it added value for sudents even after they graduate.• A robust On-line Learn ing Center accompanies this book andprovides: PowerPoints, testbank, reference library (over 500) softwareen gi neer ing papers, study guides, and over 700 web references.• Comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all important SoftwareEngineering topics.• Customize this book through Primis Online! This title is part of thePrimis Online Database: www.mhhe.com/primis/onlineCONTENTS1 Software and Software Engineering. Part 1 The Soft ware Process: 2 Process:A Generic View. 3 Prescriptive Process Models. 4 Agile De vel op ment. Part 2Software En gi neer ing Practice: 5 Practice: A Generic View. 6 System En gi neer ing.7 Re quire ments En gi neer ing. 8 Analysis Modeling. 9 Design En gi neer ing. 10Architectural Design. 11 Component-Level Design. 12 User Interface Design.13 Software Testing Strategies. 14 Software Testing Techniques. 15 ProductMetrics for Soft ware. Part 3 Applying Web Engineering: 16 Web En gi neer ing.17 Formulation and Plan ning for Web Engineering. 18 Analysis Modelingfor Web Applications. 19 Design Mod el ing for Web Applications. 20 TestingWeb Applications. Part 4 Managing Software Projects: 21 Project Man age mentConcepts. 22 Process and Project Metrics. 23 Estimation for Software Projects.24 Soft ware Project Scheduling. 25 Risk Management. 26 Qual i ty Management.27 Change Management. Part 5 Advanced Topics in Software Engineering: 28Formal Meth ods. 29 Cleanroom Soft ware Engineering. 30 Com po nent-BasedSoftware En gi neer ing. 31 Reengineering. 32 The Road AheadObject-Oriented SoftwareEngineeringremains in place, with Part I covering underlying softwareengineering theory, and Part II presenting the more practicallife cycle. Complementing this well-balanced approach is thestraightforward, student-friendly writing style, through whichdifficult concepts are presented in a clear, understandablemanner. The new seventh edition provides an extensiveupdating of this classic software engineering text!NEW TO THIS EDITION• Expanded material on agile processes• New Case Study--Martha Stockton Greengage Foundation CaseStudy.• Updated and expanded material on Open-Source software• 30% new problems• Many new references have been added to Schach's extensivecollection of over 600 references that help students access relevantreading in the field.FEATURES• This book is accompanied by a website that contains PowerPoints,solutions, and C++ and Java code for the Term Project and CaseStudies.CONTENTSPart One Introduction to Software Engineering. 1 The Scope of SoftwareEngineering. 2 Software Life-Cycle Models. 3 The Software Process. 4 Teams. 5The Tools of the Trade. 6 Testing. 7 From Modules to Objects. 8 Reusability andPortability. 9 Planning and Estimating. Part Two The Workflows of the SoftwareLife Cycle. 10 Requirements. 11 Classical Analysis. 12 Object-Oriented Analysis.13 Design. 14 Implementation. 15 Postdelivery Maintenance. 16 More on UML.Appendix A Term Project: Osric's Office Appliances and Decor. Appendix BSoftware Engineering Resources. Appendix C Requirements Workflow: The MSGFoundation Case Study. Appendix D Structured Systems Analysis: The MSGFoundation Case Study. Appendix E Analysis Workflow: The MSG FoundationCase Study. Appendix F Software Project Management Plan: The MSG FoundationCase Study. Appendix G Design Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study.Appendix H Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study (C++Version). Appendix I Implementation Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case Study(Java Version). Appendix J Test Workflow: The MSG Foundation Case StudyInternational EditionNEWOBJECT-ORIENTED AND CLASSICAL SOFTWAREENGINEERINGSeventh Editionby Stephen R. Schach, Vanderbilt University–Nashville2007 (June 2006) / Hardcover / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319126-3 / MHID: 0-07-319126-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110303-3 / MHID: 0-07-110303-1 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/schachClassical and Object-Oriented Software Engineering, 7/epresents an excellent introduction to software engineeringfundamentals, covering both traditional and object-orientedtechniques. The coverage of both Agile processes andOpen Source Software has been considerably expanded. Inaddition, the Osbert Oglesby running case study has beenreplaced with a new case study on the Martha StocktonGreengage Foundation. The new study highlights even moreaspects of the Unified Process. New to this Edition:. • Allnewcoverage of agile processes. eXtreme Programming (XP)is now presented within the larger context of agile processes.• Expanded material on open-source software. Additionalcoverage on open-source software development is includedthroughout the manuscript, particularly Chapters 2 and 4. •More problems. New problems have been added to everychapter. • Brand new Case Study. Based on feedback fromreviewers and users, a new case study on the Martha StocktonGreengage Foundation illustrates techniques of softwaredevelopment in Chapters 10-15. The case study deals with areal-world situation that students will be likely to encounter inreal life: home mortgages. This case study replaces the OsbertOglesby case study from previous editions. • New OnlineContent. This text is available with a website that containsPowerPoints, solutions, and C++ and Java code for the TermProject and Case Studies. The book’s unique organizationInternational EditionOBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING:Practical Software Development Using UML and JavaSecond Editionby Timothy Lethbridge, and Robert Laganiere2005 / 528 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-710908-0 / MHID: 0-07-710908-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124770-2 / MHID: 0-07-124770-X [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/lethbridgeThe authors’ focus in this book is to deliver software engineeringknowledge and skills that readers can put into immediatepractical use. The book provides the es sen tial topic coveragerequired by students of software engineering, from the nutsand bolts of objects to soft ware architecture, from writing codeto testing, from software development pro cess es to projectman age ment. Working through nine contemporary themes inSoftware Engineering, stu dents are given an awareness of keyissues from un der stand ing the customer and user, evaluatingalternative requirements and design, to developing quantitativeand logical thinking and effective communication. The bookis designed to be used primarily in second-year softwareengineering cours es, but is also widely use in its first editionas an introductory software en gi neer ing text at all levels.It will also be valuable to pro gram ming practitioners whowant to develop a better understanding of modern softwareengineering.FEATURES• To reflect the development of software engineering and changesin practice, the book aims to provide students with the mostcurrent cov er age of UML, a practical grasp of key techniques, and5515-60_CompSc.indd 5511/15/06 5:05:34 PM

Computer Sciencean understanding of con tem po rary issues surrounding softwareengineering. The new edition features:• Updated to reflect the new UML 2.0 stan dard- offering the mostup-to-date and relevant coverage of UML available• Features nine con tem po rary themes in software engineering,such as understanding the user, iterative and agile modeling, andrisk management. The themes encourage students to engage withbasic con sid er ations that are fun da men tal to con tem po rary softwareen gi neer ing. Each of these themes is revisited in many chapters, andis taught in the context of concrete examples and exercises.• New section on model driven development• New coverage of web-based software ar chi tec tures andmiddleware• Integrates discussion of agile approaches, and techniques madepopular by those approaches including refactoring and test-drivendevelopment.• Improvements to the new edition include moving all discussionof use cases to Chap ter 4 for more focused treatment, and morecoverage of the essentials of measurement and metrics.• A wide variety of examples and ex er cis es throughout to providestudents with practice in tackling software engineering projects,including many new and changed exercises for the new edition.CONTENTS1: Software and software engineering 1.1 The nature of software1.2 What issoftware engineering? 1.3 Software engineering as a branch of the engineeringprofession 1.4 Stakeholders in software engineering 1.5 Software quality 1.6Software engineering projects 1.7 Activities common to software projects 1.8 Thethemes emphasized in this book 1.9 Difficulties and risks in software engineering asa whole 2: Review of object orientation 2.1 What is object orientation? 2.2 Classesand objects 2.3 Instance variables 2.4 Methods, operations and polymorphism2.5 Organizing classes into inheritance hierarchies 2.6 The effects of inheritancehierarchies on poly mor phism and variable declarations 2.7 Concepts that defineobject orientation 2.8 Detailed example: a program for manipulating postal codes2.9 Detailed example: classes for representing geometric points 2.10 Measuring thequality and complexity of a program 2.11 Difficulties and risks in programminglanguage choice and object-ori ent ed programming 3: Basing software de vel op menton reusable technology 3.1 Reuse: building on the work and experience of others3.2 Incorporating reusability and reuse into software engineering 3.3 Frameworks:reusable subsystems 3.4 The client-server architecture 3.5 Technology needed tobuild client-server systems 3.6 The Object Client-Server Framework (OCSF) 3.7Basic description of OCSF – client side 3.8 Basic description of OCSF – server side3.9 An instant messaging application using the OCSF 3.10 Difficulties and riskswhen considering reusable technology and client-server systems 4: DevelopingRequirements 4.1 Domain analysis4.2 The starting point for software projects4.3 Defining the problem and the scope 4.4 What is a requirement? 4.5 Typesof requirements 4.6 Use cases: describing how the user will use the system 4.7Some techniques for gathering requirements 4.8 Types of requirements document4.9 Reviewing requirements 4.10 Managing changing requirements 4.11 Detailedexample: GPS-based Automobile Navigation Assistant (GANA) 4.12 Detailedexample: re quire ments for a feature of the SimpleChat instant messaging program4.13 Difficulties and risks in domain and requirement analysis 5: Modeling withclasses 5.1 What is UML? 5.2 Essentials of UML class diagrams 5.3 Associationsand multiplicity 5.4 Generalizations 5.5 Object diagrams 5.6 More advancefeatures of class diagrams 5.7 The basics of Object Constraint Language (OCL) 5.8Detailed example: a class diagram for genealogy 5.9 The process of developingclass diagrams 5.10 Implementing class diagrams in Java 5.11 Difficulties and riskswhen creating class diagrams 6: Using design patterns 6.1 Introduction to patterns6.2 The Abstraction-Oc cur rence pattern 6.3 The General Hierarchy pattern 6.4The Player-Role pattern 6.5 The Singleton pattern 6.6 The Observer pattern 6.7The Delegation pattern 6.8 The Adapter pattern 6.9 The Façade pattern 6.10 TheImmutable pattern 6.11 The Read-Only Interface pattern 6.12 The Proxy pattern6.13 The Factory pattern 6.14 Detailed example: En hanc ing OCSF to employad di tion al design patterns 6.15 Difficulties and risks when using design patterns7: Focusing on users and their tasks 7.1 User-centered design 7.2 Characteristics ofusers 7.3 Developing use case models of systems 7.4 The basics of user in ter facedesign 7.5 Usability principles 7.6 Evaluating user interfaces 7.7 Implementinga simple GUI in Java 7.8 Difficulties and risks in use case modeling and UIDesign 8: Modeling interactions and behaviors 8.1 Interaction diagrams 8.2 Statediagrams 8.3 Activity diagrams 8.4 Implementing classes based on interaction andstate diagrams 8.5 Difficulties and risks in modeling interactions and hehaviors9: Architecting and de sign ing software 9.1 The process of design 9.2 Principlesleading to good design 9.3 Techniques for making good design decisions 9.4Model driven development 9.6 Architectural patterns 9.7 Wring a good designdocument 9.8 Detailed example: design of a feature for the SimpleChat instantmessaging application 9.9 Difficulties and risks in design 10: Testing and inspectingto ensure high quality 10.1 Basic definitions 10.2 Effective and efficient testing10.3 Defects in ordinary algorithms 10.4 Defects in numerical algorithms 10.5Defects in teiming and co-ordination: deadlocks, livelocks and critical races 10.6Defects in handling stress and unusual situations 10.7 Documents defects 10.8Writing formal test cases and text plans 10.9 Strategies for testing large systems10.10 Inspections 10.11 Quality assurance in general 10.12 Detailed example:test case for phase 2 of the SimpleChat instant messaging system 10.13 Difficultiesand risks in quality assurance 11: Managing the software process 11.1 What isproject management? 11.2 Software process models 11.3 Cost estimation 11.4Building software en gi neer ing teams 11.5 Project scheduling and tracking 11.6Contents of a project plan 11.7 Difficulties and risks in project management 12:Review 12.1 Theme 1: Understanding the customer and user 12.2 Theme 2:Basing de vel op ment on solid principles and reusable technology 12.3 Theme 3:Object orientation 12.4 Theme 4: Visual modeling using UML 12.5 Theme 5:Evaluation of alternatives in requirements and design 12.6 Theme 6: Incorporatingquantitative and logical thinking 12.7 Theme 7: Iterative and agile development12.8 Theme 8: Communicating effectively using documentation 12.9 Richmanagement in all software engineering activities 12.10 What next? APPENDIXA: Summary of the ULM notation used in this book / APPENDIX B: Summaryof the documentation types rec om mend ed in this book / APPENDIX C: Systemdescriptions / Glossary / IndexOBJECT-ORIENTED TECHNOLOGYby Curtis HK Tsang, Clarence SW Lau and Ying K Leung2004 / 456 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124046-8 / MHID: 0-07-124046-2(An Asian Publication)http://www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg/olc/tsangThis book is written for students and developers who wish tomaster the essential skills and techniques in applying the UMLfor software development. The reader will learn object-orientedanalysis, design and implementation using ap pro pri ate UMLmodels, process, tech niques and tool. Accompanying thebook is the Community Edition of Visual Pradigm for UML(VP-UML), an award-winning CASE tool, which allows thereader to put the theories learned into practice immediately.The authors propose a novel framework for modeling andanalysis called the View Alignment Techniques (VAT) thathelps software developers create de vel op ment methods. TheActivity Analysis Approach (A 3 ), which is particularly suited forthe de vel op ment of interaction-intensive systems, is described.These concepts have been well proven, as they were followedclosely in the development of the VP-UML CASE tool. Threechapters in this book describe structural, use case and dynamicmodeling and analysis techniques, together with practicaltricks and tips that have been gained by the authors from manyyears of experience. Each of these three chapters includes amini-case study which illustrates the unique “from diagram tocode” concept in software development. In the final chapter,a major case study is included to help the reader reinforcethe theories learned in previous chapters using VP-UML. Thekey areas in object-oriented technology covered in the bookinclude:• Requirements modeling using cases: Identifying, capturing andelaborating requirements.• Domain analysis for object identification: Building structuralmodels for objects and their attributes and re la tion ships.• Dynamic analysis and design: Building dynamic models, refiningstructural models and making design decisions.• Implementation: Translating UML models into codes andimplementations.• Method creation and the framework of View Align mentTechniques: Choos ing the right UML models and customizing theanalysis and design process.• A case study: Showing how the Activity Analysis Approach is putinto practice, using VP-UML.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Structural Modeling and Analysis. Chapter 3 UseCase Modeling and Analysis. Chapter 4 Dynamic Modeling and Analysis. Chapter5 Implementing UML Specification. Chapter 6 View Alignment Techniques andMethod Customization. Chapter 7 A Case Study: Applying the Activity Analysis5615-60_CompSc.indd 5611/15/06 5:05:35 PM

Computer ScienceApproach. Appendix A Getting Started with VP-UML. Appendix B Basic UMLConcepts. Appendix C Implementation of the Lift Control System in Chapter 5.References. IndexFEATURES• Many solved examples and exercisesInternational EditionPRACTICAL OBJECT-ORIENTED DESIGN WITH UMLSecond Editionby Mark Priestley, University of Westminster2004 / 338 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-710393-4 / MHID: 0-07-710393-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123923-3 / MHID: 0-07-123923-5 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/priestleyThe new second edition of Practical Object Oriented Designwith UML provides a concise introduction to the design ofobject-oriented programs using UML. The book focuses onthe application of UML in the development of software, andalso offers a detailed tutorial introduction to the UML notationand its application. The book provides the ideal introductionto UML for undergraduates taking modules in object-orientedtechniques as part of a Com put er Science or SoftwareEngineering degree programme. the exercises will be avail ableto students.CONTENTSPart 1: Introduction to object-oriented design: 1 Introduction to UML. 2 Modellingwith objects. 3 Software development processes. Part 2: Case study: RestaurantBooking System: 4 Restaurant system: use case model. 5 Res tau rant system:analysis. 6 Res tau rant system: design. 7 Restaurant system: implementation.Part 3: UML Tutorial: 8 Class and object diagrams. 9 Interaction diagrams. 10Statecharts and activity di a grams. 11 Constraints and OCL. 12 Implementationmodels. Part 4: Object-oriented design in practice: 13 Code generation and reverseengineering. 14 Prin ci ples and patterns. Appendices: Ref er ence material. A: UMLnotation reference. B: OCL reference. C: A use case template. References andFurther Reading. IndexInternational EditionUMLSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GUIDE TO UMLSecond Editionby Simon Bennett, John Skelton and Ken Lunn2005 / 380 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-710741-3 / MHID: 0-07-710741-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124771-9 / MHID: 0-07-124771-8 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)Schaum PublicationThis book provides a step-by-step guide to the notation and useof UML, one of the most widely used, object-oriented notationsystems/programming languages in existence. The outlinedemonstrates the use of the techniques and notation of UMLthrough case studies in systems analysis, showing the studentclearly how UML is used in all kinds of practical situations.This revised edition will discuss the new infrastructure ofthe latest UML Version 2.0, and will include new examples,review questions, and notations.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Complete explanation of UML modelling technique from sourcematerial to diagram notations• Thorough discussion of new UML 2.0 infrastructure• 2 extended case studies place UML in its proper context• Explained answers for all case study problemsSoftware Project ManagementSOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENTFourth EditionBy Bob Hughes, and Mike Cotterell2006 / 384 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-710989-9 / MHID: 0-07-710989-9(McGraw-Hill UK Title)OLC (Browse http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/hughes)From its first appearance in 1995, this book has beenconsistently well received by tutors and students alike. Now inits fourth edition, this textbook is highly regarded for providinga complete introduction to Software Project Managementfor both undergraduate and postgraduate students. The newedition retains its clear, accessible style and comprehensivecoverage, plus the many examples and exercises throughoutthe chapters that illustrate the practical application of softwareproject management principles. Reflecting new developmentsin software project management, the fourth edition has beendeveloped to ensure that the coverage is up-to-date andcontemporary. This includes new and expanded coverage oftopics such as virtual teams and agile methods.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Advances in electronic communication used to support projectsand project teams that are geographically dispersed, includingconsideration of the practice of outsourcing software development todeveloping countries.• New and expanded consideration of international standards whichassess the quality of software products and the processes that createthem, including ISO 9126, ISO 14598, and ISO 15504.• Reflecting the growing interest in agile methods, particularlyextreme programming (XP), the text examines the need for increasedresponsiveness to client needs and the improved speed of deliverythat XP can offer.• In response to reviewer comments and suggestions, material hasbeen added in Chapter 7 on Goldratt’s critical chain managementtechnique.• Coverage of risk has also been extensively revised, taking inrecent research in this area, such as the use of causal mapping.• Standards such as ISO/IEC 12207 and programme management,have now been made part of the main text, integrating their coverageinto the chapters where relevant.CONTENTSChapter 1. Introduction to software project management Chapter 2. “Step Wise”An overview of project planning Chapter 3. Programme management and projectevaluation Chapter 4. Selection of an appropriate project approach Chapter 5.Software effort estimation Chapter 6. Activity planning Chapter 7. Risk managementChapter 8. Resource allocation Chapter 9. Monitoring and control Chapter 10.Managing contracts Chapter 11. Managing people and organizing teams. Chapter12. Software quality Chapter 13. Small projects Appendix A: Prince 2 AppendixB: BS6079: 1996. Appendix C: Answer Pointers Further Reading Index5715-60_CompSc.indd 5711/15/06 5:05:36 PM

Computer ScienceInternet LiteracyMultimediaINTERNET LITERACYFourth EditionBy Fred T. Hofstetter, University Of Delaware2006ISBN-13: 978-0-0-07-321454-2 / MHID: 0-07-321454-X(with Student CD)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/dolphin4eNEW TO THIS EDITION• Dreamweaver coverage in addition to FrontPage and Nvu• Illustrated timelines detailing the history of the Internet• Learn how to conduct and correctly document scholarly searchesfollowing APA, MLA and CMS guidelinesFEATURES• Increased coverage of Internet security to help protect from a widerange of computer attacks• Latest information on copyright issues, equity, wirelesstechnologies, PDAs and media hubs• Windows and Macintosh compatible textbook with coverage ofiTunes for bothCONTENTSIntroduction. Part One: Understanding The Internet. Chapter 1. Definitions.Chapter 2. How The Internet Is Changing The World. Part Two: Getting On TheInternet. Chapter 3. Getting Connected. Chapter 4. Surfing The Net. Part Three:Communicating Over The Internet. Chapter 5. Internet Etiquette (Netiquette).Chapter. Electronic Mail. Chapter 7. Listserv Mailing Lists. Chapter 8. UsenetNewsgroups,Web-Based Forums, And Rss Blogs. Chapter 9. Communicating InReal Time. Chapter 10. Streaming Media And Synchronized Multimedia. PartFour: Finding Things On The Internet. Chapter 11. Searching For Information.Chapter 12. Commonly Found Internet File Types. Chapter 13. Downloading FromThe Internet. Chapter 14. Bibliographic Style For Citing Internet Resources. PartFive: Creating Web Pages. Chapter 15. Web Page Creation Strategies. Chapter16. Web Page Design. Chapter 17. How Html Works. Chapter 18. Creating YourWeb Page Resume. Chapter 19. Putting Images On Web Pages. Chapter 20.Using Tables And Css For Web Page Layout. Chapter 21. Making A Local WebSite And A Home Page. Chapter 22. Publishing Files On The World Wide Web.Part Six: Using Multimedia On The Internet. Chapter 23. How Web BrowsersDo Multimedia. Chapter 24. Audio Recording And Embedding. Part Seven:Planning For The Future Of The Internet. Chapter 25. Societal Issues. Chapter 26.Emerging Technology. Chapter 27. How To Keep Up And Stay Secure. AppendixA: Internet Toolkit For Windows And Macintosh. Appendix B: Progressive CaseProjects. Appendix C: Basic Windows And Macintosh Tutorials.MULTIMEDIA: MAKING IT WORKSeventh Editionby Tay Vaughan2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226451-7 / MHID: 0-07-226451-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThoroughly updated for new breakthroughs in multimediaThe internationally bestselling Multimedia: Making it Workhas been fully revised and expanded to cover the latesttechnological advances in multimedia. You will learn to planand manage multimedia projects, from dynamic CD-ROMs andDVDs to professional websites. Each chapter includes step-bystepinstructions, full-color illustrations and screenshots, selfquizzes,and hands-on projects.CONTENTS1 What is Multimedia? 2 Introduction to Making Multimedia. 3 MultimediaSkills. 4 Text. 5 Sound. 6 Images. 7 Animation. 8 Video. 9 Hardware. 10 BasicSoftware Tools. 11 Multimedia Authoring Tools. 12 The Internet and How ItWorks. 13 Tools for the World Wide Web. 14 Designing for the World WideWeb. 15 Planning and Costing. 16 Designing and Producing. 17 Content andTalent. 18 Delivering.International EditionDESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF INTERACTIVEMULTIMEDIA SYSTEMSby Mohammad Dastbaz, South Bank University2002 / 350 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709863-6 / MHID: 0-07-709863-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123003-2 / MHID: 0-07-123003-3 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTSINTRODUCTION: CHAPTER 1 What is Multimedia. CHAPTER 2 MultimediaHardware. CHAPTER 3 Media Integration and Production Issues. CHAPTER 4Designing for Usability - Human Factors in the Design of Interactive MultimediaSystems. CHAPTER 5 Issues in Design & Developments of Interactive MultimediaSystems (IMS). CHAPTER 6 Evaluation of Interactive Multimedia Systems.CHAPTER 7 The WWW as a Hypermedia Environment.a PC vendor. CHAPTER8 Multimedia as a developing Technology. The final chapter that will give a briefinsight into the development of the Multimedia technology, including Mobilemultimedia.International EditionPRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIAby Elsom-Cook2001 / 350 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709610-6 / MHID: 0-07-709610-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-120219-0 / MHID: 0-07-120219-6 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTSChapter 1: What is interactive multimedia? Chapter 2: Communicative interaction.Chapter 3: Knowledge. Chapter 4: Understanding users. Chapter 5: Interactionand HCI. Chapter 6: Semiotics. Chapter 7: Text as a medium. Chapter 8: Sound.Chapter 9: Still pictures. Chapter 10: Moving images. Chapter 11: Stakeholdersand teamworking. Chapter 12: Product design processes. Chapter 13: Projectdesign and management. Chapter 14: Future trends.5815-60_CompSc.indd 5811/15/06 5:05:36 PM

International EditionMULTIMEDIA LITERACYThird Editionby Fred T Hofstetter, University of Delaware2001 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-125087-0 / MHID: 0-07-125087-5[IE with CD-ROM)http://www.mhhe.com/cit/hofstetter/multi3eCONTENTS1. Understanding Multimedia. 2. Survey of Multimedia Applications. 3. SelectingMultimedia Hardware. 4. Looking into the Future of Multimedia. 5. MultimediaTools and Techniques. 6. Creating a Simple Multimedia Application. 7. MoreMultimedia Tools and Techniques. 8. Creating Advanced Multimedia Applications.9. Distributing Multimedia Applications.Coding and Information TheoryInternational EditionINFORMATION THEORY, CODING ANDCRYPTOGRAPHYby Ranjan Bose, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi2002 / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-048297-5 / MHID: 0-07-048297-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123133-6 / MHID: 0-07-123133-1 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/bose/CONTENTSPart I: Information Theory and Source Coding: 1. Source Coding. 2. ChannelCa pac i ty andCoding. Part II : Error Con trol Coding (Channel Coding): 3.Linear Block Codes for Error Correction. 4. Cyclic Codes. 5. Bose-ChaudhuriHocquenghem (BCH) Codes. 6. Con vo lu tion al Codes. 7. Trellis Coded Mod u la tion(TCM). Part III : Coding for Secure Communications: 8. Cryptography. IndexComputer ScienceProfessional ReferencesE-COMMERCE: The Cutting Edge of BusinessSecond Editionby KK Bajaj and Debjani Nag2005 / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-058556-0 / MHID: 0-07-058556-3(Tata McGraw-Hill Title)Professional BookE-Commerce has unleashed a new revolution, totallytransforming traditional commerce and trade. As E-Commercerefers to the paperless exchange of business information usingElectronic Data Interchange (EDI), electronic funds transferand other network-based technologies, companies have tolook at integrating their backend and front office processes andactivities. This book, written by experts, is a first-of-its-kind.It presents the technology and non-technology aspects of e-commerce and takes it to a level that gives a clear understandingof the basic building blocks for its implementation. The bookis extensively illustrated and contains data and documentsof importance, the UN/EDIFACT message directory, UN EDIInterchange Agreement and the IT Action Plan which seeksto promote the use of electronic commerce in India in a bigway.International EditionWIRELESS SECURITYModels, Threats, and Solutionsby Randall Nichols, President, COMSEC Solutions, and Panos Lekkas2002 / 657 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-138038-6 / MHID: 0-07-138038-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120707-2 / MHID: 0-07-120707-4 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSChapter1 Why is Wireless Dif fer ent? Chapter 2 Wireless Information Warfare.Chapter 3 Telephone System Vulnerabilities. Chapter 4 Satellite Communications.Chapter 5 Cryptographic Security. Chapter 6 Speech Cryptology. Chap ter 7 TheWireless Local Area Network (WLAN). Chap ter 8 Wireless Application Protocol(WAP). Chapter 9 Wireless Transport Lay er Security (WTLS). Chapter 10 Bluetooth.Chapter 11 Voice Over Internet Protocol. Chapter 12 Hardware Perspectivesfor End-to-End Security (E2E) in Wireless Ap pli ca tions. Chapter 13 OptimizingWireless Security with FPGAs and ASICs. Bibliography. Index5915-60_CompSc.indd 5911/15/06 5:05:37 PM

Computer ScienceInternational EditionADVANCED MICROPROCESSORSSecond Editionby Daniel Tabak, George Madison Uni ver si ty1995 / 529 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113715-7 / MHID: 0-07-113715-7 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSIntroduction. General Structure of Micro-processor. Microprocessor Architecture.Memory Hierarchy. Pipelining. Reduced Instruction Set Computer (RISC) Principles.The Intelx86 Family. The Pentium. The i486 and the i386 Microprocessors. TheMotorola M68000 Family. The MC680x0 Architecture. The MC68060 andMC68040. Earlier MC68000 Family Processors. Advanced RISC Micro-processor.The Power PC Family. The Sun SPARC Family. The MIPS Rx000 Family. TheIntel i860 Family. The Motorola M88000 Family. The HP Precision Architecture(PA) Family. System Development. System Comparison. Concluding CommentsOperating SystemsSURVEY OF OP ER AT ING SYSTEMSSecond Editionby Charles Holcombe and Jane Holcombe2006 / 608 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225773-1 / MHID: 0-07-225773-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThis book will teach the basic functions of an operating system,such as the graphical user interface, memory management,device management, and file management. It also explainshow to install, configure, and troubleshoot each of the majormicrocomputer operating systems, including DOS, Win dows,Macintosh, UNIX, and, Linux, as well as explain the purposeof operating systems in different hardware en vi ron ments, suchas microcomputers and networks.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Surveys the major operating systems, including DOS, Win dowsNT/2000/XP, Mac OS9/OSX, and Linux. Teaches students how toinstall, configure, and troubleshoot operating systems.• Covers objectives of A+ Operating Systems Technologies exam.• More DOS: Expanded coverage of DOS com mands.• Networking: Expanded coverage of networking and networkoperating systems including coverage of Windows Server 2003.• Mac & Linux: Updated for new versions of Macintosh and Linux.• A richly illustrated, four-color instructional design includes casestudies and step-by-step tutorials put concepts in real-world context.End of the Chapter lab exercises, questions, and review sectionsre in force key concepts.• Student CD: Book comes with latest ver sion of Red Hat Linux.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Desktop Operating Systems Chapter 2: Disk Operatingsystem (DOS) Chapter 3: Windows NT 4.0 Workstation Chapter 4: Windows 2000Professional Chapter 5: Windows XP Pro fes sion al Chapter 6: The MS WindowsDesktop Chapter 7: Managing Local Security in Windows Chapter 8: WindowsUnder the Hood Chapter 9: Network Server Operating Systems Chapter 10:The Client Side of Networking Chapter 11: Linux on the Desk top Chapter 12:Macintosh OS X Appendix: Answers to the Cross Check Exercises. Glossary BonusChapter available in the Instructor’s Resource Kit: Windows 98COMPLIMENTARYCOPIESComplimentary desk copies are availablefor course adoption only. Kindly contact yourlocal McGraw-Hill Representative or fax theExamination Copy Request Form availableon the back pages of this catalog.Visit McGraw-Hill EducationWebsite: www.mheducation.com6015-60_CompSc.indd 6011/15/06 5:05:38 PM

2007-2008 NEW CIT-Application Software TitlesCIT-Application Software ~ContentsAPPLICATION SOFTWARE:Access Brief .................................................................... 70Access Complete ............................................................ 70Access Intro .................................................................... 70Excel Brief ...................................................................... 67Excel Complete .............................................................. 68Excel Intro ...................................................................... 68Internet / World Wide Web ............................................ 75Multimedia ..................................................................... 76Networking - Essentials ................................................... 79Networking - Wireless Networking ................................. 80Office Complete ............................................................. 64Web Programming/Design - Java .................................... 80Word Brief ...................................................................... 66Word Complete .............................................................. 67Word Intro ...................................................................... 66CERTIFICATION:Certification - Career Skills/Certification .......................... 79Certification - CISCO ...................................................... 78Certification - CISSP ........................................................ 78Certification - CWAP ...................................................... 78Certification - MCDBA .................................................... 78CompTIA Certification - A+ ........................................... 76Oracle - Database ........................................................... 84Oracle - SQL .................................................................. 83Sun Microsystem Certification ........................................ 83Office Intro ..................................................................... 63Operating Systems - Windows XP ................................... 85Operating Systems - Mac OS X ....................................... 85Other Databases ............................................................. 71Other Programming ........................................................ 75Other Spreadsheets ......................................................... 69PowerPoint Complete ..................................................... 72PowerPoint Intro ............................................................. 71Programming - Java ......................................................... 74Programming - Visual Basic ........................................... 72Security - Information Security ........................................ 81Security - Network Security ............................................ 81Training & Assessment .................................................... 72Web Programming/Design -HTML.................................. 80Contents6161-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6111/15/06 5:08:34 PM

2007-2008 NEW CIT-Application Software Titles2007 New Titles• BATESPrinciples of Voice & Data Communications...........79ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6• BRADLEYAdvanced Programming Using VisualBasic.Net, 3e ...........................................................73ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351717-9 / MHID: 0-07-351717-8• GILSTERFundamentals of Wireless Networking ....................80ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225668-0 / MHID: 0-07-225668-0• SCHOUInformation Assurance for the Enterprise: ARoadmap to Information Security ...........................81ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225524-9 / MHID: 0-07-225524-22008 New Titles• BRADLEYProgramming in Visual C# 2005, 2e ........................72ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351718-6 / MHID: 0-07-351718-6• COULTHARDAdvantage Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ................64ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351922-7 / MHID: 0-07-351922-7• GRAVESMicrosoft Powerpoint 2007: A ProfessionalApproach .................................................................72ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351918-0 / MHID: 0-07-351918-9• HINKLEMicrosoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach .....67ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351919-7 / MHID: 0-07-351919-7• JUAREZMicrosoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach.....70ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351920-3 / MHID: 0-07-351920-0• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ....................64ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351916-6 / MHID: 0-07-351916-2• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Access 2007Brief ........................................................................70ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329454-4 / MHID: 0-07-329454-3• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007Brief ........................................................................67ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329451-3 / MHID: 0-07-329451-9• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007Introduction ............................................................68ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329452-0 / MHID: 0-07-329452-7• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007Brief ........................................................................66ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329449-0 / MHID: 0-07-329449-7• O'LEARYO'Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007Introductory ............................................................66ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329450-6 / MHID: 0-07-329450-0• STEWARTMicrosoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach ......68ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351921-0 / MHID: 0-07-351921-962622006-2007 New Titles61-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6211/15/06 5:08:35 PM

2007-2008 NEW CIT-Application CIT-Application Software Titles SoftwareInternational EditionOffice IntroI-SERIES: MICROSOFT OFFICE XP, VOL 1ENHANCEDby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver2003ISBN-13:978-0-07-292396-4 / MHID: 0-07-292396-2(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113030-1 / MHID: 0-07-113030-6 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSComputing Concepts: The Basics. Windows Basics. Com mon MS Office XPFea tures. Internet Essentials:Word:Chapter 1: Working with a Document. Session 1.1 Starting Word. Session 1.2Working with Text and Cre at ing a Document. Session 1.3 Filing Documents.Session 1.4 Work ing with an Existing Document. Chapter 2: For mat ting and Editinga Doc u ment. Session 2.1 For mat ting Text. Session 2.2 Editing a Document. Ses sion2.3 For mat ting a Doc u ment. Chapter 3: For mat ting Long er Doc u ments. Session3.1 Formatting Text. Session 3.2 Formatting a Document. Session 3.3 Ap ply ingColumns to Existing Text. Chapter 4: Using Tables and Graphics. Session 4.1Tables. Session 4.2 Using Graphics.Excel:Chapter 1: Creating Worksheets for De ci sion Makers. Session 1.1 Getting Started.Session 1.2 Entering Data, Saving Work books, and Printing Worksheets. Chapter2: Planning and Cre at ing a Worksheet. Session 2.1 Writ ing Formulas, UsingFunctions and Copying and Moving Cell Contents. Session 2.2 For mat ting Cells,Print Setup, and Printing. Chapter 3 For mat ting a Worksheet. Session 3.1 Align ingData and Applying Char ac ter Formats. Session 3.2 Advanced Formatting. Chapter4: Creating Charts. Session 4.1 Creating an Excel Chart. Ses sion 4.2 Modifyingand Im prov ing a Chart.Access:Chapter 1: Un der stand ing Relational Databases. Session 1.1 Introducing Re la tion alDatabases. Session 1.2 In tro duc ing Microsoft Access. Chapter 2: MaintainingYour Database. Chapter Case. Ses sion 2.1 Maintaining Access Data. Session 2.2Designing and Building a Database. Chapter 3: In tro duc ing Queries, Filters, Forms,and Reports. Ses sion 3.1 Selecting and Or ga niz ing Data. Session 3.2 Selectingand Calculating with Queries. Session 3.3 Building Simple Forms and Reports.Chapter 4: Compound Que ries and Database Utilities. Session 4.1 Using Queriesto Analyze Data. Session 4.2 Modifying Table Definitions. Session 4.2 Repairing,Backing Up, and Converting a Database.Powerpoint:Chapter 1: Pre sen ta tion Basics. Session 1.1 In tro duc tion to PresentationGraphics. Session 1.2 Creating a New Presentation. Chapter 2: Or ga niz ingYour Pre sen ta tion. Session 2.1 Printing. Session 2.2 Outlining Ideas. Chapter 3:Refining Your Presentation. Session 3.1 Add ing and Mod i fy ing Objects. Session3.2 Standardizing Presentations. Chapter 4: Enhancing Your Presentation withGraphics. Chapter Case. Session 4.1 Effectively Using Art. Session 4.2 AddingOther Graphic ElementsInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES:OFFICE XP VOL 1by Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 912 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-288228-5 / MHID: 0-07-288228-X(with Student Data File CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112217-7 / MHID: 0-07-112217-6 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/ad van tage2002CONTENTSWord 2002: Creating a Doc u ment. Modifying a Document. Enhancing aDocument’s Appearance. Printing and Web Publishing. Excel 2002: Creatinga Worksheet. Modifying a Worksheet. Formatting and Printing. Analyzing YourData. Access 2002: Working with Access. Creating a Database. Organizing andRetrieving Data. Presenting and Managing Data. PowerPoint 2002: Creating aPresentation. Modifying and Running a Presentation. Adding Graphics. Integratingand Ex tend ing Microsoft Office XP. Integrating Word and Excel. Performing MoreIntegration Tasks. Extending MS Office to the WebInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES:OFFICE XP, VOLUME IIby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 988 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247263-9 / MHID: 0-07-247263-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112212-2 / MHID: 0-07-112212-5 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/advantage2002CONTENTSWord 2002: Chapter 5: Work ing with Tables and Columns. Chapter 6: AddingGraphics. Chapter 7: Preparing Mail ings. Chap ter 8: Working with Other Usersand Programs. PowerPoint 2002: Chapter 4: Adding Tables, Animation, andMore. Chapter 5: Pre par ing Pre sen ta tions for Delivery. Chapter 6: Working withOther Users and Programs. Excel 2002: Chapter 5: Pre sent ing Your Data. Chapter6: Performing Calculations. Chapter 7: Managing Worksheets and Workbooks.Chapter 8: Managing Lists. Access 2002: Chapter 5: Working with Tables. Chapter6: Creating Select Queries. Chapter 7: Creating Advanced Queries. Chapter 8:Creating Forms, Reports, and PagesInternational EditionINTERACTIVE COMPUTING SERIES:OFFICE XP VOLUME Iby Kenneth Laudon, New York University2002 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247261-5 / MHID: 0-07-247261-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113077-6 / MHID: 0-07-113077-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/interactiveCONTENTSWord 2002: Introduction to Word / Editing Documents / Advanced Editing /Tables and Charts Excel 2002: Introduction to Spreadsheet Software / ManipulatingData in a Worksheet / Formatting Worksheet Elements / Inserting Objects andCharts Access 2002: Introduction to Databases / Creating Tables and Queries /Creating Forms / Creating Reports PowerPoint 2002: Introduction to PowerPoint/ Designing Your Presentation / Developing Your Presentation / StrenghtheningYour Presentation6361-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6311/15/06 5:08:35 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareNEWOffice CompleteADVANTAGE SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE 2007by Glen Coulthard2008 (April 2007) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1056 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351922-7 / MHID: 0-07-351922-7(Details not available at press time)NEWO’LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE 2007By Linda I. O'Leary, Independent2008 (June 2007) / Spiral Bound/Comb / 1312 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351916-6 / MHID: 0-07-351916-2(Details not available at press time)International EditionADVANTAGE SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003by Glen Coulthard; Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford; Ann Miller, ColumbusState University; and Pat Graves, Eastern Illinois Uni ver si ty2005 / 1,040 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-283444-4 / MHID: 0-07-283444-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121599-2 / MHID: 0-07-121599-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/advantage2003The Advantage Series presents the Feature-Method-Practiceapproach to computer software applications to today’stech nol o gy and business students. This series implements anefficient and effective learning model, which enhances criticalthink ing skills and provides students and faculty with completeapplication coverage.FEATURES• SimNet for Office 2003 Incorporate SimNet for Office 2003 intoyour classes! This simulated learning and assessment tool consists ofa Learn ing Component as well as an Assessment Component, both ofwhich are based on the MOS (Microsoft Office Specialist) Objectives.The Learning Com po nent teaches key con cepts using a variety ofmethods and allows students to practice new skills. The AssessmentComponent consists of two pools of questions (one for pre-tests andone for exams) and also allows instructors to create their own exams.Go to www.mhhe.com/it/simnetxp for more information about whatmakes SimNet for Office 2003 a cutting-edge tool for learning andassessment.• Self-Check questions help students test their understanding on anongoing basis.• Modularity: Each chapter section is modular so you can teachskills in the order you prefer without having to worry about skippingcritical, pre req ui site knowledge. Chapter Prerequisites in theChapter Overview provide detailed ex pla na tion of skills needed tosuccessfully complete the chapter.• Business case-based Hands-on Projects with level of difficultyicons so students can measure their level of com pre hen sion andwork at a pace they are com fort able with.• Sessions begin with a business case study that introduces animmediate problem/opportunity. Throughout the session, studentsobtain the knowledge and skills necessary to meet the challengespresented in the case study and the case study problems/exercises atthe end of the session are directly related to the case study.• In Addition Boxes briefly expose students to advanced topics.• Advantage Series has double the number of screenshots frompre vi ous editions, which enhances the visual appeal and helpsstu dents successfully complete the hands-on steps• Advantage Series Website now contains product specific OnlineLearning Center with 50% More End Of Chapter content• MOS (Microsoft Office Specialist) Certified:• Every Introductory text is MOS Certified at Level 1 (Core Level)• Every Complete text is MOS Certified at Expert Level Certification.• Command Summary Table provides a review of chapter contentand helps students to pre pare for the MOS exams and to completethe end-of chapter questions.• Feature, Method, and Practice Boxes prepare students for eachses sion exercise within the chapter (indicates that a student is aboutto practice a task). “Fea ture” describes the command, “Method”shows how to perform the command, and “Practice” asks the studentto try their hand at it.CONTENTSMICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2003:Chapter 1: Creating a Doc u ment. Chap ter 2: Mod i fy ing a Document. Chapter 3:En hanc ing a Doc u ment’s Appearance. Chapter 4: Print ing and Web Publishing.MICROSOFT OFFICE POWERPOINT 2003:Chapter 1: Creating a Pre sen ta tion. Chapter 2: Modifying and RunningPresentations. Chapter 3: Adding and Editing Graphic Images. Chapter 4: CreatingTables, Charts and Diagrams.MICROSOFT OFFICE EX CEL 2003:Chapter 1: Creating a Worksheet. Chapter 2: Mod i fy ing a Worksheet. Chapter 3:For mat ting and Printing. Chap ter 4: Analyzing your Data.MICROSOFT OFFICE AC CESS 2003:Chapter 1: Working with Access. Chapter 2: Creating a Database. Chapter 3:Or ga niz ing and Retrieving Data. Chap ter 4: Presenting and Managing Data.INTEGRATING & EX TEND ING MICRO-SOFT OFFICE 2003:Chapter 1: Integrating Word and Excel. Chapter 2: Per form ing More IntegrationTasks. Chapter 3: Extending Microsoft Office to the Web.International EditionI-SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003, VOLUME Iby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver; James T Perry, Universityof San Diego; Merrill Wells, University of Denver; Amy Phillips,University of Denver and Paige Baltzan, University of Denver2005 / 1, 096 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-283048-4 / MHID: 0-07-283048-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121610-4 / MHID: 0-07-121610-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesFEATURES• www.mhhe.com/i-series features Inform-ation Center: SampleChapter, Table of Contents, About the Authors, Ask the Author,Feature Summary, Instructor’s Resources, MOS Guide, links toPageOut, Primis, Supersite, Course Management Tools, & DigitalSo lu tions Site. Student Center: Did You Know, Life-Long Learning,Data Files, The Buzz in IT, Purchasing, Cool Web Sites, I-Witness,Ask the Author. In struc tor Center/Downloads: Instructor’s Manual,PowerPoint, Text Figures, Crossword.CONTENTSWord 2003:Chapter 1: Working With Word 2004: Session 1.1: All About Word. Session1.2: Creating and Working with Documents. Session 1.3: Saving Documentsand Exiting Word. Chapter 2: Editing and For mat ting Doc u ments: Session 2.1:Editing Your Documents. Session 2.2: Formatting Doc u ments and Text. Session2.3: Formatting Paragraphs. Chapter 3: Ad vanced For mat ting Op tions: Session3.1: Advanced For mat ting Tips and Tech niques. Session 3.2: Using Templates.Session 3.3: Cre at ing Reports. Chapter 4: Graph ics and Tables: Session 4.1:6461-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6411/15/06 5:08:36 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareWorking With Graphics. Session 4.2: Creating Tables in Your Doc u ment. Session4.3: Advanced Table Features.Excel 2003:Chapter 1 Creating Worksheets for Decision Makers: Session 1.2 GettingStarted. Session 1.2 Entering Data, Saving Work books, and Print ing Worksheets.Chapter 2 Plan ning and Cre at ing a Worksheet: Session 2.1 Writ ing Formulas,Using Functions, and Copying and Moving Cell Contents. Session 2.2 Printingand Doc u ment ing a Worksheet. Chapter 3 Formatting a Worksheet: Session 3.1Align ing Data and Applying Char ac ter Formats. Session 3.2 Ad vanced Formatting.Chapter 4 Creating Charts: Session 4.1 Creating an Excel Chart. Ses sion 4.2Modifying and Im prov ing a Chart.Access 2003:Chapter 1: Un der stand ing Relational Data-bases: Session 1.1 IntroducingRe la tion al Databases. Session 1.2 In tro duc ing Microsoft Access. Chapter 2:Maintaining Your Database: Session 2.1 Main tain ing Access Data. Session 2.2Designing and Building a Database. Chapter 3: In tro duc ing Queries, Filters,Forms, and Reports: Session 3.1 Selecting and Organizing Data. Session 3.2Calculating with Queries and Building Simple Forms and Reports. Chapter 4:Compound Que ries and Database Utilities: Session 4.1 Using Queries to AnalyzeData. Session 4.2 Modifying Table Definitions.PowerPoint 2003:Chapter 1: Presentation Basics: Session 1.1 In tro duc tion to PresentationGraphics. Session 1.2 Creating a New Presentation. Chapter 2: Or ga niz ingYour Pre sen ta tion: Session 2.1 Printing. Session 2.2 Outlining Ideas. Chapter 3:Refining Your Presentation: Session 3.1 Adding and Mod i fy ing Objects. Session3.2 Standardizing Presentations with PowerPoint Templates. Chapter 4: En hanc ingYour Presentation with Graphics: Session 4.1 Ef fec tive ly Using Art. Session 4.2Adding Other Graphic ElementsInternational EditionI-SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003, VOLUME IIby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver; James T Perry, Universityof San Diego; Merrill Wells, University of Denver; Amy Phillips,University of Denver and Paige Baltzan, University of Denver2005 / 1,104 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-283051-4 / MHID: 0-07-283051-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121607-4 / MHID: 0-07-121607-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesThe I-Series leads the student through clear, error-free, andunambiguous steps to ac com plish tasks that produce a finisheddocument, work sheet or database table. The approach is notsimply results-oriented; teaching how to accomplish a task isnot enough for complete understanding and mastery. Priorto introducing steps, the authors discuss why each step isimportant and what roll all the steps play in the overall planfor creating a document, workbook or database. The I-SeriesApplications textbooks strongly emphasize that stu dents learnand master ap pli ca tions skills by being actively engaged bydoing.FEATURES• Another Way• Another Word• Help Yourself• End-of-Chapter Level 1• End-of-Chapter Level 2• End-of-Chapter Level 3• End-of-Chapter Level 4• Task References• Task Reference Sum ma ry• Making the Grade• MOS Certification• Chapter Opening Case• www.mhhe.com/i-series features Inform-ation Center: SampleChapter, Table of Contents, About the Authors, Ask the Author,Feature Summary, Instructor’s Resources, MOS Guide, links toPageOut, Primis, Supersite, Course Management Tools, & DigitalSo lu tions Site. Student Center: Did You Know, Life-Long Learning,Data Files, The Buzz in IT, Purchasing, Cool Web Sites, I-Witness,Ask the Author. In struc tor Center/Downloads: Instructor’s Manual,PowerPoint, Text Figures, Crossword.CONTENTSWord 2003:Chapter 5: Desktop Pub lish ing: Session 5.1: Desktop Pub lish ing Creating aNews let ter. Session 5.2: Working with Columns. Session 5.3: Creating theNewsletter Layout. Chap ter 6: Merging Documents and Object Linking andEm bed ding: Session 6.1: Merging Doc u ments. Session 6.2: Merg ing Other Typesof Data. Session 6.3: Object Linking and Embedding. Chapter 7: Creating YourWeb Page: Session 7.1: Cre at ing Your Web Page. Session 7.2: Formatting YourWeb Page. Session 7.3: Adding Hyperlinks and Saving Your Web Page. Chapter8: Ad vanced Report Formatting Techniques: Session 8.1: Creating a MasterDocument and Subdocuments. Session 8.2: Working with Master Doc u ments andSubdocuments. Session 8.3: Numbering Pages, Creating Indexes, and Creatinga Table of Contents.Excel 2003:Chapter 5 Ex plor ing Excel’s List Features: Session 5.1 Creating and Using Lists.Session 5.2 Creating Filters and Subtotals. Session 5.3 Pivot Tables. Chapter 6Employing Functions: Session 6.1 Using Data Val i da tion, Names and IF and IndexFunctions Session 6.2 Using Financial and Date Functions. Chapter 7 De vel op ingMultiple Worksheet and Workbook Applications: Ses sion 7.1 Working withMultiple Worksheets. Session 7.2 Working with Multiple Workbooks. Chapter 8Au dit ing, Sharing, Protecting, and Publishing Workbooks: Session 8.1 Auditinga Work book. Session 8.2 Sharing a Work book and Tracking Chang es. Session8.3 Protecting and Publishing Workbooks.Access 2003:Chapter 5: Cus tom iz ing Forms and Reports: Session 5.1 Main tain ing Datawith Forms. Session 5.2 Creating Complex Reports. Chapter 6: Defining TableRelationships: Session 6.1 Relating Tables. Session 6.2 Creating Output withRelated Tables. Chapter 7: Validating and Securing Da ta base Data: Session7.1 Refining Table Design. Session 7.2 Access Database Tools. Chapter 8:Integrating with Other Applications: Session 8.1 Office Integration. Session 8.2Web Publication.PowerPoint 2003:Chapter 5: Creating a Mul ti me dia Presenta-tion: Session 5.1 Using Animations.Session 5.2 Using Other Mul ti me dia Components. Chapter 6: Color Schemesand Drawing: Ses sion 6.1 Choosing a Color Scheme. Session 6.2 CreatingCustom Art. Chapter 7: Internet/Intranet Pre sen ta tions: Session 7.1 InteractivePresentations. Session 7.2 Using PowerPoint to Publish Web Pages. Chapter 8:PowerPoint Power Features: Session 8.1 PowerPoint User Features. Session 8.2Sharing PresentationsInternational EditionI-SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE XP, VOLUME IIby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T Perry, Universityof San Diego2002 / 928 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113031-8 / MHID: 0-07-113031-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSWord. Chapter 5: Advanced Formatting and Techniques. Chapter Case. Session5.1 Document Format Changes. Session 5.2 Browsing through Your Document.Session 5.3 Index and Table Of Contents. Chapter 6: Styles and Templates.Chapter Case. Session 6.1 Styles. Session 6.2 Creating and Modifying Styles.Chapter 7: Merging Documents. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 Merging Letters.Session 7.2 Data Options. Chapter 8: Integrating Word. Chapter Case. Session8.1 Working with Multiple Documents. Session 8.2 Outlining and PowerPoint.Session 8.3 Formatting and Viewing a Web Page. Excel. Chapter 5 ExploringExcel’s List Features. Case: Acme Company Employee Data. Session 5.1 Creatingand Sorting a Data List. Session 5.2 Creating Filters and Subtotals. Session 5.3Pivot Tables. Chapter 6 Common Worksheet Functions. Case: Managing AccountsReceivable Lists. Session 6.1 Using Popular Statistical Functions. Session 6.2Using Data Functions and Paste Special. Session 6.3 Using Financial Functionsand Index Functions. Chapter 7 Integrating Excel, Office Objects, and the Web.Case: TBA. Session 7.1 Linking. Session 7.2 Embedding. Session 7.3 Mining theWeb. Chapter 8 Developing Multiple Worksheet and Workbook Applications.Case: TBA. Session 8.1 Working with Multiple Worksheets. Session 8.2 Workingwith Multiple Workbooks. Access. Chapter 5: Customizing Forms and Reports.6561-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6511/15/06 5:08:37 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareChapter Case. Session 5.1 Maintaining Data with forms. Session 5.2 ComplexReports. Chapter 6: Defining Table Relationships. Chapter Case. Session 6.1Relating Tables. Session 6.2 Creating Output with Related Tables. Chapter7: Maintaining Databases. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 Refining Table Design.Session 7.2 Access Database Utilities. Session 7.3 Securing an Access Database.Chapter 8: Integrating with Other Applications. Chapter Case. Session 8.1 OfficeIntegration. Session 8.2 Web Publication. Powerpoint. Chapter 5: Creating aMultimedia Presentation. Chapter Case. Session 5.1 Using Animations. Session 5.2Using Other Multimedia Components. Session 5.3 Identifying Sources for Media.Chapter 6: Color Schemes and Drawing. Chapter Case. Session 6.1 Choosinga Color Scheme. Session 6.2 Creating Custom Art. Chapter 7: Internet/IntranetPresentations. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 Interactive Presentations. Session 7.2Using PowerPoint to Publish Web Pages. Chapter 8: PowerPoint Power Features.Chapter Case. Session 8.1 Sharing Presentations. Session 8.2 Customizing andExpanding PowerPoint FunctionalityInternational EditionO’LEARY SERIES:WORD 2002, BRIEFby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University and Linda I O’Leary2002 / 320 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247233-2 / MHID: 0-07-247233-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112098-2 / MHID: 0-07-112098-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olearyCONTENTSMICROSOFT WORD 2002: Overview To Word 2002. Tutorial 1: Creating AndEditing A Document. Tutorial 2: Revising And Refining A Document. Tutorial 3:Cre at ing Reports And Tables. Working Together: Word And Your Web BrowserInternational EditionINTERACTIVE COMPUTING SERIES:OFFICE XP VOLUME IIby Kenneth Laudon, New York University2002 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247187-8 / MHID: 0-07-247187-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113072-1 / MHID: 0-07-113072-1 [IE]CONTENTSWord: Advanced Formatting. Using Character Styles and AutoFormat. MergingDocuments. Creating Web Pages and Graphics. Excel: Using Macros. ExploringFormulas and Functions. Managing Your Workbooks. Working with Data Lists.Powerpoint: Creating a Custom Presentation. Working with Visual Elements andEffects. Working with External Objects. Using Advanced Output Options. Access:Refining Tables and Queries. Advanced Form Design. Advanced Reports andIntegrating with the Web. Using Access ToolsNEWWord IntroO’LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2007 INTRODUCTORYby Linda I. O'Leary2008 (March 2007) / Softcover / 554 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329450-6 / MHID: 0-07-329450-0(Details not available at press time)NEWWord BriefO’LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE WORD 2007 BRIEFby Linda I. O'Leary2008 (March 2007) / Softcover / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329449-0 / MHID: 0-07-329449-7(Details not available at press time)International EditionI-SERIES:MICROSOFT WORD 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T Perry, Universityof San Diego2002 / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247091-8 / MHID: 0-07-247091-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113033-2 / MHID: 0-07-113033-0 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSChapter 1: Working with a Document. Chapter Case. Session 1.1 Starting Word.Session 1.2 Working with Text and Creating a Document. Session 1.3 Workingwith an Existing Document. Chapter 2: Formatting and Editing a Document.Chapter Case. Session 2.1 Formatting Text. Session 2.2 Editing a Document.Session 2.3 Formatting a Document. Chapter 3: Formatting Longer Documents.Chapter Case. Session 3.1 Formatting Text. Session 3.2 Formatting a Document.Session 3.3 Applying Columns to Existing Text. Chapter 4: Using Tables andGraphics. Chapter Case. Session 4.1 Tables. Session 4.2 Using Graphics. Chapter5: Advanced Formatting and Techniques. Chapter Case. Session 5.1 DocumentFormat Changes. Session 5.2 Browsing through Your Document. Session 5.3Index and Table Of Contents. Chapter 6: Styles and Templates. Chapter Case.Session 6.1 Styles. Session 6.2 Creating and Modifying Styles. Chapter 7: MergingDocuments. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 Merging Letters. Session 7.2 Data Options.Chapter 8: Integrating Word. Chapter Case. Session 8.1 Working with MultipleDocuments. Session 8.2 Outlining and PowerPoint. Session 8.3 Formatting andViewing a Web Page6661-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6611/15/06 5:08:38 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES:WORD 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 408 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247102-1 / MHID: 0-07-247102-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112208-5 / MHID: 0-07-112208-7 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Creating a Document. Chapter 2: Modifying a Document. Chapter 3:Enhancing a Document’s Appearance. Chapter 4: Printing and Web Publishing.Chapter 5: Working with Tables and Columns. Chapter 6: Adding Graphics.Chapter 7: Preparing Mailings. Chapter 8: Working with Other Users andProgramsInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES: WORD 2002, COMPLETEby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 624 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247041-3 / MHID: 0-07-247041-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112216-0 / MHID: 0-07-112216-8 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Creating a Document. Chapter 2: Modifying a Document. Chapter 3:Enhancing a Document’s Appearance. Chapter 4: Printing and Web Publishing.Chapter 5: Working with Tables and Columns. Chapter 6: Adding Graphics.Chapter 7: Preparing Mailings. Chapter 8: Working with Other Users and Programs.Chapter 9: Preparing Multipage Reports. Chapter 10: Working Smarter. Chapter11: Developing Applications in Word. Chapter 12: Working with Visual Basicfor ApplicationsInternational EditionO'LEARY SERIES:WORD 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University and Linda I O’Leary2002 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247234-9 / MHID: 0-07-247234-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112099-9 / MHID: 0-07-112099-8 [IE]CONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Document. Tutorial 2: Revising And RefiningA Document. Tutorial 3: Creating Reports And Tables. Working Together: WordAnd Your Web Browser. Tutorial 4: Using Advanced Formatting and DesktopPublishing Features. Tutorial 5: Using Advanced Table Features, Mail Merge, Labeland Envelope Features. Tutorial 6: Using Word 2000’s HTML Editor. WorkingTogether: Document CollaborationInternational EditionO'LEARY SERIES: WORD 2002, COMPLETEby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University, Linda I O’Leary,Independent and Kathryn M Lee, Delaware Valley Col lege2003 / 848 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112097-5 / MHID: 0-07-112097-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olearyCONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Document. Tutorial 2: Revising And RefiningA Document. Tutorial 3: Creating Reports And Tables. Working Together: WordAnd Your Web Browser. Tutorial 4: Creating a Newsletter. Tutorial 5: CreatingComplex Tables and Merging Documents. Tutorial 6: Cre at ing a Web Site.Working To geth er: Linking and Doc u ment Collaboration. Tutorial 7: WorkingWith Long Doc u ments. Tutorial 8: Printed and In ter ac tive Forms. Tutorial 9:Customizing Word. Working Together: Mul ti lin gual Doc u ment Collaborationand NetMeetingNEWWord CompleteMICROSOFT WORD 2007: A PROFESSIONALAPPROACHBy Deborah Hinkle2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 1088 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351919-7 / MHID: 0-07-351919-7(Details not available at press time)NEWExcel BriefO'LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007 BRIEFBy Linda I. O'Leary, Independent2008 (March 2007) / Softcover / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329451-3 / MHID: 0-07-329451-9(Details not available at press time)6761-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6711/15/06 5:08:38 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareInternational EditionO’LEARY SERIES: EXCEL 2002, BRIEFby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State Uni ver si ty- Tempe and Linda IO’Leary2002 / 328 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247235-6 / MHID: 0-07-247235-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112356-3 / MHID: 0-07-112356-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olearyCONTENTSOverview To Excel 2002. Tutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Worksheet. Tutorial2: Charting Worksheet Data. Tutorial 3: Managing and Analyzing A Workbook.Working Together: Linking Excel And WordInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES: MICROSOFT EXCEL 2002,INTRODUCTORY EDITIONby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 532 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247094-9 / MHID: 0-07-247094-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112362-4 / MHID: 0-07-112362-8 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Creating a Worksheet. Chapter 2: Modifying a Worksheet. Chapter 3:Formatting and Printing. Chapter 4: Analyzing Your Data. Chapter 5: PresentingYour Data. Chapter 6: Performing Calculations. Chapter 7: Managing Worksheetsand Workbooks. Chapter 8: Managing ListsNEWExcel IntroO’LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007 INTRODUCTIONBy Linda I. O'Leary, Independent2008 (April 2007) / Softcover / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329452-0 / MHID: 0-07-329452-7(Details not available at press time)International EditionO’LEARY SERIES: EXCEL 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University and Linda I O’Leary2002 / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247241-7 / MHID: 0-07-247241-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112358-7 / MHID: 0-07-112358-X [IE]CONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Worksheet. Tutorial 2: Charting WorksheetData. Tutorial 3: Managing and Analyzing A Workbook. Working Together:Linking, Embedding and E-mailing. Tutorial 4: Working with Multiple Workbooks,Using Solver and Scenarios. Tutorial 5: Creating an On-Screen Form. Tutorial6: Create and Use a List. Working Together: Sharing Data Between Apps:EmbeddingInternational EditionI-SERIES: MICROSOFT EXCEL 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T. Perry,University of San Diego2002 / 368 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247032-1 / MHID: 0-07-247032-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113029-5 / MHID: 0-07-113029-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSChapter 1 Decision-Making with Worksheets. Case: Rugby Fundraising with Scrip.Session 1.1 Introduction to Excel. Session 1.2 Essentials. Chapter 2 Planning andCreating a Worksheet. Case: Loan Analysis. Session 2.1 Writing Formulas andCopying Cell Contents. Session 2.2 Formatting Cells, Print Setup, and Printing.Chapter 3 Formatting a Worksheet. Case: TBA. Session 3.1 Editing Cells, Addingand Deleting Rows and Columns. Session 3.2 Formatting Cells. Chapter 4 CreatingCharts. Case: Tracking Real Estate Sales. Session 4.1Creating a Chart. Session4.2 Enhancing a Chart. Chapter 5 Exploring Excel's List Features. Case: AcmeCompany Employee Data. Session 5.1 Creating and Sorting a Data List. Session5.2 Creating Filters and Subtotals. Session 5.3 Pivot Tables. Chapter 6 CommonWorksheet Functions. Case: Managing Accounts Receivable Lists. Session 6.1Using Popular Statistical Functions. Session 6.2 Using Data Functions and PasteSpecial. Session 6.3 Using Financial Functions and Index Functions. Chapter 7Integrating Excel, Office Objects, and the Web. Case: TBA. Session 7.1 Linking.Session 7.2 Embedding. Session 7.3 Mining the Web. Chapter 8 DevelopingMultiple Worksheet and Workbook Applications. Case: TBA. Session 8.1 Workingwith Multiple Worksheets. Session 8.2 Working with Multiple WorkbooksNEWExcel CompleteMICROSOFT EXCEL 2007: A PROFESSIONALAPPROACHBy Kathleen Stewart2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351921-0 / MHID: 0-07-351921-9(Details not available at press time)6861-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6811/15/06 5:08:39 PM

International EditionI-SERIES: MICROSOFT EXCEL 2002, COMPLETEby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T. Perry,University of San Diego2002 / 528 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-245906-7 / MHID: 0-07-245906-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112345-7 / MHID: 0-07-112345-8 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSChapter 1 Decision-Making with Worksheets. Case: Rugby Fundraising with Scrip.Session 1.1 Introduction to Excel. Session 1.2 Essentials. Chapter 2 Planning andCreating a Worksheet. Case: Loan Analysis. Session 2.1 Writing Formulas andCopying Cell Contents. Session 2.2 Formatting Cells, Print Setup, and Printing.Chapter 3 Formatting a Worksheet. Case: TBA. Session 3.1 Editing Cells, Addingand Deleting Rows and Columns. Session 3.2 Formatting Cells. Chapter 4 CreatingCharts. Case: Tracking Real Estate Sales. Session 4.1Creating a Chart. Session4.2 Enhancing a Chart. Chapter 5 Exploring Excel's List Features. Case: AcmeCompany Employee Data. Session 5.1 Creating and Sorting a Data List. Session5.2 Creating Filters and Subtotals. Session 5.3 Pivot Tables. Chapter 6 CommonWorksheet Functions. Case: Managing Accounts Receivable Lists. Session 6.1Using Popular Statistical Functions. Session 6.2 Using Data Functions and PasteSpecial. Session 6.3 Using Financial Functions and Index Functions. Chapter 7Integrating Excel, Office Objects, and the Web. Case: TBA. Session 7.1 Linking.Session 7.2 Embedding. Session 7.3 Mining the Web. Chapter 8 DevelopingMultiple Worksheet and Workbook Applications. Case: TBA. Session 8.1 Workingwith Multiple Worksheets. Session 8.2 Working with Multiple Workbooks. Chapter9 Using Data Tables and Scenarios. Case: TBA. Session 9.1 Data Tables. Session 9.2Scenarios. Chapter 10 Using the Solver. Case: TBA. Session 10.1 Solving Problems.Session 10.2 Solving More Complex Problems. Chapter 11 Importing Data. Case:TBA. Session 11.1 Importing Text and Database Files. Session 11.2 Using Queriesto Import Data from External Sources. Session 11.3 Querying the Web. Chapter12 Automating Applications with Visual Basic. Case: TBA. Session 12.1 BuildingData Management Macro Instructions. Session 12.2 Custom Functions. Session12.3 Introducing Visual BasicInternational EditionO’LEARY SERIES: EXCEL 2002, COMPLETEby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University - Tempe and Linda IO’Leary2003 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247166-3 / MHID: 0-07-247166-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112357-0 / MHID: 0-07-112357-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olearyCONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating And Editing A Worksheet. Tutorial 2: Charting Worksheet Data.Tutorial 3: Managing and Analyzing A Workbook. Working Together: Linking,Embedding and E-mailing. Tutorial 4: Working with Multiple Workbooks, UsingSolver and Scenarios. Tutorial 5: Creating an On-Screen Form. Tutorial 6: Createand Use a List. Working Together: Sharing Data Between Apps: Embedding.Remaining Chapters TBACIT-Application SoftwareOther SpreadsheetsQUICKEN 2007: THE OFFICIAL GUIDEby Maria Langer2007 (August 2006) / Softcover / 496 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226380-0 / MHID: 0-07-226380-6(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThe only official guide to Quicken--the #1 personal financesoftware on the market. Fully endorsed and reviewed by Inuit,makers of Quicken, Quicken 2007:The Official Guide offersthe time- and money-saving techniques you need to organizeand manage your personal finances and master all of the newand improved features of the software. You will discover proventips for managing money and investments--including spending,savings, budgets, banking, and more. The book explains howto track income and expenses, automate bill-pay, reconcilechecking, savings, and credit card accounts, create reports,simplify filing systems--and even save on taxes. Financialcalculators, capital gains snapshots, investment tracker tools,and online resources are also covered. The chapters closelyfollow the software to help you find information quickly andeasily.CONTENTSPART I: Quicken Setup and Basics. Ch. 1: Getting to Know Quicken. Ch. 2: SettingUp Quicken for the First Time. Ch. 3: Setting Up Accounts and Categories. Ch.4: Going Online with Quicken and Quicken.com. PART II: Managing Your Bankand Credit Card Accounts. Ch. 5: Recording Bank and Credit Card Transactions.Ch. 6: Online Banking and Billing. PART III: Tracking Your Investments. Ch.7: Investment Tracking Basics. Ch. 8: Tracking Investments Online. Ch. 9:Maximizing Investment Returns. PART IV: Managing Your Property and Loans.Ch. 10: Monitoring Assets and Loans. Ch. 11: Minimizing Home, Car, andInsurance Expenses. PART V: Working with Quicken Data. Ch. 12: AutomatingQuicken Transactions and Tasks. Ch. 13: Reconciling Accounts. Ch. 14: CreatingReports and Graphs. PART VI: Saving Money and Achieving Your Goals. Ch. 15:Minimizing Your Taxes with Quicken. Ch. 16: Using Quicken to Plan for theFuture . Ch. 17: Saving Money with Quicken. PART VII. Appendixes. AppendixA: Managing Quicken Files. Appendix B: Customizing Quicken. Appendix C:Using the Quicken Premier Investment Tools.QUICKEN 2007 QUICKSTEPSby Marty Matthews, and Bobbi Sandberg2007 (October 2006) / Softcover / 240 pgsISBN-13: 978-0-07-226388-6 / MHID: 0-07-226388-1(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookQuickSteps on Quicken-a full-color, step-by-step guide to thenumber-one-selling personal finance software programWith Quicken 2007 QuickSteps, you will find it easy tomanage personal and family finances. Nearly every page ofthis user-friendly guide features screenshots with numberedcallouts that show and explain how to use all the new andimproved features available in Quicken 2007. You will learnto balance checkbooks, pay bills, master online banking, trackinvestments, handle budgeting, manage taxes, create reports,and much more. Each chapter's "how to" list and color-codedtabs make it easy for you to flip straight to specific tasks and getto the information you need right away. Plus, helpful sidebarsthroughout provide alternative ways of doing things and furtherexplanations.CONTENTSINTRODUCTION. Part I: Handle Cash Flow with Quicken. Chapter 1: Steppinginto Quicken. Chapter 2: Working with the Register. Chapter 3: Using OnlineFeatures. Chapter 4: Using Reports and Analysis. Part II: Extending the Use ofQuicken. Chapter 5: Working with Portfolios. Chapter 6: Tracking InvestmentsChapter 7: Planning. Chapter 8: Budgeting, Forecasting, Property and Debt.Chapter 9: Handling Taxes. Chatper 10: Working with Files6961-86_CIT-Appication.indd 6911/15/06 5:08:40 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareNEWAccess BriefO'LEARY SERIES:MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007 BRIEFBy Linda I. O'Leary, Independent2008 (May 2007) / Softcover / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329454-4 / MHID: 0-07-329454-3(Details not available at press time)International EditionO'LEARY SERIES: ACCESS 2002, INTRODUCTORYby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State Uni ver si ty- Tempe and Linda IO’Leary2002 / 520 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247244-8 / MHID: 0-07-247244-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112355-6 / MHID: 0-07-112355-5 [IE]CONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating A Database. Tutorial 2: Modifying A Table And Creating AForm. Tutorial 3: Analyzing Tables And Creating Reports. Working Together:Linking Access And Word. Tutorial 4: Enhancing Tables, Using Advanced Queriesand Creating a Custom Form. Tutorial 5: Creating Custom Reports and MailingLabels, Tutorial 6: Access 2000 and the Web. Working Together: Importing,Exporting and Mail MergeInternational EditionO’LEARY SERIES: ACCESS 2002, BRIEFby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University, Tempe and Linda IO’Leary, Independent2002 / 296 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247243-1 / MHID: 0-07-247243-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-112354-9 / MHID: 0-07-112354-7 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olearyCONTENTSOverview To Access 2002. Tutorial 1: Creating A Da ta base. Tutorial 2: ModifyingA Table And Creating A Form. Tutorial 3: Analyzing Tables And Creating Reports.Work ing Together: Linking Access And WordNEWAccess CompleteMICROSOFT ACCESS 2007: A PROFESSIONALAPPROACHBy Jon Juarez and John Carter2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351920-3 / MHID: 0-07-351920-0(Details not available at press time)International EditionAccess IntroADVANTAGE SERIES: ACCESS 2002,INTRODUCTORYby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247092-5 / MHID: 0-07-247092-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112361-7 / MHID: 0-07-112361-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/advantage2002CONTENTSChapter 1: Working with Access. Chapter 2: Creating a Database. Chapter 3:Or ga niz ing and Retrieving Data. Chapter 4: Presenting and Managing Data.Chapter 5: Working with Tables. Chapter 6: Creating Select Queries. Chapter 7:Creating Advanced Queries. Chapter 8: Creating Forms, Reports, and PagesInternational EditionI-SERIES: MICROSOFT ACCESS 2002, COMPLETEby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T. Perry,University of San Diego2003 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-245904-3 / MHID: 0-07-245904-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113038-7 / MHID: 0-07-113038-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSChapter 1: Understanding Relational Databases. Chapter Case. Session 1.1Introducing Relational Databases. Session 1.2 Introducing Microsoft Access.Chapter 2: Maintaining Your Database. Chapter Case. Session 2.1 MaintainingAccess Data. Session 2.2 Designing and Building Your Database. Session 2.3Modifying Table Definitions. Chapter 3: Introducing Access Output. ChapterCase. Session 3.1 Selecting and Organizing Data. Session 3.2 Building SimpleForms and Reports. Chapter 4: Compound Queries and Database Utilities.Chapter Case. Session 4.1 Using Queries to Analyze Data. Session 4.2 Repairingand Backing Up a Database. Chapter 5: Customizing Forms and Reports.Chapter Case. Session 5.1 Maintaining Data with forms. Session 5.2 ComplexReports. Chapter 6: Defining Table Relationships. Chapter Case. Session 6.1Relating Tables. Session 6.2 Creating Output with Related Tables. Chapter7: Maintaining Databases. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 Refining Table Design.Session 7.2 Access Database Utilities. Session 7.3 Securing an Access Database.Chapter 8: Integrating with Other Applications. Chapter Case. Session 8.1 OfficeIntegration. Session 8.2 Web Publication. Chapter 9: More on Queries, Tables,and Forms. Chapter Case. Session 9.1 Designing Advanced Queries. Session 9.2Implementing Advanced Table Features. Session 9.3 Employing Advanced FormFeatures. Chapter 10: Automating Database Tasks. Chapter Case. Session 10.1Using Macros to Store Keystrokes. Session 10.2 Creating a User Interface withSwitchboards. Chapter 11: Using Visual Basic for Applications. Chapter Case.7061-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7011/15/06 5:08:40 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareSession 11.1 Understanding VBA Procedures. Session 11.2 Understanding VBAFunctions. Chapter 12: Coordinating with XML and SQL Server . Chapter Case.Session 12.1 XML. Session 12.2 SQL ServerInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES: ACCESS 2002, COMPLETEby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 816 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247039-0 / MHID: 0-07-247039-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112210-8 / MHID: 0-07-112210-9 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Working with Access. Chapter 2: Creating a Database. Chapter 3:Organizing and Retrieving Data. Chapter 4: Presenting and Managing Data.Chapter 5: Working with Tables. Chapter 6: Creating Select Queries. Chapter7: Creating Advanced Queries. Chapter 8: Creating Forms, Reports, and Pages.Chapter 9: Designing Complex Forms, Reports, and Pages. Chapter 10: Automatingand Extending Access. Chapter 11: Introducing Visual Basic for Applications.Chapter 12: Developing Applications Using AccessOther DatabasesSAP R/3 HANDBOOKThird Editionby Jose Antonio Hernandez, Franklin Martinez, and James Keogh2006 / Softcover / 606 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225716-8 / MHID: 0-07-225716-4(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookTake full advantage of the power, flexibility, and adaptability ofSAP -- the premier solution for service-based, enterprise-scalebusiness processes. SAP R/3 Handbook, Third Edition offerscomplete coverage of installation, implementation, operation,and support. You'll get full details on all the components,including SAP Web Application Server, SAP NetWeaver, theABAP workbench, and more. Administration, security, andintegration with other systems is also covered.ESSENTIAL SKILLS FOR SAP TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS• Get an overview of SAP business, integration, and collaborationsolutions• Understand SAP Web Application Server architecture• Get details on the SAP NetWeaver platform• Access SAP systems through the SAP presentation interface• Use the ABAP workbench development environment• Handle system administration and implement security• Manage system-wide changes with the Transport ManagementSystem (TMS)• Analyze performance and troubleshoot SAP solutionsCONTENTSChapter 1: SAP: From SAP R/3 to SAP NetWeaver. Chapter 2: The Architectureof the SAP Web Application Server. Chapter 3: SAP NetWeaver: An Overview.Chapter 4: Using SAP Systems. Chapter 5: Upgrading to SAP R/3 Enterprise: TheFirst Step into SAP NetWeaver. Chapter 6: The Change and Transport System.Chapter 7: Development Options with SAP Solutions: ABAP Engine. Chapter 8:User Management and Security in SAP Environments. Chapter 9: Web ApplicationServer System Management. Chapter 10: Performance and Troubleshooting withSAP Solutions. Chapter 11: SAP for IT Managers: Implementation, Planning,Operation, and Support of SAP Systems. INDEX.MICROSOFT SQL SERVER 2005 REPORTINGSERVICES 2005Second EditionBy Brian Larson2006 / 800 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226239-1 / MHID: 0-07-226239-7(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookNEW TO THIS EDITION• Foreword by Brian Welcker, Group Program Manager forReporting Services, Microsoft Corporation.• Technically reviewed by members of the Microsoft ReportingServices group.• Includes 60+ practical, re-usable report and code samples to putto work immediately.• Covers SQL Server Reporting Services administration andimplementation and the new Report Builder with 25% moreadvanced coverage than in the last edition.CONTENTSPart I: Overview. Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Installing Reporting Services.Part II: Report Creation. Chapter 4: Report Wizard. Chapter 5: Building BasicReports in Visual Studio. Chapter 6: Adding Graphics. Chapter 7: IntermediateReporting. Chapter 8: Advanced Reporting. Chapter 9: Rendering. Chapter 10:The Report Manager. Chapter 11: Report Delivery. Chapter 12: Customizing andExtending Reporting Services. Part IV: References. Report Object. Reference. WebService Interface Reference. Report Definition Language ReferencePowerpoint IntroInternational EditionI-SERIES: MICROSOFT POWERPOINT 2002,INTRODUCTORYby Stephen Haag, Uni ver si ty of Denver and James T Perry, Universityof San Diego2002 / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247036-9 / MHID: 0-07-247036-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113041-7 / MHID: 0-07-113041-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/i-seriesCONTENTSChapter 1: Presentation Basics. Chapter Case. Session 1.1 Introduction toPresentation Graphics. Session 1.2 Creating a New Presentation. Chapter 2:Organizing Your Presentation. Chapter Case. Session 2.1 Printing. Session 2.2Outlining Ideas. Chapter 3: Refining Your Presentation. Chapter Case. Session3.1 Presentation Design considerations. Session 3.2 Adding and Modifying Text.Session 3.3 Standardizing Presentations with PowerPoint Templates. Session 3.4Using the Meeting Minder. Chapter 4: Enhancing Your Presentation with Graphics.Chapter Case. Session 4.1 Effectively Using Art. Session 4.2 Adding Other GraphicElements. Chapter 5: Creating a Multimedia Presentation. Chapter Case. Session5.1 Using Animations. Session 5.2 Using Other Multimedia Components. Session5.3 Identifying Sources for Media. Chapter 6: Color Schemes and Drawing. ChapterCase. Session 6.1 Choosing a Color Scheme. Session 6.2 Creating Custom Art.Chapter 7: Internet/Intranet Presentations. Chapter Case. Session 7.1 InteractivePresentations. Session 7.2 Using PowerPoint to Publish Web Pages. Chapter 8:PowerPoint Power Features. Chapter Case. Session 8.1 Sharing Presentations.Session 8.2 Customizing and Expanding PowerPoint Functionality7161-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7111/15/06 5:08:41 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareInternational EditionADVANTAGE SERIES: POWERPOINT 2002,INTRODUCTORYby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Glen Coulthard2002 / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247050-5 / MHID: 0-07-247050-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-112213-9 / MHID: 0-07-112213-3 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Creating a Presentation, Chapter 2: Modifying and Running aPresentation. Chapter 3: Adding Graphics. Chapter 4: Adding Tables, Animation,and More. Chapter 5: Preparing Presentations for Delivery. Chapter 6: Workingwith Other Users and ProgramsNEWPowerpoint CompleteMICROSOFT POWERPOINT 2007: A PROFESSIONALAPPROACHBy Pat R. Graves; Eastern Illinois University2008 (June 2007) / Softcover / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351918-0 / MHID: 0-07-351918-9(Details not available at press time)International EditionINTERACTIVE COMPUTING SERIES: POWERPOINT2002, INTRODUCTORYby Kenneth Laudon, New York University2002 / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247184-7 / MHID: 0-07-247184-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113068-4 / MHID: 0-07-113068-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/interactiveCONTENTSIntroduction to PowerPoint. Designing Your Presentation. Developing YourPresentation. Strenghthening Your Presentation. Creating a Custom Presentation.Working with Visual El e ments and Effect. Working with External Ob jects. UsingAdvanced Output OptionsTraining & AssessmentSIMNET FOR OFFICE 2003 RELEASE 2STANDARD EDITIONBy Triad Interactive2006ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351641-7 / MHID: 0-07-351641-4Browse http://www.mhhe.com/cit/simnetCONTENTSAccess 2003. Computer Concepts. Excel 2003. Office 2003 Integration. Outlook2003. PowerPoint 2000. Windows 2000. Windows XP Professional. Word 2003.HTML & Dreamweaver MX 2004.International EditionO'LEARY SERIES: POWERPOINT 2002,INTRODUCTORYby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University and Linda I O’Leary2002 / 424 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247246-2 / MHID: 0-07-247246-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112095-1 / MHID: 0-07-112095-5 [IE]CONTENTSTutorial 1: Creating A Presentation. Tutorial 2: Modifying And Refining APresentation. Working Together: Copying And Linking Between Word, Excel, AndPowerPoint. Tutorial 3: Customizing, Editing and Additional Features. Tutorial4: Creating a Presentation for a Kiosk and the Web. Working Together: UsingPowerPoint 2000 and Word 2000 TogetherProgramming - Visual BasicNEWPROGRAMMING IN VISUAL C# 2005Second EditionBy Julia Case Bradley, Anita C. Millspaugh; Mt San Antonio College2008 (April 2007) / Softcover / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351718-6 / MHID: 0-07-351718-6(Details not available at press time)7261-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7211/15/06 5:08:42 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareInternational EditionNEWADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING VISUALBASIC.NETThird Editionby Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College, and Anita C.Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College2007 (May 2006) / Softcover / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-351717-9 / MHID: 0-07-351717-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110295-7 / MHID: 0-07-110295-7 [IE]ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330444-1 / MHID: 0-07-330444-1(with 180-day trial software)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/bradleyadv3eAdvanced Programming Using Visual Basic .NET, by bestsellingauthors Bradley & Millspaugh, maintains the strongpedagogy that has helped thousands of students learn toprogram in Visual Basic. Because it teaches Visual Basic whileincorporating basic concepts of programming, problem solving,and programming logic, the book has become a favorite ofstudents and instructors alike. Advanced Programming inVisual Basic .NET follows the conventions, standards, andlogic introduced in the authors' beginning Visual Basic text.The third edition incorporates new features in the languagesuch as generics and Web master pages, while two new iconsin the margins indicate security issues and major languagechanges.NEW TO THIS EDITION• The third edition incorporates Visual Basic's all-new componentsfor database access. Coverage includes stored procedures, thenew Data Sources window, new techniques for connecting to datasources, and new controls for data binding.• Services-oriented architecture is presented earlier and usedconsistently in subsequent chapters.• The singleton design pattern is introduced in Chapter 1; otherdesign patterns are discussed as appropriate, including creatingcollections using generics.• New IDE features are presented, including class diagrams; aData Sources window that simplifies setting up the data source foran application; Smart Tags, which provide quick access to the mostcommonly used properties of controls and components; an ExceptionAssistant for debugging exceptions; and new Snap Lines in the FormDesigner, which help with the alignment and spacing of controls.• The new built-in Web server eliminates the need to use IIS forWeb development, greatly simplifying the building of portable Webapplications and allowing database access from Web apps.FEATURES• Each chapter includes a complete hands-on project, from openingproblem statement through design and solution.• Hands-On Programming Examples help students understand theprocess of planning, writing, and executing Visual Basic programs.After an important concept has been explained, a Hands-OnProgramming Exercise implements the newly learned skill in a waythat will ensure students understand the skill every time.• Ongoing case studies provide exercises that can reinforce topicsthroughout the text.• Feedback Questions within the chapter give students theopportunity to reflect on the current topic and to evaluate theirunderstanding of the details.• Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the VB Environment is anappendix that brings together the many helpful in-chapter tips toserve as a reference for the student.• End-of-chapter material includes Summary, Key Terms, ReviewQuestions, and Programming Exercises to help reinforce the chaptercontent.CONTENTSChapter 1. Visual Studio .NET. Chapter 2. Building Multitier Applications withClasses. Chapter 3. Windows Database Applications using ADO.NET. Chapter4. Windows Database using Related Tables. Chapter 5. Windows DatabaseUpdates. Chapter 6. Web Services. Chapter 7. Web Applications using ASP.NET.Chapter 8. Web Database Applications. Chapter 9. Database Reports Using CrystalReports. Chapter 10. Using Collections and Generics. Chapter 11. Creating UserControls. Chapter 12. Creating Help Files. Chapter 13. Looking Ahead. AppendixA. Answers to Feedback Questions. Appendix B. Review of Visual Basic .NETConcepts. Appendix C. SQL Server Express. Appendix D. SQL Primer. AppendixE. Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the Environment.International EditionPROGRAMMING IN VISUAL BASIC.NET 2005EDITIONSixth Editionby Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio College, and Anita C.Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College2006 / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-321588-4 / MHID: 0-07-321588-0(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125689-6 / MHID: 0-07-125689-X( [IE], with Student CD)NEW TO THIS EDITION* Hands-On Programming Examples* Learning Objectives* Feedback Questions* Case Studies* Tips* Programming ExercisesCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Visual Basic .NET. Chapter 2: User Interface DesignChapter 3: Variables, Constants, and Calculations. Chapter 4: Decisions andConditions. Chapter 5: Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, andFunction Procedures. Chapter 6: Multiform Projects. Chapter 7: Lists, Loops,and Printing. Chapter 8: Arrays. Chapter 9: Programming with Visual WebDeveloper. Chapter 10: Accessing Database Files. Chapter 11: Saving Data in Files.Chapter 12: OOP: Creating Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 13: Graphics,Animation, Sound, and Drag-and-Drop. Chapter 14:Additional Topics in VisualBasic Appendix A: Answers to Feedback Questions Appendix B: Methods andFunctions for ¿Working with Dates, Financial Calculations, Mathematics, andString Operations Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the EnvironmentAppendix D: .NET Security Glossary Index.7361-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7311/15/06 5:08:43 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareProgramming - JavaJAVA: A BEGINNER'S GUIDEFourth Editionby Herbert Schildt2007 (November 2006) / Softcover / 500 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226384-8 / MHID: 0-07-226384-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookJava programming made easy--fully updated for Java SE 6From Herbert Schildt, the world's leading programming author,comes this fully revised and updated introductory Java guide.You will get all the information you need to get up and runningwith the latest version of Java, the popular Web programminglanguage. Hands-on projects, self-assessments, and ‘ask theexpert' sections make it easy to learn the essential skills.CONTENTSChapter 1. Java Fundamentals. Chapter 2. Introducing Data Types and Operators.Chapter 3. Program Control Statements. Chapter 4. Introducing Classes, Objects,and Methods. Chapter 5. More Data Types and Operators. Chapter 6. A CloserLook at Methods and Classes. Chapter 7. Inheritance. Chapter 8. Packages andInterfaces. Chapter 9. Exception Handling. Chapter 10. Using I/O. Chapter11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, andmetadata. Chapter 13. Generics. Chapter 14. Applets, Events, and MiscellaneousTopics.JAVA SE 6: THE COMPLETE REFERENCESixth Editionby Herbert Schildt2007 (November 2006) / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226385-5 / MHID: 0-07-226385-7(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookAuthor's Web Site (Browse http://www.herbschildt.com)The world's leading programming author offers comprehensivecoverage of the new Java release. The definitive guide to Javahas been fully expanded to cover every aspect of Java SE 6, thelatest version of the world's most popular Web programminglanguage. This comprehensive resource contains everythingyou need to develop, compile, debug, and run Java applicationsand applets.CONTENTSChapter 1. History & Evolution of Java. Chapter 2. Overview of Java. Chapter3. Data Types, Variables, and Arrays. Chapter 4. Operators. Chapter 5. ControlStatements. Chapter 6. Introducing Classes. Chapter 7. A Closer Look at Methodsand Classes. Chapter 8. Inheritance. Chapter 9. Packages and Interfaces. Chapter10. Exception Handling. Chapter 11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12.Enumerations, Autoboxing, and metadata. Chapter 13. I/O, Applets, and OtherTopics. Chapter 14. Generics. Chapter 15. String Handling. Chapter 16. Exploringjava.lang. Chapter 17. java.util Part 1: Collections Framework. Chapter 18. java.utilPart 2: More Utility Classes. Chapter 19. Input/Output: Exploring java.io. Chapter20. Networking. Chapter 21. Applet class. Chapter 22. Event Handling. Chapter23. Introducing the AWT. Chapter 24. Using AWT Controls, Layout Managers,and Menus. Chapter 25. Introducing Swing. Chapter 26. More Swing Components.Chapter 27. Using Swing. Chapter 28. Images. Chapter 29. The ConcurrencyUtilities. Chatper 30. NIO, Regular Expressions, and Other Packages. Chapter31. Java Beans. Chapter 32. Servlets. Chapter 33. Financial Applets and ServletsChapter 34. Creating a Download managerSWING: A BEGINNER'S GUIDEby Herbert Schildt2007 (September 2006) / Softcover / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226314-5 / MHID: 0-07-226314-8(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookUsing the practical pedagogy that has made his other Beginner’sGuides so successful, Herb Schildt provides new Swingprogrammers with a completely integrated learning package.Perfect for the classroom or self-study, Swing: A Beginner’sGuide delivers the appropriate mix of theory and practicalcoding. You will be programming as early as Chapter 1.CONTENTSModule 1: Swing Fundamentals. Module 2: Labels, Buttons, and Borders. Module3: Scroll Bars, Sliders, and Progress Bars. Module 4: Managing Componentswith Panels, Panes, and Tooltips. Module 5: Lists. Module 6: Text ComponentsModule 7: Working with Menus. Module 8: Tables and Trees. Module 9: Dialogs.Module 10: Threading, Applets, Painting, and LayoutsSCJP SUN CERTIFIED PROGRAMMER FOR JAVA 5STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 310-055)by Katherine Sierra, and Bert Bates2006 / Softcover / 825 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225360-3 / MHID: 0-07-225360-6 (with CD-Rom)(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookGet the book that shows you not only what to study, but howto study. The only classroom-based integrated study system forprofessional certification gives you complete coverage of allobjectives for the Sun Certified Programmer for Java 5 exam,hundreds of practice exam questions, and hands-on exercises.The CD-ROM features full practice exam software plus anadaptive test engine.CONTENTSChapter 1: Declarations and Access Control. Chapter 2: Object Orientation.Chapter 3: Assignments. Chapter 4: Operators. Chapter 5: Flow Control,Exceptions, and Assertions. Chapter 6: Strings, I/O, Formatting, and Parsing.Chapter 7: Generics and Collections. Chapter 8: Inner Classes. Chapter 9: Threads.Chapter 10: Development. Appendix: About The CD. Index7461-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7411/15/06 5:08:43 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareOther ProgrammingInternet/World Wide WebCRYSTAL REPORTS XI: THE COMPLETE REFERENCEBy George Peck2006 / 1200 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226246-9 / MHID: 0-07-226246-X(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookFEATURES• Material in Crystal Reports XI: The Complete Reference will beupdated and enhanced as follows:All new user interface elements will be covered; New Dynamic/Cascading Parameter Fields will be covered in depth; CrystalReports use with Business Objects Universes will be covered;The Web Reporting section will be updated to include the newupdated of Business Objects Enterprise XI, as well as any updatedReport Application Server features; The previous on-line appendixdocumenting the Formula Language will be printed in the book; Mostillustrations and figures will be updated as the overall look and feelof XI has changed; All updated examples and sample reports, as wellas additional appendices, will be placed online.• The book addresses the entire spectrum of user knowledge; fromadvice to newbies on how to develop, design and build a simplereport to in-depth information on more complex features like CrystalServer Pages and integrating Crystal Reports into Visual Basic.NETprograms as well as taking advantage of extended Java support.• Understand how to build professional, complex, and effectivepresentation-ready reports.• Uncover vital advice and tips from expert author on how to bestutilize Crystal Reports features to analyze dataCONTENTSPart I--Designing Reports. Chapter 1: Getting the Feel of Crystal Reports XI.Chapter 2: Enhancing Appearance with Text Objects. Chapter 3: Sorting andGrouping. Chapter 4: Creating Geographic Maps. Chapter 5: Using Formulas.Chapter 6: Creating Custom Functions. Chapter 7: The Repository. Chapter 8:Analyzing with Advanced Selection Criteria. Chapter 9: Making Your ReportsVisually Appealing. Chapter 10: Using Sections and Areas. Chapter 11: Analyzingwith Cross Tabs. Chapter 12: Creating Charts. Chapter 13: Using Subreports.Chapter 14: Viewer Interaction with Parameter Fields. Chapter 15: ExportingReports. Chapter 16: Reporting from SQL Databases. Chapter 17: Creating andUsing Business Views. Chapter 18: Accommodating Database Changes and FieldMapping. Chapter 19: Reporting from OLAP Cubes. Chapter 20: Reporting fromProprietary Data Types. Part II--Crystal Reports XI on the Web. Chapter 21: CrystalReports Web Alternatives. Chapter 22: Crystal Reports with ASP and ASP.NET.Chapter 23: Crystal Reports with Java. Chapter 24: Introduction to Business ObjectsEnterprise. Chapter 25: Using the Launchpad and Web Desktop. Chapter 26:Administering Business Objects Enterprise. Part III--Developing Custom WindowApplications. Chapter 27: Integrating Crystal Reports with Visual Basic. Chapter28: Crystal Reports with Visual Studio .NET. Part IV—Appendixes. Appendix A:Formula Language ReferenceINTERNET LITERACYFourth EditionBy Fred T. Hofstetter, University Of Delaware2006ISBN-13: 978-0-07-321454-2 / MHID: 0-07-321454-X(with Student CD)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/dolphin4eNEW TO THIS EDITION• Dreamweaver coverage in addition to FrontPage and Nvu• Illustrated timelines detailing the history of the Internet• Learn how to conduct and correctly document scholarly searchesfollowing APA, MLA and CMS guidelinesFeatures• Increased coverage of Internet security to help protect from a widerange of computer attacks• Latest information on copyright issues, equity, wirelesstechnologies, PDAs and media hubs• Windows and Macintosh compatible textbook with coverage ofiTunes for bothCONTENTSIntroduction. Part One: Understanding The Internet. Chapter 1. Definitions.Chapter 2. How The Internet Is Changing The World. Part Two: Getting On TheInternet. Chapter 3. Getting Connected. Chapter 4. Surfing The Net. Part Three:Communicating Over The Internet. Chapter 5. Internet Etiquette (Netiquette).Chapter. Electronic Mail. Chapter 7. Listserv Mailing Lists. Chapter 8. UsenetNewsgroups,Web-Based Forums, And Rss Blogs. Chapter 9. Communicating InReal Time. Chapter 10. Streaming Media And Synchronized Multimedia. PartFour: Finding Things On The Internet. Chapter 11. Searching For Information.Chapter 12. Commonly Found Internet File Types. Chapter 13. Downloading FromThe Internet. Chapter 14. Bibliographic Style For Citing Internet Resources. PartFive: Creating Web Pages. Chapter 15. Web Page Creation Strategies. Chapter16. Web Page Design. Chapter 17. How Html Works. Chapter 18. Creating YourWeb Page Resume. Chapter 19. Putting Images On Web Pages. Chapter 20.Using Tables And Css For Web Page Layout. Chapter 21. Making A Local WebSite And A Home Page. Chapter 22. Publishing Files On The World Wide Web.Part Six: Using Multimedia On The Internet. Chapter 23. How Web BrowsersDo Multimedia. Chapter 24. Audio Recording And Embedding. Part Seven:Planning For The Future Of The Internet. Chapter 25. Societal Issues. Chapter 26.Emerging Technology. Chapter 27. How To Keep Up And Stay Secure. AppendixA: Internet Toolkit For Windows And Macintosh. Appendix B: Progressive CaseProjects. Appendix C: Basic Windows And Macintosh Tutorials.HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH YOUR EBAYBUSINESSSecond EditionBy Greg Holden2006 / 496 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226164-6 / MHID: 0-07-226164-1(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThis user-friendly book shows you how to turn the satisfactionand excitement of eBay sales into a lucrative small business--and possibly even a full-time job! Find out how to establisha seller’s account, post attention-getting auction listings,and build confidence among bidders. Author Greg Holdenexplains how to apply the secrets of successful brick andmortar businesses to the online world. After learning the ropes,you’ll find out how to boost sales with techniques such as noreserveselling and “buy it now” pricing. Plus--tips for locatinginventory, implementing marketing plans, and getting freeadvertising are revealed.7561-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7511/15/06 5:08:44 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareMultimediaMULTIMEDIA: MAKING IT WORKSeventh Editionby Tay Vaughan2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226451-7 / MHID: 0-07-226451-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThoroughly updated for new breakthroughs in multimediaThe internationally bestselling Multimedia: Making it Workhas been fully revised and expanded to cover the latesttechnological advances in multimedia. You will learn to planand manage multimedia projects, from dynamic CD-ROMs andDVDs to professional websites. Each chapter includes step-bystepinstructions, full-color illustrations and screenshots, selfquizzes,and hands-on projects.CONTENTS1 What is Multimedia? 2 Introduction to Making Multimedia. 3 MultimediaSkills. 4 Text. 5 Sound. 6 Images. 7 Animation. 8 Video. 9 Hardware. 10 BasicSoftware Tools. 11 Multimedia Authoring Tools. 12 The Internet and How ItWorks. 13 Tools for the World Wide Web. 14 Designing for the World WideWeb. 15 Planning and Costing. 16 Designing and Producing. 17 Content andTalent. 18 Delivering.COMPTia Certification A+A+ CERTIFICATION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDESixth Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (June 2006) / 1,184 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226311-4 / MHID: 0-07-226311-3[with CD-Rom](Osborne Media Title)Professional BookWritten by the foremost authority on A+ certification trainingand reviewed and approved by CompTIA--creators of theexams--this authoritative volume covers everything you needto know to pass both the Core Hardware and Operating SystemTechnologies exams. A+ Certification All-in-One Exam Guide,Sixth Edition, features helpful exam tips throughout the book,end-of-chapter practice questions, detailed coverage of theexam format, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations.This comprehensive guide not only helps you pass the A+certification exams but also teaches you how to be an experthardware technician. Mike Meyers’ “down in the trenches”voice and his ability to provide clear explanations of coreconcepts have made this book the bestselling A+ self-studyguide available.The all-new CD-ROM includes:* Six complete practice exams* A video presentation from Mike Meyers* A new collection of Meyers’ favorite PC tools and utilitiesthat are available as shareware and freewareMIKE MEYERS’ A+ CERTIFICATION PASSPORTThird Editionby Michael Meyers and Martin Acuna2007 (June 2006) / 528 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226308-4 / MHID: 0-07-226308-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThis affordable, portable study tool will get you “on the road”to becoming A+ certified. Completely updated for the newexams, Mike Meyers’ A+ Certification Passport,Third Edition,focuses on only what you need to know to pass the tests, andthe unique travel theme helps them remember key concepts.The all-new CD-ROM includes four complete practice exams,a new collection of Mike’s favorite shareware and freeware PCtools and utilities, and an electronic book.MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO PC HARDWARESecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (February 2007) / Softcover with CDROM / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226352-0 / MHID: 0-07-226352-0(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookCompletely updated for the 2006 CompTIA A+ examobjectives, Mike Meyers' A+ Guide to PC Hardware, SecondEdition is designed to teach A+ IT technician skills in an easyto-understandway that will prepare you for an IT career. Thebook offers helpful tips throughout, end-of-chapter practicequestions, and hundreds of photographs and illustrations.This comprehensive guide will help you achieve your A+certification as well as become an expert hardware technician.The CD-ROM features hundreds of mock exam questions,Mike Meyers' favorite tools and utilities for PC technicians,and one hour of video training featuring Mike Meyers teachingkey A+ topics.CONTENTSChapter 1: The Visible PC. Chapter 2: Microprocessors. Chapter 3: RAM. Chapter4: BIOS and CMOS. Chapter 5: Expansion Bus. Chapter 6: Motherboards. Chapter7: Power Supplies. Chapter 8: Floppy Drives. Chapter 9: Hard Drive Technologies.Chapter 10: CD and DVD Media. Chapter 11: Video. Chapter 12: SCSI. Chapter13: Sound. Chapter 14: Portable PCs. Chapter 15: Printers.MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO MANAGING ANDTROUBLESHOOTING PCSSecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (December 2006) / Softcover with CDROM / 992 pagsISBN-13: 978-0-07-226355-8 / MHID: 0-07-226355-5(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookCompletely updated for the 2006 CompTIA A+ examobjectives, Mike Meyers' A+ Guide to Managing andTroubleshooting PCs, Second Edition is designed to teachA+ IT technician skills in an easy-to-understand way thatwill prepare you for an IT career. The book offers helpful tipsthroughout, end-of-chapter practice questions, and hundredsof photographs and illustrations. This comprehensive guidewill help you achieve your A+ certification as well as becomean expert hardware and operating system technician. TheCD-ROM features hundreds of mock exam questions, MikeMeyers' favorite tools and utilities for PC technicians, and onehour of video training featuring Mike Meyers teaching key A+topics.7661-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7611/15/06 5:08:45 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: The Visible PC. Chapter 3: Microprocessors.Chapter 4: RAM. Chapter 5: BIOS and CMOS. Chapter 6: Expansion Bus. Chapter7: Motherboards. Chapter 8: Power Supplies. Chapter 9: Floppy Drives. Chapter10: Hard Drive Technologies. Chapter 11: Implementing Hard Drives. Chapter 12:Understanding Windows. Chapter 13: Working with the Command Line Interface.Chapter 14: Installing and Upgrading Windows. Chapter 15: Maintaining,Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows 9x and Windows Me. Chapter 16:Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows NT, 2000, and XPChapter 17: CD and DVD Media. Chapter 18: Video. Chapter 19: SCSI. Chapter 20:Sound. Chapter 21: Portable PCs. Chapter 22: Printers2. Chapter 23: Networking.Chapter 24: The InternetMIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO OPERATING SYSTEMSSecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (March 2007) / Softcover with CDROM / 504 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226358-9 / MHID: 0-07-226358-X(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookCompletely updated for the 2006 CompTIA A+ examobjectives, Mike Meyers' A+ Guide to Operating Systems,Second Edition is designed to teach A+ IT technician skillsin an easy-to-understand way that will prepare you for anIT career. The book offers helpful tips throughout, end-ofchapterpractice questions, and hundreds of photographsand illustrations. This comprehensive guide will help youachieve your A+ certification as well as become an expertA+ technician. The CD-ROM features hundreds of mockexam questions, Mike Meyers' favorite tools and utilities forPC technicians, and one hour of video training featuring MikeMeyers teaching key A+ topics.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to the Personal Computer. Chapter 2: Introduction toWindows. Chapter 3: Features and Characteristics of Windows. Chapter 4:Working with the Command Line Interface. Chapter 5: Implementing HardDrives. Chapter 6: Installing and Upgrading Windows. Chapter 7: Maintaining,Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows 9x and Windows Me. Chapter 8:Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting Windows NT, 2000, and XPChapter 9: Networking. Chapter 10: The InternetMIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO PC HARDWARE LABMANUALSecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (March 2007) / Softcover / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226361-9 / MHID: 0-07-226361-X(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookMIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO MANAGING ANDTROUBLESHOOTING PCS LAB MANUALSecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226362-6 / MHID: 0-07-226362-8(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookMike Meyers A+ Guide to Managing and TroubleshootingPCs Lab Manual, Second Edition features 40-plus lab exercisesthat challenge you to solve problems based on realistic casestudies and step-by-step scenarios that require critical thinking.You'll also get post-lab observation questions that measureyour understanding of lab results and key term quizzes thathelp build vocabulary.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: The Visible PC. Chapter 3: CPUs. Chapter4: RAM. Chapter 5: BIOS. Chapter 6: Expansion Bus. Chapter 7: Motherboards.Chapter 8: Power Supplies. Chapter 9: Floppy Drives. Chapter 10: Hard DriveTechnologies. Chapter 11: Implementing Hard Drives. Chapter 12: UnderstandingWindows. Chapter 13: Using the Command Line. Chapter 14: Installing andUpgrading Windows. Chapter 15: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting.Chapter 16: Maintaining, Optimizing, and Troubleshooting. Chapter 17: CD andDVD Media. Chapter 18: Video. Chapter 19: SCSI. Chapter 20: Sound. Chapter21: Notebook Computers. Chapter 22: Printers. Chapter 23: Internet.MIKE MEYERS' A+ GUIDE TO OPERATING SYSTEMSLAB MANUALSecond Editionby Michael Meyers2007 (March 2007) / Softcover / 240 pagesISBN-978-0-07-226363-3 / MHID: 0-07-226363-6(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookMike Meyers A+ Guide to Operating Systems Lab Manual,Second Edition features 40-plus lab exercises that challengeyou to solve problems based on realistic case studies andstep-by-step scenarios that require critical thinking. You'llalso get post-lab observation questions that measure yourunderstanding of lab results and key term quizzes that helpbuild vocabulary.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to the Personal Computer. Chapter 2: IntroducingMicrosoft Windows. Chapter 3: Features and Characteristics of Windows. Chapter4: Using the Command Line. Chapter 5: Implementing Hard Drives. Chapter 6:Installing and Upgrading Windows. Chapter 7: Maintaining, Optimizing, andTroubleshooting Windows 9X/Me. Chapter 8: Maintaining, Optimizing, andTroubleshooting Windows NT, 2000, and XP. Chapter 9: Networking. Chapter10: InternetMike Meyers A+ Guide to PC Hardware Lab Manual, SecondEdition features 40-plus lab exercises that challenge you tosolve problems based on realistic case studies and step-by-stepscenarios that require critical thinking. You'll also get post-labobservation questions that measure your understanding of labresults and key term quizzes that help build vocabulary.CONTENTSChapter 1: The Visible PC. Chapter 2: Microprocessors. Chapter 3: RAM. Chapter4: BIOS and CMOS. Chapter 5: Expansion Bus. Chapter 6: Motherboards. Chapter7: Power Supplies. Chapter 8: Floppy Drives. Chapter 9: Hard Drive Technologies.Chapter 10: CD and DVD Media. Chapter 11: Video. Chapter 12: SCSI. Chapter 13:Sound. Chapter 14: Portable PCs. Chapter 15: Printers. Chapter 16: Networking7761-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7711/15/06 5:08:45 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareCertification - CISSPCertification - MCDBACISSP ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDEThird EditionBy Shon Harris2006 / 1,032 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225712-0 / MHID: 0-07-225712-1(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThe third edition of this proven All-in-One exam guide isessentially two books in one, providing total coverage of theCISSP and the ISSEP credential. Learn security operations inthe areas of telecommunications, cryptography, managementpractices, and more. Plan for continuity and disaster recovery.Update your knowledge of laws, investigations, and ethics.Plus, run the CD-ROM and practice more than 250 simulatedexam questions. Let security consultant and author Shon Harrislead you to successful completion of the CISSP and the ISSEP.CONTENTSPart I: Chapter 1: Reasons to Become a CISSP. Chapter 2: Security Trends.Chapter 3: Operation Security. Chapter 4: Access Control Methods. Chapter 5:Telecommunications and Network Security. Chapter 6: Cryptography. Chapter 7:Applications and Systems Development Security. Chapter 8: Business ContinuityPlanning and Disaster Recovery. Chapter 9: Physical Security Chapter 10: Laws,Investigations, and Ethics. Chapter 11: Security Management Practices. Chapter12: Security Architecture and Models. Part II: Chapter 13: Reasons to Become anISSEP Chapter 14: Security Trends. Chapter 15: Operation Security. Chapter 16:Security Management PracticesCertification - CWAPCCA CITRIX METAFRAME PRESENTATION SERVER3.0 STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 223)by Christopher Huffman, Vector ESP, and Jeff Richards, Vector ESP2006 / Softcover / 768 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225875-2 / MHID: 0-07-225875-6(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookUse the integrated study system based on proven instructionalmethodology (step-by-step exercises, Exam Watch, On-the-Jobnotes and Scenario and Solution table quick references).CONTENTSIntroduction. Pretest – 20 Questions. How to Prepare for the Exam. PART I:Introduction to MetaFrame Presentation Server 3.0. Ch. 1:MetaFrame PresentationServer 3.0. Ch. 2:Citrix Technologies. Ch. 3:Windows Server 2003 Setup &Optimization. Ch. 4:MetaFrame Presentation Server 3.0 Installation. Ch. 5: Farm& Datastore Design. PART II: Citrix Client Software. Ch. 6:ICA Clients. Ch. 7:Deploying ICA Clients. Ch. 8:Program Neighborhood. Ch. 9:Web Interface. Ch.10:Program Neighborhood Agent. PART III: MetaFrame Administration. Ch. 11:Citrix Management Console. Ch. 12:Additional Management Tools. Ch. 13:LoadManagement. Ch. 14:Applications on MetaFrame Presentation Server 3.0. Ch. 15:Printing. Appendices. Appendix 1: Command Line Reference.MCTS SQL SERVER 2005 IMPLEMENTATION &MAINTENANCE STUDY GUIDE (EXAM 70-431)Third Editionby Tom Carpenter2007 (March 2007) / Softcover with CDROM / 812 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226321-3 / MHID: 0-07-226321-0(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookAn integrated study system based on proven instructionalmethodology, this book and CD package shows you not onlywhat--but how--to study for the new MCDBA SQL Server2005 Technology Specialist exam. The book offers completecoverage of all official exam objectives, 250-plus practiceexam questions, step-by-step exercises, and more. The CD-ROM contains a complete practice exam and an e-book.Certification CISCOCISCO: A BEGINNER'S GUIDEFourth Editionby Toby Velte, Velte Systems Inc; and Anthony Velte2007 (November 2006) / Softcover / 768 pgsISBN-13: 978-0-07-226383-1 / MHID: 0-07-226383-0(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookHere is a newly updated edition of the bestselling introductoryguide to Cisco products and technologies. Cisco: A Beginner'sGuide, Fourth Edition provides you with a practical hands-onresource for successfully implementing and managing a Cisconetwork. The book covers IOS, voice and wireless security,video-on-demand, new routers, switches, and wirelessproducts, and more.CONTENTSPart I: Cisco Overview. Ch. 1: Cisco and the Internet. Ch. 2: Network Primer.Ch. 3: Cisco Certifications. Part II: Cisco Internetworking Tools. Ch. 4: RouterOverview. Ch. 5: Configuring Routers. Ch. 6: Switches. Ch. 7: Security OverviewCh. 8: Security Building Blocks. Ch. 9: Cisco Wireless. Part III: Cisco BusinessSolutions. Ch. 10: Cisco IP Contact Center. Ch. 11: Storage Tools; SANs; MDSSwitches. Ch. 12: Cisco Content Networking. Part IV: Designing Cisco Networks.Ch. 13: Routing Protocols. Ch. 14: Network Management. Ch. 15:Network DesignProcess. Ch. 16: Troubleshooting Cisco Networks.7861-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7811/15/06 5:08:46 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareCertification - Career Skills/CertificationRHCE RED HAT CERTIFIED ENGINEER LINUXSTUDY GUIDE (EXAM RH302)Fifth Editionby Michael Jang2007 (March 2007) / Softcover / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226454-8 / MHID: 0-07-226454-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThe only book that shows you what--and how--to studyThe new edition of this bestselling study guide offers completecoverage of the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam revisionbased on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 and Fedora Core 5.An integrated study system based on proven instructionalmethodology, RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux StudyGuide, Fifth Edition, features 250 practice exam questions,step-by-step exercises,self-tests, and two complete lab-basedpractice exams.CONTENTSChapter 1--RHCE Prerequisites. Chapter 2--Installation. Chapter 3--BasicConfiguration and Administration. Chapter 4--Advanced Installation. Chapter5--Advanced User Administration. Chapter 6--X Window System. Chapter 7--Linux Sharing Services. Chapter 8 – Linux Network Services. Chapter 9--NetworkManagement. Chapter 10--System Administration and Security. Chapter 11Operational Administration Recovery and Security. Glossary.CISSP CERTIFICATION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDEThird Editionby Shon Harris2006 / Hardcover / 1,184 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225712-0 / MHID: 0-07-225712-1(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThe third edition of this proven All-in-One exam guide isessentially two books in one, providing total coverage of theCISSP and the ISSEP cre den tial. Learn security operations inthe areas of tele com mu ni ca tions, cryptography, man age mentpractices, and more. Plan for continuity and disaster recovery.Update your knowl edge of laws, investigations, and ethics.Plus, run the CD-ROM and practice more than 250 simulatedexam questions. Let security consultant and author Shon Harrislead you to successful completion of the CISSP and the ISSEP.CONTENTSPart I: Chapter 1: Reasons to Be come a CISSP. Chapter 2: Security Trends.Chapter 3: Operation Security. Chapter 4: Access Control Methods. Chapter 5:Telecommunications and Network Security. Chapter 6: Cryptography. Chapter 7:Applications and Systems Development Security. Chapter 8: Business ContinuityPlan ning and Disaster Recovery. Chapter 9: Physical Security. Chapter 10: Laws,In ves ti ga tions, and Ethics. Chapter 11: Security Man age ment Practices. Chapter12: Security Ar chi tec ture and Models. Part II: Chapter 13: Reasons to Becomean ISSEP. Chapter 14: Security Trends. Chapter 15: Operation Security. Chapter16: Security Man age ment PracticesNEWNetworking - EssentialsPRINCIPLES OF VOICE & DATACOMMUNICATIONSby Regis "Bud" J. Bates, TC International Consulting, Inc. andMarcus Bates2007 (April 2006) / Softcover / 816 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6Browse http://www.mhhe.com/bates1e and http://www.mhhe.com/batesvdcPrinciples of Voice and Data Communication is a technologybook for the non-technical student, a comprehensive overviewof the entire networking industry built on unrivaled real-worldexperience. With its helpful pedagogy, teaching support,and student-friendly tone, Principles of Voice and DataCommunication gives students the foundation they need toenter, and succeed in, the technology and communicationsfields.FEATURES• Author Regis “Bud” Bates has nearly 40 years' experience inthe communications industry, and his work as both a technologymanager and a successful consultant give him an insight into the fieldthat no competitor can match.• The book maintains a powerful real-world focus, emphasizinghow communications topics and technologies are implemented inthe workplace. The authors address the reader as professionals, notprofessors.• “Working In This Field” boxes expand a topic by exploring it fromthe perspective of real-world technology practitioners. Web links givestudents the opportunity to go further and explore the topic in evengreater depth.• The end-of-chapter material is loaded with pedagogical tools forreinforcing the material, including summaries, review questions(about 25 per chapter), and problems and exercises to work in class.• A dozen cases allow students to explore communications topics indetail and in a realistic setting.• Brought to you by the author of the Voice and DataCommunications Handbook, the standard reference work on thesubject in the US and around the world.CONTENTSChapter 1 Principles of Voice and Data Communications-An Introduction. Chapter2 The Evolution of the Telephone Set. Chapter 3 Introduction of the Carriers andRegulation in the Industry. Chapter 4 Signaling System 7, Intelligent Networks andNumber Portability. Chapter 5 Analog versus Digital Communications. Chapter6 Integrated Services Digital Network and SONET. Chapter 7 Data standards inUse. Chapter 8 Data Communications. Chapter 9 The Internet. Chapter 10 LocalArea Networks (LANs). Chapter 11 Packets, Frames and Cell Switching Concepts.Chapter 12 xDSL. Chapter 13 Cable Modem Systems and Technology. Chapter14 Overview of Cellular communications. Chapter 15 Security and Virtual PrivateNetworks (VPN7961-86_CIT-Appication.indd 7911/15/06 5:08:47 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareNetworking - WirelessNetworkingWeb Programming/Design -HTMLInternational EditionNEWFUNDAMENTALS OF WIRELESS NETWORKINGBy Ron Gilster2007 (January 2006) / 528 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225668-0 / MHID: 0-07-225668-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110661-0 / MHID: 0-07-110661-8 [IE with CD]This textbook provides a fundamental introduction to networktechnologies, including local area network topologies,protocols, software, and hardware. Key wireless topics, such asradio frequency communications, wireless hardware devices,and IEE standards are explained in a straightforward, easyto-readstyle. Learn step-by-step how to build wireless LANsand personal networks. Security, WANs, and other advancedtopics also covered.FEATURES• Fundamental introduction to network technologies, includinglocal area network topologies, protocols, software, and hardware.• Covers key wireless networking topics: Radio frequencycommunications, wireless hardware devices, and IEE standards.• Security, WANs, and other advanced topics also covered.• Covers all objectives of Certified Wireless Network Administrator(CWNA) Exam PWO-100.• Step-by-step approach to building wireless LANs and personalnetworks.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Wireless Networks. 2 Wireless Network Architectures. 3 WirelessNetwork Devices. 4 RF Communications. 5 Wireless LAN Standards. 6 InfraredDevices. 7 Bluetooth. 8 Wireless LAN Planning and Design. 9 Wireless LANConfiguration and Installation Planning. 10 Antennas and Cables. 11 WirelessLAN Security. 12 SOHO and Enterprise WLANs. 13 Troubleshooting WirelessDevices. 14 Wireless WANs. Appendix A Wireless Certification. Appendix BTCP/IP Review. Appendix C Network Addressing Basics. Appendix D Answersto the Line Check Exercises. Glossary.CWNA CERTIFIED WIRELESS NETWORKADMINISTRATOR OFFICIAL STUDY GUIDEThird EditionBy Planet3 Wireless2006 / 578 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225538-6 / MHID: 0-07-225538-2(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookWritten by the company that created the Certified WirelessNetwork Administrator program, this official study guideprovides all the information you’ll need to help you passthe exam. Get an introduction to wireless LANs and radiofrequency technology. Learn about wireless LAN infrastructuredevices, antennas, the 802.11 network architecture, MAC andphysical layers, and much more. Be prepared to troubleshootinstallations and implement security measures. This is the onlyofficial CWNA book on the market!CONTENTS1. Introduction to Wireless LANs. 2. Radio Frequency (RF) Fundamentals. 3. SpreadSpectrum Technology. 4. Wireless LAN Infrastructure Devices. 5. Antennas andAccessories. 6. Wireless LAN Organizations and Standards. 7. 802.11 NetworkArchitecture. 8. MAC and Physical Layers. 9. Troubleshooting Wireless LANInstallations. 10. Wireless LAN Security. 11. Site Survey Fundamentals. 12. RFin PerspectiveHTML: A BEGINNER'S GUIDEThird Editionby Wendy Willard2007 (November 2006) / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226378-7 / MHID: 0-07-226378-4(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookHTML made easy--fully updated for the latest versionThe new edition of this bestselling beginner's guide brings thebook up to date with the latest changes in HTML, includingXHTML 2.0. In dedicated modules that act as stand-alonelessons, you will learn how to structure a page, place images,size text, create links, generate Web-safe colors, work withmultimedia, and more. Hands-on projects, self-assessments,and ‘ask the expert' sections make it easy to learn the essentialskills.CONTENTSChapter 1. Getting Started. Chapter 2. Basic Page Structure. Chapter 3. Color.Chapter 4. Working with Text. Chapter 5. Working with Links. Chapter 6. Workingwith Images. Chapter 7. Working with Multimedia. Chapter 8. Creating Lists.Chapter 9. Using Tables. Chapter 10. Developing Frames. Chapter 11. EmployingForms. Chapter 12. Positioning Page Elements. Chatper 13. Creating Your OwnWeb Graphics. Chapter 14. Web Content. Chapter 15. Dynamic Content. Chapter16. Making Pages Available to Others.Web Programming/Design-JavaJAVA: A BEGINNER'S GUIDEFourth Editionby Herbert Schildt2007 (November 2006) / Softcover / 500 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226384-8 / MHID: 0-07-226384-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookJava programming made easy--fully updated for Java SE 6From Herbert Schildt, the world's leading programming author,comes this fully revised and updated introductory Java guide.You will get all the information you need to get up and runningwith the latest version of Java, the popular Web programminglanguage. Hands-on projects, self-assessments, and ‘ask theexpert' sections make it easy to learn the essential skills.CONTENTSChapter 1. Java Fundamentals. Chapter 2. Introducing Data Types and Operators.Chapter 3. Program Control Statements. Chapter 4. Introducing Classes, Objects,and Methods. Chapter 5. More Data Types and Operators. Chapter 6. A CloserLook at Methods and Classes. Chapter 7. Inheritance. Chapter 8. Packages andInterfaces. Chapter 9. Exception Handling. Chapter 10. Using I/O. Chapter11. Multithreaded Programming. Chapter 12. Enumerations, Autoboxing, andmetadata. Chapter 13. Generics. Chapter 14. Applets, Events, and MiscellaneousTopics8061-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8011/15/06 5:08:47 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareSecurity - Information SecurityNEWINFORMATION ASSURANCE FOR THE ENTERPRISE:A ROADMAP TO INFORMATION SECURITYby Corey Schou, Idaho State University and Daniel Paul Shoemaker,University of Detroit Mercy2007 (March 2006) / Softcover / 560 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225524-9 / MHID: 0-07-225524-2FEATURES• Written by the most authoritative voice on information security inboth academia and industry.• Introduces the concepts of information security, the securityassessment and the implementation of security via minimal technicalterminology and acronyms to appeal to a broader audience• Real world examples and case studies for illustrations.• End-of-chapter review includes summaries, key terms list,vocabulary quiz, multiple-choice test, true/false ques tions, andperhaps research projects as hands-on projects.• Instructor support includes instructor manual, test bank softwarewith hundreds of questions, PowerPoint® slides.CONTENTSPart I: The Organizational/Policy Domain: Ch. 1: Or ga ni za tion al Security Policyand Planning. Ch. 2: Defined and Doc u ment ed Infrastructure. Ch. 3: Educationand Awareness. Ch. 4: Asset Management. Ch. 5: Business Continuity. Ch. 6:Legal and Regulatory Com pli ance. Part II: The Man a ge ri al/Ad min is tra tive Domain:Ch. 7: Building Security Func tions Into Development. Ch. 8: Personnel Security.Ch. 9: Physical Security. Part III: The Operational/Technical Do main: Ch. 10:Access Control. Ch. 11: Operations Security. Ch. 12: Network Security. Ch. 13:Application and System Soft ware Security. Ch. 14: Op er a tion al Risk Assessmentand Audit. Part IV: The Community/Contextual Domain: Ch. 15: Ethics. Ch. 16:A Standard Im ple men ta tion Model. Glos sa ry. Index.HACKER'S CHALLENGE 3Third Editionby David Pollino, Bill Pennington, Tony Bradley, and HimanshuDwivedi2006 / Softcover / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226304-6 / MHID: 0-07-226304-0(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookCatch a Phish. Chapter 2: Owning the Pharm. Chapter 3: Big Bait, Big Phish.Chapter 4: Shooting Phish in a Barrel. Chapter 5: Too Few Secrets. Chapter 6:Upgraded or "Owned?" Chapter 7: Pale Blue Glow. Chapter 8: Crossing the Line.Chapter 9: The Root of the Problem. Chapter 10: Firewall Insights. Chapter 11:Peter LemonJello's "A Series of Unfortunate Events" Chapter 12: Share and ShareAlike. Chapter 13: The Holy Grail. Chapter 14: Open Source. Chapter 15: Cupof Chai. Chapter 16: Love Plus One. Chapter 17: Bullet in the Blue Sky. Chapter18: The Insider III. Chapter 19: Jumping Someone Else's Train. Chapter 20: TheNot-So-Usual Suspects. INDEX.Security - Network SecurityCWSP CERTIFIED WIRELESS SECURITYPROFESSIONAL OFFICIAL STUDY GUIDE (EXAMPW0-200)Second Editionby Tom Carpenter, Grant Moerschel, and Richard Dreger,Waveguard, Inc.2007 (September 2006) / Softcover / 592 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226320-6 / MHID: 0-07-226320-2(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThe ONLY official study guide for the industry-standardwireless security certification examCowritten by the creators of the exam and leading expertsin wireless security, CWSP Certified Wireless SecurityProfessional Official Study Guide, Second Edition, offerscomplete coverage of all the objectives for the vendor-neutralwireless network certification that focuses on the technologiesbehind the brands. The fully integrated study system includesnotes that reinforce and teach practical skills, step-by-stepexercises, chapter self-tests, and more than 150 practice examquestions.CONTENTSChapter 1: Wireless LAN Auditing Tools. Chapter 2: Gathering Information.Chapter 3: Unauthorized Access. Chapter 4: Denial of Service. Chapter 5:Legislation. Chapter 6: General Policy. Chapter 7: Functional Policy: Guidelines& Baselines. Chapter 8: Functional Policy: Design & Implementation. Chapter 9:Functional Policy: Monitoring & Response. Chapter 10: Securing the EnterpriseChapter 11: Authentication. Chapter 12: Authentication Framework Components.Chapter 13: Encryption. Chapter 14: WEP/WPA. Chapter 15: 802.11i. Chapter 16:Network and Application Layer VPN Technology. Chapter 17: Wireless Monitoringand Protection. Chapter 18: Wireless LAN Switches.Every day, hackers are devising new ways to break into yournetwork. Do you have what it takes to stop them? Find out inHacker’s Challenge 3. Inside, top-tier security experts offer 20brand-new, real-world network security incidents to test yourcomputer forensics and response skills. All the latest hot-buttontopics are covered, including phishing and pharming scams,internal corporate hacking, Cisco IOS, wireless, iSCSI storage,VoIP, Windows, Mac OS X, and UNIX/Linux hacks, and muchmore. Each challenge includes a detailed explanation of theincident--how the break-in was detected, evidence and clues,technical background such as log files and network maps, anda series of questions for you to solve. In Part II, you’ll get adetailed analysis of how the experts solved each incident.CONTENTSPart I: Challenges. Chapter 1: To Catch a Phish. Chapter 2: Owning the Pharm.Chapter 3: Big Bait, Big Phish. Chapter 4: Shooting Phish in a Barrel. Chapter 5:Too Few Secrets. Chapter 6: Upgraded or "Owned?" Chapter 7: Pale Blue Glow.Chapter 8: Crossing the Line. Chapter 9: The Root of the Problem. Chapter 10:Firewall Insights. Chapter 11: Peter LemonJello's "A Series of Unfortunate Events"Chapter 12: Share and Share Alike. Chapter 13: The Holy Grail. Chapter 14: OpenSource. Chapter 15: Cup of Chai. Chapter 16: Love Plus One. Chapter 17: Bulletin the Blue Sky. Chapter 18: The Insider III. Chapter 19: Jumping Someone Else'sTrain. Chapter 20: The Not-So-Usual Suspects. Part II: Solutions. Chapter 1: To8161-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8111/15/06 5:08:48 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareHACKING EXPOSED WEB APPLICATIONSecond Editionby Joel Scambray, Mike Shema, and Caleb Sima2006 / Softcover / 520 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226299-5 / MHID: 0-07-226299-0(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookDefend against the latest Web-based attacks by lookingat your Web applications through the eyes of a maliciousintruder. Fully revised and updated to cover the latest Webexploitation techniques, Hacking Exposed Web Applications,Second Edition shows you, step-by-step, how cyber-criminalstarget vulnerable sites, gain access, steal critical data, andexecute devastating attacks. All of the cutting-edge threats andvulnerabilities are covered in full detail alongside real-worldexamples, case studies, and battle-tested countermeasures fromthe authors' experiences as gray hat security professionals.CONTENTSChapter 1: Hacking Web Apps 101. Chapter 2: Profiling. Chapter 3: Hacking WebPlatforms. Chapter 4: Attacking Web Authentication. Chapter 5: Attacking WebAuthorization. Chapter 6: Input Validation Attacks. Chapter 7: Attacking WebDatastores. Chapter 8: Attacking XML Web Services. Chapter 9: Attacking WebApplication Management. Chapter 10: Hacking Web Clients. Chapter 11: Denialof-Service(DoS) Attacks. Chapter 12: Full-Knowledge Analysis. Chapter 13: WebApplication Security Scanners. Appendix A: Web Application Security Checklist.Appendix B: Web Hacking Tools And Techniques Cribsheet. Appendix C: UrlscanAnd Modsecurity. Appendix D: About The Companion Web Site. IndexHACKING EXPOSEDFifth EditionBy Stuart McClure, Joel Scambray, and George Kurtz2006 / 692 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226081-6 / MHID: 0-07-226081-5(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookHere is the latest edition of international best-seller, HackingExposed. Using real-world case studies, renowned securityexperts Stuart McClure, Joel Scambray, and George Kurtzshow IT professionals how to protect computers and networksagainst the most recent security vulnerabilities. You’ll finddetailed examples of the latest devious break-ins and will learnhow to think like a hacker in order to thwart attacks. Coverageincludes:* Code hacking methods and countermeasures* New exploits for Windows 2003 Server, UNIX/Linux,Cisco, Apache, and Web and wireless applications* Latest DDoS techniques--zombies, Blaster, MyDoom* All new class of vulnerabilities–HTTP Response Splitting* and much moreNew to this edition* Proven, cohesive, coherent methodology showing how ahacker thinks, to better educate those securing all parts of a network* This edition continues the tradition of a one-stop securityinformation resource with dozens of professionally-vetted referencesand tips* New Web application hacking tools and techniques, aswell as new Internet client attacks, and more* New case studies based on Fortune 500 security practices* Companion web site will be available with the most up-todatesecurity informationCONTENTSPart I: Casing the Establishment. Chapter 1: Footprinting Chapter 2: ScanningChapter 3: Enumeration. Part II: System Hacking. Chapter 4: Hacking WindowsChapter 5: Hacking UNIX Chapter 6: Remote Connectivity and VoIP Hacking.Part III: Network Hacking. Chapter7: Network Devices Chapter 8: WirelessHacking Chapter 9: Firewalls Chapter 10: Denial of Service Attacks. Part IV:Software Hacking. Chapter 11: Hacking Code Chapter 12: Web Hacking Chapter13: Hacking the Internet User. Part V: Appendices. A: Ports. B: Top 14 SecurityVulnerabilities. IndexCOMPUTER SECURITY LAB MAN U ALby Vincent J Nestler, Wm. Arthur Conklin, University of Texas at SanAntonio and Gregory B White, Center for In fra struc ture As sur anceand Security, Uni ver si ty of Texas San Antonio2006 / Softcover / 320 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225508-9 / MHID: 0-07-225508-0This lab manual provides a host of hands-on exercises that arethe perfect supplement to your computer security textbook.Over 40 lab projects build from basic networking skills toidentification of vulnerabilities, hardening of computer systems,and detection and incident response. This book reinforcesSecurity+ certification ob jec tives and prepares students towork in the real world by applying networking concepts tosolve real business problems. This lab manual is suitable toaccompany any security text book, but an appendix maps thelabs specifically for easy use with McGraw-Hill textbooks,Principles of Computer Se cu ri ty: Security+ and Beyond andFundamentals of Network Security.CONTENTSIntroduction: How to Use This Manual. Setting Up Lab Com put ers. MozillaLinks—Build ing a Web Page of Resources. Part 1: Network Basics Ping, Ipconfig,ARP: Viewing Network Traffic with Ethereal. Default Gateway, Routing/Netstat.Telnet, 3-way Hand shake. Sharing Folders. Net Command. FTP/Web/Netstat.SMTP Command Line. Setting Up Outlook Express. Project: Bring a ComputerUp on the Network. Part 2: Vulnerability Assessment - Penetration Testing:Enumeration. Nmap. Superscan. Penetration Testing and Attacks. Sniffing Telnet.Sniffing and Spoofing Mail. Dsniff. Steganography. Keylogger (Scout). PasswordCracking—John the Ripper. Denial of Service Attack. SubSeven. VulnerabilityAs sess ment. NeWT. Project: Find and Attack a Computer. Part 3: Prevention - HostHardening and Secure Communications: Host Hardening. CIS Scanner. PatchManagement—Service Packs and Hotfixes. Security Templates. Bios Hardening.Turning Off Unneeded Ser vic es. Anti-Virus—AVG. Per son al Firewall—ZoneAlarm. Adaware. Configuring Internet Explorer. IIS Lockdown Wizard. SecureCommunicatons. Certificate Server 1. Certificate Server 2. FTP Configuration. SSH.MD5. SCP. PGP 1. VPN. Policy Writing. Training Plan. Project: Build and DefendAgainst an Attack. Part 4: Detection and Response: Intrusion De tec tion—Snort.Logs-1: Windows. Logs-2: Linux. Password Recovery. Live Forensics Analysis.Disk Duplication. Mail Logs. Backup and Re store. Fire CD. Project: Investigation.Part 5: Appendixes. Port Listing. Virtual PC TuningANTI-HACK ER TOOL KITThird Editionby Mike Shema2006 / 800 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226287-2 / MHID: 0-07-226287-7(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookOrganized by category, Anti-Hacker Tool Kit, Third Editionprovides complete details on the latest and most criticalsecurity tools, explains their function, and demonstrates howto configure them to get the best results.* Completely revised to include the latest security tools,including wireless tools* New tips on how to configure the recent tools on Linux,Windows, and Mac OSX* New on the CD-ROM--Gnoppix, a complete Linux system,ClamAV anti-virus, Cain, a multi-function hacking tool, Bluetoothtools, protocol scanners, forensic tools, and more* New case studies in each chapter8261-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8211/15/06 5:08:49 PM

International EditionPRINCIPLES OF COM PUT ER SE CU RI TY: SE CU RI TY+AND BEYONDby Wm. Arthur Conklin, University of Texas at San Antonio; GregoryB White, Center for In fra struc ture Assurance and Security, Universityof Texas San Antonio; Chuck Cothren, University of Texas at SanAntonio; Dwayne Wil l iams, University of Texas at San Antonio andRoger L. Davis2005 / Softcover / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225509-6 / MHID: 0-07-225509-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124500-5 / MHID: 0-07-124500-6 [IE]http://mhteched.com/security/conklinLearn the essentials of com put er and network security whilegetting complete cov er age of all the objectives for CompTIA’sSecurity+ cer ti fi ca tion exam, plus coverage of the (ISC)2SSCP certification, which focuses on best practices, roles, andresponsibilities of security experts. Written and edited by leadersin the IT security field, this text explains the fundamentals ofcom mu ni ca tion, infrastructure, and operational security. You’llalso get details on methods to defend your computer systemsand networks and how to prevent attacks.FEATURES• 100% coverage of all exam objectives for the Security+Certification.• NWCET Reviewed: The National Workforce Center for EmergingTechnologies (NWCET) will review the book, create a crosswalk tothe NWCET IT Skills Standards, and provide additional exercises thatwill help teachers and students meet those standards.• Well illustrated• Informative sidebars that help students check their knowledge,re in force key concepts• Exam Tip, Caution, and Note icons highlight key topics, end ofchapter quizzes test retention and exam readiness, and Exam Tipsguide the reader through tough technical topics.• Chapter Review section includes bulleted chap ter summaryorganized by exam objective, key term list, vocabulary buildingexercises, multiple-choice ques tions, case-study ques tions, and labprojects.• Student CD-ROM will include self-assessment engine withpractice exams and 1-hour of LearnKey online video training.CONTENTS1: Introduction and Security Trends. 2: General Security Concepts. 3: Operational/Organizational Security. 4: The Role of People in Security. 5: Cryptography. 6:Public Key Infrastructure. 7: Standards and Protocols. 8: The Impact of PhysicalSecurity on Network Security. 9: Network Fun da men tals. 10: InfrastructureSecurity. 11: Remote Access. 12: Wireless and Instant Mes sag ing. 13: IntrusionDetection Systems. 14: Security Baselines. 15: Attacks and Malware. 16: E-mail.17: Web Components. 18: Software Development. 19: Disaster Recovery, BusinessContinuity, and Organizational Policies. 20: Risk Management. 21: ChangeManagement. 22: Privilege Management. 23: Computer Forensics. 24: Securityand Law. A: About the CD-ROM. B: About the Security+ ExamCIT-Application SoftwareSun Microsystem CertificationSCJP SUN® CERTIFIED PROGRAMMER FOR JAVA 2PLATFORM 5 STUDY GUIDEBy Katherine Sierra, and Bert Bates2006 / 816 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-225360-3 / MHID: 0-07-225360-6 (with CD)(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookGet the book that shows you not only what to study, but howto study. The only classroom-based integrated study system forprofessional certification gives you complete coverage of allobjectives for the Sun Certified Programmer and Developer forJava exam, hundreds of practice exam questions, and hands-onexercises. The CD-ROM features full practice exam softwarewith interactive tutorials and lab simulations, plus an adaptivetest engine.CONTENTSPart I: The Programmer’s Exam. Ch. 1 Language Fundamentals. Ch. 2 Declarationsand Access Control. Ch. 3 Operators and Assignments. Ch. 4 Flow Control,Exceptions, Assertions. Ch. 5 Overloading, Overriding, and OO. Ch. 6 java.lang.Ch. 7 Objects and Collection. Ch. 8 Inner Classes. Ch. 9 Threads. Part II: TheDeveloper’s Exam. Ch. 10 Introduction to the Developer’s Exam. Ch. 11 Codingand Development Practices. Ch. 12 Clarity and Maintainability. Ch. 13 GUI.Ch. 14 Networking Issues. Ch. 15 DB Server. Ch. 16 Exam DocumentationCh.17 Final Submission and Essay.Oracle - SQLHANDS-ON SQL SERVER 2005 INTEGRATIONSERVICESby Ashwani Nanda2007 (August 2006) / Softcover / 592 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226319-0 / MHID: 0-07-226319-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookIn-depth coverage of Microsoft’s powerful new dataintegration tool. Learn to maximize the features of SQL Server2005 Integration Services from this essential guide. Hands-On Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Integration Services makeslearning SSIS easy through the use of extensive real-worldexercises structured around every component within the tool.You will learn to collect corporate data from various sourcesand transform that data for analysis, mining, and reporting8361-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8311/15/06 5:08:49 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareOracle - DatabaseORACLE DATABASE 10G EXPRESS EDITION PHPWEB PROGRAMMINGby Michael McLaughlin2007 (September 2006) / Softcover with CDROM / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226325-1 / MHID: 0-07-226325-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThis book and CD-ROM package contains everything youneed to get started programming on Oracle Database 10gExpress Edition. Learn, hands-on, how to develop enterpriseapplications in PHP which run on Oracle Database 10gExpress Edition. The CD-ROM includes a full version of OracleDatabase 10g Express Edition with all of the code and solutionsfrom the book.CONTENTSPart I. PHP Language Fundamentals. Chapter 1. Introduction to Zend Core– Oracle, PHP and Zend . Chapter 2. Installing and Configuring Zend Core andOracle Express. Chapter 3. Touring the Zend Core Development EnvironmentChapter 4. PHP Basics. Part II. PHP Programming. Chapter 5. PHP Arrays. Chapter6. PHP Functions. Chapter 7. PHP Objects. Chapter 8. PHP Events and PredefinedVariables. Chatper 9. PHP Error Management and Exception Handling. Part III. PHPApplication Development. Chapter 10. PHP Applied. Chapter 11. PHP File IOChatper 12. PHP Forms, Cookies, and Sessions. Part IV. Database Access usingPHP. Chapter 13. Building a Database Connection to Oracle. Chapter 14.Managing Query Result Sets. Chapter 15. Managing PL/SQL Libraries. Chapter16. Managing Java Libraries. Chatper 17. Database File Upload and Downloadwith PHP. Chatper 18. Securing PHP Web Communications. Chapter 19. ZendCore Java and PHP Extensions. Appendix A. Configuring Oracle 10g HTTP Serverfor PHP. Appendix B. Configuring Oracle 10g App Server for PHP. Appendix C.Configuring & Troubleshooting the Apache Server. Appendix D. Configuring &Troubleshooting the PHP Environment. Appendix E. PHP Predefined Functions.EXPERT ORACLE PL/SQLby Ron Hardman, and Michael McLaughlin2006 / Softcover / 496 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226194-3 / MHID: 0-07-226194-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookExperienced PL/SQL programmers and Oracle developerswill learn to master Oracle's procedural extension to industrystandardSQL. Using this authoritative resource, readers willbecome experts at developing robust, high-performanceenterprise applications with PL/SQL. Detailed examplesdescribe the practical aspect of each feature, and provide ideasto the reader of how they can best exploit the functionality.FEATURES• Expert Oracle PL/SQL picks up where Oracle Database 10g PL/SQL Programming leaves off, discussing topics related to PL/SQL thattake the reader from advanced to expert. The book does not coverbeginning or intermediate topics.• Practical examples that can be used immediately will make thisbook a favorite of programmers. Example data will be light heartedand will help to engage the reader. Topic discussions includeillustrations and explanations of the internals of each feature.• Each chapter includes a section titled Why Would I Use this?. Thissection shows the practical aspect of the feature, and provides ideasto the reader of how they can best exploit the functionality.• Each feature highlighted also includes a How Does This Work?section to discuss the internals of the feature.• All code examples from the book will be made available online.CONTENTSPart I: PL/SQL Advanced Concepts, Internals, and Debugging. Chapter 1:Introduction to Advanced Concepts, Patterns, and Techniques. Chapter 2: PL/SQLInternals. Chapter 3: Debugging PL/SQL Applications. Part II: Invoker Rights, JavaLibraries, and Object Patterns. Chapter 4: Invoker's-Rights Architecture. Chapter 5:Extending PL/SQL with Java Libraries. Chapter 6: Implementing PL/SQL ObjectsPart III: Optimizing PL/SQL Solutions. Chapter 7: Threading PL/SQL ExecutionChapter 8: High Performance PL/SQL. Part IV: Text Management Using PL/SQLChapter 9: Introduction to Information Retrieval. Chapter 10: Introduction toRegular Expressions. Part V: PL/SQL Server Pages and Database Management.Chapter 11: Leveraging the PL/SQL Toolkit. Chapter 12: Managing the Database.Appendix A: Regular Expression Metacharacters And Functions. Appendix B:Oracle Text Supplied Packages. Appendix C: PL/SQL Toolkit Packages. AppendixD: Basic Primer On Java And Java Database Connectivity (JDBC). IndexORACLE DA TA BASE 10G OCP CER TI FI CA TION ALL-IN-ONE EXAM GUIDEby Damir Bersinic, Bradley Systems In cor po rat ed and Stephen Giles2006 / Hardcover / 1,312 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225790-8 / MHID: 0-07-225790-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookFour for the price of one! Oracle Database 10g OCP CertificationAll-in-One Exam Guide is the only book that offers thoroughexam prep and a great on-the-job reference for both the latestOCA and OCP exams. Also includes the Boson’s Oracle selfassessmentengine to get experience taking the test in theenvironment it will be givenCONTENTSOutline subject to change based on release of actual exam objectives PART I:Oracle Database 10g Administrative Workshop I Exam Ch. 1: Oracle Conceptsand Architecture Ch. 2: Installing Oracle Da ta base 10g Ch. 3: Creating anOracle Database Ch. 4: Programming and In ter fac ing with the Oracle DatabaseCh. 5: Managing Oracle Pro cess es Ch. 6: Managing Oracle Storage StructuresCh. 7: Administering Database Users Ch. 8: Managing Database Objects Ch. 9:Manipulating Database Data Ch. 10: Programming Oracle with PL/SQL Ch. 11:Securing the Oracle Database Ch. 12: Configuring Oracle Networking Ch. 13:Managing Oracle Shared Server Ch. 14: Managing Database Performance Ch.15: Monitoring Oracle Ch. 16: Managing Undo Ch. 17: Dealing with LockingCh. 18: Configuring Oracle Database for Backup and Recovery Ch. 19: Backingup Oracle Databases Ch. 20: Recovering Oracle Databases PART II: OracleDatabase 10g Administrative Workshop II Exam Ch. 21: Managing Globalizationin Oracle Database Ch. 22: Configuring Security for the Listener Ch. 23: ManagingDistributed Transactions Ch. 24: Getting Started with Oracle Recovery Manager(RMAN) Ch. 25: Using RMAN to Backup Databases Ch. 26: Complete DatabaseRecovery Ch. 27: Incomplete Database Recovery Ch. 28: Using Oracle FlashbackDatabase Ch. 29: Recovering from User Errors Ch. 30: Detecting and Re cov er ingfrom Database Corruption Ch. 31: Tools for Oracle Da ta base 10g Tuning Ch. 32:Implementing Ma te ri al ized Views Ch. 33: Managing Oracle Database ResourcesCh. 34: Automating Ad min is tra tive Tasks Ch. 35: Advanced Programming andAdministrative Tools and Techniques/ Appendix A: About the CD-ROMORACLE HTML DB HAND BOOKby Brad Brown and Jeff Bernknopf2006 / Softcover / 592 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225768-7 / MHID: 0-07-225768-7(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookCONTENTSPart I: Introduction: Ch 1: Introducing HTML DB. Ch 2: Installing HTML DB.Ch 3: Using the SQL and Data Work shops. Part II: Creating Ap pli ca tions: Ch 4:Using the Ap pli ca tion Builder. Ch 5. Working with Templates. Ch 6: Using theApplication Utilities. Ch 7: Creating Applications from Different Sources. Part III:Building Web Pages and Com po nents: Ch 8: Building Web Pages. Ch 9: CreatingReports. Ch 10: Defining and Processing Forms. Ch 11: Navigating between Pages.Ch 12: Building Other Com po nents. Ch 13: Adding Com pu ta tions, Processesand Val i da tions. Part IV: Web Site and Ap pli ca tion Examples: Ch 14: Building aCustomer Order Application. Ch 15: Creating a Ques tion naire Application.PartV: Security and Ad min is tra tion: Ch 16: Defining Security for Your Application.Ch 17: The Administration Functions. Part VI: Advanced Topics: Ch 18: Tipsand Techniques. Ch 19: HTML DB Best Prac tic es. Appendixes: Appendix A: TheHTML DB APIs. Ap pen dix B: The PL/SQL Web Toolkit and Packages8461-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8411/15/06 5:08:50 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareORACLE DA TA BASE 10G LINUX AD MIN IS TRA TIONby Wim Coekaerts and Edward Whalen2006 (October 2005) / Softcover / 560 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-223053-6 / MHID: 0-07-223053-3(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookOracle’s “Mr. Linux” details everything from installing theOS (Red Hat and United Linux) to installing the database todebugging and troubleshooting to performance, availability,and scalability. Wim is the Director of Linux Engineering atOracle.CONTENTSPart I: Oracle on Linux Over view: Ch 1. Introduction to Oracle on Linux. Ch2. Linux Architecture. Ch 3. Oracle Architecture. Part II: De ploy ing OracleDatabase 10g on Linux: Ch 4. Sizing Oracle Database 10g on Linux sys tems. Ch5. Configuring the Linux system for Oracle. Ch 6. Installing Oracle on Linux. PartIII: Oracle RAC on Linux: Ch 7. RAC Concepts. Ch 8. De ploy ing RAC on Linuxusing OCFS. Ch 9. Deploying RAC on Linux using RAW Devices. Ch 10. RAC onSAN, NAS and Shared SCSI. Ch 11. Tuning RAC on Linux. Ch 12. Ad min is ter ingOracle RAC on Linux. Part IV: Ad min is ter ing Or a cle Da ta base 10g on Linux: Ch13. Administering the Linux Sys tem. Ch 14. Administering Oracle on Linux. Ch15. Back up. Ch 16. Re cov ery. Ch 17. High Availability Options. Ch 18. OracleStandby Da ta base on Linux. Ch 19. Oracle Replication on Linux. Part V: OracleDatabase 10g on Linux: Ch 20. Tuning the Oracle Instance on Linux. Ch 21.Hardware Tuning and Trou ble shoot ing. Ch 22. Tuning SQL. Ch 23. Indexes,Par ti tion ing and other Oracle Per for mance FeaturesAnd Middleware (Revised). Chatper 26. Databases (New). Chapter 27. DevelopingWeb Applications And Running A Website (New). VII – Appendices. Appendix A.How To Find Out More (Revised). Appendix B. Command Summaries(Revised)WINDOWS VISTA: THE COMPLETE REFERENCEby Margaret Levine Young, and John Levine2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 912 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226376-3 / MHID: 0-07-226376-8(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookHere is the ultimate one-stop desk reference for WindowsVista users. Windows Vista: The Complete Reference providescomprehensive coverage of the newest features of theoperating system. From setting up for optimum performanceand understanding the OS internals to finding files and keepingcomputer systems secure and free from spyware, this volumecovers it all. It's the ideal resource for anyone who wants totruly master Windows Vista.CONTENTSPART I: Windows XP Basics. PART II: Keeping Track of Your Files. PART III:Configuring Windows for Your Computer. PART IV: Working with Text, Numbers,Pictures, Sound, and Video. Part V: Windows Vista on the Internet. Part VI:Home and Office Networking with Windows Vista. Part VII: Windows and DiskHousekeeping. Part VIII: Behind the Scenes: Windows Vista Internals. Part IX:Appendixes. Appendix A. Differences between Windows Vista versions. AppendixB: Installing or Upgrading to Windows Vista.Operating Systems - WindowsXPUNIX: THE COMPLETE REFERENCESecond Editionby Kenneth H. Rose, AT&T Laboratories, Douglas A. Host, RachelKlee, and Richard R. Rosinski2007 (December 2006) / Softcover / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226336-7 / MHID: 0-07-226336-9(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookThis expansive resource covers every aspect of UNIX--the fastgrowing,open-source operating system. All existing chaptershave been revised to provide the most cutting-edge coverageof the latest versions of UNIX. UNIX:The Complete Reference,Second Edition provides step-by-step instructions on how toinstall and configure UNIX on a PC or Mac and use all thepowerful tools and utilities. The book includes up-to-dateexamples, new features, and advanced options.CONTENTSPart I – Basics For Linux/unix (Revised). Chapter 1. Background (Revised). Chapter2. Getting Started (Revised). Chapter 3. Working With Files And Directories(Revised). Chapter 4. Working With Shells And Enhanced Shells (Revised).Chapter 5. Text Editing (Revised). Chapter 6. The Desktop: Gnome (New).Chapter 7. Cde And Other Desktops (New). Part II – User Networking. Chapter8. Electronic Mail (Revised). Chapter 9. Tcp/ip And Other Basic NetworkingProtocols (Revised). Chapter 10. Using The Internet (Revised). Part III – SystemAdministration. Chapter 11. Processes And Scheduling (Revised). Chapter 12.Security And Authentication (Revised). Chapter 13. Basic System Administration(Revised). Chapter 14. Advanced System Administration (Revised). Part IV– Network Administration. Chapter 15. Clients And Servers (Revised). Chapter16. Administering The Network (Revised). Chapter 17. Using Unix And WindowsTogether: Samba And Other Integration Tools (Revised). Part V--tools. Chapter 18.Filters And Utilities (Revised). Chapter 19. Shell Programming (Revised). Chapter20. Awk And Sed (Revised). Chapter 21. Perl (Revised). Chapter 22. Python AndPhp (New). Chapter 23. Developing Applications (Revised). Chapter 24. OverviewOf Java (Revised). Part VI – Enterprise Solutions. Chatper 25. Unix ApplicationsSURVEY OF OPERATING SYSTEMSSecond Editionby Charles Holcombe, and Jane Holcombe2006 / Softcover / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225773-1 / MHID: 0-07-225773-3Browse http://www.mhhe.com/holcombe2eThis textbook offers a survey of all the major microcomputeroperating systems through real-world case studies, annotatedillustrations, and step-by-step tutorials and projects. It isdesigned for IT students who want to learn how to install,configure, and troubleshoot operating systems. This bookwill teach the basic functions of an operating system, suchas the graphical user interface, memory management, devicemanagement, and file management. It also explains howto install, configure, and troubleshoot each of the majormicrocomputer operating systems, including DOS, Windows,Macintosh, UNIX, and, Linux, as well as explain the purposeof operating systems in different hardware environments, suchas microcomputers and networks.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Covers objectives of A+ Operating Systems Technologies exam.• More coverage of DOS with expanded coverage of DOScommands.• Expanded coverage of networking and network operating systemsincluding coverage of Windows Server 2003.• Mac & Linux: Updated for new versions of Macintosh and Linux.FEATURES• Surveys the major operating systems, including DOS, WindowsNT/2000/XP, Mac OS9/OSX, and Linux. Teaches students how toinstall, configure, and troubleshoot operating systems.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Operating Systems. 2 Disk Operating system (DOS). 3 WindowsNT 4.0 Workstation. 4 Windows 2000 Professional. 5 Windows XP Professional. 6Making the Windows GUI Work for you. 7 Managing Local Security in Windows.8 A Look under the Hood. 9 Introduction to Network Server Operating Systems10 The Client Side of Networking. 11 Linux on the Desktop. 12 Macintosh OSX. Appendix. Glossary8561-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8511/15/06 5:08:51 PM

CIT-Application SoftwareOperating Systems - MAC OS XHOW TO DO EV ERY THING WITH MAC OS X TIGERSecond Editionby Kirk McElhearn2006 / Softcover / 504 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226158-5 / MHID: 0-07-226158-7(Osborne Media Title)Professional BookExperience the excitement of Apple’s revolutionary new releasewith help from this hands-on guide. How to Do Everythingwith Mac OS X Tiger explains all the features. Learn to use theFinder to easily navigate files, folders, and applications, set upand manage user accounts, access the Internet, and print andfax documents. Digital entertainment features such as iPhoto,iMovie, and iTunes are also covered, as are easy methods fornetworking and security. A special two-color section called“Writers and Their Macs” profiles famous writers such as ArthurGolden (Memoirs of a Geisha) and screenwriter Mike Rich(Finding Forrester) who discuss how their Macs are integral totheir creativity.INVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sgCOMPLIMENTARYCOPIESComplimentary desk copies are availablefor course adoption only. Kindly contact yourlocal McGraw-Hill Representative or fax theExamination Copy Request Form availableon the back pages of this catalog.Visit McGraw-Hill EducationWebsite: www.mheducation.com8661-86_CIT-Appication.indd 8611/15/06 5:08:52 PM

2007-2008 NEW CIT - Computer Concepts TitlesCIT - Computer Concepts ~Contents2007 New Titles• WILLIAMSUsing Information Technology, 7e ..........................88ISBN-13: 978-0-07-226071-7 / MHID: 0-07-226071-8Brief Computer Concepts ................................88Comprehensive Computer Concepts ...............90Software .........................................................912008 New Titles• O'LEARYComputing Essentials 2008 Complete, 19e ..............90ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110153-0 / MHID: 0-07-110153-5• O'LEARYComputing Essentials 2008 Introductory, 19e .........88ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329468-1 / MHID: 0-07-329468-38787-92_CIT-Comp.indd 8711/15/06 5:20:48 PM

CIT - Computer ConceptsBrief Computer ConceptsAge. The Buyer’s Guide: How to Buy Your Own Microcomputer System. TheUpgrade’s Guide: How to Upgrade Your Microcomputer System.International EditionNEWCOMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2008 INTRODUCTORYEDITIONNineteenth EditionBy Timothy J. O'Leary; Arizona State University, Linda I. O'Leary;Independent2008 (February 2007) / Softcover / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-329468-1 / MHID: 0-07-329468-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128640-4 / MHID: 0-07-128640-3 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/ce2008The O'Leary Series is one of the most trusted and effectiveresources for teaching and learning software applications andcomputer concepts. Computing Essentials 2008 is writtenby Tim O'Leary who teaches the course every year ensuringaccurate up-to-date content for students , combining currenttopics and technology into a highly illustrated design geared tocatch students' interest and motivate them. Students are givena streamlined, concise, attractive approach to the fundamentalissues surrounding the personal computing environment.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Careers in IT – Each chapter includes a job description for adifferent career in Information Technology. These descriptionsprovide students with education requirements, as well as salaryranges.• End of chapter material – The end of chapter material has beenrevised and redefined, making it easy for instructors and students toexercise different skill sets.• Applying Technology: Making correlations between chaptermaterial and real life.• Expanding Your Knowledge: Citing sources other than thetextbook to learn more about a specific topic, which encouragesstudents to dig deeper to obtain a more technical understanding.• Writing about Technology: Sharpening critical thinking, analysis,and writing skills by responding to technology-related issues such asprivacy, security and ethics.• New Application-Based Material – Features updated coverage ofnew Windows and Mac operating systems, expanded coverage ofe-commerce and new material in the following thought-provokingsections: Look to the Future. Making IT Work for You. On the WebExplorations.• Online Learning Center (OLC) is a website that follows the textchapter-by-chapter. OLC content is ancillary and supplementarygermane to the textbook, as students read the book, they cango online to take self-grading quizzes, review material, or workthrough interactive exercises. OLCs can be delivered multiple ways– professors and students can access them directly through thetextbook website, through PageOut, or within a course managementsystem (i.e. WebCT, Blackboard, TopClass, or eCollege.)FEATURESStrong Concept Reinforcement: Concept Checks, Crossword Puzzles,Multiple-Choice, and Matching Exercises offer students the chance tobecome concept experts.Relevant Research Motivation: Marginal notes embedded in eachchapter ask students to research a topic in the chapter on the internet.Students also are offered advice regarding common technologyrelatedproblems through Tips boxes.Visually Appealing Chapter Openers and Closers: Summaries foreach chapter make it easy for students to review important concepts.CONTENTSChapter 1 Information Technology, the Internet, and You. Chapter 2 The Internet,the Web, and Electronic Commerce. Chapter 3 Basic Application Software. Chapter4 Specialized Application Software. Chapter 5 System Software. Chapter 6 TheSystem Unit. Chapter 7 Input and Output. Chapter 8 Secondary Storage. Chapter 9Communication and Networks. Chapter 10 Privacy and Security. Chapter 11 YourFuture and Information Technology. Appendices. The Evolution of the ComputerInternational EditionNEWUSING INFORMATION TECHNOLOGYSeventh EditionBy Brian Williams, Deakin University, and Stacey Sawyer2007 (March 2006) / Softcover / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-226071-7 / MHID: 0-07-226071-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110768-6 / MHID: 0-07-110768-1 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/uit7eUsing Information Technology, 7e covers the fundamentalcomputing concepts that are part of the digital age, includingsoftware, hardware, data, people, and procedures along withexpanded coverage on Security and ethics. The text centerson educating today’s technology consumer, using themes ofethics, the Internet, and communications to demonstrate howthe changing world of technology influences our lives and thedecisions we make.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Emphasis on CUTTING-EDGE CURRENCY: Users and reviewershave applauded the fifth edition for being more up to date than othertexts. The Complete Version, for example, ends many chapters witha forward-looking section that offers a preview of technologies tocome.• New material on cyborgs, E-911, 3G wireless, Intel P4 chip,touch-screen voting, WiFi, etc.• “Click-along” feature carries currency to a new level by offeringupdates to material throughout the life of the book.FEATURES• Expanded coverage of Security: New Security icon in the marginsindicates discussions of computer and communications security.• Expanded coverage of Ethics: Ethics Iconin the margins highlightimportant ethical matters throughout the book.• More Info!” These internet related margin items ask studentsquestions about content in the current sectionof the text book thatsuggest where students can go on the internet to find answers. Theseitems teach students search skills and provide more informationabout specific topics. Web Excersizes at the end of the chapterextend this activity.• Why It’s Important” end of chapter summaries provide not onlydefinitions of all the key terms, but also a concise explanation of whyeach term is important and relevant for the student.• New and different Internet Exercises: Additional Stage 3 learningactivities have been created as interesting Internet activities.• Emphasis on PRACTICALITY: Practical advice, of the sort found innewspaper technology sections, is expressed in the following ways:• In-Text: Early discussion of Internet in Chap. 2, explanation of PCad in hardware chapters, and discussion of “e-concepts” throughout)• End-of-chapter Experience Boxes: Example- “Should You Upgradeto Windows XP or Mac OS X?”• In-chapter Practical Action boxes: Example- “Tips for ManagingYour E-Mail”• New to this edition: Survival Tips in page margins: Example-“When Your PC Freezes Up”• Integration of Ethics: Throughout the text, not just in a finalchapter or boxes• Emphasis on READABILITY & LEARNING REINFORCEMENT: Thetext offers several features for motivating and helping unmotivatedstudents:• Interesting (i.e., people-oriented) writing• Student Guide preceding Chap. 1 with tips on how to succeedwith the text and the course• Material in bite-size portions• Key terms AND definitions all in boldface• Key questions (instead of learning objectives) to help students readwith purpose• Concept Checks throughout text so readers can check theirretention8887-92_CIT-Comp.indd 8811/15/06 5:20:49 PM

CIT - Computer Concepts• Photos showing unusual and interesting computer uses• Pedagogically helpful artwork• Innovative end-of-chapter summaries that describe why a conceptor term is important• Chapter Review with 3 levels of review questionsCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Information Technology: Your Digital World. Chapter2 The Internet & the World Wide Web: Exploring Cyberspace. Chapter 3Application Software For Your Productivity and Creativity. Chapter 4 SystemSoftware: The Power Behind the Power. Chapter 5 Hardware: The CPU &Storage: How to Buy a Multimedia Computer System. Chapter 6 Hardware: Input& Output. Taking Charge of Computing & Communications. Chapter 7 Networks& Communications, The “New Story” in Computing. Chapter 8 Files, Databases,& E-Commerce: Digital Engines for the New Economy. Chapter 9 The Challengesof the Digital Age: Society &Information Technology Today. Chapter 10 ThePromises of the Digital Age Society &Information Technology TomorrowInternational EditionPETER NORTON’S COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALSSixth Editionby Peter Norton2006 / Softcover / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-297847-6 / MHID: 0-07-297847-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111715-9 / MHID: 0-07-111715-6 [IE]Peter Norton is an acclaimed computer software entrepreneurwho is active in civic and philanthropic affairs. He serves onthe boards of several scho las tic and cultural institutions andcurrently devotes much of his time to philanthropy. Mr. Nortonmade his mark in the computer industry as a pro gram merand businessman. Norton Utilities, Norton Antivirus, andother utility programs are installed on millions of computerworld wide. He is also the best selling author of computerbooks. Mr. Norton sold his PC-software business to SymantecCor po ra tion in 1990 but continues to write and speak oncomputers, helping millions of people better understandinformation technology.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Revised and Updated: Completely revised and updated to covernew technologies and adapt to our quickly changing world.• Improved Design: Improved four-color designed sporting acleaner, more open look with vivid photographs and illustrations.• Sensible organization: Each book consists of units, each dividedinto 2 sections that enable instructors to more flexibly adapt the bookto their course and visa versa.• New “At Issue” Fea tures: All new articles written by BusinessWeek IT columnists, spotlighting trends in information technology.These new articles will offer compelling looks at how technology isused in to help people do their work or make their lives better.• New “Computer Ca reer” Articles: In ter views with real ITprofessionals will put a human face to the many exciting career ITcareer opportunities available.• Unit and Section Re view Activities: Each Section will includea key term list, key term quiz, multiple choice questions, essayques tions, and lab projects. Each Unit will include additional labprojects, discussion questions, research report, and ethical issuequestions.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introducing Com put er Systems. Chapter 2: Presenting the Internet.Com put ing Keynotes #1: Creating Your Own Web Page. Chap ter 3: Interactingwith Your Computer. Chapter 4: Seeing, Hearing, and Print ing Data. ComputingKey notes #2: Buying Your First Computer. Chapter 5: Pro cess ing Data. Chapter6: Storing Data. Chapter 7: Using Operating Systems. Chapter 8: Working withApplication Software. Chapter 9: Net works. Chapter 10: Working in the OnlineWorld. Computing Keynotes #3: Professional Certification Programs. Chapter11: De vel op ment of Information Sys tems. Chapter 12: Protecting Your Privacy,Your Computer, and Your Data. Computing Keynotes#4: Viruses. Ap pen dix A:The History of Mi cro com put ers. Appendix B: Answers to Self-Checks. Glossary.IndexPETER NORTON’S ESSENTIAL CONCEPTS,STUDENT EDITIONSixth Editionby Peter Norton2006 / Softcover / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-297849-0 / MHID: 0-07-297849-XNEW TO THIS EDITION• Revised and Updated: Completely revised and updated to covernew technologies and adapt to our quickly changing world.• Improved Design: Improved four-color designed sporting acleaner, more open look with vivid photographs and illustrations.• Sensible organization: Each book consists of units, each dividedinto 2 sections that enable instructors to more flexibly adapt the bookto their course and visa versa.• New “At Issue” Fea tures: All new articles written by BusinessWeek IT columnists, spotlighting trends in information technology.These new articles will offer compelling looks at how technology isused in to help people do their work or make their lives better.• New “Computer Ca reer” Articles: In ter views with real ITprofessionals will put a human face to the many exciting career ITcareer opportunities available.• Unit and Section Re view Activities: Each Section will includea key term list, key term quiz, multiple choice questions, essayques tions, and lab projects. Each Unit will include additional labprojects, discussion questions, research report, and ethical issuequestions.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introducing Com put er Systems: Lesson 1A: Exploring Com put ers andTheir Uses. Lesson 1B: In ter act ing with Your Computer. Chapter 2: Presenting theInternet: Lesson 2A: The Internet and the World Wide Web. Lesson 2B: E-Mailand Other Internet Services. Com put ing Keynotes #1: Creating Your Own WebPage. Chapter 3: Computing Alone and in Groups: Lesson 3A: Trans form ingData into Information. Lesson 3B: Networking Basics. Chapter 4: Introduction toSoftware: Lesson 4A: Op er at ing System Basics. Lesson 4B: Productivity Software.Com put ing Keynotes #2: Viruses. Chapter 5: Living in the Online World: Lesson5A: Doing Business in the Online World. Lesson 5B: Staying Safe in the OnlineWorld. Appendix A: The History of Mi cro com put ers. Appendix B: Answers toSelf-Checks. Glossary. IndexInternational EditionCOM PUT ERS, COMMUNICATIONS, ANDIN FOR MA TION CORE WITH POWERWEB ANDIN TER AC TIVE COM PAN ION 3.0Seventh Edi tionby Sarah Hutchinson-Clifford and Brian Sawyer2000 / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-250812-3 / MHID: 0-07-250812-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116960-8 / MHID: 0-07-116960-1 [IE, text only]http://www.mhhe.com/cit/concepts/cci7e/main.mhtmlCONTENTSChapter 1 Overview: The Foundation for Your Future. Chapter 2 ProcessingHard ware: Turning Data into Some thing You Can Use. Chapter 3 Input/OutputHard ware: In ter fac es Between You and the Computer. Chapter 4 StorageHardware: Preserving Data and Information. Chapter 5 System Software:The Director. Chap ter 6 Applications Soft ware: The User’s Tools. Chapter 7Communications Technology: Starting Along the Information Superhighway.Chapter 8 The Internet and the World Wide Web: Working Online8987-92_CIT-Comp.indd 8911/15/06 5:20:50 PM

CIT - Computer ConceptsComprehensive ComputerConceptsInternational EditionNEWCOMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2008,COMPLETE EDITIONNineteenth Editionby Timothy J. O'Leary; Arizona State University-Tempe, and Linda I.O'Leary; Independent2008 (February 2007) / Softcover / 560 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-110153-0 / MHID: 0-07-110153-5 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/ce2008The O’Leary Series is one of the most trusted and effectiveresources for teaching and learning software applications andcomputer concepts. Computing Essentials 2008 is writtenby Tim O’Leary who teaches the course every year ensuringaccurate up-to-date content for students, combining currenttopics and technology into a highly illustrated design geared tocatch students’ interest and motivate them. Students are givena streamlined, concise, attractive approach to the fundamentalissues surrounding the personal computing environment.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Careers in IT – Each chapter includes a job description for adifferent career in Information Technology. These descriptionsprovide students with education requirements, as well as salaryranges.• End of chapter material – The end of chapter material has beenrevised and redefined, making it easy for instructors and students toexercise different skill sets.• Applying Technology: Making correlations between chaptermaterial and real life.• Expanding Your Knowledge: Citing sources other than thetextbook to learn more about a specific topic, which encouragesstudents to dig deeper to obtain a more technical understanding.• Writing about Technology:Sharpening critical thinking, analysis, and writing skills byresponding to technology-related issues such as privacy, security andethics.• New Application-Based Material – Features updated coverage ofnew Windows and Mac operating systems, expanded coverage ofe-commerce and new material in the following thought-provokingsections:• Look to the Future• Making IT Work for You• On the Web Explorations• Online Learning Center (OLC) is a website that follows the textchapter-by-chapter. OLC content is ancillary and supplementarygermane to the textbook, as students read the book, they cango online to take self-grading quizzes, review material, or workthrough interactive exercises. OLCs can be delivered multiple ways– professors and students can access them directly through thetextbook website, through PageOut, or within a course managementsystem (i.e. WebCT, Blackboard, TopClass, or eCollege.)FEATURES• Strong Concept Reinforcement: Concept Checks, CrosswordPuzzles, Multiple-Choice, and Matching Exercises offer students thechance to become concept experts.• Relevant Research Motivation: Marginal notes embedded in eachchapter ask students to research a topic in the chapter on the internet.Students also are offered advice regarding common technologyrelatedproblems through Tips boxes.• Visually Appealing Chapter Openers and Closers: Summaries foreach chapter make it easy for students to review important concepts.CONTENTSChapter 1 Information Technology, the Internet, and You. Chapter 2 The Internet,the Web, and Electronic Commerce. Chapter 3 Basic Application Software. Chapter4 Specialized Application Software. Chapter 5 System Software. Chapter 6 TheSystem Unit. Chapter 7 Input and Output. Chapter 8 Secondary Storage. Chapter9 Communication and Networks. Chapter 10 Privacy and Security. Chapter 11Information Systems. Chapter 12 Databases. Chapter 13 Systems Analysis andDesign. Chapter 14 Programming and Languages. Chapter 15 Your Future andInformation Technology. Appendices. The Evolution of the Computer Age. TheBuyer’s Guide: How to Buy Your Own Microcomputer System. The Upgrade’sGuide: How to Upgrade Your Microcomputer System.International EditionPETER NORTON’S INTRODUCTION TOCOMPUTERSSixth Editionby Peter Norton2006 / Softcover / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-297890-2 / MHID: 0-07-297890-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111716-6 / MHID: 0-07-111716-4 [IE]NEW TO THIS EDITION• Revised and Updated: Completely revised and updated to covernew technologies and adapt to our quickly changing world. Internetap pli ca tions are covered earlier in the text while new and updatedcoverage is provided about the architecture of the Internet.• New!: Chapter devoted to information security that helps studentunderstand how best to protect themselves and their computersystems.• Updated!: Chapter on database management includes newcoverage of enterprise systems and Web databases, such as Oracleand MySQL.• New “At Issue” Fea tures: All new articles spotlight trends ininformation technology. These new articles will offer compellinglooks at how technology is used in to help people do their work ormake their lives better.• New “Computer Ca reer” Articles: In ter views with real ITprofessionals will put a human face to the many exciting career ITcareer opportunities available.• Unit and Section Re view Activities: Each Section will includea key term list, key term quiz, multiple choice questions, essayques tions, and lab projects. Each Unit will include additional labprojects, discussion questions, research report, and ethical issuequestions.• Improved Design: Improved four-color designed sporting acleaner, more open look with vivid photographs and illustrations.• Sensible organization: Each book consists of units, each dividedinto 2 lessons that enable instructors to more flexibly adapt the bookto their course and visa versa.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introducing Com put er Systems. Chapter 2: Presenting the Internet.Com put ing Keynotes #1: Creating Your Own Web Page. Chapter 3: Interactingwith Your Com put er. Chapter 4: Seeing, Hearing, and Printing Data. ComputingKeynotes #2: Buying Your First Computer. Chapter 5: Processing Data. Chapter6: Storing Data. Chapter 7: Using Operating Systems. Chapter 8: Working withApplication Software. Chapter 9: Networks. Chapter 10: Working in the OnlineWorld. Computing Keynotes #3: Professional Certification Programs. Chapter11: Da ta base Management. Chapter 12: Development of Information Systems.Chapter 13: Software Pro gram ming and De vel op ment. Chapter 14: ProtectingYour Privacy, Your Computer, and Your Data. Computing Keynotes#4: Viruses.Appendix A: The History of Mi cro com put ers. Appendix B: Answers to Self-Checks.Glossary. Index9087-92_CIT-Comp.indd 9011/15/06 5:20:51 PM

CIT - Computer ConceptsInternational EditionCOMPUTING ESSENTIALS 2006,COMPLETE EDITIONSeventeenth Editionby Timothy J O’Leary, Arizona State University - Tempe and Linda IO’Leary, Independent2006 (January 2005) / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-226156-1 / MHID: 0-07-226156-0(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124967-6 / MHID: 0-07-124967-2 [IE]Computing Essentials 2005 offers a unique, visual ori en ta tionthat gives students a basic understanding of computingconcepts. Computing Essentials 2005 is one of the few bookson the market that is written by a professor who still teachesthe course every semester and loves it. While combiningcurrent topics and technology into a highly illustrated designgeared to catch students’ interest and motivate them, this textpro vides an accurate snapshot of computing today. Whenbun dled with software ap pli ca tion lab manuals, students aregiven a complete representation of the fundamental issuessurrounding the personal computing environment.CONTENTSChapter 1 Information Technology, the Internet, and You Chapter 2 The Internet,the Web, and Electronic Commerce Chapter 3 Basic Application Software Chapter4 Specialized Ap pli ca tion Software Chapter 5 System Software Chapter 6 TheSystem Unit Chapter 7 Input and Output Chapter 8 Secondary Storage Chapter9 Communications and Networks Chapter 10 Privacy and Security Chapter 11Information Systems Chapter 12 Databases Chapter 13 Systems Analysis andDesign Chapter 14 Programming and Languages Chapter 15 Your Future andInformation Technology/ The Evolution of the Computer Age / The Buyer’s Guide:How to Buy Your Own Microcomputer System / The Upgrader’s Guide: How toUpgrade Your Microcomputer System / Glossary / Credits / IndexYou See Them Coming? 12 Systems Development: Why Is Pack aged SoftwareSome times Not Enough? 13 Com put er Pro gram ming: How Can You Create YourOwn Soft ware? 14 Organizational In for ma tion Systems: Why Are Computers theHeavy Artillery in Busi ness? 15 Computer Brainpower: How Can You Use YourComputer to Help You Think?International EditionSoftwareINTERACTIVE COMPANION CD-ROM VERSION 3.0by McGraw-Hill2000ISBN-13: 978-0-07-250195-7 / MHID: 0-07-250195-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123455-9 / MHID: 0-07-123455-1 [IE, CD-ROM]International EditionI-SERIES: COMPUTING CONCEPTS,COMPLETE EDITIONSecond Edi tionby Stephen Haag, University of Denver, Maeve Cummings,Pittsburg State University,and Alan Rea, Western Michan University,Kalamazoo2004 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-283411-6 / MHID: 0-07-283411-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121467-4 / MHID: 0-07-121467-4 [IE]Overview: This exciting and innovating concepts textem pha siz es all that is current, cutting-edge, and interestingto students in the introductory course. Focusing specificallyon users, consumers and pur chas ers of technology, this textprovides a no-nonsense cov er age of the absolute essentialsfor using technology in today’s wired (and wireless!) world.The I-Series offers excellent coverage of the basics, as well asextensive information on building a Web site, E-Com merce,implications of tech no log i cal advances, buying your first PC,maintaining a com put er system, and more. Each chapter alsocontains coverage of ethics, security, and privacy.CONTENTS1 Computers In Your Life Today: Are You Ready To Become Wired? 2 The WorldWide Web And The Internet: How Vast Is Your Virtual Imagination? 3 Ap pli ca tionSoftware and Digital Media: What Can Your Com put er Do For You? 4 SystemSoftware, Virus Protection and File Management: What Soft ware Runs YourHardware? 5 Input, Output and Storage: What Kind of Peripheral De vic es WouldSuit Your Needs? 6 Computer Architecture: How Does a Computer Work? 7 TheNuts and Bolts of Networks: How Can You Use Networks to Your Advantage?8 E-Com merce and Web Site De vel op ment: How Do You Harness the Powerof the Web? 9 Ethics, Security, and Privacy: What’s Right, What’s Wrong, andHow Can You Protect Yourself? 10 Databases and Data Ware hous es: How DoYou Organize Large Amounts of Information? 11 Emerging Technologies: CanINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg9187-92_CIT-Comp.indd 9111/15/06 5:20:52 PM

CIT - Computer Concepts9287-92_CIT-Comp.indd 9211/15/06 5:20:52 PM

2007-2008 NEW Management Information Systems TitlesManagement InformationSystems ~ ContentsAdvanced MIS .............................................................. 106Computers in Society / Computer Ethics ....................... 107Database Management ................................................... 99Database Management (Professional References) .......... 109Data Communications / Telecommunications /Office Systems ............................................................ 103Data Mining ................................................................. 109Decision Support Systems ............................................. 104Enterprise Resource Planning ........................................ 108Information & Society ..................................................... 98Introduction to Information Systems ............................... 95Knowledge Management .............................................. 106Management Information Systems .................................. 96Object-Oriented System Analysis & Design .................. 102Project Management ..................................................... 104System Analysis & Design ............................................. 1009393-110_MIS.indd 9311/15/06 5:27:12 PM

2007-2008 NEW Management Information Systems Titles2007 New Titles• APPLEGATECorporate Information Strategy andManagement: Text and Cases, 7e ............................106ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294775-5 / MHID: 0-07-294775-6• AVISONInformation Systems Development, 4e ....................101ISBN-13: 978-0-07-711417-6 / MHID: 0-07-711417-5[MH UK Title]• BATESPrinciples of Voice and DataCommunications .....................................................103ISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-62008 New Titles• HAAGBusiness Driven Technology, 2e ..............................95ISBN-13: 978-0-07-312368-4 / MHID: 0-07-312368-4• HAAGInformation Systems Essentials, 2e ..........................95ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351152-8 / MHID: 0-07-351152-8• O’BRIENManagement Information Systems, 8e .....................96ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351154-2 / MHID: 0-07-351154-4• WHITTENIntroduction to Systems Analysis and Design ..........100ISBN-13: 978-0-07-340294-9 / MHID: 0-07-340294-X• CARRData Communications and NetworkSecurity ...................................................................103ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297604-5 / MHID: 0-07-297604-7• DePALMAAnnual Editions: Computers in Society06/07, 13e ...............................................................107ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352832-8 / MHID: 0-07-352832-3• HAAGManagement Information Systems for theInformation Age with CD and MiSource, 6e ........... 97ISBN-13: 978-0-07-323062-7 / MHID: 0-07-323062-6• HAYENSAP R/3 Enterprise Software ....................................108ISBN-13: 978-0-07-299067-6 / MHID: 0-07-299067-8• MANNINODatabase Design, Application Development,and Administration, 3e ............................................ 99ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294220-0 / MHID: 0-07-294220-7• O’BRIENIntroduction to Information Systems, 13e ...............96ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110710-5 / MHID: 0-07-110710-X• OLSONIntroduction to Business Data Mining .....................109ISBN-13: 978-0-07-295971-0 / MHID: 0-07-295971-1• WHITTENSystems Analysis and Design Methods, 7e ...............100ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110766-2 / MHID: 0-07-110766-59493-110_MIS.indd 9411/15/06 5:27:12 PM

Management Information SystemsIntroduction to InformationSystemsCD and OLC only) T5: Designing Database Applications (Student CD and OLConly) T6: Basic Skills Using Access T7: Problem Solving Using Access (StudentCD and OLC only) T8: Creating Forms and Reports Using Access (Student CDand OLC only) T9: Designing Web Pages (Student CD and OLC only) T10: BasicSkills Using FrontPage (Student CD and OLC only)International EditionNEWBUSINESS DRIVEN TECHNOLOGYSecond EditionBy Stephen Haag, Paige Baltzan and Amy Phillips of University ofDenver2008 (November 2006) / 600 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-312368- 4 / MHID: 0-07-312368-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332306-0 / MHID: 0-07-332306-3 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110318-7 / MHID: 0-07-110318-1 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/bdt2eBDT takes a business-first approach, starting each chapter byexplaining the value of a business initiative and then detailingthe technology that enables the initiative. This revolutionaryapproach instantly demonstrates the ‘why’ to business studentswithout boring them with the ‘how’. The adaptive chapter/plug-in organization allows the instructor to adjust contentaccording to their business or technical preferences.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Number of Business Plug-Ins increased from 10 to 15. Includesnew Plug-Ins on business processes (B2), enterprise architectures (B4),networks and telecommunications (B5), and e-business (B11).• Number of Technology Plug-Ins increased from 7 to 10. New Plug-Ins include discussions on Access, FrontPage, and web design andexpanded discussions of Excel.• Number of case studies increased from 55 to 64.• Apply Your Knowledge appendix has been updated and expanded. Itcontains 50 projects that focus on student application of core conceptsand tools. All productivity tool projects come with Captivate solutionfile that walks students step-by-step through the solution, which savesinstructors valuable time.FEATURES• Business-first perspective: Allows instructors to easily convey thepurpose of technology and systems to support business needs and takeadvantage of opportunities.• Adaptive organization: 19 core chapters, 15 business plug-ins and10 technology plug-ins allows the instructor to use the core chaptersas a framework and select plug-ins that support their specific courseobjectives.CONTENTSUnit 1 Chapter 1: Business Driven Technology Chapter 2: Identifying CompetitiveAdvantages Chapter 3: Strategic Initiatives for Implementing CompetitiveAdvantages Chapter 4: Measuring the Success of Strategic Initiatives Chapter5: Organizational Structures that Support Strategic Initiatives Unit 2 Chapter 6:Valuing Organizational Information Chapter 7: Storing Organizational Information– Databases Chapter 8: Accessing Organizational Information – Data WarehouseUnit 3 Chapter 9: Enabling the Organization – Decision Making Chapter 10:Extending the Organization – Supply Chain Management Chapter 11: Building aCustomer-Centric Organization –CRM Chapter 12: Integrating the Organizationfrom End-to-End – ERP Unit 4 Chapter 13: Creating Innovative OrganizationsChapter 14: E-Business Chapter 15: Creating Collaborative Partnerships Chapter16: Integrating Wireless Technology in Business Unit 5 Chapter 17: BuildingSoftware to Support an Agile Organization Chapter 18: Outsourcing in the 21stCentury Chapter 19: Developing a 21st Century Organization / Business Plugins:B1: Business Basics B2: Business Process B3: Hardware and Software B4:Enterprise Architactures B5: Networks and Telecommunications B6: InformationSecurity B7: Ethics B8: Supply Chain Management B9: Customer RelationshipManagement B10: Enterprise Resource Planning B11: E-Business B12: EmergingTrends and Technologies B13: Strategic Outsourcing B14: Systems DevelopmentB15: Project Management / Technical Plug-ins: T1: Personal Productivity UsingIT (Student CD and OLC only) T2: Basic Skills Using Excel T3: Problem SolvingUsing Excel (Student CD and OLC only) T4: Decision Making Using Excel (StudentNEWINFORMATION SYSTEMS ESSENTIALSSecond EditionBy Stephen Haag, University of Denver and Maeve Cummings,Pittsburg State University2008 (November 2006)ISBN-13: 9780-07-351152-8 / MHID: 0-07-351152-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332308-4 MHID: 0-07-332308-X(with MISource 2007)Website: http://www.mhhe.com/cit/haag/9 chapters plus 3 appendices cover the traditional core materialof MIS. A comprehensive set of group projects and e-commerceprojects support an applied component to the course.Consistent with Haag’s best-selling MIS for the InformationAge, IS Essentials 2/e conveys the impact of IS on the individualwith contemporary writing and lively examples.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New prologue quickly conveys the value of this course to thenon-MIS major.• HUGE appendix of projects• Concept Reinforcement sidebars in every chapter break up thereading with short, hands-on activities.FEATURES• Haag’s Style of writing and story telling.MIS and your career, was the prologue in the 1st edition, now appearsas an appendix.CONTENTSPrologue / Chapter 1: The Information Age in which You Live Chapter 2: MajorBusiness Initiatives Chapter 3: Databases and Data Warehouses Chapter 4:Decision Support and Artificial Intelligence Chapter 5: Electronic CommerceChapter 6: Systems Development Chapter 7: Enterprise Infrastructure andIntegration Chapter 8: Protecting People and Information Chapter 9: EmergingTrends and Technologies Appendix A: Hardware and Software Appendix B:Network Basics Appendix C: MIS and Your Career Appendix D: Projects9593-110_MIS.indd 9511/15/06 5:27:13 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionNEWManagement InformationSystemsINTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMSThirteenth EditionBy James A. O’Brien, Northern Arizona University, and GeorgeMarakas, University of Kansas–Lawrence2007 (January 2006) / 544 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-110710-5 / MHID: 0-07-110710-X [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/obrienO’Brien’s Introduction to Information Systems 13e continuesto reflect the movement toward enterprise-wide businessapplications. George Marakas from the University of Kansasjoins as a co-author on this new edition. New real world casestudies correspond with this curriculum shift. The text’s focusis on teaching the general business manager how to use andmanage the most current IT technologies such as the Internet,Intranets, and Extranets for enterprise collaboration, and how ITcontributes to competitive advantage, reengineering businessprocesses, problem solving, and decision-making.NEW TO THIS EDITION* Chapter 2: Expanded coverage of Competitive Advantage.* Chapter 4: Complete and expanded coverage of XML, Java, andOpen Source code.* Chapter 6: New coverage of Bluetooth and VoIP (Voice Over IP).* Chapter 7: Expanded coverage of Enterprise Business Systems.* Chapter 12: New coverage of Global IT and Outsourcing, includingOff-shoring.CONTENTSModule I Foundation Concepts. 1 Foundations of Information Systems in Business.SECTION I: Foundation Concepts: Information Systems in Business. SECTION II:Foundation Concepts: The Components of Information Systems. 2 Competingwith Information Technology. SECTION I: Fundamentals of Strategic Advantage.SECTION II: Using Information Technology for Strategic Advantage. ModuleII Information Technologies. 3 Computer Hardware. SECTION I: ComputerSystems: End User and Enterprise Computing. SECTION II: Computer Peripherals:Input, Output, and Storage Technologies. 4 Computer Software. SECTION I:Application Software: End User Applications. SECTION II: System Software:Computer System Management. 5 Data Resource Management. SECTION I:Technical Foundations of Database Management. SECTION II: Managing DataResources. 6 Telecommunications and Networks. SECTION I: The NetworkedEnterprise. SECTION II: Telecommunications Network Alternatives. Module IIIBusiness Applications. 7 Electronic Business Systems. SECTION I: EnterpriseBusiness Systems. SECTION II: Functional Business Systems. 8 ElectronicCommerce Systems. SECTION I: Electronic Commerce Fundamentals. SECTIONII: e-Commerce Applications and Issues. 9 Decision Support Systems. SECTIONI: Decision Support in Business. SECTION II: Artificial Intelligence Technologiesin Business. Module IV Development Processes. 10 Developing Business/ITSolutions. SECTION I: Developing Business Systems. SECTION II: ImplementingBusiness Systems. Module V Management Challenges. 11 Security and EthicalChallenges. SECTION I: Security, Ethical, and Societal Challenges of IT. SECTIONII: Security Management of Information Technology. 12 Enterprise and GlobalManagement of Information Technology. SECTION I: Managing InformationTechnology. SECTION II: Managing Global IT. Review Quiz Answers. SelectedReferences Glossary for Business Professionals. Name Index. Company Index.Subject Index.International EditionNEWMANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMSEighth EditionBy James O’Brien, Northern Arizona University and George Marakas,University of Kansas-Lawrence2008 (November 2006)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-351154-2 / MHID: 0-07-351154-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-332309-1 / MHID: 0-07-332309-8(with MiSource 2007)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110140-0 / MHID: 0-07-110140-3 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/obrienThe benchmark text for the syllabus organized by technology(a week on databases, a week on networks, a week on systemsdevelopment, etc.) taught from a managerial perspective.O’Brien defines technology and then explains how companiesuse the technology to improve performance. Real world casesfinalize the explanation.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Bigger Real World Cases: A new 2-page format delivers moredetail and depth. Additional discussion questions and activities foreach case allow for a variety of apply the cases to class. Thirty-eightnew Real World Cases have been added for the 8th edition.• Completely revised Analysis Exercises at the end of each chapterprovide really interesting experiences applying the chapter concepts.• New Material, Same Organization – the list of updates to eachchapter of each edition are simply too lengthy to list; it’s MIS after all.• Modular Chapter Organization breaks each chapter into twounits, allowing instructors to skip units without lost continuity.FEATURES• Managerial Perspective: O’Brien continues to present the businessimpact of information systems as the company leaders would view it.• Table of Contents, proven effective over several editions, areessentially the same.CONTENTSMODULE I Foundation Concepts 1. Foundations of Information Systems inBusiness Section I Foundation Concepts: Information Systems in Business SectionII Foundation Concepts: The Components of Information Systems 2. Competingwith Information Technology Section I Fundamentals of Strategic AdvantageSection II Using Information for Strategic Advantage MODULE II InformationTechnologies 3. Computer Hardware Section I Computer Systems: End User andEnterprise Computing Section II Computer Peripherals: Input, Output, and StorageTechnologies 4. Computer Software Section I Application Software: End UserApplications Section II System Software: Computer System Management 5. DataResource Management Section I Managing Data Resources Section II TechnicalFoundations of Database Management 6. Telecommunications and NetworksSection I The Networked Enterprise Section II Telecommunications NetworkAlternatives MODULE III Business Applications 7. Electronic Business SystemsSection I Enterprise Business Systems Section II Functional Business Systems 8.Enterprise Business Systems Section I Customer Relationship Management: TheBusiness Focus Section II Enterprise Resource Planning: The Business BackboneSection III Supply Chain Management: The Business Network 9. ElectronicCommerce Systems Section I Electronic Commerce Fundamentals Section IIe-Commerce Applications and Issues 10. Decision Support Systems SectionI Decision Support in Business Section II Artificial Intelligence Technologiesin Business MODULE IV Development Processes 11. Developing Business/ITStrategies Section I Planning Fundamentals Section II Implementation Challenges12. Developing Business/IT Solutions Section I Developing Business SystemsSection II Implementing Business Systems MODULE V Management Challenges13. Security and Ethical Challenges Section I Security, Ethical, and SocietalChallenges of IT Section II Security Management of Information Technology14. Enterprise and Global Management of Information Technology Section IManaging Information Technology Section II Managing Global IT9693-110_MIS.indd 9611/15/06 5:27:14 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionNEWMANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR THEINFORMATION AGE WITH CD AND MISOURCESixth EditionBy Stephen Haag, University Of Denver, Maeve Cummings, PittsburgState University, and Amy Phillips, University of Denver2007 (December 2005)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-323062-7 / MHID: 0-07-323062-6(with MISource and CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110777-8 / MHID: 0-07-110777-0 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/haagChapters cover what instructors want students to know aboutMIS while Extended Learning Modules (XLMs) show studentswhat they can do with MIS. A contemporary writing styleand a wealth of examples engage students like no other MIStext. Arranged with chapter opening cases that highlighthow an organization has successfully implemented many ofthe chapter’s concepts and chapter closing cases that helpstudents apply what they just learned gives students the handsonknowledge that is applicable in both their personal andprofessional experiences.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Haag 6e features new Extended Learning Module L on usingFrontPage to build websites and new Extended Learning Module Mon programming in Excel with Visual Basic.• New or updated case studies on industry and global perspectivesthat highlight with current trends.• New Student CD-ROM allows users to review additional XLMswhich focus on practical, hands-on knowledge applicable in a varietyof workplace scenarios.• Updated or expanded coverage of numerous topics including allforms of outsourcing• Nearly 85 “Team Work” and “On Your Own” ProjectsCONTENTSChapter One: The Information Age in Which you Live: Changing the Face ofBusiness. Extended Learning Module A: Computer Hardware and Software.Chapter Two: Major Business Initiatives: Gaining Competitive Advantage with IT.Extended Learning Module B: The World Wide Web and the Internet. ChapterThree: Database and Data Warehouses: Building Business Intelligence. ExtendedLearning Module C: Designing Databases and Entity-Relationship Diagramming.Chapter Four: Decision Support and Artificial Intelligence: Brainpower for YourBusiness. Extended Learning Module D: Decision Analysis with SpreadsheetSoftware. Chapter Five: Electronic Commerce: Strategies for the New Economy.Extended Learning Module E: Network Basics (on CD). Chapter Six: SystemsDevelopment: Phases, Tools, and Techniques. Extended Learning Module F:Building a Web Page with HTML (on CD). Chapter Seven: Enterprise Infrastructureand Integration: Building the Dynamic Enterprise. Extended Learning Module G:Object-Oriented Technologies (on CD). Chapter Eight: Protecting People andInformation: Threats and Safeguards. Extended Learning Module H: ComputerCrime and Forensics. Chapter Nine: Emerging Trends and Technologies: Business,People, and Technology Tomorrow. Extended Learning Module I: Buildingan E-Portfolio. Extended Learning Module J: Implementing a Database withMicrosoft Access (on CD). Extended Learning Module K: Careers in Business(on CD). Extended Learning Module L: Building Web Sites with FrontPage (onCD). Extended Learning Module M: Programming in Excel with VBA (on CD).Group Projects. Glossary. Notes. Photo Credits. IndexINFORMATION SYSTEMS SOLUTIONSA Project ApproachBy Richard Van Horn, Albert Schwarzkopf, and R. Leon Price, all ofUniversity Of Oklahoma-Norman2006 / 480 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 9780-07-352436-8 / MHID: 0-07-352436-0Browse http://www.mhhe.com/vanhornThe development, implementation and maintenance ofcomputer-based information system solutions requireinnovative thinking, research and communication skills,extensive documentation, and the ability to effectively applyproposed solutions. Information System Solutions: A ProjectApproach integrates basic information systems knowledge withthese requirements, culminating in their combined applicationin a project-based real-world scenario. Three different projectmodels, an SDLC-based chapter organization and an emphasison teamwork make this text easily adaptable to your teachingneeds. Successfully tested in the classroom and approvedby thousands of students, Information System Solutions: AProject Approach prepares your students to be active, effectivecontributors to the professional field of information systems.The text includes:• Attention to various areas of interest, including general IS conceptsand environmental, client-specific factors (strategy, marketing, andorganizational behavior).• A chapter organization that follows the System Development LifeCycle (SDLC).• Coverage of three project models–case, passive live, and activelive–for classroom use that enrich and enliven students’ learningexperience through “Learning by Doing.CONTENTSPART 1 Project and Team Organization. CHAPTER 1 Introduction to the ProjectApproach. CHAPTER 2 Organizing and Working in a Project Team. CHAPTER3 Project Management. CHAPTER 4 Data Modeling. CHAPTER 5 Process andObject Modeling. PART 2 Project Definition. CHAPTER 6 Understanding theClient’s Problem and Organization. CHAPTER 7 Learning from the CurrentSituation. PART 3 Proposed System. CHAPTER 8 Proposed System Specifications.CHAPTER 9 Alternatives, Evaluation, and Recommendation. PART 4 SystemDelivery. CHAPTER 10 Outsourcing. CHAPTER 11 System Design. CHAPTER12 Proof of Concept. CHAPTER 13 Project Completion. APPENDIX A GB VideoFinal ReportInternational EditionMANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMSFourth Editionby Gerald V Post, Univ of the Pacific and David L Anderson, DePaulU/McGowan Center2006 / Hardcover / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-294779-3 / MHID: 0-07-294779-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125732-9 / MHID: 0-07-125732-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/postmis4ePost opens every chapter with a business problem and usesthe chapter to explain the processes and technology that cansolve the problem. This greater emphasis on problem-solvingenables the instructor to quickly show “why” this materialmatters.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction Part One: Information Tech nol o gy InfrastructureChapter 2: Information Tech nol o gy Foundations Chapter 3: Networks andTelecommunications Chapter 4: Database Man age ment Part Two: OperationsChapter 5: Computer Security Chapter 6: Transactions and Operations Chapter7: Enterprise In te gra tion Chapter 8: Electronic Business Part Three: Tacticsand Strat e gies Chapter 9: Teamwork Chapter 10: Business Decisions Chapter11: Strategic Analysis Part Four: Organizing Busi ness es and Systems Chapter12: Systems De vel op ment Chapter 13: Organizing MIS Resources Chapter 14:Information Man age ment and Society / Glossary / Organization Index/ SubjectIndex9793-110_MIS.indd 9711/15/06 5:27:14 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionAPPLICATION CASES IN MAN AGE MENTIN FOR MA TION SYSTEMSFifth Editionby James N Morgan, Northern Arizona Uni ver si ty2005 / 192 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-123836-6 / MHID: 0-07-123836-0 [IE]Morgan’s Application Cases in Management InformationSystems is an introductory level MIS business casebook, whichrequires the use of spreadsheet and database software and theInternet to solve managerial problems. It may be used as astandalone casebook or pack aged with any of our in tro duc to ryManagement Information Systems textbooks. The book wasdeveloped to give students additional projects or exercises toapply the concepts of what they have learned in their course.CONTENTSChapter 1: Business Ap pli ca tions and the Internet. Chapter 2: Internet Cases.Chapter 3: Developing Spread sheet Ap pli ca tions. Chapter 4: Spreadsheet Cases.Chapter 5: Developing Da ta base Applications. Chapter 6: Database CasesInternational EditionFOUNDATIONS OF IN FOR MA TION SYSTEMSby Vladimir Zwass, Fairleigh Dickinson University1998 / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-115638-7 / MHID: 0-07-115638-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction to In for ma tion Systems & Their Ca pa bil i ties. 2 Fun da men tal Conceptsof Information Systems. 3 Competing with Information Systems. 4 In for ma tionSystems Hardware. 5 Information Systems Soft ware. 6 Database Management.7 Tele com mu ni ca tions, the Internet, & Information Systems Architecture. 8Support of Individual & Group Knowledge Work. 9 Transaction Processing &Management Reporting Sys tems. 10 Decision Support & Executive InformationSys tems. 11 Expert Systems & Applied Artificial In tel li gence. 12 InformationSys tems for Business Functions. 13 Business Reengineering, Information SystemsPlanning & Acquisition. 14 Managing & Controlling Information Systems. 15Development Life Cycle & Systems Analysis. 16 From Design to Main te nance ofInformation Systems. 17 Ethical, Societal, & Global Issues in Information Sys tems.18 Innovating with Information Systems for Global Reach.International EditionINFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ANDMANAGEMENTSecond Edi tionby Ronald L Thompson, Wake Forest University and William Cats-Baril, University of Vermont2003 / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-293661-2 / MHID: 0-07-293661-4(with SIMNET MIS)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111063-1 / MHID: 0-07-111063-1[IE with SIMNET MIS]http://www.mhhe.com/Th omp son-Cats-BarilCONTENTSModule I: Application of Information Technology. Chapter 1: In tro duc tionto Information Tech nol o gy and Man age ment. Chapter 2: Hardware andSoftware. Chapter 3: Data Management. Chapter 4: Tele com mu ni ca tionsand Networking. Chapter 5: Internet and E-Business. Module II: InformationSystems and Management. Chapter 6: Or ga ni za tion al Use of IS. Chapter 7: ISand Or ga ni za tion al Responsiveness. Chapter 8: IS to Support Decision Making.Chapter 9: IS and Or ga ni za tion al Competition. Module III: Development andMan age ment of IS. Chapter 10: IS and Business Process Management. Chapter11: IS De vel op ment. Chapter 12: IS Sourcing and Application Ser vice Providers.Chapter 13: IS Management. Chapter 14: IT and Society. Glossary. IndexInformation & SocietyINFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE SOCIETYby Suliman Al-Hawamdeh, Division of In for ma tion Studies, NanyangTech no log i cal University and Thomas L Hart, School of InformationStudies, Florida State Uni ver si ty2001 / 296 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-120238-1 / MHID: 0-07-120238-2An Asian PublicationCONTENTSPreface. Acknowledgement. Chapter 1: Information So ci ety: GlobalPerspective. Chapter 2: Information In fra struc ture. Chapter 3:Communication and In for ma tion Transfer. Chapter 4: ElectronicPublishing in the Digital Era. Chapter 5: Knowledge Management andthe Economy of Ideas. Chapter 6: Intellectual Property and Copyrightin the Digital Era. Chapter 7: Education in the Digital Age. Chapter 8:Privacy in the Information Age. Chapter 9: Information Security andEthics. Chapter 10: Information Standards. Bibliography. Index9893-110_MIS.indd 9811/15/06 5:27:15 PM

Database ManagementManagement Information SystemsInternational EditionInternational EditionNEWDATABASE DESIGN, APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT,AND ADMINISTRATIONThird EditionBy Michael V. Mannino, University Of Colorado-Denver2007 (December 2005) / 768 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-294220-0 / MHID: 0-07-294220-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110701-3 / MHID: 0-07-110701-0 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/manninoMannino’s Database Management provides the informationyou need to learn relational databases. The book teachesstudents how to apply relational databases in solving basicand advanced database problems and cases. The fundamentaldatabase technologies of each processing environment arepresented; as well as relating these technologies to the advancesof e-commerce and enterprise computing. This book providesthe foundation for the advanced study of individual databasemanagement systems, electronic commerce applications, andenterprise computing.NEW TO THIS EDITION* Extended coverage of Oracle 10g and SQL 2003, the latest databaseapplications.* Expanded coverage of data modeling and system requirements.* Expanded and updated coverage of the ‘normalization of data’.* Special focus on optimizing the physical database.* New coverage on data warehousing, and the latest trends in datamining.* Expanded coverage of distributed computing.CONTENTSPart 1: Introduction to Database Environments. Chapter 1: Introduction toDatabase Management. Chapter 2: Introduction to Database Development.Part 2: Understanding Relational Databases. Chapter 3: The Relational DataModel. Chapter 4: Query formulation with SQL. Part 3: Data Modeling. Chapter5: Understanding Entity Relationship Diagrams. Chapter 6: Developing DataModels for Business Databases. Part 4: Relational Database Design. Chapter 7:Normalization of Relational Tables. Chapter 8: Physical Database Design. Chapter9: Advanced Query Formulation with SQL. Part 5: Application Development withRelational Databases. Chapter 10: Application Development with Views. Chapter11: Stored Procedures and Triggers. Part 6: Advanced Database Development.Chapter 12: View Design and Integration. Chapter 13: Database Developmentfor Student Loan Limited. Part 7: Managing Database Environments. Chapter 14:Data and Database Administration. Chapter 15: Transaction Management. Chapter16: Data Warehouse Technology and Management. Chapter 17: Client-serverProcessing and Distributed Databases. Chapter 18: Object Database ManagementSystems. Glossary of Terms. Bibliography. IndexDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMSDesigning and Building Business ApplicationsThird Editionby Gerald Post, University of the Pacific2005 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-111181-2 / MHID: 0-07-111181-6[IE with Student CD]http://www.mhhe.com/postdbms3eGerald Post’s Database Man age ment Systems takes anintroductory approach to de vel op ing database applications;teaching students to evaluate a business situation and thenbuild and design a database application. From systems designto distribution and integration of the system and everything inbetween, students will gain knowledge by getting a hands-onexperience. The third edition has been revised to offer a moreflexible way to deliver database management application.Post continues to have a textbook that covers the coretheories and ideas of database management. Now, it offerstwo different workbooks depending on the software that theinstructor utilizes. One workbook covers Oracle and the otherworkbook covers Access; thus allowing the instructor to pickthe workbook that will be employed in the course and to gomore ‘in-depth’ with either tool. The book can also be used asa standalone; thus having the professor chose what softwarewill be utilized in teaching this course.CONTENTS1. Introduction Systems Design 2. Da ta base Design 3. Data Normalization Que ries4. Data Queries 5. Advanced Que ries and Subqueries Applications 6. Forms,Reports & Applications 7. Data Integrity and Transactions 8. Data Warehouses& Data Mining Database Administration 9. Data Administration 10. DistributedDa ta bas es and the InternetInternational EditionORACLE SQL AND IN TRO DUC TO RY PL/SQLby Linda Preece2004 / 264 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124158- 8 / MHID: 0-07-124158-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/preeceTwo market issues provide momentum for this class and thistext. First, there is a move ment for MIS majors to obtain at leastone professional cer ti fi ca tion before they grad u ate. Since thereis no licensing body for Software Engineers or Systems Analysts(as there is for accountants or engineers) more technicalprograms are offering certification programs from leadingsoftware de vel op ers such as Microsoft, Oracle, and Cisco.This book prepares students for the first Oracle certificationexam and more importantly, it is an ideal replacement toOracle Cor po ra tion’s Student Guides for introductory SQLand PL/SQL. Second, most Oracle SQL books are written forpro fes sion al programmers and de vel op ers- they read like tradebooks. This text is written for students with all the pedagogyone would find in our suc cess ful textbooks and moves at apace more suitable for students. Advanced technical topics arecovered in thorough detail and not treated in encyclopedicform as if this were a reference book.CONTENTSPreface. 1. Basic Select State ments. 2. Functions Applied to Single Values. 3.Advanced Select Statements. 4. Report Formatting. 5. Making Changes to TableContents. 6. Table Structures and Constraints. 7. Additional Objects. 8. UserPrivileges. 9. Introductory PL/SQL. 10. Advanced PL/SQL Concepts. AppendixA: General Syntax. Appendix B: The Two Da ta bas es9993-110_MIS.indd 9911/15/06 5:27:16 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionDATABASES: DESIGN, DEVELOPMENT ANDDEPLOYMENT USING MICROSOFT ACCESSSecond Editionby Peter Rob and Elie Semaan both of Middle Tennessee StateUniversity2004ISBN-13: 978-0-07-288630-6 / MHID: 0-07-288630-7(with Student CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121805-4 / MHID: 0-07-121805-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/it/robRob’s Databases: Design, Development & De ploy ment UsingMicrosoft Access is a book that teaches the more advancedtopics of database-design through the use of MicrosoftAccess. The 2nd edition has been completely updated togive students the most up-to-date information. By usingMicrosoft’s Access 2002, students will learn the intricacies ofdeveloping a database. Also with the ever- growing area of webpro gram ming, students will have a chapter tying database andweb programming together and another chapter specifically onVB Script. Lastly, a revamped chapter on security will addressthe ever-changing and im por tant issues.CONTENTSChapter 1 Database Vo cab u lary, Concepts, and Design Tools. Chapter 2Normalizing the Database table Structures. Chapter 3 The POS Database DesignProcess. Chapter 4 Implementing the Database Design. Chapter 5 Queries.Chapter 6 Form Development. Chapter 7 Reports and Labels. Chapter 8 Macrosand Macro Groups. Chapter 9 Access and the Internet. Chapter 10 Im ple ment ingthe POS Database Applications. Chapter 11 The Database in the Web. Chapter12 Database SecuritySystem Analysis & DesignInternational EditionNEWINTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS ANDDESIGNBy Jeffrey L Whitten and Lonnie D Bentley of Purdue University-WestLafayette2008 (December 2006) / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-340294-9 / MHID: 0-07-340294-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-128581-0 / MHID: 0-07-128581-4 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/whittenA complete, but less complex approach to SA&D. Introductionto Systems Analysis & Design is organized like Whitten’sbest-selling Systems Analysis & Design Methods, but withoutthe information systems architecture framework theme thatoverwhelms some students. Each chapter covers the sametopics, but stops short of advanced details that are unnecessaryto the typical first course.FEATURES• No Systems Architecture Framework While this method is stillimportant to many and a big reason for the success of Whitten’s SA&DMethods, removing it makes the subject more accessible to manystudents.• Streamlined Chapter Content The last layer of depth has beenremoved from each subject, allowing instructors to cover more groundwith fewer distractions.CONTENTSPart One: The Context of Systems Development Projects Chapter 1: TheContext of Systems Analysis and Design Methods Chapter 2: Information SystemsDevelopment Chapter 3: Project Management Part Two: Systems AnalysisMethods Chapter 4: Systems Analysis Chapter 5: Fact-Finding Techniques forRequirements Discovery Chapter 6: Modeling System Requirements with UseCases Chapter 7: Data Modeling and Analysis Chapter 8: Process ModelingChapter 9: Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling Using the UML Chapter 10:Feasibility Analysis and the System Proposal Part Three: Systems Design MethodsChapter 11: Systems Design Chapter 12: Application Architecture and ModelingChapter 13: Database Design Chapter 14: Output Design and Prototyping Chapter15: Input Design and Prototyping Chapter 16: User Interface Design Chapter 17:Object-Oriented Design and Modeling Using the UML Part Four: Beyond SystemsAnalysis and Design Chapter 18: Systems Construction and ImplementationInternational EditionNEWSYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN METHODSSeventh EditionBy Jeffrey L. Whitten, Purdue University–West Lafayette, and LonnieD. Bentley, Purdue University–West Lafayette2007 (December 2005) / 768 pp / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-110766-2 / MHID: 0-07-110766-5 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/whittenToday’s students want to practice the application of concepts.As with the previous editions of this book, the authors writeto balance the coverage of concepts, tools, techniques, andtheir applications, and to provide the most examples of systemanalysis and design deliverables available in any book. Thetextbook also serves the reader as a professional reference forbest current practices.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Chapter 10: Enhanced and expanded coverage of the Object-Oriented approach.• Chapters 7, 10, 18: New material on the UML 2.0 updates.• Expanded discussion on feasibility, including environmental andpolitical considerations.• Chapter 5: Expanded coverage of Context diagrams.• New updated coverage VB.NET and C-Sharp throughout thebook.• Recent reference to the Oracle acquisition of PeopleSoft.CONTENTSPreface / Part One The Context of Systems Development Projects / 1 The Contextof Systems Analysis and Design Methods 2 Information System Building Blocks3 Information Systems Development 4 Project Management / Part Two SystemsAnalysis Methods / 5 Systems Analysis 6 Fact-Finding Techniques for RequirementsDiscovery 7 Modeling System Requirements with Use Cases 8 Data Modeling andAnalysis 9 Process Modeling 10 Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling Usingthe UML 11 Feasibility Analysis and the System Proposal / Part Three SystemsDesign Methods / 12 Systems Design 13 Application Architecture and Modeling14 Database Design 15 Output Design and Prototyping 16 Input Design andPrototyping 17 User Interface Design 18 Object-Oriented Design and ModelingUsing the UML / Part Four Beyond Systems Analysis and Design / 19 SystemsConstruction and Implementation 20 Systems Operations and Support / PhotoCredits / Glossary/Index10093-110_MIS.indd 10011/15/06 5:27:16 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionNEWINFORMATION SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENTFourth EditionBy David Avison, University of Southampton and ESSEC and GuyFitzgerald, Brunei University2006 (March 2006) / 656 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-711417-6 / MHID: 0-07-711417-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125315-4 / MHID: 0-07-125315-7 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)Information Systems Development has been adopted as the keytext for many information systems, business and management,and computer science courses. The book has seven partswhich relate to the Information Systems DevelopmentContext, the Systems Development Lifecycle, Themes ofSystems Development, Techniques, Methodologies, Toolsand Toolsets and finally Issues and Frameworks. This structureenables flexible use, either sequentially or by selecting sectionsor chapters to fit the specific needs of particular courses andfavoured approaches. Offering comprehensive coveragefrom traditional approaches through to the most recent agilemethods, the book’s unique strength lies in its combinationof descriptions and insight into methodologies, techniquesand tools with the analysis of context, issues and real-worldproblems associated with information systems development.Retaining these existing strengths, the fourth edition has beenthoroughly updated and revised to reflect progress in this fastpaceddiscipline and to include the authors’ recent experienceof teaching with the text, as well as feedback from reviewers,colleagues and students.CONTENTSPreface / Part 1: Introduction / 1. Context 2. Information systems development /Part 2: The life cycle approach / 3. Information systems development life cycle /Part 3: Themes in information systems development / 4. Organisational themes5. People themes 6. Modelling themes 7. Rapid and evolutionary development8. Engineering themes 9. External development / Part 4: Techniques / 10. Holistictechniques 11. Data techniques 12. Process techniques 13. Object-orientedtechniques 14. Project management techniques 15. Organizational techniques16. People techniques 17. Techniques in context / Part 5: Tools and Toolsets / 18.Tools 19. Toolsets / Part 6: Methodologies / 20. Process-oriented methodologies21. Blended 22. Object-oriented methodologies 23. Rapid developmentmethodologies 24. People-oriented methodologies 25. Organisational-orientedmethodologies 26. Frameworks / Part 7: Methodology issues and comparisons /27. Issues 28. Methodology comparisons / Bibliography / IndexInternational EditionSYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGNAn Active Approachby George Marakas, University of Kansas--Lawrence2006 (December 2004) / 464 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-297607-6 / MHID: 0-07-297607-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111619-0 / MHID: 0-07-111619-2 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/marakasThis new book provides a concise text that teaches students firsthow to identify the problem, before analyzing and designing asolution. Marakas applies the structure method of SA&D withsome coverage of object-oriented methods as an alternative.This text is accompanied by a web-based case simulationoption that provides a realistic experience for students whileautomating administration for the instructor.CONTENTSChapter 1 The Systems De vel op ment Environment Chapter 2 So What is theProblem? Chapter 3 Identification and Slelction of Development Projects Chapter 4Systems Re quire ments Determination Chapter 5 Modeling the Pro cess es and LogicChapter 6 Modeling the Data: Conceptual and Logical Data Modeling Chapter7 Case Tools and Joint and Rapid Application De vel op ment Chapter 8 Movingfrom Anal y sis to Design Chapter 9 Designing Systems for Diverse EnvironmentsChapter 10 Designing the Files and Databases Chapter 11 Designing the SystemOutput Chapter 12 Designing the Inputs and User Interface Chapter 13 Designingthe Systems Internals Chapter 14 Implementing and Maintaining the SystemAppendix A Project Man age ment: Process, Techniques, and Tools Appendix BObject-Oriented Analysis and Design.International EditionBASIC INFORMATION SYS TEMS ANAL Y SIS ANDDESIGNby Myrvin Chester, Uni ver si ty of Wolverhampton and Avtar Athwall,Uni ver si ty of Wolverhampton2002 / 250 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709784-4 / MHID: 0-07-709784-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-122921-0 / MHID: 0-07-122921-3 [IE](McGraw-Hill UK Title)CONTENTSReaders’ Guide, General. Chapter 1 is a general in tro duc tion to the subject of thebook, and discusses the important terms to be used. Chapter 2 deals with the waysystems analysis and design fit into the software life cycle of an information system,together with a discussion of the role of the systems analyst. Chapter 3 looks inmore detail at the several ways in which the requirements of a new informationsystem may be discovered, and their in cor po ra tion into the re quire ments catalogue.Chapter 4 covers the techniques of soft systems analysis; its use in the dis cov eryof the requirements of an in for ma tion system and possible or gan i sa tion al andsocial implications. Chapter 5 dis cuss es the im por tant top ics of report writing andpres en ta tions. Chapters 6 and 7 are the parts of book deal ing with the way there la tion ship between data in a system can be mod elled using entity re la tion shipdi a grams. Chap ters 8 and 9 look at the tech niques for mod el ling the processes ofa system and the way in for ma tion flows into, out of, and between those processes;as well as where in for ma tion may be stored. This chapter uses the modellingtech nique of data flow diagrams. Chap ter 9 con cerns three ways in which proc ess esin in for ma tion sys tems may be de scribed more formally than by us ing ordinaryEnglish. It covers de ci sion tables, decision trees and struc tured English. Chapter10 de scribes the pro ce dure of logicalisation, which fol lows from the diagrams ofthe cur rent in for ma tion system and leads to the design of a new system. Chapter11 onwards will be systems design10193-110_MIS.indd 10111/15/06 5:27:17 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionSYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT CASE STUDIESby M Gordon Hunter1998 / 264 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-115984-5 / MHID: 0-07-115984-3 [IE]CONTENTS1 Initial Investigation. 2 Requirements Analysis. 3 System Specification and Design.4 Construction. 5 In stal la tion. 6 Operation/Maintenance. 7 Review.Object-Oriented System Analysis& DesignOBJECT-ORIENTED SYSTEMS ANALYSIS ANDDESIGN USING UMLThird Editionby Simon Bennett, Celesio AG, Steve McRobb, De MontfortUniversity, and Ray Farmer, Coventry University2006 (August 2005) / 624 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-711000-0 / MHID: 0-07-711000-5(McGraw-Hill UK Title)Browse http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/bennettThe book provides a clear, practical framework for developmentthat uses all the major techniques from UML 2.0. It followsan iterative and incremental approach based on the industrystandardUnified Process. It places systems analysis and designin the context of the whole systems lifecycle, and includesgeneric analysis and design issues. Two realistic case studiesare used throughout the book--one for illustrative examplesand the other for practical exercises for the reader. The bookis structured in four parts, which can be flexibly combinedto meet the needs of the syllabus. The first part provides thebackground to information systems analysis and design andto object-orientation. The second begins with two case studychapters, and focuses on the activities of requirements gatheringand systems analysis, and the basic notation of the UnifiedModelling Language (UML). The third part covers the activitiesof system design and UML notation for object design. Thefinal part examines the later stages of the systems developmentlifecycle, reuse and software development methodologies.CONTENTS1. Information Systems: What Are They? 2. Problems in Information SystemsDevelopment. 3. Avoiding the Problems. 4. What is Object-Orientation? AgateLimited Case Study (1) Food Co Limited Case Study 5. Modelling Concepts 6.Requirements Capture. Agate Limited Case Study (2). 7. Requirements Modelling.Agate Limited Case Study (3). 8. Refining the Requirements Model. 9. ObjectInteraction. 10. Specifying Operations. 11. Specifying Control. Agate LimitedCase Study (4). 12. System Architecture. 13. Systems Design. 14. DetailedDesign. 15. Design Patterns. 16. Human-Computer Interaction. 17. DesigningBoundary Classes. 18. Data management design. Agate Limited Case Study (5). 19.Implementation. 20. Reusable components. 21. Software Development Process.Appendix A: Notation summaries. Appendix B: Selected Solutions and AnswerPointers. Glossary. Bibliography. Index.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO OB JECT-ORI ENT ED ANAL Y SISAND DESIGNby Stephen R Schach, Vanderbilt University - Nashville2004 / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-121878- 8 / MHID: 0-07-121878-5 [IE with CD]http://www.mhhe.com/schachooadThis text will be the first to present an object-orientedmethodology from the outset for beginning Systems Analysisand Design students. It is the first book to introduce objectorientedmethods with out relying on classical meth ods tointroduce key concepts or without requiring students to knowJava or C++. It will presume no knowledge what so ev er aboutprocess modeling or data modeling. The widely used UMLnotation (unified mod el ing language) will be used throughoutthe book for all diagrams and model renderings. The keybenefit to this ap proach is that it makes the course easierto teach and learn since many students come to this coursewith limited back grounds having only taken one introductoryMIS course. Also, this approach is appealing because objectorientedmeth od ol o gy is widely used in industry.CONTENTSPart One: Introduction to UML and the Unified Pro cess: Chapter 1. Introductionto Information Systems. Chapter 2. How Information Systems are Developed.Chapter 3. The Object-Oriented Paradigm, UML, and the Unified Process. PartTwo: UML and the Uni fied Process: Chapter 4. The Requirements WorkflowI. Chapter 5. The Requirements Workflow II. Chapter 6. The Object-OrientedAnalysis Workflow. I. Chapter 7. The Object-Oriented Analysis Workflow. II.Chapter 8. The Object-Oriented Design Workflow. Chapter 9. The Workflows andPhases of the Unified Process. Chapter 10. More on UML. Part Three: Major Topicsin Systems Analysis and Design: Chapter 11. CASE. Chapter 12. Teams. Chapter13. Testing. Chapter 14. Management Issues. Chap ter 15. Planning and Es ti mat ing.Chapter 16. Maintenance. Chapter 17. User-Interface Design. Chapter 18. Web-Based In for ma tion Systems. Chapter 19. Introduction to Database ManagementSys tems. Chapter 20 Technical Topics. Appendix A. Term Project: ChocoholicsAnon y mous. Appendix B. Object-Oriented Design: Osbert Oglesby Case Study.Appendix C. Object-Oriented Design: MSG Foundation Case Study. Appendix DImplementation: Osbert Oglesby Case Study. Appendix E. Java Im ple men ta tion:MSG Foundation Case StudyInternational EditionOBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENTby Ali Bahrami, Rhode Island College1999 / 432 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-256-25348-1 / MHID: 0-256-25348-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-116090-2 / MHID: 0-07-116090-6 [IE]CONTENTSPART I: Introduction Chapter 1 Overview of Object-Ori ent ed SystemsDevelopment Chapter 2 Object Basics Chapter 3 Systems De vel op ment LifeCycle: Unified Approach PART II: Meth od ol o gy and Modeling Chapter 4 Object-Oriented Methodology Chapter 5 Unified Modeling Language PART III: Object-Oriented Analysis Chapter 6 Object-Oriented Analysis: The Use Case DrivenProcess Chapter 7 Object Analysis: Clas si fi ca tion Chapter 8 Object Re la tion shipAnalysis PART IV: Object-Oriented Design Chap ter 9 Object-Oriented DesignProcess and Benchmarking Chapter 10 Designing Class es: Defining Attributes andMethods Chap ter 11 Ob ject Storage and Access Layer Chapter 12 Designing theView Layer: Toward Ob ject-Oriented User Interface (OOUI) PART V: SoftwareQuality Chapter 13 Measuring User Satisfaction and Sys tems Usability Chap ter14 Software Quality Assurance Appendix A Doc u ment Template Appendix BWindows Basics Glossary Index10293-110_MIS.indd 10211/15/06 5:27:18 PM

Management Information SystemsData Communications/Telecommunications/OfficeSystemsInternational EditionNEWPRINCIPLES OF VOICE AND DATACOMMUNICATIONSBy Regis Bates, TC International Consulting Inc and Marcus Bates2007 (April 2006) / 816 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-225732-8 / MHID: 0-07-225732-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125767-1 / MHID: 0-07-125767-5 [IE]Website: http//www.mhhe.com/bates1e and http://www.mhhe.com/batesvdcPrinciples of Voice and Data Communication is a technologybook for the non-technical student, a comprehensive overviewof the entire networking industry built on unrivaled real-worldexperience. With its helpful pedagogy, teaching support,and student-friendly tone, Principles of Voice and DataCommunication gives students the foundation they need toenter, and succeed in, the technology and communicationsfields.FEATURES• Author Regis “Bud” Bates has nearly 40 years’ experience in thecommunications industry, and his work as both a technology managerand a successful consultant give him an insight into the field that nocompetitor can match.• The book maintains a powerful real-world focus, emphasizinghow communications topics and technologies are implemented inthe workplace. The authors address the reader as professionals, notprofessors.• “Working In This Field” boxes expand a topic by exploring it fromthe perspective of real-world technology practitioners. Web links givestudents the opportunity to go further and explore the topic in evengreater depth.• The end-of-chapter material is loaded with pedagogical tools forreinforcing the material, including summaries, review questions (about25 per chapter), and problems and exercises to work in class.A dozen cases allow students to explore communications topics indetail and in a realistic setting.• Brought to you by the author of the Voice and Data CommunicationsHandbook, the standard reference work on the subject in the US andaround the world.CONTENTSChapter 1 Principles of Voice and Data Communications-An Introduction Chapter2 The Evolution of the Telephone Set Chapter 3 Introduction of the Carriers andRegulation in the Industry Chapter 4 Signaling System 7, Intelligent Networks andNumber Portability Chapter 5 Analog versus Digital Communications Chapter6 Integrated Services Digital Network and SONET Chapter 7 Data standards inUse Chapter 8 Data Communications Chapter 9 The Internet Chapter 10 LocalArea Networks (LANs) Chapter 11 Packets, Frames and Cell Switching ConceptsChapter 12 xDSL Chapter 13 Cable Modem Systems and Technology Chapter 14Overview of Cellular communications Chapter 15 Security and Virtual PrivateNetworks (VPNInternational EditionNEWDATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKSECURITYby Houston H Carr, Auburn University, and Charles Snyder, AuburnUniversity2007 (July 2006) / 512 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 9780-07-297604-5 / MHID: 0-07-297604-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110297-1 / MHID: 0-07-110297-3 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/carr2007Written for students and managers who do not have a technicalbackground, Data Communications and Network Securitycomprehensively introduces students to the technology andmanagement of data communications. This includes both wiredand wireless technology as well as comprehensive coverageof network security, helping both the organization and theindividual create and maintain a data-safe environment. Thebook’s unique organization allows the material to be presentedin a variety of ways, making the book a strong match to anyteaching approach.FEATURES• Business Impact: Carr/Snyder present technology from theperspective of how it effects a business.• Written for business students.• Running case studyCONTENTSPart I: The Basics of Communications 1. Basics of Communications Technology2. Media and Their Applications 3. Architecture, Models, and Standards PartII: Network Basics 4. Building a Network: Topology and Protocols 5. NetworkForm and Function Part III: Wide-Area Networks: The Internet 6. From LANsto WANs: Broadband Technology 7. The Internet, Intranets, and Extranets 8.Internet Applications Part IV: Wireless Networks 9. Wireless Networks: The Basics10. Wireless Networks: Issues and Management Part V: Security 11. NetworkSecurity 12. Wireless Network Security Part VI: Network Management andControl 13. Monitoring and Control of Network Activity 14. Network and ProjectManagement Appendix A: Analog Voice Capabilities Appendix B: Epilogue:Emerging Technologies, Innovation, and RisksInternational EditionDATA COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKSby David Miller, Rochester Institute Technology2006 / 424 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-296404-2 / MHID: 0-07-296404-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111624-4 / MHID: 0-07-111624-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/miller1eA friendlier voice in an area crowded with technical, formaltextbooks, Miller’s style reaches the students quickly andeffectively. The abundance of chapter projects and the audio/visual support of concepts enables instructors to keep studentsengaged.CONTENTSChapter 1: Data Com mu ni ca tions—An Introduction Chapter 2: Local AreaNet works—An Introduction Chapter 3: Local Area Net works—Topologies andAr chi tec tures Chapter 4: Local Area Net works—Connectivity Chapter 5: NetworkOperating Systems Chapter 6: Data Storage and Storage Networks Chapter 7:Voice Networks Chapter 8: Wide Area Networks Chapter 9: Network SecurityChapter 10: The Internet Appendix A: A Brief History of Data Communicationsand Computer Networks10393-110_MIS.indd 10311/15/06 5:27:19 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionTHE MAN AGE MENT OF TELE COM MU NI CA TIONS:Busi ness So lu tions to Busi ness ProblemsSecond Edi tionby Houston H Carr, Auburn University - Auburn and Charles Snyder,Auburn University - Auburn2003 / 736 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-291893-9 / MHID: 0-07-291893-4(with NETVIZ CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119928-5 / MHID: 0-07-119928-4 [IE]CONTENTSPart I Communication Basics. Chapter 1 What is Technology? What isTele com mu ni ca tions? Chapter 2 Where did the Telephone come from andhow does it Work? Chapter 3 What Media do we use for Telecommunications?Part II Networks. Chapter 4 Data Com mu ni ca tions: What is it? Chapter 5Data Com mu ni ca tions: Conversion, Modulation, and Multiplexing. Chapter 6Tele com mu ni ca tions Models. Chapter 7 Networks by Topology: Protocols. Chapter8 Networks by Geography: Network Equipment. Part III Uses of Networks. Chapter9 The Internet – The Ultimate WAN. Chapter 10 Using Telecommunications forAc com mo da tion. Chapter 11 Business Ap pli ca tions of Telecommunications. PartIV Legislation and Global Issues. Chapter 12 How do Legislation and Regulationaffect Telecommunications? Part V Managing Telecommunications. Chapter 13How do you Manage Tele com mu ni ca tions in Organizations? Chapter 14 Howdo you Manage Tele com mu ni ca tions Projects? Part VI The Need for Band width.Chapter 15 How much Bandwidth do you need? Chapter 16 Lower reaches ofBroadband Technologies. Chapter 17 Competing Broadband Technologies. PartVII The Future. Chapter 18 The End . . . The BeginningInternational EditionBUSINESS DATA COM MU NI CA TIONSby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2003 / 736 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-123018-6 / MHID: 0-07-123018-1 [IE with OLC]CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction. Chapter 2 Basics. Chapter 3 Data Com mu ni ca tionModels. Chap ter 4 Data Transmission. Chapter 5 Transmission Media andChannels. Chapter 6 Data Link Control. Chapter 7 Tra di tion al LANs. Chapter 8High-Speed LANs. Chapter 9 Wire less LANs. Chapter 10 Switch ing. Chapter 11Traditional WANs. Chapter 12 High-Speed WANs. Chapter 13 Networking andInternetworking Devices. Chapter 14 TCP/IP Protocol Suite. Chapter 15 InternetApplicationsInternational EditionGLOBAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS REVOLUTIONThe Business Perspectiveby Tom Housel and Eric Skopec2001 / 312 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118137-2 / MHID: 0-07-118137-7 [IE]CONTENTSChapter One: Perspectives on Business Tele com mu ni ca tions ChapterTwo: Telecommuni-cations Applications in Busi ness Chapter Three: TheTelecommunications Business Chapter Four: Government Regulation ofTelecommunications Chapter Five: Network Fun da men tals Chapter Six: ThePublic Switched Tele phone Network Chapter Seven: Local Area NetworksChapter Eight: Wireless Networks Chapter Nine: The In for ma tion Superhighwayand Elec tron ic Commerce Chapter Ten: Emerging Business Ap pli ca tions ChapterEleven: Capitalizing on New Re al i ties in Telecommunications Chapter Twelve:Reshaping Our WorldDecision Support SystemsInternational EditionDECISION SUPPORT AND DATA WARE HOUSESYSTEMSby Efrem G Mallach, Uni ver si ty Mas sa chu setts Lowell2000 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-116356-9 / MHID: 0-07-116356-5 [IE]CONTENTSPreface Chapter 1: In tro duc tion to Decision Support Systems Chapter 2: HumanDecision Making Processes Chapter 3: Systems, In for ma tion Quality, and ModelsChapter 4: Types of Decision Support Systems Chapter 5: DSS Architecture,Hardware and Operating System Plat forms Chapter 6: DSS Soft ware Tools Chapter7: Build ing and Im ple ment ing De ci sion Support System Tools Chapter 8: Modelsin De ci sion Support Systems Chapter 9: Math e mat i cal Models and OptimizationChapter 10: Group Decision Support Sys tems Chapter 11: Expert Systems Chapter12: Data Warehousing and Executive Information System Fun da men tals Chapter13: The Data Warehouse Database Chapter 14: Analyzing the Contents of theData Warehouse Chap ter 15: Constructing a Data Warehouse System Chapter16: Putting it all Together: Systems In te gra tion and the Future of DSS Appendix:Selected Case StudiesProject ManagementTHE AMA HANDBOOK OF PROJECT MANAGEMENTSecond EditionBy Paul Dinsmore and Jeannette Cabanis-Brewin2006 (January 2006) / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-8144-7271-2 / MHID: 0-8144-7271-0McGraw-Hill UK TitleA Professional ReferencesThe second edition of The AMA Handbook of ProjectManagement is a vital resource containing all the criticalconcepts and theories project managers must master. Thebook includes definitive models, advice and in-depth solutionsto specific project management dilemmas and illustrates keyideas with illuminating case studies. Thoroughly revised andcompletely up-to-date, it is a a comprehensive reference thatshould have a place on every project manager’s bookshelf.Includes the latest techniques on how to:• establish project goals• implement planning on both the strategic and operational levelsdesign dependable, but flexible, organisational structures• manage the project life cycle and meet objectivesbudget the project• handle the transition from project idea to project reality10493-110_MIS.indd 10411/15/06 5:27:19 PM

Management Information SystemsSOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENTFourth EditionBy Bob Hughes, and Mike Cotterell, both of University of Brighton2006 (November 2005)/ 384 pagesISBn-13: 978-0-07-710989-9 / MHID: 0-07-710989-9McGraw-Hill UK Title(Browse http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/hughes)From its first appearance in 1995, this book has beenconsistently well received by tutors and students alike. Now inits fourth edition, this textbook is highly regarded for providinga complete introduction to Software Project Managementfor both undergraduate and postgraduate students. The newedition retains its clear, accessible style and comprehensivecoverage, plus the many examples and exercises throughoutthe chapters that illustrate the practical application of softwareproject management principles. Reflecting new developmentsin software project management, the fourth edition has beendeveloped to ensure that the coverage is up-to-date andcontemporary. This includes new and expanded coverage oftopics such as virtual teams and agile methods.CONTENTSChapter 1. Introduction to software project management. Chapter 2. “StepWise” An overview of project planning. Chapter 3. Programme managementand project evaluation. Chapter 4. Selection of an appropriate project approach.Chapter 5. Software effort estimation. Chapter 6. Activity planning. Chapter 7.Risk management. Chapter 8. Resource allocation. Chapter 9. Monitoring andcontrol. Chapter 10. Managing contracts. Chapter 11. Managing people andorganizing teams. Chapter 12. Software quality. Chapter 13. Small projects.Appendix A: Prince 2. Appendix B: BS6079: 1996. Appendix C: Answer Pointers.Further Reading. Index.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO IN FOR MA TION SYSTEMSPROJECT MANAGEMENTSecond Editionby David Olson, University of Nebraska, Lincoln2004 / 360 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-123261-6 / MHID: 0-07-123261-3 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olson2eOlson’s Introduction to Project Management, 2/e is a projectmanagement text that focuses on “systems” issues. The primaryfocus is to examine the many issues facing MIS project managers.The revision also now incorporates the Project ManagementInstitute’s Body of Knowledge (PMBOK), better preparing usersfor the PMI certification exam. Olson focuses on traditionalproject management topics such as project adoption, planning,scheduling, and implementation while encouraging studentsto view the projects holistically and analytically. Utilizingthe most current software and project management tools, heprovides students with the most effective strategies for today’sIT project managers.CONTENTS1. Introduction to Project Management. 2. Human As pects of In for ma tion SystemsProject Management. 3. Project Organization. 4. Project Se lec tion and Approval.5. Re quire ments Definition. 6. System Development. 7. Estimation. 8. QuantitativeProject Sched ul ing Methods. 9. Probabilistic Sched ul ing Models. 10. ProjectImplementation. 11. Project Control and Assessment. Ap pen dix (Microsoft Project).PMBOK Cross ReferencesPROJECT PLANNING, SCHEDULING ANDCONTROLFourth EditionBy James Lewis, The Lewis Institute2006 (December 2005) / 550 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-146037-8 / MHID: 0-07-146037-3A Professional ReferencesThe classic project manager’s handbook, with new chaptersand insights that demystify the new PM tools and the PMP®exam. Project Planning, Scheduling, and Control has been thestandard guidebook for project managers for more than 15years. Addressing the key issues you face every day, Jim Lewis’sbenchmark book brings the subject alive with accessible,nontechnical questions, step-by-step guidelines, and realworldexamples and applications. This revised, updated, andexpanded fourth edition provides an applications-orientedunderstanding of the issues you must confront and importanttips for passing the Project Management Professional (PMP®)exam.10593-110_MIS.indd 10511/15/06 5:27:20 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionAdvanced MISNEWCORPORATE INFORMATION STRATEGY ANDMANAGEMENT: TEXT AND CASESSeventh EditionBy Lynda M. Applegate, Robert D. Austin, and F. Warren McFarlan,all of Harvard Business School2007 (October 2005) / 736 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-294775-5 / MHID: 0-07-294775-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124419-0 / MHID: 0-07-124419-0 [IE]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/applegate7eCorporate Information Strategy and Management: Text andCases 7/e by Applegate, Austin and McFarlan is written forstudents and managers who desire an overview of contemporaryinformation systems technology management. It explainsthe relevant issues of effective management of informationservices activities and highlights the areas of greatestpotential application of the technology. No assumptions aremade concerning the reader’s experience with IT, though itis presumed that the reader has some course work or workexperience in administration and/or management. This textis comprised of an extensive collection of Harvard Businesscases devoted to Information Technology.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New Harvard cases: Bring into the classroom the recent findingsand observations of some of the brightest minds in IS as they analyzesome of the most prominent global companies.• Additional coverage on systems integration: Important to thewhole system is the discussion of the challenges of installing andintegrating new technology.• Contemporary view of IT opportunity, and how to take advantageof IT in business.• Strategic IT audits now covered in Chapter One.• Impact of IT on the ‘organizational design’ covered exclusively inChapter Two.• Impact of IT on the ‘extended enterprise’ covered exclusively inChapter Three.• Outsourcing, including off-shoring, updated in Module 3.FEATURES• Harvard Case Approach: Enables you to teach using the samemethod and content used at Harvard.CONTENTSIntroduction: The Challenges of Managing in a Network Economy. Case #I-1 Li andFung Internet Issues (A) (HBS #301-009). Module 1: Business Impacts. Chapter1: IT and Strategy Chapter 2: IT and Organization. Chapter 3. Extending theEnterprise. Chapter 4. Making the Case for IT. Case #1-1 Charles Schwab in 2002(HBS #803-070). Case #1-2 Learning from Leapfrog (HBS #804-062). Case #1-3Wyndham International: Fostering High-Touch with High Tech (HBS #803-092).Case #1-4 Global Healthcare Exchange (HBS #804-002). Article #1-5 IT Doesn’tMatter with Letters to the Editor (HBR #3566). Module 2: Managing NetworkedInfrastructure and Operations. Chapter 5. Understanding InternetworkingInfrastructure. Chapter 6. Assuring Reliable and Secure IT Services. Chapter 7.Managing Diverse IT Infrastructures. Case #2-1 CareGroup (HBS #303-097). Case#2-2 The iPremier Company: Denial of Service Attack (A) (HBS #601-114). Case#2-3 Ford Motor Company: Supply Chain Strategy ((HBS #699-198) Article #2-4The Power of Virtual Integration: An Interview with Dell Computer’s Michael Dell(HBR #98208). Case #2-5 Postgirot Bank and Provment AB: Managing the Cost ofIT Operations (HBS #302-061). Module 3: Managing and Leading a NetworkedIT Organization. Chapter 8. Organizing and Leading the IT Function. Chapter 9.Managing IT Outsourcing. Chapter 10. A Portfolio Approach to IT Projects. Case#3-1 Cathay Pacific: Doing More with Less (HBS #303-106). Case #3-2 RoyalCaribbean Cruises, Ltd. (HBS #304-019). Case #3-3 Rakuten (HBS #305-050).Case #3-4 Telecomunicacoes de São Paulo S.A. (Telesp) (HBS #804-149). Case#3-5 Outsourcing IT: The Global Landscape in 2004 (HBS #304-104). Conclusion:The Challenges of Managing in a Network Economy Revisited. Case #C-1 UCB(HBS #304-096). Case #C-2 Enabling Business Strategy with IT at the World Bank(HBS #304-055). Annotated Bibliography. IndexInternational EditionCREATING BUSINESS ADVANTAGE IN THEINFORMATION AGEby Lynda M Applegate, Harvard Business School2002 / 432 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-252367-6 / MHID: 0-07-252367-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122658-5 / MHID: 0-07-122658-3 [IE]CONTENTSCases: 1. Charles Schwab (A). 2. Charles Schwab (B). Mod ule One: The Chal leng esof Managing in an In for ma tion Age. Cases: 1. H.E. Butt Grocery Com pa ny:The New Digital Strategy. 2. Admart. 3. Li & Fung. Module Two: BuildingIn for ma tion Age Businesses. Cases: 1. QuickenInsurance: The Race to Click andClose (Con densed). 2. Amazon.com 2000. 3. Amazon.com Val u a tion Exercise.4. American Express Interactive. Module Three: Information Age Operations.Cases: 1. Arepa. 2. Selecting a Hosting Pro vid er. 3. Web and IT Hosting Facilities.4. Trilogy (A). 5. The iPremier Company: Denial of Service Attack (A). ModuleFour: Managing Information Age Projects and Programs. Cases: 1. Tektronix, Inc.:Global ERP Implementation. 2. BAE Automated Systems: Denver InternationalAirport Bag gage-Handling System (A). 3. Cisco Systems Ar chi tec ture: ERP andWeb-Enabled IT. 4. General Dynamics and Com put er Sciences Corporation:Outsourcing the IS Function (A). Concluding Thoughts. Case: 1. Merrill Lynch:Integrated Choice (Condensed)Knowledge ManagementInternational EditionMEASURING AND MANAGING KNOWL EDGEby Tom Housel and Arthur Bell2001 / 176 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118119-8 / MHID: 0-07-118119-9 [IE]CONTENTS1. The Parameters of Knowl edge Management. 2. The Knowledge-based Economy.3. Paradigms for Knowledge Management. 4. Knowledge Manage-ment Principles.5. Knowledge Management at Work in Organizations. 6. Per spec tives onMeasuring Knowl edge. 7. Measuring Return on Knowledge. 8. Electronic Toolsfor Man ag ing Knowledge. 9. Im ple ment ing Knowledge Management. 10. TheFuture of Knowledge Management.International EditionKNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTby Ganesh Natarajan, President & CEO, APTECH Mumbai andSandhya Shekhar, Principal Consultant, APTECH, Mumbai2000 / 375 pagesISBN-13; 978-0-07-118820-3 / MHID: 0-07-118820-7 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)Professional BookCONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Demystifying Knowl edge Manage-ment. 3. KM The BusinessPer spec tive. 4. KM The Technology Per spec tive. 5. KM The Pro cess Per-spective.6. KM The Learning Sys tems Perspective. 7. K M The Market Per spec tive. 8.Building the Knowl edge Cor po ra tion. 9. KM in Oth er Segments. 10. KM YourPerspective. 11. KM The Future10693-110_MIS.indd 10611/15/06 5:27:21 PM

Management Information SystemsComputers In Society /ComputerEthicsNEWANNUAL EDITIONS: COMPUTERS IN SOCIETY06/07Thirteenth EditionBy Paul DePalma, Gonzaga University2007 (March 2006) / 240 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-352832-8 / MHID: 0-07-352832-3Browse: http://www.dushkin.com/text-data/catalog/0073528323.mhtmlFrom McGraw-Hill Contemporary Learning Series (formerlyknown as McGraw-Hill/Dushkin), this Thirteen Edition ofANNUAL EDITIONS: COMPUTERS IN SOCIETY 06/07provides convenient, inexpensive access to current articlesselected from the best of the public press. Organizationalfeatures include: an annotated listing of selected World WideWeb sites; an annotated table of contents; a topic guide;a general introduction; brief overviews for each section; atopical index; and an instructor’s resource guide with testingmaterials. USING ANNUAL EDITIONS IN THE CLASSROOMis offered as a practical guide for instructors. ANNUALEDITIONS titles are supported by our student website, www.mhcls.com/online.CONTENTSUNIT 1. Introduction 1. Five Things We Need to Know About TechnologicalChange 2. Whom to Protect and How? New! 3. On the Nature of ComputingUNIT 2. The Economy 4. The Productivity Paradox New! 5. The Big Band EraNew! 6. The New Gatekeepers New! 7. The Software Wars UNIT 3. Workand the Workplace 8. Brain Circulation: How High-Skill Immigration MakesEveryone Better Off 9. Software 10. Letter from Silicon Valley New! 11. WhenLong Hours at a Video Game Stop Being Fun New! 12. The Computer EvolutionNew! 13. Making Yourself Understood UNIT 4. Computers, People, and SocialParticipation New! 14. Back-to-School Blogging New! 15. Structure and Evolutionof Blogspace New! 16. New Technologies and Our Feelings: Romance on theInternet 17. From Virtual Communities to Smart Mobs 18. Making Meaning: AsGoogle Goes, So Goes the Nation New! 19. Conquered by Google: A LegendaryLiterature Quiz UNIT 5. Societal Institutions: Law, Politics, Education, and theMilitary 20. The Copyright Paradox 21. You Bought It. Who Controls It? New!22. Electronic Voting Systems: the Good, the Bad, and the Stupid New! 23. SmallVote Manipulations Can Swing Elections New! 24. To Size Up Colleges, StudentsNow Shop Online New! 25. Facing Down the E-Maelstrom 26. Point, Click…Fire27. The Doctrine of Digital War UNIT 6. Risk New! 28. Why Spyware PosesMultiple Threats to Security New! 29. Terror’s Server 30. Homeland Insecurity31. The Virus Underground New! 32. The Fading Memory of the State New! 33.False Reporting on the Internet and the Spread of Rumors: Three Case Studies 34.The Level of Discourse Continues to Slide UNIT 7. International Perspectivesand Issues New! 35. China’s Computer Wasteland New! 36. The New Face ofthe Silicon Age New! 37. Restoring the Popularity of Computer Science 38. DotCom for Dictators New! 39. Weaving the Authoritarian Web 40. Kabul’s CyberCafe Culture 41. Japan’s Generation of Computer Refuseniks UNIT 8. The Frontierof Computing 42. Minding Your Business 43. Why Listening Will Never Be theSame New! 44. The Intelligent Internet New! 45. Sparking the Fire of InventionNew! 46. Mind ControlInternational EditionETHICAL DECISION MAKING AND INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGYSecond Edi tionby James Grillo and Ernest Kallman, both of Bentley College1996 / 152 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-034090-9 / MHID: 0-07-034090-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124065-9 / MHID: 0-07-124065-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/itCONTENTSPART 1: APPROACHES TO ETHICAL DECISION MAK ING. CHAPTER 1: Ethicsand Ethical Decision Making. Why We Should Care About Ethics. ComputerEthics and Regular Ethics. Competing Factors that Affect Our Behavior. ValueJudgments. The Types of Eth i cal Choices. Making De fen si ble Decisions. Sum ma ry.Annotated References. CHAPTER 2: Ethics and Information Technology. NewTechnologies, New Problems. Why is Ethical Computer Use a Special Challenge?What is Unethical Computer Use? Summary. Annotated References. CHAPTER 3:Solving Ethical Dilemmas: A Sample Case Exercise. A Four-step Analysis Process.Sample Case: Too Much of a Good Thing. Discovering the Four-step Process.Summary. PART 2: THE CASES. Case 1: Levity or Libel - An E-mail Effort. Case 2:Credit Woes - Credit Bureau Decisions. Case 3: Something for Everyone - DataRe com bi na tion. Case 3A: Something for Everyone - Role-playing. Case 4: Abort,Retry, Ignore: Data Recovery. Case 5: Messages from All Over - Who Con trolsE-mail. Case 6: A Job on the Side - Part-time Consulting. Case 7: The New Job- Of fen sive Graphics. Case 7A: The New Job - Role-playing Ver sion. Case 8: TheBuyout - Inappropriately Ac quired Data. Case 9: Charades - Stolen Password.Case 10: Laccaria and Eagle - Restrictive Trade Practices. Case 11: Taking Badwith Good - Bad Software. Case 12: The Engineer and the Teacher - CopyrightEthics. Case 13: Test Data - Con fi den tial or Dummy Data. Case 14: The Brain Pick- Knowledge-based System. Case 15: Trouble in Sardonia - Overseas Copy rightEthics. Case 16: Bad Medicine - Well-intentioned software. Case 17: Code Blue- Patient Data. Case 18: Virtual Success - Games Invade the Real World. Case 19:His Private Lab - Student Com put er Use . APPENDIX A: Ethics Codes and Policies.APPENDIX B: Worksheets for Four-step Analysis. Index10793-110_MIS.indd 10711/15/06 5:27:21 PM

Management Information SystemsEnterprise Resource PlanningNEWSAP R/3 ENTERPRISE SOFTWAREAn IntroductionBy Roger Hayen, Central Michigan University2007 (May 2006) / 192 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-299067-6 / MHID: 0-07-299067-8Browse http://www.mhhe.com/hayenThis text is written by Dr. Roger Hayen, a SAP R/3 instructorat Central Michigan University, one of three universities inthe U.S. to offer SAP R/3 certification for students in an SAPUniversity Alliance program, called “Process IntegrationCertification Academy”. Hayen’s extensive familiarity with thesubject provides a useful introduction to the essential conceptsof the SAP R/3 System, with the opportunity for hands-onimplementation of those concepts. The text’s succinct, yetthorough coverage makes it versatile, so that it is appropriatefor both student instruction and professional training andreference.FEATURES• The core text is organized into three distinct main parts—Understanding Enterprise Software, Displaying SAP R/3 Information,and Processing SAP R/3—for easy readability and enhancedfunctionality.• Includes helpful “Quick Checks” for student review of conceptsafter each chapter.• Class-tested at Central Michigan University by undergraduatestudents; also used by SAP R/3 for its own training programs.• Hands-on, up-to-date exercises using SAP’s IDES training data,SAP R/3’s own help files, and the 4.6 R/3 release—critical to theunderstanding and application of the software. Frees instructors’time, as they would otherwise have to create the data for students’exercises themselves. Also ensures students will be market-ready forSAP R/3 user companies.• Flexibility of the hands-on exercises. Provided in two formats:local, ‘read-only’ ones and web-based activities with a ‘live client’simulating a ‘real world’ SAP/R3 implementation.• Can be purchased, at a discounted price, with other McGraw-Hill/Irwin texts in Operations Management.• Heavily illustrated with graphics and annotated screen shots.CONTENTSPreface / Part 1 Understanding Enterprise Software Chapter 1 Overview Chapter2 Navigation and Systems Operation Chapter 3 Application Modules Chapter 4Businesses Processes Chapter 5 Web Application Server Chapter 6 Internet EnabledSolutions Chapter 7 Configuration Chapter 8 Implementation Framework Chapter9 Organization Structure Chapter 10 Customizing Tools Part 2 Displaying SAPR/3 Information Chapter 11 Exploring System Capabilities Part 3 Processing SAPR/3 Transactions Chapter 12 Customer Order to Cash Cycle Processes / Summary/ Appendix Quick Check AnswersInternational EditionMANAGERIAL ISSUES OF EN TER PRISE RE SOURCEPLAN NING SYSTEMSby David L Olson, Uni ver si ty of Nebraska - Lincoln2004 / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-286112-9 / MHID: 0-07-286112-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123628-7 / MHID: 0-07-123628-7 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/olsonerpThe primary purpose of this text will be to lay out the scope ofERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) Systems im ple men ta tion,explain the competitive advantages of using ERP Systems andsupport general concepts with short case stud ies. This text coversthe fun da men tal issues im por tant in ERP implementation andman age ment, starting from an in for ma tion systems/in for ma tiontechnology project man age ment perspective. Each chapterwill include a review of real cases of ERP im ple men ta tionsrelated to that particular chapter content. The text is meant tobe software product independent, in order to allow schools toselect their own ERP Systems software tools and use them astime permits. The benefit to this approach is that in addition tolearning key concepts related to ERP Sys tems operations andim ple men ta tion, adopters want to see lots of illustrations andexamples, especially case studies.CONTENTSChapter 1: Enterprise Resource Planning Systems. Chapter 2: ERP Modulesand Historical Development. Chap ter 3: ERP System Op tions and SelectionMethods. Chapter 4: Business Process. eEngineering and Best Practices. Chapter5: ERP System Installation. Chap ter 6: ERP Project Man age ment. Chapter 7: ERPImplementation and Main te nance. Chapter 8: Business In tel li gence Systems andERP. Chapter 9: ERP and Supply Chains. Chapter 10: Advanced Tech nol o gy andERP Security. Chapter 11: Trends in ERPInternational EditionWHY ERP?A Primer on SAP Implementationby F Robert Jacobs, Indiana University - Bloomington and David ClayWhybark, University of North Carolina - Chapel Hill2000 / 144 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-240089-2 / MHID: 0-07-240089-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118943-9 / MHID: 0-07-118943-2 [IE]www.jacobs.indiana.edu/erpCONTENTSChapter 1- Introduction to ERP Chapter 2- The SAP School Chapter 3- Back at thePlant Chapter 4- A Different Business10893-110_MIS.indd 10811/15/06 5:27:22 PM

Management Information SystemsInternational EditionData MiningNEWINTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS DATA MININGby David L Olson, Uni ver si ty of Nebraska - Lincoln, and Yong Shi,University of Nebraska-Omaha2007 (November 2005) / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-295971-0 / MHID: 0-07-295971-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124470-1 / MHID: 0-07-124470-0 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/olson1eIntroduction to Business Data Mining was developed tointroduce students, as opposed to professional practitionersor engineering students, to the fundamental concepts of datamining. Most importantly, this text shows readers how togather and analyze large sets of data to gain useful businessunderstanding. A four part organization introduces thematerial (Part I), describes and demonstrated basic data miningalgorithms (Part II), focuses on the business applications of datamining (Part III), and presents an overview of the developingareas in this field, including web mining, text mining, and theethical aspects of data mining. (Part IV). The author team has hadextensive experience with the quantitative analysis of businessas well as with data mining analysis. They have both taught thismaterial and used their own graduate students to prepare thetext’s data mining reports. Using real-world vignettes and theirextensive knowledge of this new subject, David Olson andYong Shi have created a text that demonstrates data miningprocesses and techniques needed for business applications.FEATURES• Coverage of business applications: This text focuses on the valueof data analyses to business decision making while also exploringconcepts such as lift, customer relationship management, marketsegmentation, and more.• Straightforward explanation of methods, demonstrated withexamples: Short vignettes are used throughout showing how specificconcepts have been applied in actual business situations. Referencesto data mining software and websites are also featured.• Major software addressed: The text’s appendices show how majorsoftware projects support various aspects of data mining. Also, thetext reviews popular data mining software to help students becomefamiliar with the software options available in data mining.• Concepts of data mining introduced early: Concept overviewsprecede the discussion of data mining algorithms, allowing readersto understand the importance of techniques by seeing how they areapplied before they actually learn them.CONTENTSPart I: INTRODUCTION. Chapter 1: Initial Description of Data Mining inBusiness. Chapter 2: Data Mining Processes and Knowledge Discovery. Chapter3: Database Support to Data Mining. Part II: DATA MINING METHODS ASTOOLS. Chapter 4: Overview of Data Mining Techniques. Chapter 4 Appendix:Enterprise Miner Demonstration on Expenditure Data Set. Chapter 5: ClusterAnalysis. Chapter 5 Appendix: Clementine. Chapter 6: Regression Algorithms inData Mining. Chapter 7: Neural Networks in Data Mining. Chapter 8: DecisionTree Algorithms. Appendix 8: Demonstration of See5 Decision Tree Analysis.Chapter 9: Linear Programming-Based Methods. Chapter 9 Appendix: Data MiningLinear Programming Formulations. Part III: BUSINESS APPLICATIONS. Chapter10: Business Data Mining Applications Applications. Chapter 11: Market-BasketAnalysis. Chapter 11 Appendix: Market-Basket Procedure. Part IV: DEVELOPINGISSUES. Chapter 12: Text and Web Mining. Chapter 12 Appendix: Semantic TextAnalysis. Chapter 13: Ethical Aspects of Data MiningDatabase Management(Professional References)SQL SERVER 2005: THE COMPLETE REFERENCESecond Editionby Jeffrey Shapiro and Steen Bowman2006 (March 2006)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-226152-3 / MHID: 0-07-226152-8An Osborne Media TitleProfessional Book• Enterprise data management capabilities, including securityand clustering• Powerful developer tools -- T-SQL, .NET, CLR, XML, ADO.NET 2.0• Business Intelligence features, such as Integration Services,data warehousing, and reportsINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg10993-110_MIS.indd 10911/15/06 5:27:23 PM

Management Information Systems11093-110_MIS.indd 11011/15/06 5:27:23 PM

2007-2008 NEW E-Commerce TitlesE-Commerce ~ ContentsBusiness Process & Re-Engineering ............................... 113Customer Relations Management .................................. 119Cyberlaw and Ethics ..................................................... 114Cyberpreneurship ......................................................... 1152007 New Titles• BENTONPurchasing and Supply Management .......................117ISBN-13: 978-0-07-352514-3 / MHID: 0-07-352514-6• BOWERSOXSupply Chain Logistics Management, 2e ..................117ISBN-13: 978-0-07-294788-5 / MHID: 0-07-294788-8• SIMCHI-LEVIDesigning and Managing the Supply Chain, 3e ........118ISBN-13: 978-0-07-298239-8 / MHID: 0-07-298239-XE-Commerce Cases Book .............................................. 116Internet Marketing ........................................................ 114Introduction to E-Commerce ......................................... 112Knowledge Management .............................................. 116Professional E-Commerce ............................................. 120Risk Management ......................................................... 115Strategy ........................................................................ 115Supply Chain Management ........................................... 117Technology / Infrastructure ........................................... 112111111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11111/15/06 5:30:31 PM

E-CommerceIntroduction to E-CommerceInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCESecond EditionBy Jeffrey F. Rayport and Bernard J. Jaworski of Monitor /Marketspace Center and Breakaway Solutions Inc.2004 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-286525-7 / MHID: 0-07-286525-3(with PowerWeb)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123266-1 / MHID: 0-07-123266-4[IE with PowerWeb]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/rayport04Introduction to E-Commerce, 2/e, by Rayport and Jaworksi,can be used as the principles book for e-commerce. Much likethere is a “Principles of Marketing” that is intended to be the firstcourse in marketing, The text covers the entire landscape of e-commerce. The key message is that faculty who want to teachan introductory class on e-commerce and focus on the strategyparts of e-commerce first and technology second, should adoptthis book. Faculty who teach marketing, management, strategyand entrepreneurship as the core discipline prefer this bookover technology-oriented e-commerce books. Introductionto e-Commerce gives present and future practitioners of e-Commerce a solid foundation in all aspects of conductingbusiness in the networked economy. The text focus is onwhat a manager needs to know about Internet infrastructure,strategy formulation and implementation, technologyconcepts, public policy issues, and capital infrastructure inorder to make effective business decisions. This is presentedin a framework for the study and practice of e-Commerce withbusiness strategy at the core surrounded by four infrastructures;the technology infrastructure that underlies the Internet, themedia infrastructure that provides the content for businesses,public policy regulations that provide both opportunitiesand constraints, and the capital infrastructure that providesthe money and capital to run the businesses. Within thisframework, the authors provide a deep exploration of coreconcepts of online strategy and associated enablers enrichedby a wide variety of examples, case studies, and explanationsculled directly from practice.CONTENTS1 A Framework for E-Commerce Part I: The Basic Technology of the Internet andthe Web 2 Basic Technology of the Web and E-Commerce Businesses Part II:Strategy Formulation for New Economy Firms 3 Framing Market Opportunity 4Business Models 5 Customer Interface 6 Market Communications and Branding7 Strategy Implementation 8 Metrics Part III: Technology Infrastructure 9 WebsiteDevelopment Process 10 Website Architecture Part IV: Capital Infrastructure 11Human and Financial Capital Part V: Media Infrastructure 12 Media ConvergencePart VI: Public Policy and Structure 13 Public Policy: RegulationInternational EditionE-COMMERCEStrategy, Technologies And ApplicationsBy David Whiteley2000 / 300 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709552-9 / MHID: 0-07-709552-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118346-8 / MHID: 0-07-118346-9 [IE]ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124161-8 / MHID: 0-07-124161-2[IE – POD Printing]McGraw-Hill UK TitleWebsite: www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/books/whiteleyCONTENTSAcknowledgements / Preface / Part 1: Introduction to Electronic Commerce /Chapter 1 Electronic Commerce / Part 2: Business Strategy in an Electronic Age/ Chapter 2 The Value Chain / Chapter 3 Competitive Advantage / Chapter 4Business Strategy / Chapter 5 Case Study—Electronic Commerce in PassengerAir Transport / Part 3: Business to Business Electronic Commerce / Chapter 6Inter-organisational Transactions / Chapter 7 Electronic Markets (EM) / Chapter 8Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) / Chapter 9 EDI, the Nuts and Bolts / Chapter 10EDI and Business / Chapter 11 Inter-organisational E-Commerce / Part 4: Businessto Consumer Electronic Commerce / Chapter 12 Consumer Trade Transactions/ Chapter 13 The Internet / Chapter 14 A Page on the Web / Chapter 15 Theelements of E-Commerce / Chapter 16 E-Business / Part 5: Conclusions / Chapter17 Electronic Commerce—May Many Flowers Bloom / Bibliography / IndexTechnology/InfrastructureELECTRONIC COMMERCESecond EditionBy Bharat Bhasker, Indian Institute of Management2005 / 552 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-060095-9 / MHID: 0-07-060095-3Tata McGraw-Hill TitleFollowing an integrated approach, this book provides athorough understanding of what electronic commerce is allabout -- advantages, caveats and business models, includingits complete framework and enabling technologies. With thegrowing importance of mobile commerce (M-commerce), thisedition discusses in detail the technological and managerialissues pertaining to M-commerce. Five comprehensive casestudies on - Online payment for railway tickets: SBI`s eRailservice - Electronic Data Interchange: Indian Customs &Excise adopts EDI - E-Commerce Strategy, Business Modelsand Internet Start-ups: A Business Case on Fabmart Pvt. Ltd- E-Commerce in the Distribution System: The Case of HLLRS Net - Deployment of Information Security Infrastructure:The Experience of IIM Lucknow This book is indispensablefor the students of both management and technical courses onelectronic commerce. It will also prove to be a valuable sourceof reference to students of computer science, managers andinformation officers.CONTENTS1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce. 2. Electronic Commerce: BusinessModels. 3. Electronic Data Interchange. 4. Electronic Commerce: ArchitecturalFramework. 5. Electronic Commerce: Network Infrastructure. 6. ElectronicCommerce: Information Distribution and Messaging. 7. Electronic Commerce:Information Publishing Technology. 8. Electronic Commerce: Securing theBusiness on Internet. 9. Electronic Commerce: Securing Network Transaction.10. Electronic Payment Systems. 11. Electronic Commerce: Search Engines andDirectory Services. 12. Internet Advertising. 13. Mobile Commerce: Introduction,Framework, and Models. 14. Agents in Electronic Commerce112111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11211/15/06 5:30:32 PM

International EditionE-COMMERCEContext, Concepts and ConsequencesBy N Bandyopadhyay, University of East London2002 / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-709857-5 / MHID: 0-07-709857-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123068-1 / MHID: 0-07-123068-8 [IE]McGraw-Hill UK TitleWebsite: www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/bandyoCONTENTSContext: 1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce. 2. The Internet andthe World-Wide-Web for E-commerce. 3. Information in Organizations.4. The Intelligent Organization Concepts. 5. CommunicationInfrastructure for E-commerce. 6. Information ManagementInfrastructure for E-commerce. 7. Operational Infrastructure for E-commerce Consequences. 8. Strategic Implementation of E-commerce.9. Creating trust in E-Commerce. 10. E-commerce and Society in the21st century.International EditionE-BUSINESS AND E-COMMERCE INFRASTRUCTURETechnologies Supporting E-Business InitiativeBy Abhijit Chaudhury and Jean-Pierre Kuilboer2002 / 448 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-247875-4 / MHID: 0-07-247875-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112313-6 / MHID: 0-07-112313-X [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1 E-Commerce and E-Business Chapter 2 NetworkingFundamentals Multiplexing Chapter 3 Communication Protocols forE-Business Chapter 4 Network Security and E-Commerce Chapter5 Authentication, Encryption, Digital Payments, and Digital MoneyChapter 6 Server Platforms in E-Commerce Chapter 7 Language forthe Web: HTML, XML, and Beyond Chapter 8 Chapter 9 SoftwareChapter 10 Multimedia and Web-casting on the WebE-CommerceBusiness Process &Re-engineeringInternational EditionINTERNET BUSINESS MODELS AND STRATEGIESText and CasesSecond EditionBy Allan Afuah, University of Michigan-Ann Arbor and ChristopherTucci, New York University2003 / 496 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-251166-6 / MHID: 0-07-251166-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125248-5 / MHID: 0-07-125248-7 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/afuahtucci2eCONTENTSPart I: The Internet Chapter 1. Introduction and Overview Chapter 2. Overviewof Internet Technology and Value Network Chapter 3. Competitive Landscape-Changing Properties of the Internet Part II: Components, Linkages, Dynamics,and Evaluation of Business Models Chapter 4. Components of a Business ModelChapter 5. Dynamics of Business Models (rewritten new chapter) Chapter 6.Taxonomy of Internet Business Models (new) Chapter 7. Value Configurationsand the Internet Chapter 8. Valuing and Financing an Internet Start-Up Chapter9. Appraisals of Internet Business Models (expanded into new chapter) Part III:The Role of Competitive and Macro Environments Chapter 10. Competitiveand Macro Environments Part IV: Applying the Concepts, Models, and ToolsChapter 11. The General Manager and the Internet Chapter 12. Sample Analysisof an Internet Business Model Case Part V : Cases Case 1. Broadcast.com Case2. Webvan: Reinventing the Milkman Case 3. Reflect.com: Burn the Ship (new)Case 4. VerticalNet Case 5. Live READS: Valuing an e-Book Startup (new) Case6. Beyond Interactive Case 7. Hotmail: Free email for sale Case 8 GMBuyPowerCase 9 iVillage Case 10 eBay, Inc. Case 11 Microsoft: X-Box online (new) Case12 Sun Microsystems Case 13 Oscar: The Open Source Car Project (new) Case14 E*trade: A lust for being different (new) Case 15 RIM: Blackberry: Wirelesse-mail: the killer App? (new) Case 16 Sprint PCS: Winning the Wireless War?(new) Case 17 Napster: The Giant Online Pirate Bazaar? (new)International EditionINTERNET BUSINESS MODELSText and CasesBy Thomas Eisenmann, Havard Business School2002 / 656 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112473-7 / MHID: 0-07-112473-X[IE with Case CD]CONTENTSPREFACE / INTERNET ACCESS PROVIDERS 1. Tele-Communications, Inc.:Accelerating Digital Deployment 2. Geocast Network Systems, Inc. 3. Teledesic[CD ROM bound into volume] ONLINE PORTALS 4. Yahoo!: Business on InternetTime 5. StarMedia: Launching a Latin American Revolution 6. Tellme Networks,Inc. ONLINE CONTENT PROVIDERS 7. Boston.com 8. CNET 2000 9. BET.com10. BMG Entertainment ONLINE RETAILERS 11. Staples.com 12. Petstore.com13. Sendwine.com ONLINE BROKERS 14. DLJdirect: “Putting Our ReputationOnline” 15. Carpoint in 1999 16. Rosenbluth International and Biztravel.com17. Wit Capital: Evolution of the Online Investment Bank (A) and (B) ONLINEMARKET MAKERS 18. Priceline Webhouse Club 19. eBricks.com 20. Sothebys.com NETWORKED UTILITY PROVIDERS 21. Adobe Systems IncorporatedAPPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDERS 22. Everdream 23. DoubleTwist, Inc.113111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11311/15/06 5:30:33 PM

E-CommerceInternet MarketingInternational EditionINTERNET MARKETINGBuilding Advantage in a Networked EconomySecond EditionBy Rafi Mohammed, Monitor, Marketspace Center, Robert J.Fisher, University of Western Ontario, Bernard J. Jaworski, MonitorMarketspace Center and Gordon Paddison, , New Line Cinema2004 / 768 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07253842-7 / MHID: 0-07-253842-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-286526-4 / MHID: 0-07-286526-1(with PowerWeb for E-Commerce)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123259-3 / MHID: 0-07-123259-1[IE with PowerWeb]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/mohammed04Internet Marketing: Building Advantage in a NetworkedEconomy, 2e presents a “road-tested” framework to helpstudents and practitioners understand how to think about andimplement effective Internet marketing programs. The focus ison using marketing levers to vary the level of intensity that theconsumer has with a Website to build a relationship with thecustomer through four stages: from Awareness, to Exploration/Expansion, to Commitment, and possibly through Dissolution.This four stage customer-centric framework shows readers howto use the Internet to create intense and profitable relationshipswith their customers. In addition to comprehensively discussingthe key levers that marketers can use to create relationships,the authors focus on two primary forces that the Internet bringsto marketing: the Individual and Interactivity—detailing howthese forces influence key marketing levers and how theseforces can be leveraged to create intense relationships withcustomers.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Internet Marketing Part I: Framing the Market OpportunityChapter 2: Framing the Market Opportunity Part II: Marketing Strategy Chapter3: Marketing Strategy in Internet Marketing Part III: The Design of the CustomerExperience Chapter 4: Customer Experience Part IV: Building the CustomerInterface Chapter 5: Customer Interface Part V: The Design of the MarketingProgram Chapter 6: Customer Relationships Chapter 7: Product Chapter 8: PricingChapter 9: Communication Chapter 10: Community Chapter 11: DistributionChapter 12: Branding Chapter 13: Designing the Marketspace Matrix Chapter14: Designing the Marketing Program for Lord of the Rings Part VI: LeveragingCustomer Information Through Technology Chapter 15: Customer InformationSystems: Leveraging Customer Information Through Internet Technology Part VII:Marketing Program Evaluation Chapter 16: Customer MetricsInternational EditionINTERNET MARKETINGReadings and Online ResourcesBy Paul S. Richardson, Loyola University—Chicago2001 / 368 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118809-8 / MHID: 0-07-118809-6 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/richardson01CONTENTS1. Introduction To Internet Marketing. 2.Conceptual Foundations of InternetMarketing. 3.Business-to-Consumer Internet Marketing. 4. Shopping Agents &Consumer Behavior. 5. Internet Marketing Communications. 6. Interactivity &Community. 7. Business-to-Business Internet Marketing. 8 . Internet MarketingResearch. 9. The Internet & International Marketing. 10. The Internet & PublicPolicy. 11. The Internet & Information Economics.International EditionE-MARKETING STRATEGYBy Chaston2000ISBN-13: 978-0-07-709753-0 / MHID: 0-07-709753-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-118873-9 / MHID: 0-07-118873-8 [IE]McGraw-Hill UK TitleWebsite: http://www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/chastonCONTENTS1. Managing in an E-Commerce World / 2. E-Buyer Behavior / 3. Mapping theE-Market System / 4. E-Commerce Competence / 5. E-Market Positioning andCompetitive Advantage / 6. Selecting E-Strategies and Constructing an E-Plan /7. E-Commerce Innovation / 8. E-Promotion / 9. E-Pricing and Distribution / 10.E-Management Systems / 11. E-Business and Institutional Markets / 12. E-ServiceMarketsCyberlaw and EthicsInternational EditionLEGAL LANDMINES IN E-COMMERCEBy David R. Canton, Harrison Pensa LLP and John E. Millar, TheAttache Group, Inc.2003 / 144 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-121325-7 / MHID: 0-07-121325-2 [IE]CONTENTSIntroduction Case 1: www.centralmba.com Case 2: Creating a Web Site forMedisys Health Group Case 3: Enerline Restorations Inc.: Stay With an ASP? Case4:Homegrocer.com Case 5:e Lance.com: Preventing Disintermediation114111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11411/15/06 5:30:33 PM

E-CommerceInternational EditionCYBERLAW AND E-COMMERCEBy David Baumer and J Poindexter of North Carolina State University2002 / 432 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112300-6 / 0-07-112300-8 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: The Legal Environment of Business in the Information Age. Chapter 2:Basic Contract Law. Chapter 3: Current and Future Contract law for E-Commerce.Chapter 4: Contracting and Licensing Software. Chapter 5: Torts: Wrongs andTheir Remedies. Chapter 6: Cybertorts, Privacy, and Government Regulation.Chapter 7: Product Liability in Tort. Chapter 8: Intellectual Property I: BasicPatent and Trade Secret Law. Chapter 9: Intellectual Property II: Basic Copyrightand Trademark Law. Chapter 10: Intellectual Property III: Creating, Using, andProtecting Software. Chapter 11: Business Organization: Bricks and Mortar.Chapter 12: Cyber Companies and Internet Agreements.CyberpreneurshipInternational EditionBUILDING AN E-BUSINESSFrom the Ground UpBy Elizabeth Eisner Reding2001 / 192 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-115081-1 / MHID: 0-07-115081-1 (IE)Website: http://www.mhhe.com/ebusinessCONTENTSCHAPTER ONE: Getting Started on the Web / CHAPTER TWO: Creating aBusiness Plan / CHAPTER THREE: Developing a Marketing Plan / CHAPTERFOUR: Designing a Web Page / CHAPTER FIVE: Creating a Web Site / CHAPTERSIX: Enhancing Web Pages / CHAPTER SEVEN: Creating Advanced Web Pages /CHAPTER EIGHT: Running an E-Business / GlossaryRisk ManagementInternational EditionELECTRONIC COMMERCESecurity, Risk Management, and ControlSecond EditionBy Marilyn Greenstein, Arizona State University-West and MiklosVasarhelyi, Rutgers University, Newark2002ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124064-2 / MHID: 0-07-124064-0[IE with PowerWeb]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/business/accounting/greenstein2eCONTENTS1. Overview of Electronic Commerce. 2. The Electronization of Business. 3. B2BProcess and Strategies. 4. Electronic Commerce and the Role of IndependentThird-Parties. 5. The Regulatory Environment. 6. EDI, Electronic Commerceand the Internet. 7. Risks of Insecure Systems. 8. Risk Management. 9. InternetSecurity Standards. 10. Cryptography & Authentication. 11. Firewalls. 12.Electronic Commerce Payment Mediums. 13. Intelligent Agents. 14. Web-BasedMarketingInternational EditionStrategyINTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCESecond EditionBy Jeffrey F. Rayport and Bernard J. Jaworski of Monitor /Marketspace Center and Breakaway Solutions Inc.2004 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-286525-7 / MHID: 0-07-286525-3(with PowerWeb)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123266-1 / MHID: 0-07-123266-4[IE with PowerWeb]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/rayport04Introduction to E-Commerce, 2/e, by Rayport and Jaworksi,can be used as the principles book for e-commerce. Much likethere is a “Principles of Marketing” that is intended to be the firstcourse in marketing, The text covers the entire landscape of e-commerce. The key message is that faculty who want to teachan introductory class on e-commerce and focus on the strategyparts of e-commerce first and technology second, should adoptthis book. Faculty who teach marketing, management, strategyand entrepreneurship as the core discipline prefer this bookover technology-oriented e-commerce books. Introductionto e-Commerce gives present and future practitioners of e-Commerce a solid foundation in all aspects of conductingbusiness in the networked economy. The text focus is onwhat a manager needs to know about Internet infrastructure,strategy formulation and implementation, technologyconcepts, public policy issues, and capital infrastructure inorder to make effective business decisions. This is presentedin a framework for the study and practice of e-Commerce withbusiness strategy at the core surrounded by four infrastructures;the technology infrastructure that underlies the Internet, themedia infrastructure that provides the content for businesses,public policy regulations that provide both opportunitiesand constraints, and the capital infrastructure that providesthe money and capital to run the businesses. Within thisframework, the authors provide a deep exploration of coreconcepts of online strategy and associated enablers enrichedby a wide variety of examples, case studies, and explanationsculled directly from practice.CONTENTS1 A Framework for E-Commerce Part I: The Basic Technology of the Internet andthe Web 2 Basic Technology of the Web and E-Commerce Businesses Part II:Strategy Formulation for New Economy Firms 3 Framing Market Opportunity 4Business Models 5 Customer Interface 6 Market Communications and Branding7 Strategy Implementation 8 Metrics Part III: Technology Infrastructure 9 WebsiteDevelopment Process 10 Website Architecture Part IV: Capital Infrastructure 11Human and Financial Capital Part V: Media Infrastructure 12 Media ConvergencePart VI: Public Policy and Structure 13 Public Policy: Regulation115111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11511/15/06 5:30:34 PM

E-CommerceInternational EditionE-COMMERCEBy Jeffrey Rayport and Bernard Jaworski of Monitor / MarketspaceCenter2001 / 456 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118945-3 / MHID: 0-07-118945-9 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/marketspaceCONTENTSChapter 1: Overview of E-commerce Framework Chapter 2: Framing MarketOpportunity Chapter 3: Business Models Chapter 4: Customer Interface Chapter5: Market Communications and Branding Chapter 6: Implementation Chapter7: Metrics Chapter 8: Valuation Chapter 9: Network Infrastructure Chapter 10:Media ConvergenceE-Commerce Cases BookInternational EditionCASES IN ELECTRONIC COMMERCESecond EditionBy Sid L Huff, Scott Schneberger, Michael Wade, Peter Newson andMichael Parent2002 / 488 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112352-5 / MHID: 0-07-112352-0 [IE]CONTENTS1.Introduction 2. E-Commerce Infrastructure 3. Sourcing of E-CommerceCapabilities 4. Financial Systems and Choices 5. Business-to-Consumer E-Commerce 6. Business-to-Business E-Commerce and E-Commerce Strategy 7.Virtual Work 8. Virtual Communities 9. Social and Legal IssuesKnowledge ManagementINFORMATION AND KNOWLEDGE SOCIETYBy Al-Hawamdeh Suliman, Nanyang Technological University and LHart Thomas, Florida State University2001 / 296 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-120238-1 / MHID: 0-07-120238-2An Asian PublicationCONTENTSChapter 1. Information Society: Global Perspective. Chapter 2. InformationInfrastructure. Chapter 3. Communication and Information Transfer. Chapter 4.Electronic Publishing in the Digital Era. Chapter 5. Knowledge Managementand the Economy of Ideas. Chapter 6. Intellectual Property and Copyright inthe Digital Era. Chapter 7. Education in the Digital Age. Chapter 8. Privacy inthe Information Age. Chapter 9. Information Security and Ethics. Chapter 10.Information Standards.International EditionKNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENTBy Ganesh Natarajan, President of APTECH, a leading and training &consultant organization and Sandhya Shekhar, Principal Consultantof APTECH, Mumbai.2000 / 375 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118820-3 / MHID: 0-07-118820-7 [IE]Tata McGraw-Hill TitleA Professional Reference TitleCONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Demystifying Knowledge Management. 3. KM The BusinessPerspective. 4. KM The Technology Perspective. 5. KM The Process Perspective.6. KM The Learning Systems Perspective. 7. K M The Market Perspective. 8.Building the Knowledge Corporation. 9. KM in Other Segments. 10. KM YourPerspective. 11. KM The FutureInternational EditionCASES IN E-COMMERCEBy Jeffrey Rayport and Bernard Jaworski of Monitor / MarketspaceCenter2002 / 656 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-250095-0 / MHID: 0-07-250095-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-112412-6 / MHID: 0-07-112412-8 [IE]Website: www.Marketspaceu.comCONTENTSChapter 1: Overview of e-Commerce Framework. Chapter 2: Framing the MarketOpportunity. Chapter 3: Business Models. Chapter 4: Customer Interface. Chapter5: Marketing Communications and Branding. Chapter 6: Implementation.Chapter 7: Valuation. Chapter 8: Network Infrastructure. Chapter 9: MediaConvergence.116111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11611/15/06 5:30:35 PM

Supply Chain ManagementInternational EditionNEWE-CommerceInternational EditionNEWPURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENTBy W C Benton2007 (June 2006) / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-352514-3 / MHID: 0-07-352514-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110630-6 / MHID: 0-07-110630-8 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/benton07Purchasing and Supply Management, 1/e, by W.C. Benton,offers insights into the theory, practice, and implementationof supply management issues. A step-by-step approachhelps students and professionals gain analytical purchasingskills. Many actual case studies and exercises help studentstransform purchasing theory into purchasing practice andimplementation. Some of the topics include purchasingbusiness processes, price cost analysis, professional services,transportation purchasing, global purchasing, and healthcarepurchasing.FEATURES• Introduces innovative and recent concepts in purchasingand supply chain management, such as supply chain powerand e-purchasing systems concepts.• Includes coverage of pricing, price discrimination, and anappendix on the Robinson-Putman act.• Covers special topics of interest to majors: equipment andleasing, healthcare purchasing, service procurement, and legalissues in purchasing and supply management.• Contains over 25 case studies, all original to this text.CONTENTSPreface. Part 1: Introduction to Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter1: Purchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 2: Purchasing Decisionsand Business Strategy. Chapter 3: The Legal Aspects of Purchasing. Part 2:Materials Management. Chapter 4: Materials Management. Chapter 5: InventoryManagement. Chapter 6: Just-In-Time (Lean) Purchasing. Chapter 7: PurchasingProcedures, E-Purchasing, and Systems Contracting. Part 3: Fundamentals ofPurchasing and Supply Management. Chapter 8: Supplier Selection and Evaluation.Chapter 9: Global Sourcing. Chapter 10: Purchasing, Supply Partnerships,and Supply Chain Power. Chapter 11: Total Quality Management (TQM) andPurchasing. Part 4: Price/Cost Analysis and Negotiation Strategies. Chapter 12:Price Determination. Chapter 13: Bargaining and Negotiations. Part 5: SpecialPurchasing Application. Chapter 14: Purchasing Transportation Services. Chapter15: Equipment Acquisition and Disposal. Chapter 16: Healthcare Purchasingand Supply Management. Chapter 17: Procuring Professional Services. Cases.Glossary. IndexSUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS MANAGEMENTSecond EditionBy Donald Bowersox, David Closs and M. Bixby Cooper of MichiganState University—East Lansing2007 (November 2005) / 464 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-294788-5 / MHID: 0-07-294788-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125414-4 / MHID: 0-07-125414-5 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/bowersox2eSupply Chain Logistics Management is exciting and promises tobolster traditional logistics courses and invigorate supply chainmanagement courses, by examining traditional logistics issueswithin the context of the supply chain. Supply Chain LogisticsManagement integrates technology and provides a solidfoundation that clearly describes the role of logistics within thesupply chain, portraying a complete view of the subject andgoing farther to show how all the pieces fit together. The mostcurrent trends in process integration, relationship management,supply chain security and sustainability, globalization, andthe impact of the new consumer economy on supply chainmanagement and design are featured in the Second Edition.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Important new topics on supply chain added: processintegration, relationship management, supply chain securityand sustainability, globalization, and the impact of the newconsumer economy on supply chain management anddesign.• New, integrated treatment of technology, including ERPand advanced planning and scheduling systems.• The book has been shortened and reorganized tofacilitate a better teaching and learning pace, and a leanerpresentation.Features• Technology—Vast coverage of the most currenttechnology in this industry such as Information Networks,Enterprise Resource Planning and Decision Support Systemsare covered. .• MSU Loga Simulation—This unique simulation stresses acomplete range of supply chain decisions..• Authorship—The authors are well-known and respected.Don Bowersox is a well-published author and researcher. Heis acknowledged as one of the leading authorities on logistics.David Closs’ research in logistics is also well respected, healso has extensive consulting experience and is a roundtableofficer of the Council of Logistics Management, BixbyCooper is the co-author of Marketing Channels along withBowersox and is very visible as a member of various logisticsprofessional organizations. Their talent will be very wellreceived within the industry.• Unique Balanced Approach : The book offers a uniqueblend of supply chain and logistics.• Extensive integration of spreadsheet-based solutionmethods in the text and problem material, for example:Use of Excel Solver to solve linear programming problems(Chapter 10) and reciprocal cost allocation problems (Chapter14), Use of Excel regression to solve linear regressionproblems, Use of spreadsheets to perform sensitivity analysisin cost-volume-profit analysis and to prepare process costreports. Actual Excel screens are used to illustrate the use ofthe methods to make it easier to replicate the examples andproblems, following the illustrated Excel commandsCONTENTSPART ONE – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT. Chapter 1 21stCentury Supply Chains. Chapter 2 Logistics. Chapter 3 Customer Accommodation.Chapter 4 Procurement and Manufacturing. Chapter 5 Information TechnologyFramework. PART TWO – SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS OPERATIONS. Chapter6 Inventory. Chapter 7 Transportation Infrastructure. Chapter 8 TransportationOperations. Chapter 9 Warehousing. Chapter 10 Packaging and MaterialsHandling. Chapter 11 Operational Integration. PART THREE – SUPPLY CHAIN117111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11711/15/06 5:30:36 PM

E-CommerceLOGISTICS DESIGN. Chapter 12 Global Strategic Positioning. Chapter 13 NetworkIntegration. Chapter 14 Logistics Design and Operational Planning. PART FOUR– SUPPLY CHAIN LOGISTICS ADMINSTRATION. Chapter 15 RelationshipDevelopment and Management. Chapter 16 Operational, Financial and SocialPerformance. EPILOGUEInternational EditionNEWDESIGNING AND MANAGING THE SUPPY CHAINThird EditionBy David Simchi-Levi, Northwestern University, Philip Kaminsky,University of California-Berkeley and Edith Simchi-Levi, Logic Tools,Inc., Lexington2007 (Feb 2006) / 460 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-298239-8 / MHID: 0-07-298239-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-124477-0 / MHID: 0-07-124477-8 [IE]As the most up-to-date, cutting-edge supply chain managementbook on the market, the Third Edition of Designing andManaging the Supply Chain discusses the problems, modelsand concepts derived from issues related to effectivesupply chain management. While many core supply chainmanagement issues are interrelated, the authors have tried tomake each chapter as self-contained as possible so that thereader can refer directly to chapters covering topics of interest.Each chapter utilizes case studies and numerous examples.Mathematical and technical sections can be skipped withoutloss of continuity. Most textbooks do not include models anddecision support systems robust enough for industry, but thatis not true of this new edition. The accompanying CD-ROMalso features the return of two simulations, the ComputerizedBeer Game and the Risk Pool Game and a computerized tool.These simulations help users develop and execute supplychain contracts while also illustrating many of the conceptsdiscussed in the text.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Improved and Integrated Coverage of Technology– To reflect a more realistic approach to incorporatingtechnology in today’s companies, Chapter 8 (on “ SupplyChain Design”) has again been updated, incorporatingnew material on coordinating product and supply chain,on modular processes and products; Chapter 9 (“CustomerValue”) expands and updates an Amazon.com exampleand adds material on “Customer Relations Management”’;Chapter 10 (“Information Technology”) has new materialon “the Internet” “events management” “collaboration” and“exchanges”, “modeling” and “demand planning” (Chapter11 “Decision Support Systems”).• New or updated cases: Several new cases have beenadded and remaining ones updated. When possible, a singlecase has been replaced with multiple cases within a chapter,in response to reviewer suggestions.• More comprehensive and complete ancillary package.Improved solutions, powerpoint, and teaching notes on theinstructor CD offer added flexibility and resources for theinstructor.FEATURES• Strong coverage of e commerce as it relates toprocurement and distribution. Reflecting the current trends ine-commerce, one entire chapter is devoted to “ProcurementStrategies” (Chapter 12)another, to “Distribution Strategy”(Chapter 5)and the impact of ecommerce.• Expanded discussion of forecasting: Responding to therecommendations of reviewers, the material on “Forecasting”(Chapter 4, “The Value of Information”) has been enhanced.• Broad Introduction to many critical issues pertinent toSupply Chain Management: The topics discussed rangefrom a basic discussion of inventory management, logisticsnetwork design, distribution systems, and customer value, tomore advanced discussions of strategic alliances, the value ofinformation in the supply chain, information technology anddecisions support systems, and international issues in supplychain management.• State-of-the-art models: Managing and Designing theSupply Chain introduces state-of-the-art models, concepts,and solution methods important in the design, controloperation, and management of supply chain systems.• Innovative Software included on CD-ROM: TheComputerized Beer Game and the Risk Pool Game areincluded on a CD-ROM, available free-of-charge andpackaged with each copy of the text.• Case Studies: Each chapter contains at least one casestudy.• Authorship: The authors have taught a variety of studentsand the book is written to appeal to many types of readers.This book is appropriate for undergraduate and graduatebusiness students as well as for engineers and engineeringstudents. It will also have tremendous appeal to customers inthe professional market that are seeking a reference book onsupply chain management.• New “Supply Contracts” Tool on CD-ROM: Besides thecomputerized versions of “The Beer Game” and the “RiskPool Game,” there will be a newly developed electronic tooldealing with supply contracts. Now students have even moresupport to help them conceptualize strategic supply chainmanagement.International EditionPURCHASING AND SUPPLY MANAGEMENTThirteenth EditionBy Michiel Leenders, University of Western Ontario, Harold E.Fearon, Center for Advanced Purchasing Studies, Emeritus, AnnaFlynn and P. Fraser Johnson, University of Western Ontario2006 / 588 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-287379-5 / MHID: 0-07-287379-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124966-9 / MHID: 0-07-124966-4 [IE]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/leenders13eThe Leenders’ text provides a comprehensive introduction tothe purchasing and supply chain management field, supportedby 50 case studies. Cases cover purchasing and supply chainissues in a variety of settings, from process industries to hightech manufacturing and services as well as public institutions.Supply Management concepts, both strategic and tactical,have been expanded throughout the text, particularly innew chapters on Supply Law and Ethics, Public Supply, andSupplier Relations. While all basic tenets of the purchasingfunction and cost issues remain, the coverage of the field isstate of the art highlighting the supply chain approach.CONTENTSChapter 1 – Purchasing and Supply Management Chapter 2 – Supply OrganizationChapter 3 – Supply Processes Chapter 4 – Information Systems and TechnologyChapter 5 – Quality, Specification and Service Chapter 6 – Quantity and InventoryChapter 7 – Transportation and Delivery Chapter 8 – Price Chapter 9 – CostManagement, Discounts, and Negotiation Chapter 10 – Supplier SelectionChapter 11 – Investment Recovery Chapter12 – Supply Law and Ethics Chapter 13– Research and Metrics Chapter 14 – Global Supply Chapter 15 – Public SupplyManagement Chapter 16 – Capital Goods Chapter 17 – Services Chapter 18 – Makeor Buy, Insourcing, and Outsourcing Chapter 19 – Supplier Relations Chapter 20– Strategy in Purchasing and Supply Management / Case Index / Subject Index118111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11811/15/06 5:30:37 PM

E-CommerceInternational EditionWORLD CLASS SUPPLY MANAGEMENTThe Key to Supply Chain Management with StudentCD (Cases)Seventh EditionBy David N. Burt, University of San Diego and Donald W. Dobler,Colorado State University, Emeritus2003ISBN-13: 978-0-07-283156-6 / MHID: 0-07-283156-1(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123627-0 / MHID: 0-07-123627-9[IE with CD-ROM]Website: http://www.mhhe.com/burt7eCONTENTSI The Foundation: 1. World Class Supply Management / 2. Purchasing BecomesSupply Management / 3. Supply Management: An Organization-Spanning Activity /4. Supply Management: Implementor of Three of the Firm’s Social Responsibilities/ II. Enabling Concepts: 5. Three Types of Buyer-Supplier Relationships / 6. Cross-Functional Teams / 7. Quality / 8. Total Cost of Ownership / 9. e-Procurement /III. The Requirements Process: 10. New Product Development / 11. Specificationsand Standardization / 12. Equipment / 13. Services / IV. Strategic Sourcing: 14.Make or Buy/Outsourcing / 15. Source Selection / 16. Global Supply Management/ V. Strategic Cost Management: 17. Pricing / 18. Cost Analysis / 19. Types ofCompensation / 20. Negotiation / VI. Relationship Management: 21. Relationshipand Contract Management / 22. Supplier Development / 23. Alliance Development/ 24. Ethics / 25. Legal / VII. Integrating the Supply Chain: 26. Demand Management/ VIII. Institutional and Government Procurement: 27. Supply Management inInstitutions / 28. Government Procurement / IX. Supply Chain Management: 29.World Class Supply Management (sm) : The Key to Supply Chain Management.Customer Relations ManagementCUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENTCreating Competitive Advantage throught Win-WinRelationship StrategiesBy Kaj Storbacka, CEO of CRM Group Ltd and Jarmo L Lehtinen,University of Tampere2001 / 176 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-120678-5 / MHID: 0-07-120678-7 (Softcover)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118861-6 / MHID: 0-07-118861-4 (Hardcover)An Asian PublicationA Professional Reference TitleThe aim of customer relationship management (CRM) is to buildrelationship strategies that refine relationships, and in this wayincrease their value. This book is the result of an extensiveresearch project that studied new ideas in marketing and howthese ideas are being applied in practice. Field trips to US andEuropean businesses to study their CRM processes, and theparticipation of major Scandinavian companies provide a widerange of practical examples. The authors also draw on theirexperiences in consulting work to present in-depth examplesof successful implementations of these new ideas.INVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg119111-120_E-Commerce.indd 11911/15/06 5:30:37 PM

E-CommerceProfessional E-CommerceE-COMMERCESecond EditionBy KK Bajaj and Debjani Nag2005 / 616 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-058556-0 / MHID: 0-07-058556-3Tata McGraw-Hill TitleA Professional Reference TitleA comprehensive coverage of technology and processesbehind e-commerce and e-governance At the time of thepublication of the first edition of this book, the Internet wasseen as a formidable force. It portended to disrupt and transformalmost all facets of life; the way we lived and worked, the waycommerce was conducted and the way governments wouldprovide services to their citizens. E-commerce was largelyseen as the vehicle to propel and accelerate these changes.Most of these changes have occurred, despite the bursting ofthe Internet bubble after a period of big hype in the year 2000.E-Commerce has weathered many challenges and continues togrow. Now businesses and economies accept that e-commerceis here to stay. New business models are being tried and tested,along with novel methods for exploiting the Internet to makebusinesses survive and thrive in the highly competitive e-marketplace. The revised edition of this highly successful bookcaptures the essence of the momentous changes that werewitnessed in the last six years. Content, which is no longerrelevant, has been deleted, while some of the chapters havebeen rewritten in entirety. New chapters have been added toaddress the major developments in e-governance, incidenceof cyber crimes and their mitigation and the legal frameworkfor enabling trust in the electronic environment. E-Commerce:The Cutting Edge of Business presents the technology andprocesses behind e-commerce and e-governance. It alsounderscores the importance of security of transactions in theelectronic environment. With such an extensive coverage,the book will be useful to people in trade and commerce andto businesses which are trying to expand using Internet andintranet commerce. Students and teachers of e-commerce willfind that the technology and processes that make e-commerceclick have been addressed in detail. The book will also be ofenormous value to government officials, financial institutions,public sector and the private industry keen to learn about ‘TheCutting Edge of Business’.CONTENTSPart I: Theme of the Book. 1. Information Technology and Business. 2. E-Commerce. Part II: Electronic Communication. 3. PCs and Networking. 4. E-mail.5. The Internet. 6. Intranets. Part III: Building Blocks for E-Commerce. 7. ElectronicData Interchange. 8. The UN/EDIFACT Standard. 9. The Internet and Extranets.10. Identification and Tracking Tools. Part IV: Reengineering for Change. 11.Business Process Reengineering. 12. Management of Change. Part V: Concernsfor E-Commerce Growth. 13. Legal Issues. 14. Cyber Security. 15. Cyber Crimes.Part VI: Creating Trust in the Electronic Environment. 16. Information TechnologyAct, 2000. 17. Public Key Infrastructure. 18. Electronic Payment Systems andInternet Banking. Part VII: Case Studies in India. 19. E-Commerce—Case Studies.20. E-Governance—Case Studies. Part VIII: AppendicesEBAY THE SMART WAY4th EditionBy Joseph T. Sinclair2005ISBN-13: 978-0-8144-7289-7 / MHID: 0-8144-7289-3McGraw-Hill UK TitleA Professional Reference TitleWhy would anyone buy a book for dummies when they caneBay the Smart Way? The only thing easier than buying andselling on eBay is getting lumped in with more than 125million other eBayers. The savviest eBay users turn to eBay theSmart Way, the definitive guide to smarter eBay tactics for bothbuyers and sellers. Now in its fourth blockbuster edition, thispriceless tool has changed with the times to cover the latesttrends! With sales of over 125,000 copies, the eBay the SmartWay series has helped countless eBayers—from occasionalbuyers to full-time professional sellers—find the best dealsand maximize profits on everything from collectibles tocars to real estate. eBay the Smart Way is the go-to resourcefor first-time sellers and veterans alike, with step-by-stepinstructions for listing products, creating attention-grabbingphotos and descriptions, offering top-notch customer service,and maintaining high credibility. eBay buyers will also benefitfrom powerful strategies for finding the best products, biddingsmarter, negotiating great deals, and more. For the mostindepth and accessible information on how to make the mostout of online auctions, “nothing explains it better than eBaythe Smart Way.” — The Internet Marketing BookshelfCOMPLIMENTARYCOPIESComplimentary desk copies are availablefor course adoption only. Kindly contact yourlocal McGraw-Hill Representative or fax theExamination Copy Request Form availableon the back pages of this catalog.Visit McGraw-Hill EducationWebsite: www.mheducation.com120111-120_E-Commerce.indd 12011/15/06 5:30:38 PM

2007-2008 NEW Electrical Engineering TitlesElectrical Engineering ~ContentsAdvanced Electronics .......................................... 134Advanced Systems ............................................... 136Analog Integrated Circuits .................................... 129Analog OP Amps ................................................. 133Circuits ................................................................ 123Coding and Information Theory ........................... 149Communications ................................................. 145Communications IV: Advanced ........................... 148Communications IV: Signals & Systems ............... 148Computer Architecture/Microprocessors .............. 153Computer Engineering: Advanced ....................... 154Control Systems ................................................... 135Digital Communications ...................................... 147Digital Control ..................................................... 135Digital Integrated Circuits .................................... 130Digital Logic Design ............................................ 150Digital Signal Processing ...................................... 143Digital Signal Processing Laboratory .................... 144Electricity & Electronics ....................................... 137Electromagnetics .................................................. 140Electromagnetics (Advanced) ............................... 141Electronics I: Analog/Digital ................................. 126Electronics II: Solid-State ...................................... 130Electronics III: Optics ........................................... 134Electronics III: Solid-State (Advanced) .................. 134High Voltage Engineering .................................... 140Introduction to Electrical Engg for NonEE Majors ........................................................ 123Machinery ........................................................... 136Microwaves & Antennas ...................................... 141Neural Networks/Fuzzy Logic .............................. 152Power Electronic ................................................. 139Power Systems ..................................................... 139Probability & Random Processes .......................... 149Professional References ....................................... 157Robotics/Intelligent Systems ................................. 153Signals & Systems ................................................ 142Systems/Controls (Ro bot ics) ................................. 136Telecommunications ........................................... 155VLSI Digital ......................................................... 133Contents121121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12111/15/06 5:32:02 PM

Electrical 2007-2008 EngineeringNEW Electrical Engineering Titles2007 New Titles2008 New Titles• ALCIATOREIntroduction to Mechatronics and MeasurementSystems, 3e ..............................................................130ISBN-13: 978-0-07-296305-2 / MHID: 0-07-296305-0• ALEXANDERFundamentals of Electric Circuits, 3e ......................123ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325643-6 / MHID: 0-07-325643-9• FOROUZANData Communications Networking, 4e ...................146ISBN-13: 978-0-07-325032-8 / MHID: 0-07-325032-5• HAYTEngineering Circuit Analysis, 7e ..............................124ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326318-2 / MHID: 0-07-326318-4• MALVINOElectronics Principles, 7e ........................................128ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322277-6 / MHID: 0-07-322277-1• NEAMENMicroelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e .....128ISBN-13: 978-0-07-328596-2 / MHID: 0-07-328596-X• RIZZONIPrinciples and Applications of ElectricalEngineering, 5e ........................................................123ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322033-8 / MHID: 0-07-322033-7• SCHULTZBasic Electronics, 10e ..............................................127ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322276-9 / MHID: 0-07-322276-3• FOWLERElectricity: Principles and Applications, 7e..............137ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322279-0 / MHID: 0-07-322279-8• FRENZELPrinciples of Electronic CommunicationSystems, 3e ..............................................................145ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322278-3 / MHID: 0-07-322278-X• JAEGERMicroelectronic Circuit Design, 3e .........................127ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330948-4 / MHID: 0-07-330948-6• MARCOVITZIntroduction to Logic and Computer Designwith CD ...................................................................150ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331417-4 / MHID: 0-07-331417-X• ROBERTSFundamentals Signals Systems .................................142ISBN-13: 978-0-07-330950-7 / MHID: 0-07-330950-8• SCHULERElectronics: Principles and Applications, 7e ............126ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331651-2 / MHID: 0-07-331651-2• TOKHEIMDigital Electronics: Principles andApplications, 7e .......................................................126ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322275-2 / MHID: 0-07-322275-5• TRONTPSpice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e .......................124ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326319-9 / MHID: 0-07-326319-2• TRONTPSpice for Basic Microelectronics ...........................125ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326320-5 / MHID: 0-07-326320-61222006-2007 New Titles121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12211/15/06 5:32:03 PM

Introduction To ElectricalEngineering For Non EE MajorsInternational EditionNEWPRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF ELECTRICALENGINEERINGFifth Editionby Giorgio Rizzoni, Ohio State University2007ISBN-13: 978-0-07-322033-8 / MHID: 0-07-322033-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125444-1 / MHID: 0-07-125444-7 [IE]NEW TO THIS EDITION• The Hallmark Feature of Rizzoni is:Extensive use of practical, interesting applications from all areas ofengineering to illustrate principles• Great Pedagogy to help the students retain knowledge• What’s NEW--FEATURES• Rizzoni’s experience as an electrical engineer teaching in amechanical engineering department makes him the ideal authorfor an EE book for non majors. Through the use of a wide varietyof applications and interesting problems, Rizzoni stimulates andmotivates the non-majors audience.• A list of learning objectives is presented after each chapter’sintroductory section. Reminders are provided in the margin when akey topic related to a learning objective is introduced.• “Make the Connection” sidebars are used to present analogiesbetween electric circuits and hydraulic, thermal, and mechanicalsystems. Examples that illustrate the analogies are included.• “Focus on Methodology” boxes throughout the text enumerate andhighlight the steps involved in using various methods of analysis. Thisfeature reminds students to use the procedures for analysis properly,and highlights the methods (through the use of a shaded box)for easyreference.• “Check Your Understanding” exercises.Each and every example in the text is followed by a “Check yourUnderstanding” exercise. Answers are provided to these exercises sostudents can confirm their mastery of the concept in the precedingexample.• “Focus on Measurements” boxes.The need for measurements is a common thread to all engineeringand scientific disciplines. To emphasize the great relevance ofelectrical engineering to the science and practice of measurements,a special set of examples has been created to focus on measurementproblems. These examples often relate to disciplines outsideelectrical engineering (e.g., biomedical, mechanical, thermal, andfluid system measurements).• Operational Amplifier coverage has been moved earlier in the text.Chapter 8 on Op Amps is the first chapter in the Electronics section,reflecting the way OP AMPS are discussed in majors Electronicscourses.This chapter is completely self-contained, however, so the instructormay choose early OR later coverage of op amps.• Chapter 6 includes complete coverage of Fourier series and Bodeplots.• Chapters 10 (bipolar transistors) and 11 (field-effect transistors) canbe covered (or not covered) in either order.• A wealth of homework problems offers students repeatedopportunities to apply the concepts they’re learning.• Computer tools are introduced, and their use is encouraged in thetext’s examples and problems. Students are given the opportunity tosolve problems with a variety of computer tools such as MathCad,MatLab, etc. Also, a new feature, “Focus on Computer-Aided Tools,”is found in each chapter.An Online Learning Center can be found at www.mhhe.com/rizzoni.This site contains resources for students and instructors. It includessuch things as password-protected solutions for instructors, datasheets, new instrumentation examples, sample syllabi, an additionalchapter on Communications for schools that cover this material, webElectrical Engineeringlinks, and more.Also, a section called “Find it on the Web” has been addedthroughout. These sections provide web links to global companiesthat manufacture the devices mentioned in the text. Students will beable to quickly look up manufacturer’s data sheets and other usefulinformation for use in design problems. This material will be revisedand updated.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERINGSecond Editionby Clayton Paul, University of Kentucky; Syed Nasar, University ofKentucky; Louis Unnewehr, Sullair Corp, Michigan City1992 / 816 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112907-7 / MHID: 0-07-112907-3 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction/Part I•Linear Electric Circuits/2 Circuit Elements and Laws/3Analysis Techniques for Resistive Circuits/4 The Energy Storage Elements/5AC Circuits/6 Transients/Part II•Electronic Circuits/7 Diodes/8 Transistorsand Amplifiers/9 The Operational Amplifier/10 Digital Electronic Circuits/PartIII•Electric Power and Machines/11 Polyphase Circuits/12 Magnetic Circuits/13Transformers/14 DC Machines/15 Synchronous Machines/16 InductionMotors/17 Small AC Motors/18 Electric Power Systems/Part IV•Control andInstrumentation/19 Feedback Control Systems/20 Electrical Instrumentation/PartV•Digital Circuits and Systems/21 Digital Logic Circuits/22 Digital Systems/Appendixes/A Unit Conversion/B Fourier Series/C LaPlace Transforms/Answersto Problems/IndexInternational EditionCircuitsNEWFUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITSThird Editionby Charles Alexander, Cleveland State University and MatthewSadiku, Prairie View A&M University2007 (November 2005) / Hardcover / 960 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-325643-6 / MHID: 0-07-325643-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110903-1 / MHID: 0-07-110903-X[IE with Bind-in Card]http://www.mhhe.com/alexanderAlexander and Sadiku’s third edition of Fundamentals ofElectric Circuits continues in the spirit of its successful previouseditions, with the objective of presenting circuit analysisin a manner that is clearer, more interesting, and easier tounderstand than the competition. Students are introduced tothe sound, six-step problem solving methodology in chapterone, and are consistently made to apply and practice thesesteps in practice problems and homework problems throughoutthe text and online using the KCIDE software.A balance of theory, worked examples and extended examples,practice problems, and real-world applications, combinedwith over 300 new homework problems for the third editionand robust media offerings, renders the third edition the mostcomprehensive and student-friendly approach to linear circuitanalysis. Key: It’s all about Alexander’s Problem SolvingApproach--supported with unmatched quantity and quality ofproblems--sets this text apart from the traditional texts123121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12311/15/06 5:32:04 PM

Electrical EngineeringNEW TO THIS EDITION• C.O.S.M.O.S. Solutions Manual, provided to instructors onCD, allows for assignment generation, tracking, and distribution.Instructors also have the ability to edit homework problems.• A new four color design program• NEW!! Over 300 new homework problems have been added tothe new edition, with over 1800 total problems provided in the text.• “Enhancing Your Skills” chapter openers in several chapters• Knowledge Capturing Integrated Design Environment (KCIDE)software provided on the Online Learning Center leads studentsthrough end of chapter problems using the six-step problem solvingmethod, and keeps a record for how problems are solved so studentscan share and check their work. An appendix on KCIDE has beenadded to the text.FEATURES• The six-step problem solving methodology is introduced inchapter one and carried throughout the text to promote soundproblem solving practices. A bookmark is included with each copy ofthe book to remind students of the solution steps (and to mark theirplace).CONTENTSPart 1 DC Circuits: 1 Basic Concepts. 2 Basic Laws. 3 Methods of Analysis. 4 CircuitTheorems. 5 Operational Amplifiers. 6 Capacitors and Inductors. 7 First-OrderCircuits. 8 Second-Order Circuits. Part 2 AC Circuits: 9 Sinusoids and Phasors. 10Sinusoidal Steady-State Analysis. 11 AC Power Analysis. 12 Three-Phase Circuits.13 Magnetically Coupled Circuits. 14 Frequency Response. Part 3 AdvancedCircuit Analysis: 15 Introduction to the Laplace Transform. 16 Applications ofthe Laplace Transform. 17 The Fourier Series. 18 Fourier Transform. 19 Two-PortNetworks. Appendix A Simultaneous Equations and Matrix Inversion, AppendixB Complex Numbers, Appendix C Mathematical Formulas. Appendix D PSpicefor Windows. Appendix E MATLAB. Appendix F KCIDE. Appendix G Answersto Odd-Numbered ProblemsInternational EditionNEWENGINEERING CIRCUIT ANALYSISSeventh Editionby William H. Hayt (deceased), Jack Kemmerly (deceased), andSteven M. Durbin, University of Canterbury, New Zealand2007 (January 2006) / Hardcover / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-326318-2 / MHID: 0-07-326318-4(with Aris bind-in card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110937-6 / MHID: 0-07-110937-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/hayt7eThe book website contains the solutions manual (instructorsonly), tutorials, Virtual Professor, COSMOS and much more.The hallmark feature of this classic text is its focus on the student– it is written so that students may teach the science of circuitanalysis to themselves. Terms are clearly defined when theyare introduced, basic material appears toward the beginningof each chapter and is explained carefully and in detail, andnumerical examples are used to introduce and suggest generalresults. Simple practice problems appear throughout eachchapter, while problems that are more difficult appear at theends of chapters, following the order of presentation of textmaterial. This introduction and resulting repetition provide animportant boost to the learning process. Hayt’s rich pedagogysupports and encourages the student throughout by offeringtips and warnings, using design to highlight key material, andproviding lots of opportunities for hands-on learning. Thethorough exposition of topics is delivered in an informal waythat underscores the authors’ conviction that circuit analysiscan and should be fun.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Practical Applications boxes throughout the book connect materialto real-world situations and tie in concepts of design and problemsolving.• PSpice examples are included in relevant chapters to introducestudents to practical features such as DC sweeps, transient analysis,writing expressions in Probe, and also to show useful simulations thattie in to the text material.• Many new examples have been added, particularly in the transientanalysis chapters (7, 8, and 9), and closely related practice problemsare provided alongside examples.• Many basic level, “confidence building” end-of-chapter exerciseshave been added for the seventh edition, something specificallyrequested by students around the world.• Problem-solving techniques are introduced in Chapter One toprepare students for developing a methodical approach to circuitanalysis. The step-by-step approach is used in each subsequentchapter, with a carefully selected example in each chapter re-statingthe problem-solving methodology as a reminder to the students.• A new full color design has been implemented throughout.• Design-oriented questions appear at the ends of selected chaptersto help students grasp the complexities of the design process.• The Online Learning Center offers students eProfessor Videos,Algorithmic Problems, a Problem Solving Workbook, NetworkAnalysis Tutorials, FE Exam Review Material, a PSpice Manual, anextra chapter on State-Variable Analysis, and text updates. And forinstructors the site provides Solutions and PowerPoint slides.• COSMOS gives instructors the ability to edit all text homeworkproblems to create assignments, quizzes and tests.CONTENTS1 Circuit Analysis and Electrical Engineering. 2 Basic Components and ElectricCircuits. 3 Voltage and Laws. 4 Basic Nodal and Mesh Analysis. 5 Useful CircuitAnalysis Techniques. 6 The Operational Amplifier. 7 Capacitors and Inductors. 8Basic RL and RC Circuits. 9 The RLC Circuit. 10 Sinusoidal Steady State Analysis.11 AC Power Circuit Analysis. 12 Polyphase Circuits. 13 Magnetically CoupledCircuits. 14 Complex Frequency and The Laplace Transform. 15 Circuit Analysis inthe s-Domain. 16 Frequency Response. 17 Two-Port Networks. 18 Fourier CircuitAnalysis. 19 State-Variable Analysis--*on Web Site Only. Appendixes Appendix1 An Introduction to Network Topology. Appendix 2 Solution of SimultaneousEquations. Appendix 3 A Proof of Thevenin’s Theorem. Appendix 4 A PSpiceTutorial. Appendix 5 Complex Numbers. Appendix 6 A Brief MATLAB tutorial.Appendix 7 Additional Laplace Transform Theorems. Appendix 8 Answers toOdd-Numbered ProblemsNEWPSPICE FOR BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSISSecond Editionby Joseph G Tront, Virginia Polytech Institute & State University2007 (January 2006) / Softcover / 128 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-326319-9 / MHID: 0-07-326319-2 (with CD)NEW TO THIS EDITION• Examples will be based on the most current version of PSPice (acopy of OrCAD PSpice will be packaged on a CD-ROM with thisbook) but the principles are applicable to other versions of PSpice.• The examples (with solutions) will be updated 20% for the newedition.Features• Includes step-by-step instructions to support novice users as theyperform schematic capture and circuit simulation.• Provides detailed explanations and examples of the use of PSpicein typical problem solving situations.• Explains some of the salient features of PSpice, includinginformation on Capture and Probe.• Chapters are written in a modular format so the organization isflexible.• This manual will work well with either McGraw-Hill circuits’ text:Alexander/Sadiku’s “Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 2e” & Hayt/Kemmerly/Durbin’s “Engineering Circuit Analysis, 6e.”124121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12411/15/06 5:32:05 PM

Electrical EngineeringNEWPSPICE FOR BASIC MICROELECTRONICSby Joseph G. Tront, Virginia Polytech Institute & State University2007 (February 2006)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-326320-5 / MHID: 0-07-326320-6 (with CD)The PSpice Manual will be sold as a stand-alone and, also, inpackages with Neamen, Electronic Circuit Analysis and Jaeger,Microelectronic Circuit Design. Text introduces readers tothe fundamental uses of Pspice in support of Microelectroniccircuit analysis. This book goes beyond basic circuit analysisto include analysis of more complex electronic problems.Analysis of diodes, BJTs, JFETs, MOSFETs, and transformerswill be included–all key areas in the Electronics course.KEY FEATURES• Step-by-step instructions to support novice users as they performschematic capture and circuit simulation.• Detailed explanations and examples of the use of PSpice in typicalproblem-solving situations.• Explains some of the salient features of PSpice, includinginformation on OrCAD Capture and Probe.SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITSFourth Editionby Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A. Edminister, University of Akron2003 / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-139307-2 / MHID: 0-07-139307-2Schaum's PublicationCONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Circuit Concepts. 3. Circuit Laws. 4. Analysis Methods. 5.Am pli fi ers and Operational Amplifier Circuits. 6. Waveforms and Signals. 7. First-Order Circuits. 8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency. 9. Si nu so i dalSteady-State Circuit Analysis. 10. AC Power. 11. Polyphase Circuits. 12. FrequencyResponse, Filters, and Resonance. 13. Two-Port Networks. 14. Mutual Inductanceand Transformers. 15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice. 16. The LaPlaceTransform Method. 17. Fourier Method of Wave form Analysis. Appendix AComplex Number System. Appendix B Matrices and DeterminantsInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC CIRCUIT ANALYSISSecond Editionby John O’Malley, University of Florida1992 / 484 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-047824-4 / MHID: 0-07-047824-4Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSIntroduction/1 Resistance/2 Series and Parallel DC Circuits/3 DC Circuit Analysis/4DC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits/5 OperationalAmplifier Circuits/6 Spice DC Circuit Analysis/7 Capacitors and Capacitance/8Inductors, Inductance, and PSpice Transient Analysis/9 Sinusoidal AlternatingVoltage and Current/10 Complex Algebra and Phasors/11 Basic AC CircuitAnalysis, Impedance, and Admittance/12 sh, Loop, Nodal, and PSpice Analyses ofAC Circuits/13 AC Equivalent Circuits, Network Theorems, and Bridge Circuits/14Power in AC Circuits/15 Transformers/16 Three-Phase CircuitsInternational EditionSCHAUM’S SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ELECTRICCIRCUITS, BOOK 1by Syed Nasar, University of Kentucky1989ISBN-13: 978-0-07-099190-3 / MHID: 0-07-099190-1 [IE]Schaum's PublicationSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC ELECTRICITYby Milton Gussow, Johns Hopkins University1983 / 448 pagesISBN-13" 978-0-07-025240-0 / MHID: 0-07-025240-8Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionBASIC CIRCUIT THEORYby Desoer and Kuh1969ISBN-13: 978-0-07-085183-2 / MHID: 0-07-085183-2 [IE]SCHAUM'S OUTLINE OF ELECTRONIC DEVICESAND CIRCUITSSecond Editionby Jim Cathey, University of Kentucky—Lexington2002 / 304 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136270-2 / MHID: 0-07-136270-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122918-0 / MHID: 0-07-122918-3 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's PublicationCONTENTSCircuit Analysis: Port Point of View. Semiconductor Diodes. Characteristics ofBipolar Junction Transistors. Char ac ter is tics of Field-Effect Tran sis tors and Triodes.Transistor Bias Considerations. Small-Signal Midfrequency BJT Amplifiers. Small-Signal Midfrequency FET Amplifiers. Frequency Effects in Am pli fi ers. OperationalAmplifiers. Switched Mode Power Supplies125121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12511/15/06 5:32:05 PM

Electrical EngineeringELECTRONICS I: Analog/DigitalNEWELECTRONICS: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONSSeventh Editionby Charles A. Schuler2008 (February 2007)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-331651-2 / MHID: 0-07-331651-2(with MultiSIM CD)Electronics: Principles and Applications provides a concise,practical introduction to analog devices, circuits and systems.Like earlier editions, the Seventh Edition combines theory withreal-world applications in a well-paced sequence, introducingstudents to such topics as semiconductors, op amps, linearintegrated circuits, switching power supplies, electroniccommunications devices and DSP. The text prepares studentsto effectively diagnose, repair, verify, and install electroniccircuits and systems, without overwhelming them withexcessive theory. MultiSim examples are included for optionalsimulation activities, with MultiSim circuit files included on abound-in CD ROM. Prerequisites are a command of algebraand an understanding of fundamental electrical concepts.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Bound-in CD ROM with MultiSIM version 7 circuit simulationfiles, for circuits included in both the textbook and ExperimentsManual.• CPS from eInstruction is available with Schuler 7/e; PowerPointand electronic testbank questions are provided that work directlywith CPS in the classroom.• New OLC website is available, with new student and instructorresources.FEATURES• Concise approach to electronics, with a practical approachthroughout. Just enough theory is presented to support the practicalapplications students will need for their careers.• Student learning is reinforced by Self-Tests included with eachchapter sub-section; and by Summaries, Related Formulas, ReviewQuestions & Problems and Critical Thinking Questions at the end ofeach chapter.• Popular features such as chapter objectives, highlighted key terms,color-coded circuit components, and About Electronics have beenretained and updated.• Modern topics like DSP (chapter 16) and Wireless Networks forcommunications (section 12-5) are included.• Experiments Manual for Electronics:Principles and Applicationscontains labs linked to the text, to help students gain hands-onexperience to reinforce subject matter and develop troubleshootingskills.• Instructor Productivity Center CD ROM contains classroomPowerPoint presentations for every chapter, Test Generator,supplemental PowerPoint presentations, electronic Solutions Manual,and more.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 1-1 A Brief History. 1-2 Digital or Analog. 1-3 Analog Functions1-5 Trends in Electronics. 2 Semiconductors. 2-1 Conductors & Insulators. 2-2Semiconductors. 2-3 N-Type Semiconductors. 2-4 P-Type Semiconductors. 3Diodes. 3-1 The PN Junction. 3-2 Characteristic Curves of Diodes. 3-3 Diode LeadIdentification. 3-4 Diode Types and Applications. 4 Power Supplies. 4-1 The Power-Supply System. 4-2 Rectification. 4-3 Full-Wave Rectification. 4-4 Conversion ofRMS Values to Average Values. 4-5 Filters. 4-6 Voltage Multipliers. 4-7 Rippleand Regulation. 4-8 Zener Regulators. 4-9 More Karnaugh Maps. 5 Transistors.5-1 Amplification. 5-2 Transistors. 5-3 Characteristic Curves. 5-4 Transistor Data.5-5 Transistor Testing. 5-6 Other Transistor Types. 5-7 Transistors as Switches. 6Introduction to Small-Signal Amplifiers. 6-1 Measuring Gain. 6-2 Common-EmitterAmplifier. 6-3 Stabilizing the Amplifier. 6-4 Other Configurations. 6-5 Simulationand Models. 7 More About Small-Signal Amplifiers. 7-1 Amplifier Coupling. 7-2Voltage Gains in Coupled Stages. 7-3 Field-Effect Transistor (FET) Amplifiers.7-4 Negative Feedback. 7-5 Frequency Response. 7-6 Triggering Flip-Flops. 7-7Schmitt Triggered Devices. 7-8 IEEE Logic Symbols. 8 Large-Signal Amplifiers.8-1 Amplifier Class. 8-2 Class A Power Amplifiers. 8-3 Class B Power Amplifiers.8-4 Class AB Power Amplifiers. 8-5 Class C Power Amplifiers. 8-6 Switch-ModeAmplifiers. 9 Operational Amplifiers. 9-1 The Differential Amplifier. 9-2 DifferentialAmplifier Analysis. 9-3 Operational Amplifiers. 9-4 Setting Op-Amp Gain. 9-5Frequency Effects in Op Amps. 9-6 Op-Amp Applications. 9-7 Comparators. 10Troubleshooting. 10-1 Preliminary Checks. 10-2 No Output. 10-3 Reduced Output.10-4 Distortion and Noise. 10-5 Intermittents. 10-6 Operational Amplifiers. 11Oscillators. 11-1 Oscillator Characteristics. 11-2 RC Circuits. 11-3 LC Circuits. 11-4Crystal Circuits. 11-5 Relaxation Oscillators. 11-6 Undesired Oscillations. 11-7Oscillator Troubleshooting. 11-8 Direct Digital Synthesis. 12 Communications.12-1 Modulation and Demodulation. 12-2 Simple Receivers.12-3 Superheterodyne Receivers. 12-4 Frequency Modulation and Single Sideband.12-5 Wireless Networks. 12-6 Troubleshooting. 13 Integrated Circuits. 13-1Introduction. 13-2 Fabrication. 13-3 The 555 Timer. 13-4 Analog ICs. 13-5 MixedIC Signals. 13-6 Troubleshooting. 14 Electronic Control Devices and Circuits. 14-1Introduction. 14-2 The Silicon-Controlled Rectifier. 14-3 Full-Wave Devices. 14-4Feedback in Control Circuitry. 14-5 Troubleshooting Electronic Control Circuits.15 Regulated Power Supplies. 15-1 Open-Loop Voltage Regulation. 15-2 Closed-Loop Voltage Regulation. 15-3 Current and Voltage Limiting. 15-4 Switch-ModeRegulators. 15-5 Troubleshooting Regulated Power Supplies. 16 Digital SignalProcessing. 16-1 Overview of DSP Systems. 16-2 Moving-Average Filters. 16-3Fourier Theory. 16-4 Digital Filter Theory. 16-5 Other DSP Applications. 16-6Limitations of DSP. 16-7 DSP Troubleshooting. Appendix A Soldering. AppendixB Thermionic Devices. Glossary. Index.International EditionNEWDIGITAL ELECTRONICS: PRINCIPLES ANDAPPLICATIONSSeventh Editionby Roger L. Tokheim2008 (January 2007) / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-322275-2 / MHID: 0-07-322275-5(Student Text with MultiSIM CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07110850-8 / MHID: 0-07-110850-5[IE with MultiSIM CD]Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications is a concise andpractical text that prepares students for entry-level electronicsjobs. Its level and approach are ideal for both electronics andelectricity programs looking for a relatively short, applied book.The seventh edition has been updated, with new coverage ofmicrocontrollers, memory, and interfacing. Optional simulationwork with MultiSim is included in the text and accompanyingExperiments Manual, with circuit files included on a boundinCD ROM. Additional student and instructor resources areincluded on a new Online Learning Center website.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Interfacing has been updated and expanded, especially in chapter5 and chapter 14.• Memory concepts and examples have been updated in chapter 11.• MultiSIM v8 simulation files for the circuits included on the CDROM bound in with the text and Experiments Manual.• CPS from eInstruction is available with the text, for in-classquizzing and classroom management.• Online Learning Center (OLC) website provides student quizees,career information, links to key sites, chapter outlines and otherresources.FEATURES• Accessible writing style, reading level and math presentation areused throughout the text.• Gates, circuits and other digital components are presented as subsystemswithin larger digital system applications.• Experiments Manual with MultiSim CD ROM helps students gainpractical, hands-on experience, troubleshooting skills, and exposureto software simulation techniques.• Instructor Productivity Center (IPC) CD ROM contains Power Point126121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12611/15/06 5:32:06 PM

Electrical Engineeringpresentations for each chapter, EZTestelectronic test generator andquestions, and solutions to all textbook and Experiments Manualquestions and activities.CONTENTS1 Digital Electronics. 2 Numbers We Use in Digital Electronics. 3 Logic Gates. 4Combining Logic Gates. 5 IC Specifications and Simple Interfacing. 6 Encoding,Decoding, and Seven-Segment Displays. 7 Flip-Flops. 8 Counters. 9 Shift Registers.10 Arithmetic circuits. 11 Memory and Storage. 12 Digital Systems. 13 ComputerSystems. 14 Connecting with Analog DevicesNEWMICROELECTRONIC CIRCUIT DESIGNThird Editionby Richard C. Jaeger, Auburn Univ-Auburn, and Travis Blalock,University Of VA-Charlottesville2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover / 1120 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-330948-4 / MHID: 0-07-330948-6Browse http://www.mhhe.com/jaegerMicroelectronic Circuit Design is known for being a technicallyexcellent text. The new edition has been revised to make thematerial more motivating and accessible to students whileretaining a student-friendly approach.A pedagogical framework has been added that includeschapter opening vignettes, chapter objectives, "Electronics inAction" boxes, a problem solving methodology, and "designnote" boxes.The number of examples, including new design examples,has been increased, giving students more opportunity tosee problems worked out. Additionally, some of the lessfundamental mathematical material has been moved to thewebsite.NEW TO THIS EDITION• At the request of users and reviewers, the authors have focused onthe fundamentals and given a briefer coverage of Electronics.• A pedagogical framework has been added that includes chapteropening vignettes, chapter objectives, "Electronics in Action" boxes,a problem solving methodology, and "design note" boxesFEATURES• Emphasis on design through the use of "Design Examples" and"Design Notes".• "Electronics in Action" sections connect the student to the realworld of Electronics with the use of practical applications.• Consistent problem solving methodology.CONTENTSPart I Solid State Electronic and Devices. 1 Introduction to Electronics. 2 Solid-StateElectronics. 3 Solid-State Diodes and Diode Circuits. 4 Field-Effect Transistors. 5Bipolar Junction Transistors. Part II Digital Electronics. 6 Introduction to DigitalElectronics. 7 Complementary MOS (CMOS) Logic Design. 8 MOS Memoryand Storage Circuits. 9 Bipolar Logic Circuits. Part III Analog Circuit Design.10 Analog Systems. 11 Operational Amplifiers. 12 Operational AmplifierApplications. 13 Small-Signal Modeling and Linear Amplification. 14 Single-Transistor Amplifiers. 15 Multistage Amplifiers. 16 Analog Integrated Circuits.17 Frequency Response. 18 Feedback, Stability, and Oscillators. Appendix AStandard Discrete Component Values. Appendix B Solid-State Device Modelsand SPICE Simulation ParametersInternational EditionNEWBASIC ELECTRONICSTenth Editionby Mitchel E Schultz, Western Wisconsin Technical College2007 (June 2006) / 1,056 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-322276-9 / MHID: 0-07-322276-3(with MultiSIM CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110848-5 / MHID: 0-07-110848-3 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.mhe.com/grob10eGrob’s Basic Electronics, Tenth Edition, is written for thebeginning student pursuing a technical degree in ElectronicsTechnology. In covering the fundamentals of electricityand electronics, this text focuses on essential topics for thetechnician, and the all-important development of testing andtroubleshooting skills. This highly practical approach combinesclear, carefully-laid-out explanations of key topics withgood, worked-out examples and problems to solve. Reviewproblems that follow each section reinforce the material justcompleted, making this a very student-friendly text. It is athoroughly accessible introduction to basic DC and AC circuitsand electronic devices. This tenth edition of this longtimebest-selling text has been refined, updated and made morestudent friendly. The focus on absolutely essential knowledgefor technicians, and focus on real-world applications of thesebasic concepts makes it ideal for today’s technology students.NEW TO THIS EDITION• A new beginning chapter, “The Powers of Ten,” initiates thecourse with scientific notation, a math skill that every electronicsstudent must be able to use.• New Streamlined Design: The new edition of Grob has acontemporary, streamlined design that underscores the text’s tightfocus on essential topics. Marginal text features--Calculator Tips,Pioneers in Electronics, and Good to Know--have been selected anddesigned to reinforce basic skills and key concepts.• Superior Examples and Problems: Examples, carefully laid outin a step-by-step fashion, now include Practice Problems, whichprovide the students with immediate feedback. On a similar note,review problems have been reorganized to follow each sub-chaptersection, allowing an immediate link to the text material just covered.In addition, selected examples can be used with Multisim files(provided on the bound-in Multisim CD-ROM) to show students theuse of modern computer simulation techniques in circuit analysis andtroubleshooting.• Well-Integrated Ancillary Materials for Students: Ancillarymaterials flesh out all aspects of this well-considered text. TheExperiments Manual also includes a Multisim CD-ROM so studentscan combine both hands-on and simulated lab work, and a ProblemsManual provides students with an alternative set of skill-buildingproblems and exercises. The Online Learning Center websiteprovides a complete overview of the basic math needed in DC/ACelectronics, along with other useful instructor and student resources.• Instructor Ancillary Content: For the instructor, there is a printedInstructor Solutions Manual with a bound-in Instructors ProductivityCenter (IPC) CD-ROM; the IPC contains the Classroom PerformanceSystem (CPS) for in-class quizzing and classroom management,instructional PowerPoint slides, and electronic testbanks for all bookchapters.FEATURES• Extensive coverage of TroubleshootingCONTENTSPreface Introduction to Powers of 10. 1 Electricity. 2 Resistors. 3 Ohm’s Law. 4Series Circuits. 5 Parallel Circuits. 6 Series-Parallel Circuits. 7 Voltage Dividersand Current Dividers. 8 Direct-Current Meters. 9 Kirchhoff’s Laws. 10 NetworkTheorems. 11 Conductors and Insulators. 12 Batteries. 13 Magnetism. 14Electromagnetism. 15 Alternating Voltage and Current. 16 Capacitance. 17Capacitive Reactance. 18 Capacitive Circuits. 19 Inductance. 20 InductiveReactance. 21 Inductive Circuits. 22 RC and L/R Time Constants. 23 AlternatingCurrent Circuits. 24 Complex Numbers for AC Circuits. 25 Resonance. 26Filters. 27 Semiconductor Diodes: Theory and Applications. 28 Bipolar Junction127121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12711/15/06 5:32:07 PM

Electrical EngineeringTransistors. 29 Transistor Amplifiers. 30 Field Effect Transistors. 31 PowerAmplifiers. 32 Thyristors. 33 Operational Amplifiers.International EditionNEWELECTRONICS PRINCIPLESSeventh Editionby Albert Paul Malvino and David J Bates, Western WisconsinTechnical College2007 (April 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-322277-6 / MHID: 0-07-322277-1(with Simulation CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110846-1 / MHID: 0-07-110846-7[IE with SIM CD)](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/malvino7eThis seventh edition of Malvino’s classic Electronic Principlesoffers students a definitive overview of electronic circuits anddevices. Expert knowledge of electronic devices is presentedin a stimulating, clearly written, conversational style. The new,streamlined book design is full-color throughout, with ample,clear illustrations. Greater emphasis on modern integratedcircuit (IC) technology, and the revision of nearly one third ofthe previous edition’s chapter problems and review questionsrefresh this text while retaining its proven approach.In addition to the text there is a wealth of supplementarymaterial included for both student and instructor. An upgradedExperiments Manual, the optional use of MultiSIM software,an instructor’s manual with an Instructor Productivity CenterCD-ROM, the updated Workbook, and the brand new OnlineLearning Center website make this text a powerful learningtool. Electronic Principles is written for electronics studentswho have done course work in basic DC/AC circuit analysis,along with algebra and trigonometry prerequisites. The bookgives clear, accessible coverage of basic electronics conceptsin the first half of the book, then applies these to the importantelectronic circuits and devices most widely used in today’sindustry.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Greater emphasis on modern integrated circuits (IC) technology.• Extensive Online Learning Center website with resources forstudents and instructors.• Added by co-author David Bates, Worked-Out examples nowcontain embedded Practice Problems.• The new “Good to Know” feature offers practical informationrelated to topics explained on that page of the text.• Expanded MultiSIM usage. The optional use of this software provides“pre-lab” simulations students can work on virtually.• The upgraded Experiments Manual now includes more on thetesting of individual components along with circuits and systems inmany labs, with optional MultiSIM applications included. The updatedWorkbook reflects integration of revised chapter problems and reviewquestions.• The enhanced Instructor’s Manual with Productivity Center (IPC)CD-ROM includes instructional PowerPoint presentations, availabilityof the eInstruction Classroom Performance System in-class quizzingand classroom management system, test banks created with EZTestthat can be used in conjunction with CPS to deliver in-class quizzes,tests, or review.FEATURES• Malvino’s Electronic Principles combines proven expertise inall aspects of electronics with a student-friendly, contemporaryappearance. It is written in a conversational style at a technicianlevel.• Optical topics in modern electronics are covered, including fiberoptics and high intensity LEDs.• Free, bound-in CD-ROM contains Multisim exercises and selectedcircuits for simulation.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Semiconductors. 3 Diode Theory. 4 Diode Circuits. 5 Special-Purpose Diodes. 6 Bipolar Junction Transistors. 7 Transistor Fundamentals. 8Transistor Biasing. 9 AC Models. 10 Voltage Amplifiers. 11 CC and CB Amplifiers.12 Power Amplifiers. 13 JFETs. 14 MOSFETs. 15 Thyristors. 16 Frequency Effects.17 Differential Amplifiers. 18 Operational Amplifiers. 19 Negative Feedback. 20Linear Op-Amp Circuits. 21 Active Filters. 22 Nonlinear Op-Amp Circuits. 23Oscillators. 24 Regulated Power Supplies.International EditionNEWMICROELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS ANDDESIGNThird Editionby Donald Neamen, University Of New Mexico-Albuquerque2007 (February 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-328596-2 / MHID: 0-07-328596-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-125443-4 / MHID: 0-07-125443-9 [IE]This junior level electronics text provides a foundation foranalyzing and designing analog and digital electronic circuits.Numerous new pedagogical features continue the tradition ofproviding an accessible approach to learning through clearwriting and real-world pedagogy. The third edition includesnumerous design examples, a new Design Application feature,problem solving technique pointers, Test Your Understandingquestions at the end of every section, and chapter summarycheckpoints to reinforce learning. The author, Don Neamen,has many years of experience as an Engineering Educator. Hisexperience shines through each chapter of the book, whichretains a design focus supported by rich, realistic examples andpractical rules of thumb. The Third Edition continues to offerthe same hallmark features that made the previous editionssuch a success. Extensive Pedagogy: An Introduction at thebeginning of each chapter links the new chapter to the materialpresented in previous chapters. The objectives of the chapterare then presented in the Preview section and reinforcedat the beginning of each chapter subsection. Test YourUnderstanding Exercise Problems with provided answers haveall been updated. New Design Applications are included at theends of chapters. These applications lead students through thedesign and development of an electronic thermometer. Eachspecific design ties into the objectives of the chapter. SpecificDesign Problems and Examples are highlighted throughout thebook, along with design pointers which help students tackletricky design issues.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Preview Section Introductions and Objectives list begin eachchapter and are reinforced throughout the chapter.• Design Application• Frequency Response of Transistor Circuits, and Transistorsthemselves, will remain a separate chapter• Integration of PSpice. PSpice is integrated into the examples andproblems in the text where appropriate.FEATURES• Exercise Problems follows each example in the book• For select electronic devices, industrial data sheets are includedin the text. This helps students to read and interpret the specs from adata sheet and allows them to plug the specs into problems from thebook.CONTENTSPrologue I: Prologue to Electronics. Brief History. Passive and Active Devices.Electronic Circuits. Discrete and Integrated Circuits. Analog and Digital Signals.Notation. Summary. Part I: Semiconductor Devices and Basic Applications.Chapter 1: Semiconductor Materials and Diodes. 1.0 Preview. 1.1 SemiconductorMaterials and Properties. 1.2 The pn Junction. 1.3 Diode Circuits: DC Analysisand Models. 1.4 Diode Circuits: AC Equivalent Circuit. 1.5 Other Diode Types.1.6 Design Application. 1.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 2: Diode Circuits.2.0 Preview. 2.1 Rectifier Circuits. 2.2 Zener Diode Circuits. 2.3 Clipper and128121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12811/15/06 5:32:08 PM

Electrical EngineeringClamper Circuits. 2.4 Multiple Diode Circuits. 2.5 Photodiode and LED Circuits.2.6 Summary. Problems. Chapter 3: The Field-Effect Transistor. 3.0 Preview. 3.1Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. 3.2 DC Analysis of Transistor Circuits. 3.3 BasicTransistor Applications. 3.4 Bipolar Transistor Biasing. 3.5 Multistage Circuits. 3.6Design Application. 3.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 4: Basic FET Amplifiers.4.0 Preview. 4.1 Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. 4.2 The Bipolar LinearAmplifier. 4.3 Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. 4.4 Common-EmitterAmplifiers. 4.5 AC Load Line Analysis. 4.6 Common-Collector (Emitter-Follower)Amplifier. 4.7 Common-Base Amplifier. 4.8 The Three Basic Amplifiers: Summaryand Comparison. 4.9 Multistage Amplifiers. 4.10 Power Considerations. 4.11Design Application. 4.12 Summary. Problems. Chapter 5: Bipolar JunctionTransistor. 5.0 Preview. 5.1 MOS Field-Effect Transistor. 5.2 MOSFET DC CircuitAnalysis. 5.3 Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch, Digital Logic Gate, andAmplifier. 5.4 Constant Current Biasing. 5.5 Multistage MOSFET Circuits. 5.6Junction Field-Effect Transistors. 5.7 Design Application. 5.8 Summary. Problems.Chapter 6: Basic BJT Amplifiers. 6.0 Preview. 6.1 The MOSFET Amplifier. 6.2 BasicTransistor Amplifier Configurations. 6.3 The Common-Source Amplifier. 6.4 TheSource-Follower Amplifier. 6.5 The Common-Gate Amplifier. 6.6 The Three BasicAmplifier Configurations: Summary and Comparison. 6.7 Single-Stage IntegratedCircuit MOSFET Amplifiers. 6.8 Multistage Amplifiers. 6.9 Basic JFET Amplifiers.6.10 Summary. Problems. Chapter 7: Frequency Response. 7.0 Preview. 7.1Amplifier Frequency Response. 7.2 System Transfer Functions. 7.3 FrequencyResponse: Transistor Amplifiers with Circuit Capacitors. 7.4 Frequency Response:Bipolar Transistor. 7.5 Frequency Response: The FET. 7.6 High-FrequencyResponse Transistor Circuits. 7.7 Summary. Problems. Chapter 8: Output Stagesand Power Amplifiers. 8.0 Preview. 8.1 Power Amplifiers. 8.2 Power Transistors.8.3 Classes of Amplifiers. 8.4 Class-A Power Amplifier. 8.5 Class-AB Push-PullComplementary Output Stages. 8.6 Summary. Problems. Prologue II: Prologueto Electronic Design. Preview. Design Approach. System Design. ElectronicDesign. Conclusion. Part II: Analog Electronics. Chapter 9: Ideal OperationalAmplifiers and Op-Amp Circuits. 9.0 Preview. 9.1 The Operational Amplifier.9.2 Inverting Amplifier. 9.3 Summing Amplifier. 9.4 Noninverting Amplifier. 9.5Op-Amp Applications. 9.6 Operational Transconductance Amplifiers. 9.7 Op-AmpCircuit Design. 9.8 Design Application. 9.9 Summary. Problems. Chapter 10:Integrated Circuit Biasing and Active Loads. 10.0 Preview. 10.1 Bipolar TransistorCurrent Sources. 10.2 FET Current Sources. 10.3 Circuits and Active Loads. 10.4Small-Signal Analysis: Active Load Circuits. 10.5 Summary. Problems. Chapter11: Differential and Multistage Amplifiers .11.0 Preview. 11.1 The DifferentialAmplifier. 11.2 Basic BJT Differential Pair. 11.3 Basic FET Differential Pair. 11.4Differential Amplifier with Active Load. 11.5 BiCMOS Circuits. 11.6 Gain Stageand Simple Output Stage. 11.7 Simplified BJT Operational Amplifier Stage. 11.8Diff-Amp Frequency Response. 11.9 Summary. Problems. Chapter 12: Feedbackand Stability. 12.0 Preview. 12.1 Introduction to Feedback. 12.2 Basic BJTDifferential Pair. 12.3 Basic FET Differential Pair. 12.4 Voltage (Series-Shunt)Amplifier. 12.5 Current (Shunt-Series) Amplifier. 12.6 Transconductance (Series-Series) Amplifier. 12.7 Transresistance (Shunt-Shunt) Amplifier. 12.8 Loop Gain.12.9 Stability of the Feedback Circuit. 12.10 Frequency Compensation. 12.11Summary. Problems. Chapter 13: Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.0 Preview.13.1 General Op-Amp Design. 13.2 A Bipolar Operational Amplifier Circuit.13.3 CMOS Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.4 BiCMOS Operational AmplifierCircuits. 13.5 JFET Operational Amplifier Circuits. 13.6 Summary. Problems.Chapter 14: Nonideal Effects in Operational Amplifier Circuits. 14.0 Preview.14.1 Practical Op-Amp Parameters. 14.2 Finite Open-Loop Gain. 14.3 FrequencyResponse. 14.4 Offset Voltage. 14.5 Input Bias Current 14.6 Additional NonidealEffects. 14.7 Summary. Problems. hapter 15: Applications and Design of IntegratedCircuits. 15.0 Preview. 15.1 Active Filters. 15.2 Oscillators. 15.3 Schmitt TriggerCircuits. 15.4 Nonsinusoidal Oscillators and Timing Circuits. 15.5 IntegratedCircuit Power Amplifiers. 15.6 Voltage Regulators. 15.7 Summary. Problems.Prologue III: Prologue to Digital Electronics. Introduction. Logic Functions andLogic Gates. Logic Levels. Noise Margin. Propagation Delay Times and SwitchingTimes. Summary. Part III: Digital Electronics. Chapter 16: MOSFET Digital Circuits.16.0 Preview. 16.1 NMOS Inverters. 16.2 NMOS Logic Circuits. 16.3 CMOSInverter. 16.4 CMOS Logic Circuits. 16.5 Clocked CMOS Logic Circuits. 16.6Transmission Gates. 16.7 Sequential Logic Circuits. 16.8 Memories: Classificationand Architectures. 16.9 RAM Memory Cells. 16.10 Read-Only Memory. 16.11D/A Converters. 16.12 A/D Converters. 16.13 Summary. Problems. Chapter 17:Bipolar Digital Circuits. 17.0 Preview. 17.1 Emitter-Coupled Logic (ECL). 17.2Modified ECL Circuit Configurations. 17.3 Schottky Transistor-Transistor Logic.17.4 BiCMOS Digital Circuits. 17.5 Summary. Problems. Appendices.International EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALOG AND DIG I TALCOMMUNICATIONSSecond Edi tionby Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University2003 / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-140228-6 / MHID: 0-07-140228-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122997-5 / MHID: 0-07-122997-3 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionSCHAUM’S 2000 SOLVED PROBLEMS INELECTRONICSby J J Cathey, University of Kentucky1991ISBN-13: 978-0-07-100905-8 / MHID: 0-07-100905-1 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionBASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTSFifth Editionby James J Brophy, University of Utah1990 / 462 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100675-0 / MHID: 0-07-100675-3 [IE]Analog - Integrated CircuitsInternational EditionDESIGN OF ANALOG CMOS INTEGRATEDCIRCUITSby Behzad Razavi, University of California, Los Angeles2001 / 704 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-238032-3 / MHID: 0-07-238032-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118839-5 / MHID: 0-07-118839-8 [IE,Hardcover]http://www.mhhe.com/razaviCONTENTS1 Introduction to Analog Design. 2 Basic MOS Device Physics. 3 Single-StageAmplifiers. 4 Differential Amplifiers. 5 Passive and Active Current Mirrors.6 Frequency Response of Amplifiers. 7 Noise. 8 Feedback. 9 OperationalAmplifiers. 10 Stability and Frequency Compensation. 11 Bandgap References.12 Introduction to Switched-Capacitor Circuits. 13 Nonlinearity and Mismatch. 14Oscillators. 15 Phase-Locked Loops. 16 Short-Channel Effects and Device Models.17 CMOS Processing Technology. 18 Layout and Packaging129121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 12911/15/06 5:32:09 PM

Electrical EngineeringDigital Integrated CircuitsInternational EditionANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF DIGITAL IN TE GRAT EDCIRCUITSThird Edi tionby David A. Hodges, University of Cal i for nia—Berkeley, HoraceG. Jackson, University of California, Berkeley and Resve Saleh,University of British Columbia2004 / 504 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07- 228365-5 / MHID: 0-07- 228365-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118164-8 / MHID: 0-07-118164-4 [IE]The third edition of Hodges and Jackson’s Analysis andDesign of Digital Integrated Circuits has been thoroughlyrevised and updated by a new co-author, Resve Saleh of theUniversity of British Columbia. The new edition combines theap proach abil i ty and concise nature of the Hodges and Jacksonclassic with a complete overhaul to bring the book into the21st century. The new edition has replaced the emphasison BiPolar with an emphasis on CMOS. The outdated MOStransistor model used throughout the book will be replacedwith the now standard deep submicron model. The materialon mem o ry has been expanded and updated. As well the booknow includes more on SPICE sim u la tion and new problemsthat reflect recent technologies. The emphasis of the book ison design, but it does not neglect analysis and has as a goalto provide enough information so that a student can carryout analysis as well as be able to design a circuit. This bookprovides an excellent and balanced introduction to digitalcircuit design for both students and professionals.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 MOS Devices. 3 Fabrication and Layout. 4 Basic Gates. 5 High-Speed CMOS Design. 6 Interconnect Design. 7 Clocks and Flip-Flops. 8 DynamicLogic Cir cuits. 9 Memory Design (Part I). 10 Memory Design (Part II). 11 BipolarDigital Circuits. 12 GaAs Digital CicuitsInternational EditionCMOS DIG I TAL IN TE GRAT ED CIR CUITS ANALYSISAND DESIGNThird Editionby Sung-Mo (Steve) Kang, University of Cal i for nia—Santa Cruz andYusuf Leblebici, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology2003 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246053-7 / MHID: 0-07-246053-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124342-1 / MHID: 0-07-124342-9 [IE]The website includes the solutions manual, pass word-protected forin struc tor use. It also in cludes PowerPoint slides and a CADENCEsoft ware tutorial. Also in clud ed is a set of color graphics to illustrateCMOS fabrication and mask-layout design. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072460539)CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Fabrication of MOSFETS. 3 MOS Transistor. 4 Modeling ofMOS Transistors Using SPICE. 5 MOS Inverters: Static Characteristics. 6 MOSInverters: Switching Char ac ter is tics and Interconnect Effects. 7 Combinational MOSLogic Circuits. 8 Sequential MOS Logic Circuits. 9 Dynamic Logic Circuits. 10Semi con duc tor Memories. 11 Low-Power CMOS Logic Circuits. 12 BiCMOS LogicCircuits. 13 Chip Input and Output (I/O) Circuits. 14 Design for Manufacturability.15 Design for TestabilityInternational EditionDIGITAL INTEGRATED ELECTRONICSby Herbert Taub, City College Of New York; Donald L. Schilling,City College of New York1977 / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-085788-9 / MHID: 0-07-085788-1 [IE]ELECTRONICS II: Solid-StateInternational EditionNEWINTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS ANDMEASUREMENT SYSTEMSThird Editionby David G. Alciatore, Colorado State University, and Michael B.Histand, Colorado State University2007 (November 2005) / Hardcover / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-296305-2 / MHID: 0-07-296305-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125407-6 / MHID: 0-07-125407-2 [IE]Author Web site containing general textbook information, videopresentations, class project assignments, microcontroller resources,MATHCAD examples from the text, and more! (Browse http://www.engr.colostate.edu/~dga/mechatronics/)INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS AND MEASUREMENTSYSTEMS provides comprehensive and accessible coverage ofthe evolving field of mechatronics for mechanical, electricaland aerospace engineering majors. The authors presenta concise review of electrical circuits, solid-state devices,digital circuits, and motors- all of which are fundamental tounderstanding mechatronic systems.Mechatronics design considerations are presented throughoutthe text, and in "Design Example" features. The text's numerousillustrations, examples, class discussion items, and chapterquestions & exercises provide an opportunity to understand andapply mechatronics concepts to actual problems encounteredin engineering practice. This text has been tested over severalyears to ensure accuracy.A text web site is available at http://www.engr.colostate.edu/~dga/mechatronics/ and contains numerous supplementalresources.NEW TO THIS EDITION• NEW--Expanded coverage of microcontroller programming andinterfacing, including new threaded design examples and a detailedcase study.• NEW--Visual icons throughout the book highlight cross-referencesto extensive online resources including video demonstrations,MathCAD examples, laboratory exercises, and Internet links to usefulinformation.• NEW--Expanded chapter on data acquisition with an introductionto LabView.• NEW--An introduction to control theory and its application inmechatronic systems.• Photographs and descriptions of real devices and mechatronicssystems (e.g. the Segway) have been added.• Additional clipart has been added as a pedagogical feature.• Additional system analysis and design examples have been added,as well as an additional Case Study in the later chapters.• Various types of voltage sources (power supplies, batteries, AC/DCconverters) have been added to chapter 2.• An introduction to controls section has been added to chapter 11.• Microcontroller hardware and software design examples havebeen added to the text.130121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13011/15/06 5:32:10 PM

Electrical Engineering• Information on PIC processors and how to select them is included.Also explains how to use and communicate among multiple PICs ina project.FEATURES• Integrates design examples and problems throughout the text.• The text's focus on measurement systems, circuits and electronics,interfacing, sensors, and acutators, along with analysis and synthesisof mechatronic systems, provides a thorough cross-disciplinary andreal-world overview of Mechatronics.• Content coverage of important subjects like MEMS, cutting edgesensor technology, and micromachines.• Provides an overview of measurement systems, circuits,interfacing, sensors, actuators and design analysis and synthesis ofmechatronic systems.• Supporting information is available including a typical courseoutline and laboratory syllabus, MathCAD files for examples from thebook, Class Discussion Item hints, links to mechatronics resources,and other supplemental material, is available on the Internet at http://www.engr.colostate.edu/~dga/mechatronics/• Helpful pedagogy includes Integrated Lab Exercises and ClassDiscussion items, both of which link theory with practice and handsonexploration of mechatronics.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. 2 Electric Circuits andComponents. 3 Semiconductor Electronics. 4 System Response. 5 Analog SignalProcessing Using Operational Amplifiers6 Digital Circuits and Systems. 7 Microcontroller Programming and Interfacing8 Data Acquisition. 9 Sensors. 10 Actuators. 11 Mechatronic Systems-ControlArchitectures and Case Studies. Appendixes. A Measurement Fundamentals. BPhysical Principles. C Mechanics of MaterialsInternational EditionPRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS ANDDEVICEThird Editionby S.O. Kasap, University of Saskatchewan2006 / 768 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-310464-5 / MHID: 0-07-310464-7(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124458-9 / MHID: 0-07-124458-1[IE with CD]The site includes: Se lect ed Topics in Elec tron ic Materials & De vic es,Selected Topics in Materials Science, Il lus trat ed Color Dictionary,Tables of Selected Prop er ties of Materials, Worked Examples & SolvedProblems, and an extensive Solutions Man u al for the in struc tor. (Browsehttp://www.mhhe.com/kasap3)Principles of Electronic Ma te ri als and Devices, Third Edition,is a greatly enhanced version of the highly successful textPrinciples of Electronic Ma te ri als and Devices, Second Edi tion.It is designed for a first course on electronic materials givenin Materials Science and Engineering, Electrical En gi neer ing,and Physics and Engineering Physics De part ments at theundergraduate level. The third edition has numerous revisionsthat include more beautiful illustrations and photographs,additional sec tions, more solved problems, worked examples,and end-of-chapter problems with direct engineeringapplications. The revisions have improved the rigor withoutsacrificing the original semiquantitative approach that both thestudents and instructors liked and val ued. Some of the newend-of-chapter problems have been especially selected tosatisfy various professional en gi neer ing design requirementsfor accreditation across in ter na tion al borders. Advanced topicshave been collected under Additional Topics, which are notnecessary in a short in tro duc to ry treatment.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New Sections such that cover x-ray diffraction and crystalstructures, conduction in thin films, interconnect technology,amorphous semi con duc tors, piezoresistance, white LEDs,Reststrahlen absorption, optical properties of metals (free carrierabsorption). With these new sections and ad di tion al topics, the thirdedition is one of the most comprehensive introductory textbooks onelectronic materials devices.• Chapter 6 has been revised for a better coverage of heterostructureLEDs and photovoltaics that includes practical examples and whiteLEDs. The coverage is explained at the un der grad u ate level with cleardiagrams.• Thorough coverage including up-to-date topics: This textoffers in-depth discussions of topics which are im por tant to bothelectrical engineering majors as well as materials sci ence majors.From fresh treatment of piezo- and pyro-electric phe nom e na anddielectric devices, to coverage of relatively new materials, suchas the Buckminsterfullerene crystal, high Tc su per con duc tors, thecom pli cat ed concepts are always stated in plain language for studentswith different back grounds.• The third edition is almost unique amongst university textbooksbecause it comes with extensive web-support through Web-Materialswhich has now become one of the best known electronic materialswebsites averaging around something like thirty users at any instantfrom every corner of the world. Nearly all of this ma te ri al is nowincluded on a FREE CDROM that accompanies the book. Bothstudents and instructors using the textbook can use the followingsupplements from the CDROM or Web-Materials. Use of Web-Materials requires the book to be adopted or recommended as themajor text for the course.• The following features are available on Web-Materials (http://ElectronicMaterials.Usask.Ca): Selected Topics in Electronic Materialsand Devices, Selected Topics in Materials Science, Illustrated ColorDictionary of Electronic Materials and Devices, Tables of SelectedProperties of Materials, Worked Examples and Solved Problem,Professional Color Overhead Trans par en cy Diagrams in the CDROMand Extensive Solutions Manual in PDF for instructors.FEATURES• While aimed primarily at the junior un der grad u ates, the text withits advanced topics under Additional Topics, and Selected Topicsin the CD, it can easily be used at the senior undergraduate andgraduate courses.• By selecting suitable topics Selected Topics in the CD (such asmechanical properties, diffusion, thermal properties etc.) the text canbe also serve as a first course in Materials Science aimed at elec tri calengineers, and engineering physics students. It is suitable for bothone- and two-semester courses. By focusing only on those topicsrelevant to materials that make up electronic and op to elec tron icdevices, the book offers students a deeper and more meaningfuldiscussion of this material than is offered in general materials sciencetextbooks. The coverage is up-to-date and the applications are ofspecial relevance to students of electronics, materials science andengineering physics.• Explanatory illustrations and comparative tables: The excellentil lus tra tions clearly depict the concepts, further as sist ing in thelearning process. Throughout the text, comparative tables of differentmaterials and their properties can be used as references in solvingproblems. Such tables also give the student a “feel” for the conceptsand materials discussed.• Interesting photographs of materials, devices and inventions,in clud ing the inventors, that make the book en joy able to read.• Chapter flexibility: The chapters are designed such that they lendthemselves to allowing instructors to teach out of sequence or skiptopics as desired. Ex ten sive explanatory section headings and limitedreferences to other chapters make this possible. The “Ad di tion alTopics” sections also allow instructors to go into more detail whendetail is required.• Many worked examples and application prob lems: A three-stepapproach is used to show students how to apply concepts dis cussed.Examples with solutions appear within most sections of everychapter. These examples demonstrate both physical concepts andmathematical foun da tions. Questions and Problems sections arefound at the end of every chapter. These offer in-depth questionsabout concepts in tro duced, then follow up with problems, whichrequire the student to apply mathematical skills. Each question andproblem cites the main subject for ref er ence. An asterisk is used nextto the question problem if more ad vanced mathematical skills arerequired.131121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13111/15/06 5:32:10 PM

Electrical EngineeringCONTENTS1 Elementary Materials Science Concepts. 2 Electrical and Thermal Con duc tionin Solids. 3 Elementary Quantum Physics. 4 Modern Theory of Solids. 5Semiconductors. 6 Semi con duc tor Devices. 7 Dielectric Materials and Insulation.8 Magnetic Properties and Su per con duc tiv i ty. 9 Optical Prop er ties of Materials.Appendix A: Major Symbols and Ab bre vi a tions. B Elements to Uranium C Constantsand Useful InformationInternational EditionAN INTRODUCTION TO SEMI CON DUC TORDE VICESby Donald Neamen, Uni ver si ty of New Mexico - Al bu quer que2006 / Hard cov er / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-298756-0 / MHID: 0-07-298756-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111627-5 / MHID: 0-07-111627-3 [IE]Site contains solutions for instructors and image set. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/neamen)An Introduction to Semi con duc tor Devices by Donald Neamenprovides an understanding of the characteristics, operationsand limitations of semi con duc tor devices. In order to providethis understanding, the book brings together the fundamentalphysics of the semiconductor material and the semiconductordevice physics. This new text provides an accessible andmodern pre sen ta tion of material. Quantum mechanic materialis minimal, and the most advanced material is designated withan icon. This modern approach meands that coverage of theMOS transistor preceeds the material on the bipolar transitor,which reflects the dominance of MOS tech nol o gy in today’sworld. Excellent pedagogy is present throughout the book inthe form of interesting chapters openers, worked examples, avariety of exercises, key terms, and end of chapter problems.FEATURES• Book features up-to-date coverage. MOSFETs are covered beforethe BiPolar Junction Transistor, reflecting the MOSFETs predominantrole in modern technology.• Many worked examples are included throughout the text. Eachis fol lowed by an exercise problem that tests mastery of what wascovered in the example.• Accessible Coverage-does not use a lot of Quantum Mechanics.More difficult material is marked off by an icon and can be includedor skipped.• Chapter openers contain both “Historical Insight” and “Present-dayIn sight” boxes. The historical boxes put the topics about to be learnedin historical perspective, and the present-day boxes show how whatwill be learned is relevant in today’s world.• Test Your Un der stand ing Excercises are included at the endof each major section, providing students with an opportunity toprac tice what they’ve learned.CONTENTSChapter 1 The Crystal Struc ture of Solids. Chapter 2 Theory of Solids. Chapter3 The Semi con duc tor in Equi lib ri um. Chapter 4 Carrier Trans port Phenomena.Chapter 5 The pn Junction. Chapter 6 Fun da men tals of the MOS Transistor. Chapter7 The MOSFET: Additional Concepts. Chapter 8 Non-equilibrium Excess Carriersin Semi con duc tors. Chapter 9 The pn Junc tion Diode. Chapter 10 The BipolarTransistor. Chapter 11 Ad di tion al Semi con duc tor Devices and Device Concepts.Chapter 12 Optical Devices. Appendix A Selected List of Symbols. AppendixB System of Units, Conversion Factors, and General Con stants. Ap pen dix CThe Pe ri od ic Table. Appendix D “Der i va tion” of Schrodinger’s Wave Equation.Appendix E Units of Energy-The Electron-Volt. Appendix F Derivation of Densityof States Function. Appendix G Der i va tion of Shockley-Read-Hall Re com bi na tionRates. Ap pen dix H Answers to Se lect ed Prob lemsInternational EditionFUNDAMENTALS OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICESby Betty Lise Anderson, Ohio State University and Richard LAnderson2005 / 656 pag es / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-236977-9 / MHID: 0-07-236977-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124152-6 / MHID: 0-07-124152-3 [IE]Solutions Manual (Pass word Protected) for in struc tors only. (Browsehttp://www.mhhe.com/andersonanderson)Fundamentals of Semi con duc tor Devices provides a realisticand practical treatment of modern semiconductor devices.A solid understanding of the physical processes responsiblefor the electronic properties of semiconductor materialsand devices is emphasized. With this emphasis, the readerwill appreciate the underlying physics behind the equationsderived and their range of applicability. The author’s clearwriting style, comprehensive coverage of the core material,and attention to current topics are key strengths of this book.FEATURES• First 4 Parts of the book (5 Parts total) are followed by“Sup ple ments” which contain related material to enhance thecourse. The content in these sup ple ments is not required for theunderstanding of the basic principles of device operation.• Quantum mechanics is introduced in the chap ters of Part 1.For additional content, more extensive material can be found inSupplement “A” to Part 1.• Up-to-date math e mat i cal formulations, which are appropriate formodern devices.• Extensive use of energy band diagrams to ex plain (qualitatively)device operation.• The differences in electron and hole mo bil i ties (and diffusioncoefficients) for ma jor i ty carriers and for minority carriers arediscussed. These dif fer enc es are important to accurately predict thebehavior of minority carrier devices (BJTs) vs. majority carrier devices(some FETs).• Emphasis on heterojunctions due to their increased use in fieldeffect devices, bipolar devices, and optoelectronic devices.• SPICE is introduced for the determination of device I-Vchar ac ter is tics and for steady-state and transient analysis of simplecircuits.• Detailed, easy-to-follow examples throughout. These examplesgo beyond giving a feel for the numerical value for the quantitiesinvolved but, also, provide an improved understanding of a physicalmechanism under consideration.• Electrical parameters of MOSFETS and BJTS are compared inorder to solidify the “big pic ture” and to aid in making critical designdecisions.• Solid pedagogy in the form of illustrations, summaries, reviewquestions, reading lists, and more.CONTENTSPart 1 Electronic Properties of Materials: 1 Electron Energy and States inSemi con duc tors. 2 Homogeneous Semiconductors. 3 Current Flow inHo mo ge neous Semi con duc tors. 4 Non-Ho mo ge neous Semiconductors. Part 2Diodes: 5 Prototype pn Homojunctions. 6 Additional Considerations for Diodes.Part 3 Field Effect Transistors: 7 The MOSFET. 8 Additional Considerations forFETs. Part 4 Bipolar Transistors: 9 Bipolar Junction Devices: Statics. 10 Time-Dependent Analysis of BJTs. Part 5 Optoelectronic Devices: 11 OptoelectronicDevices. Appendix A Physical Constants. Appendix B List of Symbols. AppendixC Fab ri ca tion. Appendix D Density of States Function, Density of States EffectiveMass, Con duc tiv i ty Effective Mass. Appendix E Useful Integrals. Appendix F UsefulEquations. Appendix G: List of Suggested Readings132121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13211/15/06 5:32:11 PM

International EditionSEMICONDUCTOR PHYS ICS AND DEVICESThird Editionby Donald Neamen, University of New Mexico—Albuquerque2003 / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-232107-4 / MHID: 0-07-232107-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123112-1 / MHID: 0-07-123112-9 [IE]CONTENTS1. The Crystal Structure of solids. 2. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics.3. Introduction to the Quantum Theory of Solids. 4. The Semiconductor inEqui lib ri um. 5. Carrier Transport Phenomena. 6. Nonequilibrium Excess Carriersin Semiconductors. 7. The PN Junction. 8. The PN Junction Diode. 9. MetalSemiconductor and Semi con duc tor Heterojunctions. 10. The Bipolar Transistor.11. The Junction Field-Effect Transistor. 12. Fundamentals of the Metal-Oxide-Semi con duc tor Field- Effect TransistorAnalog OP AMPSInternational EditionDESIGN WITH OPERATIONAL AM PLI FI ERS ANDANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITSThird Editionby Sergio Franco, San Francisco State University2002 / 672 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-232084-8 / MHID: 0-07-232084-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120703-4 / MHID: 0-07-120703-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/franco3CONTENTS1 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals. 2 Circuits with Resistive Feedback. 3 ActiveFilters: Part I: 4 Active Filters: Part II: 5 Static Op Amp Limitations. 6 Dynamic OpAmp Limitations. 7 Noise. 8 Stability. 9 Nonlinear Circuits. 10 Signal Generators.11 Voltage References and Regulators. 12 D-A and A-D Converters. 13 NonlinearAmplifiers and Phase-Locked LoopsElectrical EngineeringInternational EditionVLSI DigitalCMOS DIG I TAL IN TE GRAT ED CIR CUITS ANALYSISAND DESIGNThird Editionby Sung-Mo (Steve) Kang, University of Cal i for nia—Santa Cruz andYusuf Leblebici, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology2003 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246053-7 / MHID: 0-07-246053-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124342-1 / MHID: 0-07-124342-9 [IE]The website includes the solutions manual, pass word-protected forin struc tor use. It also in cludes PowerPoint slides and a CADENCEsoft ware tutorial. Also in clud ed is a set of color graphics to illustrateCMOS fabrication and mask-layout design. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072460539)CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Fabrication of MOSFETS. 3 MOS Transistor. 4 Modeling ofMOS Transistors Using SPICE. 5 MOS Inverters: Static Characteristics. 6 MOSInverters: Switching Char ac ter is tics and Interconnect Effects. 7 Combinational MOSLogic Circuits. 8 Sequential MOS Logic Circuits. 9 Dynamic Logic Circuits. 10Semi con duc tor Memories. 11 Low-Power CMOS Logic Circuits. 12 BiCMOS LogicCircuits. 13 Chip Input and Output (I/O) Circuits. 14 Design for Manufacturability.15 Design for TestabilityInternational EditionULSI TECHNOLOGYby C.Y. Chang, National Chiao Tung University , Taiwan; S.M. Sze,National Chiao Tung University, Taiwan1996 / 726 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-114105-5 / MHID: 0-07-114105-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Cleanroom Technology/2 Wafer-Cleaning Technology/3 Epitaxy/4 Conventionaland Rapid Thermal Processes/5 Dielectric and Polysilicon Film Deposition/6Lithography/7 Etching/8 Metallization/9 Process Integration/10 Assembly andPackaging/11 Wafer Fab Manufacturing Technology/12 Reliability/AppendixInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL CIRCUITSby Theodore F Bogart, Jr., University of Southern Mississippi1992 / 819 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112555-0 / MHID: 0-07-112555-8 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)133121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13311/15/06 5:32:12 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO VLSI DESIGNby Eugene Fabricius, California Polytechnic State University, San LuisObispo1990 / 969 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100727-6 / MHID: 0-07-100727-X [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to VLSI Layout. Chapter 2: The Physics of Field-EffectTransistors. Chapter 3: Processing, Scaling and Reliability. Chapter 4: Design Rulesand Layouts. Chapter 5: MOS Inverters. Chapter 6: Superbuffers and Steering Logic.Chapter 7: Dynamic CMOS and Clocking. Chapter 8: Special Circuit Layouts.Chapter 9: Regular Arrays of Logic. Chapter 10: Advanced Programmable LogicTechniques. Chapter 11: Multilevel Minimization and Physical Design. Chapter12: Testability of VLSI. APPENDIX A: The P-N Junction. APPENDIX B: The Algebraof Modern Boolean LogicInternational EditionVLSI DESIGN TECHNIQUES FOR ANALOG ANDDIGITAL CIRCUITSby Randall Geiger, Iowa State University; Phillip Allen, GeorgiaInstitute of Technology; Noel Strader II, Chief Engineer of CADProgram1990 / 969 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100728-3 / MHID: 0-07-100728-8 [IE]Electronics III: Solid-State(Advanced)International EditionOPTOELECTRONICS: AN IN TRO DUC TION TOMATERIALS AND DEVICESby Jasprit Singh, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor1996 / 537 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-114727-9 / MHID: 0-07-114727-6 [IE]CONTENTS1 Materials for Optoelectronics Structural Properties/2 Light Propagation in Media/3Light Propagation in Waveguides/4 Electronic Properties of Semiconductors/5Transport and Optical Properties of Semiconductors/6 Light Detection andImaging/7 The Light Emitting Diode/8 The Laser Diode/9 Modulation and DisplayDevices/10 Optical Communication Systems Device Needs/11 Fabrication andProcessing of Devices/Appendixes/A List of Symbols/B Important Properties ofSemiconductors/C Density of States/D The P-N DiodeA SummaryElectronics III: OpticsInternational EditionInternational EditionVLSI TECHNOLOGYSecond Editionby Simon Sze, Bell Laboratories1988 / 676 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100347-6 / MHID: 0-07-100347-9 [IE]Advanced ElectronicsInternational EditionMICROMACHINED TRANS DUC ERS SOURCEBOOKby Gregory T. Kovacs, Stanford Uni ver si ty1998 / 944 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-290722-3 / MHID: 0-07-290722-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116462-7 / MHID: 0-07-116462-6 [IE]CONTENTSIntroduction and Over view/Micromachining Techniques/Me chan i cal Transducers/Optical Trans-ducers/Ionizing Radiation Transducers/Thermal Transducers/Magnetic Trans duc ers/Chemical and Biological Trans duc ers/MicrofluidicDevicesOPTICSThird EditionbyAjoy Ghatak2004 / 464 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-058583-6 / MHID: 0-07-058583-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124706-1 / MHID: 0-07-124706-8 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0585830This comprehensive and thoroughly revised new edition wouldcontinue to meet the requirements of undergraduate studentsof science and engineering. Researchers involved in generalareas of optics and laser would find this book immenselyuseful.CONTENTS1. What is Light? PART ONE: GEOMETRICAL OPTICS. 2. Fermat’s Principleand its Applications 3. Refraction and reflection by Spherical Surfaces 4. MatrixMethod in Paraxial Optics 5. Aberrations PART TWO: VIBRATIONS AND WAVES.6. Simple Harmonic Motion 7. Forced Vibrations and Origin of Refractive Index8. Fourier Series and Applications 9. Wave Propagation and the Wave Equation10. Huygens’ Principle and its Applications. PART THREE: INTERFERENCE. 11.Superposition of Waves 12. Two Beam Interference by Division of Wavefront13. Interference by Division of Amplitude 14. Multiple Beam Interferometry 15.Coherence. PART FOUR: DIFFRACTION. 16. Fraunhofer Diffraction 17. FresnelDiffraction 18. Holography. PART FIVE: ELECTROMAGNETIC CHARACTER OFLIGHT. 19. Polarization and Double Refraction 20. Electromagnetic Waves 21.Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves. PART SIX: PTOTONS. 22.The Particle Nature of Radiation PART SEVEN: SOURCES OF COHERENT LIGHT.23. Lasers: An Elementary Account. PART EIGHT: SOME CONTEMPORARYTOPICS. 24. Fibre Optics 25. Introduction to Speckle Metrology. INDEX.134121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13411/15/06 5:32:13 PM

International EditionDESIGN OF IN TE GRAT ED CIRCUITS FOR OPTICALCOM MU NI CA TIONSby Behzad Razavi, University of California—Los Angeles2003 / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-282258-8 / MHID: 0-07-282258-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122972-2 / MHID: 0-07-122972-8 [IE]The website for the book includes additional resources for the reader,including a set of PowerPoint slides and web links. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072842202)CONTENTS1 Introduction to Optical Com mu ni ca tions . 2 Basic Concepts. 3 Optical Devices.4 Transimpedance Amplifiers. 5 Limiting Amplifiers and Output Buffers. 6Oscillator Fundamentals. 7 LC Os cil la tors. 8 Phase-Locked Loops. 9 Clock andData Recovery. 10 Multiplexers and Laser Drivers.International EditionOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONSThird Editionby Gerd Keiser, GTE Government Systems Corporation2000 / 552 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-236076-9 / MHID: 0-07-236076-3(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116468-9 / MHID: 116468-5[IE with CD-ROM]CONTENTSChapter 1: Overview of Optical Fiber Communications. Chapter 2: OpticalFibers: Structures, Waveguiding, and Fabrication. Chapter 3: Signal Degradationin Optical Fibers. Chapter 4: Optical Sources. Chapter 5: Power Launching andCoupling. Chapter 6: Photodetectors. Chapter 7: Optical Receiver Operation.Chapter 8: Digital Transmission Systems. Chapter 9: Analog Systems. Chapter10: WDM Concepts and Components. Chapter 11: Optical Amplifiers. Chapter12: Optical Networks. Chapter 13: Measurements. Appendix A: InternationalSystem of Units. Appendix B: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix C: BesselFunctions. Appendix D: Decibels. Appendix E: Topics from CommunicationTheory. Appendix F: Factors Contributing to Dispersionerview.Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionControl SystemsCONTROL SYSTEMS: PRINCIPLES AND DESIGNSecond Editionby M. Gopal, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Delhi2002 / 989 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-048289-0 / MHID: 0-07-048289-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123127-5 / MHID: 0-07-123127-7 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/gopal/Controls/CONTENTS1. Introduction to the Control Problem. 2. Dynamic Models and DynamicResponse. 3. Models of In dus tri al Control Devices and Systems. 4. Basic Principlesof Feed back Control. 5. Con cepts of Sta bil i ty and the Routh Sta bil i ty Criterion.6.The Performance of Feed back Systems. 7. Com pen sa tor Design Using RootLocus Plots. 8. The Nyquist Sta bil i ty Criterion and Sta bil i ty Margins. 9. Feed backSystem Per for mance Based on the Frequency Response. 10. Compensator De signUsing Bode Plots. 11. Hardware and Soft ware Im ple men ta tion of CommonCompensators. 12. Con trol System Anal y sis Using State Vari able Methods.Ap pen dix A: Mathematical Background. Appendix B: MATLAB Environment.Appendix C: Control Theory. Quiz. IndexSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FEEDBACK ANDCONTROL SYSTEMSSecond Editionby Joseph DiStefano, University of California, Los Angeles; AllenStubberud, UCLA; Ivan William, TRW Space and Technology1990 / 572 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-017052-0 / MHID: 0-07-017052-5Schaum's PublicationDigital ControlInternational EditionDIGITAL CONTROL AND STATE VARIABLEMETH ODSSecond Editionby Madan Gopal, In di an Institute of Technology, Delhi2003 / 1,014 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-048302-6 / MHID: 0-07-048302-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123725-3 / MHID: 0-07-123725-9 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/gopal/controlsCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Signal Processing in Digital Control. 3 Models of Digital ControlDevices and Systems. 4 Design of Digital Control Al go rithms. 5 Control SystemAnalysis Using State Variable Meth ods. 6 State Vari able Analysis of Dig i tal ControlSystems. 7 Pole-Placement Design and State Observers. 8 Lyapunov StabilityAnalysis. 9 Linear Quadratic Optimal Control. 10 Non lin ear Control Systems.11 Neural Networks for Control. 12 Fuzzy Control. Appendix A : Math e mat i calBack ground. Appendix B : MATLAB Aided Control System Design: Con ven tion al.Appendix C : MATLAB Aided Con trol System Design : Neural-Fuzzy. Index135121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13511/15/06 5:32:13 PM

Electrical EngineeringSystems/Controls (Robotics)MachineryInternational EditionROBOTICS: CONTROL, SENS ING, VISION ANDINTELLIGENCEby K. S. Fu, deceased, formerly of Purdue University; C.S.G. Lee,Purdue University; Ralph Gonzalez, University of Tennessee1987 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100421-3 / MHID: 0-07-100421-1 [IE]International EditionINDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS: TECHNOLOGY,PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONby Mikell Groover, Lehigh University; Mitchell Weiss, United StatesRobots, Inc.; Roger Nagel, Lehigh University; and Nicholas Odrey,Lehigh University1986 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-100442-8 / MHID: 0-07-100442-4 [IE]Advanced SystemsInternational EditionTHE FOU RI ER TRANS FORM AND ITSAPPLICATIONSThird Editionby Ronald Bracewell, Stanford University1999 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-303938-1 / MHID: 0-07-303938-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116043-8 / MHID: 0-07-116043-4 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Groundwork. 3 Convolution. 4 Notation for Some UsefulFunctions. 5 The Impulse Symbol. 6 The Basic Theorems. 7 Obtaining Transforms.8 The Two Domains. 9 Waveforms, Spectra, Filters and Linearity. 10 Sampling andSeries. 11 The Discrete Fourier Transform and the FFT. 12 The Hartley Transform.13 Relatives of the Fourier Transform. 14 The Laplace Transform. 15 Antennasand Optics. 16 Applications in Statistics. 17 Random Waveforms and Noise. 18Heat Conduction and Diffusion. 19 Dynamic Power Spectra. 20 Tables of sinc x,sinc2x and exp(-?x)2. 21 Solutions to Selected Problems. 22 Pictorial Dictionaryof Fourier Transforms. 23 The Life of Joseph FourierInternational EditionELECTRIC MA CHIN ERY FUNDAMENTALSFourth Editionby Stephen J Chapman, BAE Systems, Australia2005 / 720 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246523-5 / MHID: 0-07-246523-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115155-9 / MHID: 0-07-115155-9 [IE]Electric Machinery Fun da men tals continues to be a best-sellingmachinery text due to its accessible, student-friendly coverageof the important topics in the field. Chapman’s clear writingpersists in being one of the top features of the book. Althoughnot a book on MATLAB, the use of MATLAB has been enhancedin the fourth edition. Additionally, many new problems havebeen added and remaining ones modified. Electric MachineryFun da men tals is also accompanied by a website the providessolutions for instructors, as well as source code, MATLABtools, and links to important sites for students.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Many new problems and examples are included in the fourthedition.FEATURES• AC machine emphasis over DC machines (throughout the text).• Flexible topic coverage allows either AC or DC material to becovered first (AC-Chaps. 4-7; DC-Chaps. 8-9).• MATLAB is in cor po rat ed in examples, sample problems, andhomework problems (throughout text, see torque-speed char. inChap. 7).• Revised homework problems (throughout text)• Comprehensive cov er age of topics not found in other texts (Chap.3-Solid State Power Electronics, Chap. 5-Synchronous gen er a tors, andpractical details of machinery use).CONTENTS1 Introduction to Machinery Principles. 2 Transformers. 3 Introduction to PowerElec tron ics. 4 AC Machinery Fundamentals. 5 Synchronous Generators. 6Synchronous Motors. 7 Induction Motors. 8 DC Machinery Fundamentals. 9 DCMotors and Generators. 10 Single-Phase and Special-Purpose Motors. Appendix AReview of Three-Phase Cir cuits. Appendix B Coil Pitch and Distributed Windings.Appendix C Salient-Pole The o ry of Synchronous Ma chines. Appendix D Tablesof Con stants and Conversion FactorsInternational EditionELECTRIC MACHINERYSixth Editionby A. E. Fitzgerald, deceased; Charles Kingsley, MassachusettsInstitute of Tech nol o gy; Stephen Umans, Sc.D., MassachusettsInstitute of Technology2003 / 608 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-366009-7 / MHID: 0-07-366009-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123010-0 / MHID: 0-07-123010-6 [IE]www.mhhe.com/fi tzgerald6eCONTENTS1. Magnetic Circuits and Magnetic Materials. 2. Trans form ers. 3. Multi-WindingTransformers. 4. Introduction to Rotating Machines. 5. Syn chro nous Machines.6. Polyphase Induction Machines. 7. DC Machines. 8. Variable-Re luc tanceMa chines and Stepping Motors. 9. Single- and Two-Phase Motors. 10. Introductionto Power Electronics. 11. Speed and Torque Control. Appendix A. Three-phasecircuits. Ap pen dix B. Voltages, Mag net ic Fields and Inductances of DistributedAC Windings. Appendix C. Engineering Aspects of Practical Electric-MachinePerformance and Operation. Appendix D. The dq0 Transformation. Appendix E.Table of Constants and Conversion Factors for SI Units136121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13611/15/06 5:32:14 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionELECTRIC MACHINERY AND POWER SYSTEMSFUNDAMENTALSby Stephen J. Chapman, BAE SYSTEMS Australia2002 / 696 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-229135-3 / MHID: 0-07-229135-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122620-2 / MHID: 0-07-122620-6 [IE]CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction. 1 Mechanical and Electro-magnetic Fundamentals. 2Three-Phase Circuits. Part 2 Power Systems Components. 3 Transformers. 4 ACMachinery Fundamentals. 5 Synchronous Generators. 6 Synchronous Motors. 7Induction Motors. 8 Transmission Lines. Part 3 Power Systems. 9 Power SystemRepresentation and Equations. 10 Introduction to Power-Flow Studies. 11Symmetrical Faults. 12 Asymmetrical FaultsInternational EditionELECTRIC MACHINESANALYSIS AND DESIGN APPLYING MATLABby Jim Cathey, University of Kentucky—Lexington2001 / 1,672 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-118970-5 / MHID: 0-07-118970-X [IE]www.mhhe.com/catheyCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Sinusoidal Steady-State Circuits. 3 Magnetic Circuits and EnergyConversion. 4 Transformers. 5 DC Machines. 6 Induction Motors. 7 SynchronousMachines. Appendix A Winding Factors. Appendix B Conversion Factors.Appendix C Magnetic Wire TablesInternational EditionTHEORY AND PROBLEM OF ELECTRIC MACHINESSecond Editionby D P Kothari, Centre for En er gy Stud ies, Indian In sti tute ofTechnology, Delhi and I J Nagrath, Adjunct Pro fes sor, BITS Pilani2001 / 416 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-463765-4 / MHID: 0-07-463765-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120256-5 / MHID: 0-07-120256-0 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1 Introduction to electric machines. 2 Magnetic circuits and induction. 3Trans form ers. 4 Prin ci ples of elec tro me chan i cal energy conversion. 5 Basicconcepts in rotating machines. 6 Armature windings. 7 DC machines. 8Syn chro nous machines. 9 Induction machine. 10 Fractional-kilo watt motors. 11Motor con trol by static power converters. Appendix I: Answers to ob jec tive-typequestions. Appendix II: Answers to supplementary prob lems. Appendix III: A quickre vi sion for answering vivas and interview. Ap pen dix IV: Con struc tion al featuresof electric machines and transformers. Sug gest ed further reading.SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC MACHINES ANDELECTROMECHANICSSecond Editionby Syed A. Nasar, University of Kentucky1998 / 208 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-045994-6 / MHID: 0-07-045994-0Schaum's PublicationSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRICAL POWERSYSTEMSby Syed Nasar, University of Kentucky1990 / 224 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-045917-5 / MHID: 0-07-045917-7Schaum's PublicationElectricity & ElectronicsInternational EditionNEWELECTRICITY: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONSSeventh Editionby Richard J. Fowler2008 (January 2007) / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-322279-0 / MHID: 0-07-322279-8(with Simulation CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128593-3 / MHID: 0-07-128593-8[IE with Simulation CD]This widely-used text prepares students for entry-level jobsin electronics, electrical trades and related fields. Its leveland approach are ideal for both electronics and electricityprograms looking for a relatively short, applied book coveringDC/AC circuits. Additional chapters on topics such as safety,transformers, motors, instrumentation, and residential wiringare also included. No prior knowledge of electricity is assumed;the only prerequisites are arithmetic and basic algebra. Practicalskills are emphasized throughout the text, and supported inthe hands-on work provided in the companion ExperimentsManual. MultiSim circuit files are provided, on a bound-in CDROM, for those who want to bring software simulation workinto their classes and labs.NEW TO THIS EDITION• OLC website with career information, test questions, Introductionto MultiSim, equipment lists for labs and links to key sites. Instructorsare provided with PowerPoint, text problem solutions and lab followupon the site.• Introduction to magnetism in Chapter 7 has been expanded, withnumerous new photos to convey a visual understanding of magneticfields.• Modern coverage of voltage dividers and regulators now providedin Chapter 5.• Node voltages techniques have been added to Chapter 5,Complex Circuits.• Residential Wiring coverage in Chapter 16 now includes circuitinterrupters; and all material has been updated to reflect 2005 NECcode.• Brushless DC motor coverage added to Chapter 17.• PowerPoint lessons have been revised and updated, with videoclips added in several places.• CPS from eInstruction is available to adopters; it links directly tothe PowerPoint and electronic test questions provided with the text.• Frequent Self-Test questions and worked examples providestudents with immediate feedback and step-by-step procedures forlearning key concepts and applications.• Bound-in CD ROM includes MultiSim simulation files for thecircuits included in the text and the Experiments Manual, in MultiSim7. New simulation examples have been added to the text, lab manualand CD ROM.FEATURES• Practical, easy-to-understand explanation of DC and AC circuits;students with limited math background will find the book readableand accessible.• Experiments Manual for Electricity: Principles and Applicationscorrelates with the text and helps students gain practical, hands-onexperience and troubleshooting skills. MultiSim files are available forthose who integrate simulation with their lab experiments.137121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13711/15/06 5:32:15 PM

Electrical EngineeringCONTENTS1.) Basic Concepts. 1-1 Work and Energy. 1-2 Unit of Energy. 1-3 EnergyConversion. 1-4 Efficiency. 1-5 Structure of Matter. 1-6 Electric Charge. 1-7 ValenceElectrons. 1-8 Free Electrons. 1-9 Ions. 1-10 Static Charge and Static Electricity.1-11 Static Discharge. 1-12 Uses of Static Electricity. 2.) Electrical Quantities andUnits. 2-1 Charge. 2-2 Unit of Charge. 2-3 Current and Current Carriers. 2-4 Currentin Solids. 2-5 Current in Liquids and Gases. 2-6 Current in a Vacuum. 2-7 Unit ofCurrent—The Ampere. 2-8 Voltage. 2-9 Unit of Voltage—The Volt. 2-10 Polarity.2-11 Sources of Voltage. 2-12 Resistance. 2-13 Conductors. 2-14 Insulators.2-15 Semiconductors. 2-16 Unit of Resistance—The Ohm. 2-17 TemperatureCoefficient. 2-18 Resistivity. 2-19 Resistors. 2-20 Power and Energy. 2-21 Unit ofPower. 2-22 Efficiency. 2-23 Powers of 10. 2-24 Multiple and Submultiple Units.2-25 Special Units and Conversions. 3.) Basic Circuits, Laws, and Measurements>h4>3-1 Circuit Essentials. 3-2 Circuit Symbols and Diagrams . 3-3 CalculatingElectrical Quantities. 3-4 Measuring Electrical Quantities. 4.) Circuit Components.4-1 Batteries and Cells. 4-2 Lead-Acid Cells. 4-3 Nickel-Cadmium Cells. 4-4Carbon-Zinc and Zinc Chloride Cells. 4-5 Alkaline-Manganese Dioxide Cells.4-6 Mercuric Oxide Cells. 4-7 Silver Oxide Cells. 4-8 Lithium Cells >h4>4-9Miniature Lamps and LEDs. 4-10 Resistors. 4-11 Switches. 4-12 Wires and Cables.4-13 Fuses and Circuit Breakers. 4-14 Other Components. 5.) Multiple-LoadCircuits. 5-1 Subscripts. 5-2 Power in Multiple-Load Circuits. 5-3 Series Circuits5-4 Maximum Power Transfer. 5-5 Parallel Circuits. 5-6 Conductance. 5-7Series-Parallel Circuits. 5-8 Voltage Dividers and Regulators. 6.) Complex-CircuitAnalysis. 6-1 Simultaneous Equations. 6-2 Loop-Equations Technique. 6-3Node Voltage Technique. 6-4 Superposition Theorem. 6-5 Voltage Sources. 6-6Thevenin’s Theorem. 6-7 Current Source. 6-8 Norton’s Theorem. 6-9 Comparisonof Techniques. 7.) Magnetism and Electromagnetism. 7-1 Magnetism and Magnets.7-2 Magnetic Fields, Flux, and Poles. 7-3 Electromagnetism. 7-4 MagneticMaterials. 7-5 Magnetizing Magnetic Materials. 7-6 Magnetomotive Force. 7-7Saturation. 7-8 Demagnetizing. 7-9 Residual Magnetism. 7-10 Reluctance. 7-11Magnetic Shields. 7-12 Induced Voltage. 7-13 Magnetic Quantities and Units.7-14 Electromagnets. 7-15 DC Motors. 7-16 Solenoids. 7-17 Relays. 7-18 Hall-Effect Devices. 8.) Alternating Current and Voltage. 8-1 AC Terminology. 8-2Waveforms. 8-3 Types of AC Waveforms. 8-4 Quantifying Alternating Current.8-5 The Sine Wave. 8-6 AC Generator. 8-7 Advantages of Alternating Current.8-8 Three-Phase Alternating Current. 9.) Power in AC Circuits. 9-1 Power inResistive AC Circuits . 9-2 Power in Out-Of-Phase Circuits. 9-3 True Power andApparent Power. 9-4 Power Factor. 10.) Capacitance. 10-1 Terminology. 10-2Basic Capacitor Action10-3 Voltage Rating. 10-4 Unit of Capacitance. 10-5 Determining Capacitance. 10-6 Types of Capacitors. 10-7 Schematic Symbols. 10-8 Capacitors in DC Circuits10-9 Capacitors in AC Circuits. 10-10 Capacitors in Series. 10-11 Capacitorsin Parallel. 10-12 Detecting Faulty Capacitors. 10-13 Undesired, or Stray,Capacitance. 10-14 Capacitor Specifications. 10-15 Uses of Capacitors. 11.)Inductance. 11-1 Characteristics of Inductance. 11-2 Unit of Inductance—TheHenry. 11-3 Factors of Determining Inductance. 11-4 Types of Inductors. 11-5Ratings of Inductors. 11-6 Inductors in DC Circuits. 11-7 Ideal Inductors in ACCircuits. 11-8 Real Inductors in AC Circuits. 11-9 Inductors in Parallel. 11-10Inductors in Series. 11-11 Time Constants for Inductors. 11-12 PreventingMutual Inductance. 11-13 Undesired Inductance. 12.) Transformers. 12-1Transformer Fundamentals. 12-2 Efficiency of Transformers. 12-3 Loaded andUnloaded Transformers. 12-4 Transformer Cores. 12-5 Types of Transformers.12-6 Impedance Matching. 12-7 Transformer Ratings. 12-8 Series and ParallelWindings. 12-9 Off-Center-Tapped Windings. 12-10 Three-Phase Transformers.13.) R, C, and L Circuits. 13-1 Impedance. 13-2 Adding Phasors. 13-3 Solving RCCircuits. 13-4 Solving RL Circuits. 13-5 Solving RCL Circuits. 13-6 Resonance.13-7 Filters. 14.) Electric Motors. 14-1 Motor Classifications. 14-2 Motor Ratings.14-3 Motor Enclosures. 14-4 Squirrel-Cage Induction Motors. 14-5 SynchronousMotors. 14-6 Other Types of Motors. 15.) Instruments and Measurements. 15-1Digital Multimeter. 15-2 Meter Movements. 15-3 Analog Ammeters 15-4 AnalogVoltmeters. 15-5 Meter Loading. 15-6 Analog Ohmmeters. 15-7 InsulationTesters. 15-8 Wheatstone Bridge. 15-9 Wattmeters. 15-10 Frequency Meters.15-11 Measuring Impedance. 15-12 Measuring Inductance and Capacitance. 16.)Residential Wiring Concepts. 16-1 Electrical Codes. 16-2 Power Distribution. 16-3Service Entrance. 16-4 Cables and Conductors. 16-5 240-V. Branch Circuits. 16-6120-V Branch Circuits. 16-7 Switched-Receptacle Outlet. 16-8 Multiple Switching.16-9 Lighted-Handle Switches. 16-10 Circuit Interrupters. 16-11 Feeder Circuits.16-12 Low-Voltage Control Circuits. 16-13 Electronic Control Circuits. Glossaryof Terms and Symbols. Appendix A Common Tools. Appendix B Soldering andthe Soldering Process. Appendix C Formulas and Conversions. Appendix DCooper Wire Table. Appendix E Resistivity of Metals and Alloys. Appendix FTemperature Coefficients of Resistance. Appendix G Trigonometric Functions.Appendix H Capacitor Codes and Color Codes.Appendix I The Oscilloscope.Appendix J Basics of Cramer’s Rule. IndexInternational EditionBASIC ELECTRICITY: A TEXT-LAB MANUALSeventh Editionby by Paul B Zbar and Joseph Sloop, Gordon Rockmaker, ElectronicIndustries Association2000 / 460 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-821275-8 / 0-07-821275-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120284-8 / MHID: 0-07-120284-6 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTSIntroduction to Experiments. Resistor Color Code and Measurement of Resistance.Measurement of Voltage. Conductors and Insulators. Switches and SwitchingCircuits. Measurement of Direct Current. Ohm’s Law. Series Circuits. DesigningSeries Circuit. Voltage-Divider Circuits unloaded). Current in a Parallel Circuit.Resistance of a Parallel Circuit. Designing Parallel Circuits. Resistance of Series-Parallel Circuits. Direct-Current Meters (shunts and multipliers). Kirchhoff’sVoltage Law (one source). Kirchhoff’s Current Law . Voltage-Divider Circuits(loaded). Designing Voltage and Current-Divider Circuits. TroubleshootingElectric Circuits using Voltage, Current, and Resistance Measurement. MaximumPower Transfer. Solving Circuits using Mesh Currents. Balanced-Bridge Circuit.Superposition Theorem. Thevenin’s Theorem. Norton’s Theorem. Millman’sTheorem. Magnetic Field Associated with Current in a Wire. Inducing Voltagein a Coil. Applications of the DC Relay. Oscilloscope Operation. OscilloscopeVoltage and Frequency Measurement. Peak, RMS, and Average Values of AC.Characteristics of Inductance. Transformers. Inductances in Series and Parallel.RC Time Constants. Reactance of a Capacitor (XC). Capacitors in Series andParallel. The Capacitive Voltage Divider. Impedance of a Series RL Circuit. VoltageRelationships in a Series RL Circuit Impedance of a Series RC Circuit. VoltageRelationships in a Series RC Circuit. Power in AC Circuits. Frequency Responseof a Reactive Circuit. Impedance of a Series RLC Circuit. Effects of Changes inFrequency on Impedance and Current in a Series RLC Circuit. Impedance ofParallel RL and RC Circuits. Impedance of a Parralles RLC Circuit. ResonantFrequency and Frequency Response of a Series RLC Circuit. Effect of Q onFrequency Response and Bandwidth of a Series Resonant Circuit. Characteristicsof Parallel Resonant Circuits. Low-Pass and Hig h-Pass Filters. RC Bandpass andBandstop Filters. Nonlinear Resistors - Thermistors. Nonlinear Resistors - Varistors(VDRS). Appendices. A: Wiring Methods B: Familiarization with Hand Tools Usedin Electronics C: Soldering Techniques.SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BASIC MATH E MAT ICS FORELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICSSecond Editionby Aurthur Beiser, New York University1993 / 224 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-004439-5 / MHID: 0-07-004439-2Schaum's Publication138121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13811/15/06 5:32:16 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionELECTRICITY/ELECTRONICS FUNDAMENTALSA Text-Lab ManualFourth Editionby by Paul B Zbar and Joseph Sloop, Gordon Rockmaker, ElectronicIndustries Association1993 / 384 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-02-800843-1 / MHID: 0-02-800843-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-113780-5 / MHID: 0-07-113780-7 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)Power SystemsInternational EditionPOWER SYSTEM ANALYSISby John Grainger, North Carolina State University; WilliamStevenson, Jr., late professor, North Carolina State University1994 / 784 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-061293-8 / MHID: 0-07-061293-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113338-8 / MHID: 0-07-113338-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 Basic Concepts/2 Transformers/3 The Synchronous Machine/4 Series Impedanceof Transmission Lines/5 Capacitance of Transmission Lines/6 Current andVoltage Relations on a Transmission Line/7 The Admittance Model and NetworkCalculations/8 The Impedance Model and Network Calculations/9 Power FlowSolutions/10 Symmetrical Faults/11 Symmetrical Components and SequenceNetworks/12 Unsymmetrical Faults/13 Economic Operation of Power Systems/14Zbus Methods in Contingency Analysis/15 State Estimation of Power Systems/16Power System StabilityInternational EditionMODERN POWER SYSTEM ANALYSISThird Editionby L. S. Kothari, University of Delhi, and I J Nagrath2003 / Softcover / 708 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-049489-3 / MHID: 0-07-049489-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124111-3 / MHID: 0-07-124111-6 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Inductance and Resistance of Transmission Lines. 3. Capacitanceof Transmission Lines. 4. Representation of Power System Components. 5.Characteristics and Performance of Power Transmission Lines. 6. Load FlowStudies. 7. Optional System Operation. 8. Automatic Generation and VoltageControl. 9. Symmetrical Fault Analysis. 10. Symmetrical Components. 11.Unsymmetrical Fault Analysis. 12. Power System Stability. 13. Power SystemSecurity. 14. An Introduction to State Estimation of Power Systems. 15.Compensation in Power Systems. 16. Load Forecasting Technique. 17. VoltageStability. Appendix A : Introduction to Vector and Matrix Algebra. Appendix B: General Circuit Constants. Appendix C : Triangular Factorization and OptimalOrdering. Appendix D : Elements of Power System Jacobian Matrix. AppendixE : Kuhn-Tucker Theorem. Appendix F : Real-Time Computer Control of PowerSystems. Appendix G : Introduction to MATLAB and SIMULINK. Answers toProblems. Index.International EditionELEMENTS OF POWER SYSTEM ANALYSISFourth Editionby William Stevenson, Jr., North Carolina State University1982 / 436 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-066584-2 / MHID: 0-07-066584-2 [IE]Power ElectronicPOWER ELECTRONICSSecond Editionby M D Singh and K B Khanchandani2006 (April 2006) / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-058389-4 / MHID: 0-07-058389-7(Tata McGraw-Hill Title)(Details unavailable at press time)International EditionPOWER SYSTEM ANALYSISSecond Editionby Hadi Saadat, Milwaukee School of Engineering2002 / 712 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-123955-4 / MHID: 0-07-123955-3 [IE with CD]CONTENTS1 The Power System: An Overview. 2 Basic Principles. 3 Generator - TransformerMod els and the Per Unit Sys tem. 4 Transmission Line Parameters. 5 Line Modeland Performance. 6 Power Flow Analysis. 7 Optimal Dispatch of Gen er a tion.8 Synchronous Machine Tran sient Analysis. 9 Balanced Fault. 10 SymmetricalCom po nents and Imbalanced Fault. 11 Stability. 12 Power System Control.AppendixesInternational EditionPOWER ELECTRONICSThird Editionby Cyril W Lander1994 / 496 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-707714-3 / MHID: 0-07-707714-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113445-3 / MHID: 0-07-113445-X [IE]CONTENTSRectifying Devices. Rectifying Circuits. Converter Operation. DC LineCommutation. Frequency Conversion. Some Applications. Harmonics. DCMachine Control. AC Machine Control. Protection. Glossary of Terms. Referencesand Bibliography.139121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 13911/15/06 5:32:16 PM

Electrical EngineeringHigh Voltage EngineeringInternational EditionHIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERINGThird Editionby M S Naidu, Indian Institute of Science Bangalore, V Kamaraju,JNTU College of En gi neer ing, Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh2003 / 410 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-049464-0 / MHID: 0-07-049464-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123869-4 / MHID: 0-07-123869-7 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Conduction and breakdown in gases. 3 Conduction andbreakdown in liquid dielectrics. 4 Breakdown in solid di elec trics. 5 Applications ofinsulating materials. 6 Generation of high voltages and currents. 7 Mea sure ment ofhigh voltages and currents. 8 Over voltage phenomena and insulation coordinationin electric power systems. 9 Non-destructive testing of materials and electricalapparatus. 10 High voltage testing of high voltage apparatus. 11 Design, Planningand layout of high voltage laboratories.ElectromagneticsInternational EditionENGINEERING ELECTROMAGNETICSSeventh Editionby William Hayt, (deceased), and John Buck, Georgia Institute ofTech nol o gy2006 / 608 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-310463-8 / MHID: 0-07-310463-9 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124449-7 / MHID: 0-07-124449-2 [IE with CD]The book website con tains the solutions man u al, image set and otherresources. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/haytbuck7)Engineering Electromagnetics is a “classic” book that hasbeen updated for electromagnetics in today’s world. It isdesigned for introductory courses in electromagnetics orelec tro mag net ic field theory at the junior-level, but can alsobe used as a professional reference. This widely respectedbook stresses fundamentals and problem solving and discussesthe material in an understandable, readable way. Numerousil lus tra tions and analogies are provided to the aid the reader ingrasping difficult concepts. In addition, independent learning isfacilitated by the presence of many examples and problems.NEW TO THIS EDITION• One of the most sig nif i cant changes in the seventh edition isthe re-positioning of the transmission lines chapter ahead of theplane waves chapter. The transmission lines chapter has also beenre-written and expanded so that it can be used at any point in thecourse outline (including its use as the initial topic). To facilitate this,the fields description of transmission line waves is now located in thewaveguides chapter. Also, the topic of transmission lines losses hasbeen added to the transmission lines chapter.• The two plane waves chapters have been modified toac com mo date the new ordering. Although an instructor can still usethem ahead of transmission lines if they wish.• Other additions to the 7e include a new section on optical fibersin the waveguides chapter.• Many new end-of-chapter problems have been included. The drillproblems have also been updated. In addition, new examples andapplications have been added.• The book has an ex pand ed Web site which includes the solutionsmanual (for instructors only), downloadable JPEG files of the fig ures,as well as other helpful student and instructor resources.• COSMOS—contains the entire book problem set, enhanced toinclude any referenced images or text, as well as the entire solutionset for the book. In addition, this application will help you organize,distribute, and track problem sets from the text book as you assignthem to your students.• The book comes pack aged with an extensive multi-media CD-ROM. Key components of the CD include: il lus tra tions, animations,interactives, quizzes and searchable PowerPoint lectures withadditional learning material. These resources will be of great use toboth the student and the in struc tor.FEATURES• The book has been written with the goal of making it as easy aspossible for the student to learn independently. This has been doneby applying a carefully graduated scale of difficulty within eachchapter and among the chapters themselves, by providing numericalexamples, a large number of drill prob lems with answers, as well asend-of-chapter problems.• The material is more than adequate for a one-semester course.Pro fes sors can omit portions of some of the chapters depending onthe in struc tion al level. Also, the more difficult material has beenplaced near the ends of chap ters or at the end of the study of somedefinite phase of the subject to help bring along varying levels ofstudents.CONTENTS1 Vector Analysis. 2 Coulomb’s Law and Electric Field In ten si ty. 3 Electric FluxDensity, Gauss’s Law, and Divergence. 4 Energy and Potential. 5 Cur rents andConductors. 6 Di elec trics and Capacitance. 7 Pois son’s and Laplace’s Equa tions.8 The Steady Magnetic Field. 9 Magnetic Forces, Materials, and Inductance. 10Time-Varying Fields and Maxwell’s Equations. 11 Trans mis sion Lines. 12 TheUniform Plane Wave. 13 Plane Waves at Boundaries and in Dispersive Media.14 Elec tro mag net ic Waves in Trans mis sion Lines and Waveguides. Appendix AVector Analysis. Appendix B Units. Appendix C Material Constants. Appendix DOrgins of the Complex Permittivity. Appendix E An swers to Se lect ed ProblemsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITSFourth Editionby Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A. Edminister, University of Akron2003 / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-139307-2 / MHID: 0-07-139307-2Schaum's PublicationCONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Circuit Concepts. 3. Circuit Laws. 4. Analysis Methods. 5.Am pli fi ers and Operational Amplifier Circuits. 6. Waveforms and Signals. 7. First-Order Circuits. 8. Higher-Order Circuits and Complex Frequency. 9. Si nu so i dalSteady-State Circuit Analysis. 10. AC Power. 11. Polyphase Circuits. 12. FrequencyResponse, Filters, and Resonance. 13. Two-Port Networks. 14. Mutual Inductanceand Transformers. 15. Circuit Analysis Using Spice and Pspice. 16. The LaPlaceTransform Method. 17. Fourier Method of Wave form Analysis. Appendix AComplex Number System. Appendix B Matrices and Determinants.International EditionELECTROMAGNETICSFifth Editionby John Kraus, Ohio State University (Emeritus) and Daniel A Fleisch,Aeroflex-Lintele Corp, and Wittenburg University1999 / 800 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116429-0 / MHID: 0-07-116429-4 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Electric and Magnetic Fields. 3 Transmission Lines. 4 WavePropagation, Attenuation, Polarization, Reflection, Refraction and Diffraction.5Antennas, Radiation, Radar and Wireless. 6 Elec tro dy nam ics. 7 Dielectricand Magnetic Materials. 8 Waveguides, Resonators and Fiber Optics. 9 Bio-Electromagnetics. 10 Electromagnetic Effects in High-Speed Digital Systems. 11Numerical Techniques140121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14011/15/06 5:32:17 PM

SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTRIC MACHINES ANDELECTROMECHANICSSecond Editionby Syed A. Nasar, University of Kentucky1998 / 208 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-045994-6 / MHID: 0-07-045994-0Schaum's PublicationSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ELECTROMAGNETICSSecond Editionby Joseph Edminister Cornell University1995ISBN-13: 978-0-07-021234-3 / MHID: 0-07-021234-1Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionELECTRIC CIRCUITSSecond Editionby Theodore F Bogart, University of Southern Mississippi1992 / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112920-6 / MHID: 0-07-112920-0 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)Electrical EngineeringMicrowaves & AntennasInternational EditionANTENNASThird Editionby John Kraus, Professor Emeritus, Ohio State University and Ronald JMarhefka, Ohio State University2002 / 960 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-232103-6 / MHID: 0-07-232103-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123201-2 / MHID: 0-07-123201-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/krausCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Antenna Basics. 3 The Antenna Family. 4 Point Sources. 5Arrays of Point Sources. 6 The Electric Dipole and Thin Linear Antennas. 7 TheLoop Antenna. 8 End Fire Antennas: The Helical Beam Antenna and the Yagi-UdaArray. 9 Slot, Patch and Horn Antennas. 9II Slot and Horn Antennas II. 10 FlatSheet, Corner and Parabolic Reflector Antennas. 11 Broadband and Frequency-Independent Antennas. 12 Antenna Temperature, Remote Sensing and RadarCross-Section. 13 Self and Mutual Impedances. 14 The Cylindrical Antenna andthe Moment Method (MM). 15 The Fourier Transform Relation Between ApertureDistribution and Far-Field Pattern. 16 Arrays of Dipoles and of Apertures. 17 LensAntennas. 18 Frequency-Selective Surfaces and Periodic Structures by Ben A.Munk. 19 Practical Design Considerations of Large Aperture Antennas. 20 SomeExamples of Large or Unique Antennas. 21 Antennas for Special Applications. 22Terahertz Antennas. 23 Baluns, etc. By Ben A. Munk. 24 Antenna Measurements.By Arto Lehto and Pertti Vainikainen. Appendix A Tables for Reference. AppendixB Books and Video Tapes. Appendix C Computer Programs (Codes). Appendix DAbsorbing Materials. Appendix E Measurement ErrorElectromagnetics (Advanced)International EditionINTRODUCTION TO RADAR SYSTEMSThird Editionby Merrill I. Skolnik2001 / 784 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-288138-7 / MHID: 0-07-288138-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118189-1 / MHID: 0-07-288138-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 An Introduction to Radar. 2 The Radar Equation. 3 MTI and Pulse DopplerRadar. 4 Tracking Radar. 5 Detection of Signals in Noise. 6 Information from RadarSignals. 7 Radar Clutter. 8 Propogation of Radar Waves . 9 The Radar Antenna.10 Radar Transmitters. 11 Radar ReceiverInternational EditionMICROWAVE ENGINEERINGby A Das, Anna University and Sisir K Das, Head, EMC Division,Sameer Center for Electromagnetics, India2000 / 640 pages / softcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-463577-3 / MHID: 0-07-463577-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118884-5 / MHID: 0-07-118884-3 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTSIntroduction. Basic Transmission Line Theory. Propagation of ElectromagneticWaves. Microwave Transmission Lines. Im ped ance Transformations For Match ing.Microwave Network Theory and Passive Devices. Microwave Resonators.Microwave Filters. Microwave Vacuum Tube Devices. Microwave Solid StateDevices and Circuits. Applications of Microwaves. Microwave Ra di a tion Hazards.Microwave Measurements.141121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14111/15/06 5:32:18 PM

Electrical EngineeringNEWSignals & SystemsFUNDAMENTALS SIGNALS SYSTEMSby M.J. Roberts, University Of Tennessee-Knoxville2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover / 800 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-330950-7 / MHID: 0-07-330950-8(with Bind-in card)As in most areas of science and engineering, the most importantand useful theories are the ones that capture the essence, andtherefore the beauty, of physical phenomena. This is trueof signals and systems. Signals and Systems: Analysis UsingTransform Methods and MATLAB captures the mathematicalbeauty of signals and systems and offers a student-centered,pedagogically driven approach. The author has a clearunderstanding of the issues students face in learning thematerial and does a superior job of addressing these issues. Thebook is intended to cover a one-semester sequence in Signalsand Systems for juniors in engineering. This text is created inmodular format, so instructors can select chapters within theframework that they teach this course.FEATURES• The new brief version of Roberts is somewhat shorter than thecomprehensive version and, most importantly, has been modularizedto allow reduced topic coverage without loss of continuity.• This version includes many exciting new examples with apractical flavor.• Roberts continues to offer alternating parallel coverage ofcontinuous-time and discrete-time signals and systems, somethingmost professors want.• Roberts includes unified and consistent notation for all transformmethods to aid retention and understanding of relations amongtransform methods.• Since MATLAB is key to many Signals and Systems courses, alarge number of MATLAB examples and a comprehensive Appendixon the important MATLAB operators and functions used in signal andsystem analysis have been included.• An ARIS site accompanies the book and features such thingsas solutions and ppts for instructors, and concept simulators andalgorithmic problems for students.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Mathematical Description of Continuous-Time Signals. 3Mathematical Description of Discrete-Time Signals. 4 Properties of Continuous-Time Systems. 5 Properties of Discrete-Time Systems. 6 Time-Domain Analysis ofContinuous-Time Systems. 7 Time-Domain Analysis of Discrete-Time Systems8 The Continuous-Time Fourier Series. 9 The Discrete-Time Fourier Series. 10 TheContinuous-Time Fourier Transform. 11 The Discrete-Time Fourier Transform12 Continuous-Time Fourier Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 13Discrete-Time Fourier Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 14 Sampling andthe Discrete Fourier Transform. 15 The Laplace Transform. 16 The z TransformAppendix A: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix B: The Continuous-TimeFourier Series Pairs. Appendix C: Discrete-Time Fourier Series Pairs. AppendixD: Continuous-Time Fourier Transform Pairs. Appendix E: Discrete-Time FourierTransform Pairs. Appendix F: Laplace Transform Pairs. Appendix G: z TransformPairs.International EditionSIGNALS AND SYSTEMSAnalysis of Signals Through Lin ear Systemsby M J Roberts, University of Ten nes see—Knoxville2004 / 832 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-293044-3 / MHID: 0-07-293044-6(with OLC Bind-In Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123268-5 / MHID: 0-07-123268-0 [IE]The website will contain solutions, pdf files of fi gures, conceptsim u la tions, and Frontiers in Signals and Systems featuring the author swork on biological sys tems and other in ter est ing applications in the field.(Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072499427)Signals and Systems by M.J. Roberts offers a student-cen tered,pedagogically driven approach to teaching Signals andSystems. The author has a clear understanding of the issuesstudents face in learning the material and does a superior jobof addressing these issues. The book is intended to cover atwo-semester sequence in Signals and Systems for Juniors inengineering.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Mathematical Description of Signals. 3 De scrip tion and Analysisof Systems. 4 The Fourier Series. 5 The Fourier Transform. 6 Fourier TransformAnalysis of Signals and Systems. 7 Sam pling and the Discrete Fourier Transform.8 Correlation, Energy Spectral Density, and Power Spectral Density. 9 The LaplaceTransform. 10 Laplace Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. 11 The zTrans form. 12 z-Transform Analysis of Signals and Systems. Ap pen dix A: UsefulMath e mat i cal Relations. Appendix B: In tro duc tion to MATLAB. Appendix C: LeastCommon Multiples. Appendix D: Convolution Properties. Appendix E: Table ofFourier Pairs. Appendix F: Table of Laplace Transform PairsAppendix G: Table of z Trans form Pairs. Appendix H: Com plex Num bers andFunc tions. Appendix I: Differential and Difference Equations. Appendix J: Vectorsand Ma tri ces. Bib li og ra phyInternational EditionSIGNALS AND SYSTEMSby I J Nagrath, formerly Deputy Director, Birla Institute ofTechnology and Science, Pilani and S N Sharan, R Ranjan and SKumar of BITS, Pilani2001 / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-463771-5 / MHID: 0-07-463771-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120271-8 / MHID: 0-07-120271-4 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/nagrath/CONTENTSIntroduction to Signals and Systems. Analysis of Continuous-time Systems - timedomain and Frequency Domain. Analysis of LTI Discrete-time Systems - timedomain and Frequency Domain. Discrete Fourier Transform and Fast FourierTransform. State Space Analysis. Stability Analysis of LTI Systems. Analog andDigital Filter Design. Fundamentals of Random Processes. Matlab Tools for Designand Analysis of Digital Filters.142121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14211/15/06 5:32:18 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO SIGNALS AND SYSTEMSby Douglas K Lindner, Virginia Polytechnic Institute1999 / 984 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-116489-4 / MHID: 0-07-116489-4 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Real Functions, Limits & Sequences. 3 Review of ComplexVariables. 4 Review of Matrix Theory. 5 Introduction to Signal Modeling. 6Introduction to Systems. 7 Fourier Series and Fourier Transforms. 8 Spectral Contentof a Signal. 9 The Laplace Transform. 10 Transfer Functions, Block Diagrams &State-Space. 11 Intro. to Realization Theory. 12 Convolution Representation &Fourier Transfer Function. 13 Properties of Systems. 14 The Frequency ResponseTheorem. 15 Sig/Sys Analysis in Frequency Domain. 16 Bode Plots. 17 Intro.to Sampling, Coding & Quantization. 18 Z Transform & Discrete-Time FourierTransform. 19 Sampling. 20 Discrete Fourier Transform. 21Discrete-Time SystemRepresentations. 22 Discrete-Time System Properties. 23 Frequency Domain Anal.of Discrete-Time Systems. 24 Digital Filter Design.Digital Signal ProcessingInternational EditionDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGA Com put er-Based ApproachThird Editionby Sanjit K. Mitra, Uni ver si ty of California at Santa Barbara2006 / 896 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-304837-6 / MHID: 0-07-304837-2 (with CD)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125579-0 / MHID: 0-07-125579-6 [IE with CD]The expanded Web site for the book includes a downloadable versionof the solutions manual (available to instructors only) and a link to theauthorʼs FTP site for updated versions of the MATLAB M-fi les. (Browsehttp://www.mhhe.com/mitra3)Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-Based Approach isintended for a two-semester course on digital signal pro cess ingfor seniors or first-year graduate students. Based on userfeedback, a number of new topics have been added to the thirdedition, while some excess topics from the second edition havebeen removed. The author has taken great care to organizethe chapters more logically by reordering the sections withinchapters. More worked-out examples have also been included.The book contains more than 500 problems and 150 MATLABexercises. New topics in the third edition include: short-timechar ac ter iza tion of discrete-time signals, expanded coverage ofdiscrete-time Fourier transform and discrete Fourier transform,prime factor algorithm for DFT computation, sliding DFT,zoom FFT, chirp Fourier trans form, expanded coverage of z-transform, group delay equal iza tion of IIR digital filters, designof computationally efficient FIR digital filters, semi-symbolicanalysis of digital filter structures, spline interpolation, spectralfac tor iza tion, discrete wavelet transform.NEW TO THIS EDITION• The original MATLAB programs of the second edition have beenupdated to run on the newer versions of MATLAB and the SignalProcessing ToolBox. In addition, brand new MATLAB programs andcode fragments have been added to this edition.• The text makes ex ten sive use of examples to illustrate theory,design and applications. The 353 simple, but practical examplesexpose the reader to real-life signal processing problems throughoutthe book. The book concludes with a chapter focused on severalimportant practical applications of DSP. These applications are easyto follow and do not require knowl edge of other advanced levelcourses.• The expanded Web site for the book includes a downloadableversion of the solutions manual (available to instructors only) anda link to the author’s FTP site for updated versions of the MATLABM-files.• The main text includes a CD-ROM containing all MATLABprograms, real-life signals that can be used by the reader forprocessing, additional exercises, and review materials.• The main text can be packaged with Digital Signal ProcessingLaboratory Using MATLAB, which is intended for a computer-basedDSP laboratory course that supplements a lecture course on DigitalSignal Pro cess ing.• The lab book includes 11 laboratory exercises, with each exercisecontaining a number of projects to be carried out on a computer.The book assumes that the reader has no back ground in MATLABand teaches the reader, through tested programs in the first half ofthe book, the basics of this powerful language in solving importantproblems in signal processing. In the second half of the book, thestudent is asked to write the necessary MATLAB programs to carryout the projects.FEATURES• A key feature of the book is the extensive use of MATLAB-basedexamples that illustrate the program’s powerful capability to solvesignal processing problems. The book uses a three-state ped a gog i calstructure with MATLAB: each chapter begins by developing theessential theory and algorithms, the material is then illustrated withexamples solved by hand calculation, and finally solutions arederived using MATLAB. From the start, MATLAB codes are providedwith enough detail to allow the students to repeat the examples ontheir computer.CONTENTS1 Signals and Signal Pro cess ing. 2 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems. 3 Discrete-Time Signals and Systems in the Frequency Domain. 4 Digital Processing ofCon tin u ous-Time Signals. 5 Finite-Length Dis crete Transforms. 6 Discrete-TimeSignals and Systems in the z-Domain. 7 LTI Discrete-Time Systems in the TransformDomain. 8 Digital Filter Struc tures. 9 IIR Digital Filter Design. 10 FIR Digital FilterDesign. 11 DSP Algorithm Im ple men ta tion Considerations. 12 Analysis of FiniteWordlength Effects. 13 Multirate Digital Signal Pro cess ing Fundamentals. 14Multirate Filter Banks and Wavelets. 15 Applications of Digital Signal Processing.Appendix: Random SignalsInternational EditionDIGITAL SIGNAL PRO CES SORS: ARCHITECTURE,PROGRAMMING AND APPLICATIONSby B. Venkataramani, and M. Bhaskar, Regional Engineering College,Tiruchirappalli, India2002 / 424 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-047334-8 / MHID: 0-07-047334-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-122897-8 / MHID: 0-07-122897-7 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1. An Overview of Digital Signal Pro cess ing and its Ap pli ca tions. 2. In tro duc tionTo Pro gram ma ble DSPs. 3. Ar chi tec ture of Tms320c5x. 4. Tms320c5x Assemblylanguage In struc tions. 5. Instruction Pipelining in C5x. 6. Application Pro gramsin C5x. 7. Ar chi tec ture of Tms320c3x. 8. Addressing Modes and AssemblyLanguage Instructions of C3x. 9. Application Programmes in C3x. 10. Tms320c54xOver view. 11. Tms320c54x As sem bly Language Instructions. 12. ApplicationPro grams on C54x. 13. An Over view of Tms320c6x DSPS. 14. An Overviewof Motorola DSP563xx. 15. Recent Trends in DSP System Design. Answers toSelected Questions. Bib li og ra phy. Index143121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14311/15/06 5:32:19 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGby S Salivahanan, Mepco Schlenk Engineering College, Sivakasi, AVallavaraj, Caledonian College of Engineering, Sultanate of Oman,and C Gnanapriya, Infosys Technologies Limited, Bangalore2000 / 808 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-463996-2 / MHID: 0-07-463996-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-118982-8 / MHID: 0-07-118982-3 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007463996xCONTENTS1 Classification of signals and systems. 2 Fourier analysis of periodic and ape ri od iccontinuous-time signals and systems. 3 Applications of laplace transform tosystem analysis. 4 z-transform. 5 Linear time in vari ant sys tems. 6 Discrete andfast fourier trans forms. 7 Finite im pulse response (fir) filters. 8 Infinite impulseresponse (iit) filters. 9 Realisation of dig i tal linear systems. 10 Effects of finiteword length in dig i tal filters. 11 Multirate digital signal processing. 12 Spectralestimation. 13 Adaptive filters. 14 Applications of digital signal pro cess ing. 15MATLAB programsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF DIGITAL SIGNALPROCESSINGby Monson Hayes, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga1999 / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-027389-4 / MHID: 0-07-027389-8Schaum's PublicationDigital Signal ProcessingLaboratoryInternational EditionDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGby Charles A Schuler, and Mahesh Chugani2005 / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-829744-1 / MHID: 0-07-829744-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111331-1 / MHID: 0-07-111331-2 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)Browse http://www.mhhe.com/dspThis new book is intended for two-year and four-year electronicsstudents, as well as industry practitioners who need to learnabout applied Digital Signal Processing. The text has a verypractical “hands-on” approach, appropriate for those studentswho will apply and troubleshoot modern electronic systems.The authors present critical ideas and then apply them to realworldtechnician work via software simulations and examples.These activities will clearly illustrate core concepts to increaseunderstanding and aid retention. The CD-ROM includedwith the text contains five programs that support the handsonactivities. Three of the programs were specially preparedfor beginners just learning DSP; two present demo versions ofprofessional software used by DSP designers.FEATURES• The approach used in this book presents critical ideas and thenimmediately applies them via software simulations and examples.• The text includes coverage of digital conversion, Fourier Analysis,analog filters, infinite impulse response (IIR) filters and finite impulseresponse (FIR) filters.• The text includes practical lab applications, which will becompleted using the CD-ROM packaged with the text.• Instructor’s manual and presentations are available on passwordprotectedInstructor’s website.• Student CD-ROM includes QEDesign 1000--Educational Version.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Chapter 2 Converting AnalogSignals to Digital Signals. Chapter 3 Correlation and Convolution. Chapter 4Periodic Functions and Fourier Synthesis. Chapter 5 Discrete Fourier Transform.Chapter 6 Windows. Chapter 7 Digital Filters. Chapter 8 Practical Implementationof Filters. Chapter 9 Digital Signal Processing Systems. Chapter 10 Illustrated DSPDictionary. IndexINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg144121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14411/15/06 5:32:20 PM

International EditionCommunicationsNEWPRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONSYSTEMSThird Editionby Louis E. Frenzel2008 (January 2007) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-322278-3 / MHID: 0-07-322278-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-110810-2 / MHID: 0-07-110810-6 [IE, with OLC]Browse http://www.mhhe.com/frenzel3ePrinciples of Electronic Communication Systems is designedfor an introductory course in communication electronics forElectronics Technology and Electrical Engineering Technologystudents who have a background in basic electronics,algebra and trigonometry. The text covers current, state-ofthe-arttechnologies used in all forms of modern electroniccommunications, using a systems approach to best reflectcurrent industry practice. This edition contains greatly expandedand updated material on the Internet, cell phones and wirelesstechnologies. Practical skills like testing and troubleshootingare included throughout the new edition. As before, Frenzel'sbook is notable for its readability, which is augmented bynumerous four-color line drawings, photographs, examplesand learning features. A brand-new Laboratory & ActivitiesManual provides both hands-on experiments and a variety ofother activities, reflecting the variety of skills now needed inthe electronic communications world. A new Online LearningCenter web site is available, with a wealth of learning resourcesfor students, and teaching materials for instructors.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New streamlined book design used to highlight learning features,four-color art figures and photographs.• Updated coverage of cell phones and wireless technologies inchapters 20 and 21.• Systems approach to electronic communications is used, reflectingcurrent trends in the workplace.• Internet technologies are covered in new chapter 15, whichincludes a section on Internet Security.• OLC website includes includes the follwing student resources:self-tests, lab follow-up, links to sites of interest, chapter studyoverviews, and career information. Instructors will find onlineversions of the instructor's manual, PowerPoint and lab follow-up.• An all-new Laboratory & Activities Manual is available, withhands-on labs, simulation routines, and a wide range of activities.• Television chapter, fully updated, is available on the OLC website,for those who cover the topic.• Tests & Measurements are covered in chapter 22, with coverageof new technologies like JTAG.• "Good to Know" margin features direct students to key points inthe text.FEATURES• Modern coverage of all major communications topics,concentrating on the key areas students need to master.• Instructor Productivity Center (IPC) offers complete PowerPointlessons and electronic test banks for each chapter, plus theInstructor's Manual, with complete solutions to text questions andproblems, in electronic form. CPS from eInstruction is also availablefor classroom management and testing.Electrical EngineeringCONTENTSPreface. Chapter 1 Introduction to Electronic Communication. 1-1 The Significanceof Human Communications. 1-2 Communication Systems. 1-3 Types of ElectronicCommunication. 1-4 Modulation and Multiplexing. 1-5 The ElectromagneticSpectrum. 1-6 Bandwidth. 1-7 A Survey of Communication Applications. 1-8 Careers in the Communications Industry. Chapter 2 The Fundamentals ofElectronics: A Review. 2-1 Gain, Attenuation and Decibels. 2-2 Tuned Circuits.2-3 Filters. 2-4 Fourier Theory. Chapter 3 Amplitude Modulation Fundamentals3-1 AM Concepts. 3-2 Modulation Index and Percentage of Modulation. 3-3Sidebands and The Frequency Domain. 3-4 AM Power. 3-5 Single-SidebandModulation. 3-6 Classification of Radio Emissions. Chapter 4 Amplitude Modulatorand Demodulator Circuits. 4-1 Basic Principles of Amplitude Modulation. 4-2Amplitude Modulators. 4-3 Amplitude Demodulators. 4-4 Balanced Modulators4-5 SSB Circuits. Chapter 5 Fundamentals of Frequency Modulation. 5-1 BasicPrinciples of Frequency Modulation. 5-2 Principles of Phase Modulation 5-3Modulation Index and Sidebands. 5-4 Noise Suppression Effects of FM. 5-5Frequency Modulation versus Amplitude Modulation. Chapter 6 FM Circuits.6-1 Frequency Modulators. 6-2 Phase Modulators. 6-3 Frequency Demodulators.Chapter 7 Digital Communications Techniques. 7-1 Digital Transmission ofData. 7-2 Data Converters. 7-3 Parallel and Serial Transmission. 7-4 Pulse CodeModulation. 7-5 Pulse Modulation. 7-6 Digital Signal Processing. Chapter 8 RadioTransmitters. 8-1 Transmitter Fundamentals. 8-2 Carrier Generators. 8-3 PowerAmplifiers. 8-4 Impedance Matching Networks. 8-5 Typical Transmitter CircuitsChapter 9 Communications Receivers., 9-1 Basic Principles of SignalReproduction. 9-2 Superheterodyne Receivers. 9-3 Frequency Conversion. 9-4Intermediate Frequency and Images. 9-5 Noise. 9-6 Typical Receiver Circuits.9-7 Receivers and Transmitters. Chapter 10 Multiplexing and Demultiplexing.10-1 Multiplexing Principles. 10-2 Frequency Division Multiplexing. 10-3 TimeDivision Multiplexing. 10-3 Pulse Code Modulation. 10-4 Duplexing. Chapter11 Data Transmission Techniques. 11-1 Digital Codes. 11-2 Principles of DigitalTransmission. 11-3 Transmission Efficiency. 11-4 Basic Modem Concepts. 11-5Wideband Modulation. 11-6 Advanced Modem Technology. 11-7 Error Detectionand Correction. 11-8 Protocols. Chapter 12 Introduction to Networking and LocalArea Networks. 12-1 Network Fundamentals. 12-2 LAN Hardware. 12-3 EthernetLANs. 12-4 Token Ring LAN. Chapter 13 Transmission Lines. 13-1 TransmissionLine Basics. 13-2 Standing Waves. 13-3 Transmission Lines as Circuit Elements13-4 The Smith Chart. Chapter 14 Antennas and Wave Propagation. 14-1 AntennaFundamentals. 14-2 Common Antenna Types. 14-3 Radio Wave Propagation.Chapter 15 Internet Technologies. 15-1 Internet Applications. 15-2 InternetTransmission Systems. 15-3 Storage Area Networks. 15-4 Internet Security. Chapter16 Microwave Communications. 16-1 Microwave Concepts. 16-2 MicrowaveTransistor Amplifiers. 16-3 Waveguides and Cavity Resonators. 16-4 MicrowaveSemiconductor Diodes. 16-5 Microwave Tubes. 16-6 Microwave Antennas. 16-7 Microwave Applications. Chapter 17 Satellite Communications. 17-1 SatelliteOrbits. 17-2 Satellite Communications Systems. 17-3 Satellite Subsystems. 17-4Ground Stations. 17-5 Satellite Applications. Chapter 18 TelecommunicationSystems. 18-1 Telephones. 18-2 The Telephone System. 18-3 Facsimile. 18-4Paging Systems. 18-5 Integrated Services Digital Network. 18-6 Internet Telephony.Chapter 19 Optical Communication. 19-1 Optical Principles. 19-2 OpticalCommunication System. 19-3 Fiber Optic Cables. 19-4 Optical Transmitters andReceivers. 19-5 Wavelength Division Multiplexing. 19-6 Passive Optical Networks.Chapter 20 Cell Phone Technologies. 20-1 Cellular Telephone Systems. 20-2 TheAdvanced Mobile Telephone System. 20-3 Digital Cell Phone Systems. Chapter21 Wireless Technologies. 21-1 Wireless LANs. 21-2 PANs and Bluetooth. 21-3ZigBee and Mesh Wireless Networks. 21-4 WiMAX and Wireless MetropolitanArea Networks. 21-5 Infrared Wireless. 21-6 Radio Frequency Identification. 21-7Ultra Wideband Wireless. Chapter 22 Communication Tests and Measurements.22-1 Communications Test Equipment. 22-2 Common Communication Tests.22-3 Troubleshooting Techniques. 22-4 Electromagnetic Interference Testing.Appendix. Glossary. Index.145121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14511/15/06 5:32:21 PM

Electrical EngineeringNEWDATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKINGFourth Editionby Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza College2007 (February 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-325032-8 / MHID: 0-07-325032-5Browse http://www.mhhe.com/forouzanAs one of the fastest growing technologies in our culture today,data communications and networking presents a uniquechallenge for instructors. As both the number and types ofstudents are increasing, it is essential to have a textbook thatprovides coverage of the latest advances, while presentingthe material in a way that is accessible to students with littleor no background in the field. Using a bottom-up approach,Data Communications and Networking presents this highlytechnical subject matter without relying on complex formulasby using a strong pedagogical approach supported by morethan 700 figures.Now in its Fourth Edition, this textbook brings the beginningstudent right to the forefront of the latest advances in the field,while presenting the fundamentals in a clear, straightforwardmanner. Students will find better coverage, improved figuresand better explanations on cutting-edge material. The"bottom-up" approach allows instructors to cover the materialin one course, rather than having separate courses on datacommunications and networking.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed for the beginning student andincludes numerous figures, highlighted points, examples and reallife applications, key terms, chapter summaries, practice sets and anextensive glossary and list of acronyms.• Added coverage of TCP/IP and extensive new material on Security• Text uses a bottom-up approach where students learn about datacommunications before learning about networking. This approachallows instructors to cover the material in one course, rather thanhaving separate courses on data communications and networking.• An On-line Learning Center is available to provide extra materialto both students and instructors. Some features of the on-line learningcenter include: PowerPoint Slides, Solutions, and Animated Figuresfrom the text and solutions of odd-numbered problems for students.(even-numbered solutions for instructor are password protected)FEATURES• More than 700 figures provide complete, visual presentation ofthe material.Figures replace the need for students to rely on complex formulas.• The practice set includes an extensive number of reviewquestions, multiple choice questions, and extended exercises.CONTENTSPart 1 Overview of Data Communications and Networking. 1 Introduction. 2Network Models. Part 2 Physical Layer and Media. 3 Data and Signals. 4 DigitalTransmission. 5 Analog Transmission. 6 Bandwidth Utilization: Multiplexing andSpreading. 7 Transmission Media. 8 Switching. 9 Using Telephone and CableNetworks for Data Transmission. Part 3 Data Link Layer. 10 Error Detectionand Correction. 11 Data Link Control. 12 Multiple Access. 13 Wired LANs:Ethernet14 Wireless LANs. 15 Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs.16 Wireless WANs: Cellular Telephone and Satellite Networks. 17 SONET/SDH.18 Virtual Circuit Networks: Frame Relay and ATM. Part 4 Network Layer. 19Network Layer: Logical Addressing. 20 Network Layer: Internet Protocol. 21Network Layer: Address Mapping, Error Reporting, and Multicasting. 22 NetworkLayer: Delivery Forwarding, and Routing. Part 5 Transport Layer. 23 Process-to-Process Delivery: UDP, TCP, and SCTP. 24 Congestion Control and Quality ofService. Part 6 Application Layer. 25 Domain Name System. 26 Remote Logging,Electronic Mail, and File Transfer. 27 WWW and HTTP. 28 Network Management:SNMP. 29 Multimedia. Part 7 Security. 30 Cryptography. 31 Network Security.32 Security in the Internet: IPSec, SSL/TLS, PGP, VPN, and Firewalls. AppendixA Unicode. Appendix B Numbering Systems. Appendix C Mathematical Review.Appendix D 8B/6T Code. Appendix E Telephone History. Appendix F ContactAddresses. Appendix G RFCs. Appendix H UDP and TCP Ports.International EditionCOM MU NI CA TION NET WORKSecond Edi tionby Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of Toronto and Indra Widjaja2004 / 848 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246352-1 / MHID: 0-07-246352-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-119848-6 / MHID: 0-07-119848-2 [IE]This website will contain: Solutions Manual for selected problems,Power Point Slides, figures & lecture notes. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/007246352X)This book is designed for introductory one-semester or oneyearcourses in com mu ni ca tions networks in upper-levelundergraduate programs. The second half of the book canbe used in more advanced courses. As pre-requisites thebook assumes a general knowledge of computer systemsand programming, and elementary calculus. The secondedition expands on the success of the first edition by updatingon technological changes in net works and responding tocom pre hen sive market feedback.CONTENTSPreface. 1 Communication Networks and Services. 2 Application and LayeredArchitectures. 3 Digital Trans mis sion Fundamentals. 4 Transmission Systems andCircuit Switching Networks. 5 ARQ and Flow Control. 6 Local Area Networksand Medium Access Control. 7 Packet-Switching Networks. 8 TCP/IP. 9 ATMNetworks. 10 Advanced Network Ar chi tec tures. 11 Network Security. 12 Multi-Media Information and Networking. Epilogue. Ap pen dix es. A Delay and LossPer for mance. B Network ManagementInternational EditionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALOG AND DIG I TALCOMMUNICATIONSSecond Edi tionby Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University2003 / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-140228-6 / MHID: 0-07-140228-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122997-5 / MHID: 0-07-122997-3 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Schaum's PublicationInternational EditionCOMMUNICATION SYSTEMSFourth Editionby A. Bruce Carlson, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Janet Rutledgeand Paul Crilly, University of Tennessee at Knoxville2002 / 864 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-011127-1 / MHID: 0-07-011127-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121028-7 / MHID: 0-07-121028-8 [IE]www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/carlsonCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Signals and Spectra. 3 Signal Transmission and Filtering. 4Linear CW Modulation. 5 Exponential CW Modulation. 6 Sampling and PulseModulation. 7 Analog Communication Systems. 8 Probability and RandomVariables. 9 Random Signals and Noise. 10 Noise in Analog ModulationSystems. 11 Baseband Digital Transmission. 12 Digitization Techniques forAnalog Messages and Computer Networks. 13 Channel Coding and Encryption.14 Bandpass Digital Transmission. 15 Spread Spectrum Systems. 16 Informationand Detection Theory. Appendix: Circuit and System Noise146121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14611/15/06 5:32:21 PM

International EditionCOMMUNICATION ELECTRONICSThird Editionby Louis E Frenzel, Jr.,2000 / 448 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-02-804837-6 / MHID: 0-02-804837-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118304-8 / MHID: 0-07-118304-3 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTSIntroduction to Communication. Amplitude Modulation and Single-SideBand. Modulation. Amplitude Modulation Circuits. Frequency Modulation.Frequency Modulation Circuits. Radio Transmitters. Communications Receivers.Multiplexing. Antennas, Transmission Lines, and Radio Wave Propogation.Microwave Techniques. Introduction to Satellite Communications. DataCommunication. Fiber-Optic Telecommunica-tions. Television. The TelephoneSystems and its Applications.International EditionELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SYSTEMSFourth Editionby George Kennedy and Bernard Davis1992 / 786 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112672-4 / MHID: 0-07-112672-4 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)International EditionELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONSixth Editionby Robert L Shrader1993 / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-057157-0 / MHID: 0-07-057157-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113665-5 / MHID: 0-07-113665-7 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)Electrical EngineeringDigital CommunicationsDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONby Amitabha Bhattacharya, Assistant Professor in the Department ofElectronics & Instrumentation Engineering at the Indian School ofMines, Dhanbad.2005 / 715 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-059117-2 / MHID: 0-07-059117-2(Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070591172Digital Communication is the study of transmission of informationthat is encoded digitally (as for storage and processing bycomputers). This book is an attempt to provide the studentswith a simplified, focussed, and comprehensive text on DigitalCommunication. The book is ideal for an undergraduate courseon the topic. Salient Features : Provides a systems approachto Digital Communication right at the foundational level(block diagrammatic approach to the various systems-Linear,Non-Linear, Causal etc.); Lucidly written text. (Definition andpresentation of Sampling theorem, Signal space representationof signal space concepts); Covers digital modulation based onsignal-space concepts. This will facilitate the students to designthe modern digital communication systems on their own;Every system is judged in terms of its bandwidth efficiency andpower efficiency. All the necessary theory to derive these twocrucial parameters of a communication system is derived fromfirst principles; The depth and span of coverage (E.g., Depthof coverage of Sampling Theorem and Quantization), and themathematical rigor makes it suitable for a one semester courseon Digital Communication at the UG level.CONTENTSPart I: Preview. 1. Introduction. 2. Signals and Systems : Fundamental Concepts.Part II: Baseband Systems. 3. Baseband Transmission Techniques: Formatting. 4.Baseband Transmission Techniques: Coding. 5. Baseband Reception Techniques.Part III: Bandpass Systems. 6. Bandpass Signal Transmission. 7. Bandpass SignalReception. Appendix A: Q and error functions. Appendix B: Continuous PhaseModulation (CPM). Appendix C: Decision-Directed Carrier Recovery.International EditionDIGITAL COMMUNICATIONSFourth Editionby John Proakis, Northeastern University2001 / 1,024 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-232111-1 / MHID: 0-07-232111-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118183-9 / MHID: 0-07-118183-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Probability and Stochastic Processes. 3 Source Coding. 4Characterization of Communication Signals and Systems. 5 Optimum Receiversfor the Additive White Gaussian Noise Channel. 6 Carrier and SymbolSynchronization. 7 Channel Capacity and Coding. 8 Block and ConvolutionalChannel Codes. 9 Signal Design for Band-Limited Channels. 10 Communicationthrough Band-Limited Linear Filter Channels. 11 Adaptive Equalization. 12Multichannel and Multicarrier Systems. 13 Spread Spectrum Signals for DataCommunications. 14 Digital Communication through Fading Multipath Channels.15 Multiuser Communications. Appendix A The Levinson-Durbin Algorithm.Appendix B Error Probability for Multichannel Binary Signals. Appendix C ErrorProbabilities for Adaptive Reception of M-phase Signals. Appendix D Square-RootFactorization. References and Bibliography. Index147121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14711/15/06 5:32:22 PM

Electrical EngineeringSCHAUM’S OUT LINE OF IN TRO DUC TION TODIG I TAL SYSTEMSby James Palmer, Rochester Institute of Technology; David Perlman,Rochester Institute of Technology1993 / 400 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-048439-9 / MHID: 0-07-048439-2Schaum's PublicationsCONTENTS1 Numbers and the Binary System/2 Design of Combinational Logic I/3 Designof Combinational Logic II-Manipulation/4 Hardware and the Mixed-LogicConvention/5 MSI and LSI Elements/6 Timing Diagrams/7 The Flip-Flop/8Combinations of Flip-Flops/9 Application Specific Devices/10 Design of SimpleState Machines/11 Electronically Programmable Functions/Appendixes/A: BasicBoolean Theorems and Identities/B: Standard Logic Symbols/C: Some Commentson Digital Logic SimulationInternational EditionLOCAL AREA NETWORKS WITH CD-ROMSecond Editionby Gerd Keiser, PhotonicsComm Solutions, Inc.2002 / 552 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-122650-9 / MHID: 0-07-122650-8[IE with CD-ROM]www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/keiser2CONTENTS1 Overview of LANs. 2 Network Architectures and Protocols. 3 DataCommunication Concepts. 4 LAN Access Techniques. 5 Ethernet. 6 Token-Passing LANs. 7 ATM LANs. 8 Wireless LANs. 9 Fibre Channel and SANSs. 10Internetworking. 11 Network Management. 12 Network SecurityCommunications IV: Signals &SystemsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF SIGNALS AND SYS TEMSby Hwei Hsu, Fairleigh Dickinson University1995 / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-030641-7 / MHID: 0-07-030641-9Schaum's PublicationsCommunications IV: AdvancedInternational EditionOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONPrinciples and Systemsby A. Selvarajan, IISc, Bangalore, Subrat Kar, IIT, Delhi and T.Srinivas, IISc, Bangalore2002 / 368 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-044556-7 / MHID: 0-07-044556-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122896-1 / MHID: 0-07-122896-9 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1. Optical com mu ni ca tion - An Overview. 2. Light Propagation in Optical Fibers.3. Fiber Optics Tech nol o gy. 4. Optical Sourc es and Trans mit ter Circuits. 5. Op ti calDetectors and Receivers. 6. In te grat ed Optics and Photonic Circuits. 7. WavelengthDi vi sion Multiplexing. 8. Co her ent Optical Com mu ni ca tion. 9. Optical Amplifiers.10. Pho to n ic Switching. 11. Fiber Optic Com mu ni ca tion System Design. 12. VoiceTrans mis sion. 13. Video Trans mis sion. 14. Data Com mu ni ca tion and LAN. 15.Broadband Networks. 16. Soliton Com-munication Systems. Appendix. IndexInternational EditionINFORMATION THEORY, CODING ANDCRYPTOGRAPHYby Ranjan Bose, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi2002 / 288 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-048297-5 / MHID: 0-07-048297-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123133-6 / MHID: 0-07-123133-1 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/bose/CONTENTSPart I: Information Theory and Source Coding: 1. Source Coding. 2. ChannelCa pac i ty andCoding. Part II : Error Con trol Coding (Channel Coding): 3.Linear Block Codes for Error Correction. 4. Cyclic Codes. 5. Bose-ChaudhuriHocquenghem (BCH) Codes. 6. Con vo lu tion al Codes. 7. Trellis Coded Mod u la tion(TCM). Part III : Coding for Secure Communications: 8. Cryptography. IndexInternational EditionOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONSThird Editionby Gerd Keiser, GTE Government Systems Corporation2000 / 552 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-236076-9 / MHID: 0-07-236076-3(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116468-9 / MHID: 0-07-116468-5[IE with CD-ROM]CONTENTSChapter 1: Overview of Optical Fiber Communications. Chapter 2: OpticalFibers: Structures, Waveguiding, and Fabrication. Chapter 3: Signal Degradationin Optical Fibers. Chapter 4: Optical Sources. Chapter 5: Power Launching andCoupling. Chapter 6: Photodetectors. Chapter 7: Optical Receiver Operation.Chapter 8: Digital Transmission Systems. Chapter 9: Analog Systems. Chapter10: WDM Concepts and Components. Chapter 11: Optical Amplifiers. Chapter12: Optical Networks. Chapter 13: Measurements. Appendix A: InternationalSystem of Units. Appendix B: Useful Mathematical Relations. Appendix C: BesselFunctions. Appendix D: Decibels. Appendix E: Topics from CommunicationTheory. Appendix F: Factors Contributing to Dispersionerview.148121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14811/15/06 5:32:23 PM

International EditionMODERN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITSSecond Editionby Jack R. Smith, Uni ver si ty of Florida1998 / 608 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-059283-4 / MHID: 0-07-059283-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115586-1 / MHID: 0-07-115586-4 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction to Ra dio Communication Systems/2 Small-Sig nal Am pli fi ers/3Net work Noise and Intermodulation Dis tor tion/4 Frequency-Selective Networksand Transformers/5 High-Frequency Amplifiers and Automatic Gain Control/6Hybrid and Transmission-Line Transformers/7 Os cil la tors/8 Phase-Locked Loops/9Phase-Locked Loop Analysis/10 Fre quen cy Synthesizers/11 Power Amplifiers/12Modulators and DemodulatorsInternational EditionAN INTRODUCTION TO FIBER OPTICS SYSTEMSSecond Editionby John Powers, Naval Postgraduate School1997 / 340 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-116679-9 / MHID: 0-07-116679-3 [IE]Contents1 Introduction/2 The Optical Fiber/3 Fiber Properties/4 Splicers, Connectors, andCouplers/5. Opticasl Sources/6 Optical Receivers/7 Optical Link Design/8 FiberOptic Networks/9 Wavelength-Division Multiplexing.International EditionPRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS OF OPTICALCOMMUNICATIONSby M. K.Liu, University of Arizona1996 / 728 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-114989-1 / MHID: 0-07-114989-9 [IE]CONTENTSPart I•Overview/1 Introduction to Optical Communications/2 From Pointto-PointLinks to Networking/Part II•Basic Point-to-Point CommunicationBlocks/3 Light Sources/4 Optical Fibers/5 Photo Detectors/6 Noise in OpticalCommunications/7 Incoherent Detection/Part III•Networking/8 Time DomainMultiple Access (SONET, FDDI, B-ISDN, etc.)/9 Time Domain Multiple Access/10Subcarrier Multiplexing/11 Photonic Switching/Part IV•Signal Processing/12Direct Modulation/13 External Modulation/14 DFB Modulation/15 CoherentDetection/16 Line Coding and Timing Recovery/17 Optical Amplification/18Solition TransmissionElectrical EngineeringCoding and Information TheoryInternational EditionINFORMATION THEORY, CODING ANDCRYPTOGRAPHYby Ranjan Bose, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi2002 / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-048297-5 / MHID: 0-07-048297-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123133-6 / MHID: 0-07-123133-1 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/bose/CONTENTSPart I: Information Theory and Source Coding: 1. Source Coding. 2. ChannelCa pac i ty andCoding. Part II : Error Con trol Coding (Channel Coding): 3.Linear Block Codes for Error Correction. 4. Cyclic Codes. 5. Bose-ChaudhuriHocquenghem (BCH) Codes. 6. Con vo lu tion al Codes. 7. Trellis Coded Mod u la tion(TCM). Part III : Coding for Secure Communications: 8. Cryptography. IndexProbability & Random ProcessesInternational EditionPROBABILITY, RANDOM VARIABLES ANDSTOCHASTIC PROCESSES WITH ERRATA SHEETFourth Editionby Athansious Papoulis and S Unnikrishna Pillai, both of PolytechnicUniversity2002 / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-281725-6 / MHID: 0-07-281725-9(with Errata Sheet)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122661-5 / MHID: 0-07-122661-3[IE] (with Errata Sheet)www.mhhe.com/engcs/electrical/papoulisCONTENTSPart 1 Probability and Random Variables. 1 The Meaning of Probability. 2 TheAxioms of Probability. 3 Repeated Trials. 4 The Concept of a Random Variable.5 Functions of One Random Variable. 6 Two Random Variables. 7 Sequences ofRandom Variables. 8 Statistics. Part 2 Stochastic Processes. 9 General Concepts.10 Random Walk and Other Applications. 11 Spectral Representation. 12 SpectralEstimation. 13 Mean Square Estimation. 14 Entropy. 15 Markov Chains. 16 MarkovProcesses and Queueing Theory149121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 14911/15/06 5:32:24 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionPROBABILITY, RANDOM VARIABLES ANDRANDOM SIGNAL PRINCIPLESFourth Editionby Peyton Peebles, University of Florida, Gainesville2001 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-366007-3 / MHID: 0-07-366007-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118181-5 / MHID: 0-07-118181-4 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/peeblesCONTENTS1 Probability. 2 The Random Variable. 3 Operations on one Random Variable—Expectation. 4 Multiple Random Variables. 5 Operations of Multiple RandomVariables. 6 Random Processes-Temporal Characteristics. 7 Random Processes-Spectral Characteristics. 8 Linear Systems with Random Inputs. 9 Optimum LinearSystems. 10 Some Practical Applications of the Theory. Appendix A Review of theImpulse Function. Appendix B Gaussian Distribution Function. Appendix C UsefulMathematical Quantities. Appendix D Review of Fourier Transforms. Appendix ETable of Useful Fourier Transforms. Appendix F Some Probability Densities andDistributions. Appendix G Some Mathematical Topics of Interest.NEWDigital Logic DesignINTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND COMPUTERDESIGN WITH CDby Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic University-Boca Raton2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover with diskISBN-13: 978-0-07-331417-4 / MHID: 0-07-331417-XBrowse http://www.mhhe.com/marcovitzIntroduction to Logic and Computer Design by Alan Marcovitztakes the successful formula realized in the author’s previousbooks and makes it even better. With the inclusion of severalchapters on computer design, Marcovitz now offers everythinga fundamentals-oriented logic design course might include.Further, this new book is supported by an ARIS site and a hostof new media supplements to make both the instructor’s andthe student’s job easier. As with Marcovitz’s previous books,the clear presentation of concepts and well-paced writing stylemake Introduction to Logic and Computer Design the idealcompanion to any first course in digital logic. Users rave aboutthe book’s extensive set of examples—well integrated intothe body of the text and included at the end of each chapterin sections of solved problems— that give students multipleopportunities to understand the topics being presented.FEATURES• Includes coverage of computer design.• Marcovitz is accompanied by an ARIS website: www.mhhe.com/marcovitz. The site features a test bank for instructors (overa semester’s worth of tests keyed to material in the text) as well asonline quizzing for students. It also includes solutions, PowerPointslides of most figures and key material, instructor notes, parallelexamples so the instructor can do a different example in class fromthe one offered in the book, algorithmic problems to give studentsunlimited practice, links, and more.• An extensive set of examples, well integrated into the body ofthe text as well as at the end of each chapter in sections of solvedproblems, gives students multiple opportunities to understand thetopics being presented.• "Test Yourself" sections, designed to help students measure theircomprehension of key material, are included at the end of chapters.• Answers to selected exercises are included in an easy-to-referenceappendix for the second edition.• A clear and well-paced writing style makes this text especiallywell-suited for students who might otherwise find this course areaparticularly challenging.CONTENTSIntroduction to Logic and Computer Design. 1 Introduction. 2 Design Processfor Combinational Systems. 3 The Karnaugh Map. 4 Decoders, Encoders,Multiplexers. 5 Analysis of Sequential Systems. 6 Design of Sequential Circuits.7 Larger Sequential Problems. 8 Computer Organization. 9 Computer DesignFundamentals. 10 The Design of a CPU. 11 Beyond the Central ProcessingUnitInternational EditionFUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC WITH VHDLDESIGNSecond Editionby Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, University of Toronto2005 / pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-249938-4 / MHID: 0-07-249938-9(with CD-ROM)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124482-4 / MHID: 0-07-124482-4[IE with CD]This website contains: PowerPoint Slides, So lu tions Manual, andPageOut (Browse http://www.highered.mcgraw-hill.com/TBD)Fundamentals of Digital Logic With VHDL Design teaches thebasic design techniques for logic circuits. It emphasizes thesynthesis of circuits and ex plains how circuits are im ple ment edin real chips. Fun da men tal concepts are illustrated by usingsmall examples, which are easy to understand. Then, a modularapproach is used to show how larger circuits are designed.VHDL is used to demonstrate how the basic building blocksand larger systems are defined in a hard ware descriptionlanguage, producing designs that can be implemented withmodern CAD tools. The book emphasizes the concepts thatshould be covered in an introductory course on logic design,focusing on:• Logic functions, gates, and rules of Boolean algebra •Circuit synthesis and optimization techniques • Numberrepresentation and arithmetic circuits • Combinational-circuitbuilding blocks, such as multiplexers, decoders, encoders, andcode converters • Sequential-circuit building blocks, such asflip-flops, registers, and counters • Design of synchronoussequential circuits • Use of the basic build ing blocksin designing larger systems • It also includes chapters that dealwith important, but more advanced topics:• Design of asynchronous sequential circuits• Testing of logic circuitsFor students who have had no exposure to basic electronics, butare interested in learning a few key concepts, there is a chapterthat presents the most basic aspects of electronic implementationof digital circuits. Major changes in the second edition of the bookinclude:• new examples to clarify the presentation of fundamental concepts• over 50 new examples of solved problems provided at the end ofchapters• NAND and NOR gates now introduced in Chapter 2• more complete dis cus sion of techniques for minimization of logicfunctions in Chapter 4 (including the tabular method)• a new chapter ex plain ing the CAD flow for synthesis of logiccircuits• Altera’s Quartus II CAD software provided on a CD-ROM• three appendices that give tutorials on the use of Quartus IIsoftware150121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15011/15/06 5:32:24 PM

Electrical EngineeringNEW TO THIS EDITION• The book emphasizes CAD through the use of Altera’s QuartusII CAD software, a state of the art digital circuit design package.This software provides automatic mapping of designs written inVHDL into Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) and ComplexPro gram ma ble Logic Devices (CPLDs). The user will be able to entera design into the CAD system, compile the design into a selecteddevice, simulate the func tion al ity and timing of the resulting circuit,and implement the designs in actual devices (using the school’slaboratory facilities).• A chapter is included that illustrates the most basic aspects ofelec tron ic implementation of digital circuits for students who havehad no exposure to basic electronics.• New examples have been added to the second edition to helpclarify the presentation of fundamental con cepts.• Over 50 new examples of solved problems appear at the end ofchapters in the second edition.• The second edition features a new chapter explaining CAD flowfor synthesis of logic circuits.• Three new appendices give tutorials on the use of Quartus IIsoftware.FEATURES• The book teaches the basic design techniques for logic circuits,em pha siz ing the synthesis of circuits and ex plain ing how circuits areimplemented in real chips.• Small, easy-to-un der stand examples il lus trate fundamentalconcepts.• A modular approach is used to show how larger circuits aredesigned.• VHDL is used to dem on strate how the basic building blocksand larger systems are defined in a hardware description language,producing designs that can be implemented with modern CAD tools.CONTENTS1 Design Concepts. 2 In tro duc tion to Logic Circuits. 3 Im ple men ta tion Technology.4 Op ti mized Implementation of Logic Functions. 5 Number Rep re sen ta tionand Arithmetic Circuits. 6 Combinational-Circuit Build ing Blocks. 7 Flip-Flops,Reg is ters, Counters, and a Simple Processor. 8 Syn chro nous Sequential Circuits.9 Asynchronous Sequential Circuits. 10 Digital System Design. 11 Testing ofLogic Circuits. 12 Computer Aided Design Tools. Appendix A VHDL Reference.Appendix B Tutorial 1 - Using Quartus II CAD Software. Appendix C Tutorial2 - Implementing Cir cuits in Altera Devices. Appendix D Tutorial 3 - Phys i calImplementations in a PLD. Appendix D Commercial DevicesInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO LOG IC DE SIGN WITH CDROMSec ond Editionby Alan B Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic Uni ver si ty—Boca Raton2005ISBN-13: 978-0-07-295176-9 / MHID: 0-07-295176-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124249-3 / MHID: 0-07-124249-X [IE - 2 ColorText]www.mhhe.com/marcovitz — A robust web site complements the textand assists the in struc tor by providing solutions, Powerpoint slides ofmost figures and key material, sets of examinations from the course, andalternate parallel examples, so that the instructor can do a differentexample in class from the one given in the book. Browse http://www.highered.mcgraw-hill.cominvolve improvements in organization and topic coverage.The text integrates laboratory experiences, both hardware andcomputer simulation, while not making them mandatory forfollowing the main flow of the chapters. Design is emphasizedthroughout, and switching algebra is developed as a tool foranalyzing and implementing digital systems. The pre sen ta tionincludes excellent coverage of minimization of com bi na tion alcircuits, including mul ti ple output ones, using the Karnaughmap and iterated consensus. There are a number of examplesof the design of larger systems, both com bi na tion al andsequential, using medium scale integrated cir cuits andprogrammable logic devices.NEW TO THIS EDITION• A separate chapter on Iterated Consensus and Quine-McCluskeyhas been added for the second edition.• The second edition features two chapters on sequential systems.The first chapter covers analysis of sequential systems and the secondcovers design. Complete coverage of the analysis and design ofsyn chro nous sequential systems adds to the com pre hen sive nature ofthe text.• “Test Yourself” sections, designed to help stu dents measure theircomprehension of key material, have been added to the end ofchapters for the second edition.• Answers to selected exercises are included in an easy-to-referenceappendix for the second edition.FEATURES• A clear and well-paced writing style makes this text especiallywell-suited for students who might otherwise find this course areapar tic u lar ly chal leng ing.• An extensive set of examples, well in te grat ed into the body ofthe text as well as at the end of each chapter in sections of solvedproblems, gives students multiple opportunities to understand thetopics being presented.• The text integrates practical circuits with theory by presentingtwo types of laboratory experiments. Traditional hands-on hardwareexperiments as well as simulation laboratory exercises using popularsoftware packages are tied closely to the text material to allowstu dents to implement the concepts they are learning.• Use of the Karnaugh Map helps students understand the prin ci plesof switching algebra.• A thorough discussion of the min i mi za tion of switching functionsusing Karnaugh maps, including 6-variable maps and multiple outputproblems, gives students something to sink their teeth into anddoesn’t leave them wondering about the unusual or boundary case.• Coupling of gate im ple men ta tion with the algebra helps extendthe students’ range of understanding.• Color is used as a pedagogical aid.• The derivation of state tables from word prob lems furtheremphasizes the practical im ple men ta tion of the material beingpresented.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Switching Algebra and Logic Circuits. 3 The Karnaugh Map. 4Function Minimization Algorithms. 5 Solving Larger CombinationalProblems. 6Analysis of Sequential Sys tems. 7 Design of Sequential Systems. 8 Solving LargerSequential. 9 Simplification of Sequential Systems. Appendix A: LaboratoryExperiments. Appendix B: Answers to Selected Exercises. Appendix C: Answersto Chapter TestsIntroduction to Logic Design by Alan Marcovitz is intendedfor the first course in logic design, taken by computer science,computer engineering, and electrical engineering students.As with the first edition, the new edition is distinguised bya clear presentation of fun da men tals and an exceptionalcol lec tion of examples, solved prob lems, and exercises.Changes found in the new edition reflect reviewer feedbackfrom both users and nonusers of the first edition and primarily151121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15111/15/06 5:32:25 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionFUN DA MEN TALS OF DIG I TAL LOG IC WITHVERILOG DE SIGN WITH CD-ROMby Stephen Brown, University of Toronto and Zvonko Vranesic,University of Toronto, Canada2003 / 844 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-283878-7 / MHID: 0-07-283878-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124276-9 / MHID: 0-07-124276-7 [IE]The website will contain: solutions manual for instructors only, weblinks, and PowerPoint slides. (Browse http://highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0072823151)CONTENTS1 Design Concepts. 2 In tro duc tion to Logic Circuits. 3 Im ple men ta tion Technology.4 Optimized Implementation of Logic Functions. 5 Number Representationand Arithmetic Circuits. 6 Combinational Circuit Build ing Blocks. 7 Flip-Flops,Registers, and Counters. 8 Synchronous Sequential Circuits. 9 AsynchronousSequential Circuits. 10 Digital System Design. 11 Testing of Logic Circuits.A Verilog Reference. B Tutorial 1. C Tutorial 2. D Tutorial 3. E CommercialDevicesInternational EditionDIGITAL PRIN CI PLES AND DE SIGN WITH CD-ROMby Donald Givone, SUNY — Buffalo2003 / 832 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-255132-7 / MHID: 0-07-255132-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123005-6 / MHID: 0-07-123005-X [IE]www.mhhe.com/givoneCONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Number Systems, Arithmetic, and Codes. 3 Boolean Algebraand Com bi na tion al Networks. 4 Simplification of Boolean Expressions. 5 LogicDesign with MSI Components and Programmable Logic Devices. 6 Flip-Flops andSimple Flip-Flop Applications. 7 Syn chro nous Sequential Networks. 8 AlgorithmicState Machines. 9 Asnynchronous Sequential Networks. Appendix A: DigitalCircuits. Appendix B: TBDNeural Networks/Fuzzy LogicInternational EditionNEURAL NETWORKS: A CLASSROOM APPROACHby Satish Kumar, Reader in Computer Science and Applications,Dayalbagh Ed u ca tion al Institute, Agra2004 / 768 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-048292-0 / MHID: 0-07-048292-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124672-9 / MHID: 0-07-124672-X [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)Neural Networks is an integral component of the ubiquitous softcomputing paradigm. An in-depth understanding of this fieldrequires some background of the principles of neu ro science,mathematics and computer programming. Neural Networks: AClassroom Ap proach, achieves a balanced blend of these areasto weave an appropriate fabric for the exposition of the diversityof neural network models. This book is unique, in the sensethat it stresses on an intuitive and geometric understanding ofthe subject and on the heuristic explanation of the theoreticalresults. This book is intended for a first course on NeuralNetworks and can also serve as a supporting text for courseson soft computing, artificial intelligence, machine learningand neuron modeling.CONTENTSI. Traces of History and A Neuroscience Briefer: 1 Brain Style Com put ing: Or i ginsand Issues. 2 Lessons from Neu ro science. II. Feedforward Neu ral Networks andSu per vised Learning: 3 Artificial Neu rons, Neural Networks and Architectures4 Geometry of Binary Threshold Neurons and Their Networks. 5 SupervisedLearn ing I: Perceptrons and LMS. 6 Supervised Learn ing II: Backpropagationand Beyond. 7 Neural Net work: A Sta tis ti cal Pattern Rec og ni tion Perspective. 8Fo cus sing on Gen er al i za tion: Support Vec tor Machines and Ra di al Basis FunctionNet works. III. Recurrent Neurodynamical Sys tems: 9 Dynamical Systems Review.10 Attractor Neural Net works. 11 Adaptive Res o nance Theory. 12 Towards the SelfOr ga niz ing Feature Map. IV. Contemporary Top ics: 13 Pulsed Neu ron Models:The New Gen er a tion. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Systems and Applications. 15 NeuralNetworks and the Soft Com put ing ParadigmInternational EditionInternational EditionMODERN DIGITAL ELECTRONICSThird Editionby R P Jain, Director, Institute of Engineering and Technology,Sonepat2003 / 624 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-049492-3 / MHID: 0-07-049492-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123670-6 / MHID: 0-07-123670-8 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)http://www.tatamcgrawhill.com/digital_solutions/rpjainInternational EditionPRINCIPLES OF NEUROCOMPUTING FOR SCIENCEAND ENGINEERINGby Fredric M Ham, Florida Institute of Technolog, Melbourne andIvica Kostanic, Agilent Tech nol o gies, Inc.2001 / 672 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-025966-9 / MHID: 0-07-025966-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118161-7 / MHID: 0-07-118161-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/hamCONTENTS1 Introduction to Neurocomputing. 2 Fundamental Neurocomputing Concepts.3 Mapping Networks. 4 Self-Organizing Networks. 5 Recurrent Networks andTemporal Feedforward Networks. 6 Neural Networks for Optimization Problems.7 Solving Matrix Algebra Problems with Neural Networks. 8 Solution of LinearAlgebraic Equations Using Neural Networks. 9 Statistical Methods Using NeuralNetworks. 10 Identification, Control, and Estimation Using Neural Networks.Appendix Mathematical Foundation for NeurocomputingCOMPUTER AR CHI TEC TURE AND LOGIC DESIGNby Thomas C. Bartee, IDA1991 / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-112554-3 / MHID: 0-07-112554-X [IE]152121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15211/15/06 5:32:26 PM

Robotics/Intelligent SystemsInternational EditionMACHINE VISIONby Ramesh C. Jain, University of California-San Diego; RangacherKasturi, Penn State University; Brian G. Schunck, University ofMichigan1995 / 549 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113407-1 / MHID: 0-07-113407-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction/2 Binary Image Processing/3 Regions/4 Image Filtering/5 EdgeDetection/6 Contours/7 Texture/8 Optics/9 Shading/10 Color/11 Depth/12Calibration/13 Surfaces/14 Volumetric Repre-sentations/15 Motion/16 ObjectRecognition Computer Engineering: AdvancedComputer Architecture/MicroprocessorsInternational EditionMODERN PRO CES SOR DESIGN: FUN DA MEN TALSOF SUPERSCALAR PROCESSORSby John P Shen, Carnegie Mellon Uni ver si ty and Mikko Lipasti,University of Wisconsin - Madison2005 / Hard cov er / 640 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-057064-1 / MHID: 0-07-057064-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124487-9 / MHID: 0-07-124487-5 [IE]Website includes a downloadable version of the solutions manual,password-protected for instructors. There is also presentation materialfor instructor use. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/shen)Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of SuperscalarProcessors is an exciting new first edition from John Shenof Carnegie Mellon University & Intel and Mikko Lipasti ofthe University of Wisconsin—Madison. This book bringstogether the numerous microarchitectural techniques forharvesting more instruction-level parallelism (ILP) to achievebetter processor per for mance that have been proposed andimplemented in real ma chines. Other advanced tech niquesfrom recent research efforts that extend beyond ILP to exploitthread-level par al lel ism (TLP) are also compiled in this book.All of these tech niques, as well as the foun da tion al principlesbehind them, are organized and presented within a clearframework that allows for ease of com pre hen sion. This text isintended for an advanced computer architecture course or acourse in superscalar processor design. It is written at a levelappropriate for senior or first year graduate level students, andcan be used by professionals as well.FEATURES• The book clearly con veys key concepts and fundamentalprinciples by giving the necessary details and not just a mass ofinformation.• The first several chap ters cover key fun da men tal topics that laythe foundation for the more modern topics. These fundamentalsinclude: the art of processor design, the instruction set ar chi tec tureas the specification of the processor, and microarchitecture asthe implementation of the processor; pipelining; and superscalaror ga ni za tion.• New for the First Edi tion: Chapter 3 on Memory and I/OSys tems. This chapter examines the larger context of computerElectrical Engineeringsystems that incorporate advanced, high-per for mance processors.Basic components, such as memory systems, input and output, andvirtual memory, and the ways in which they are in ter con nect ed aredescribed in relative detail to enable a better un der stand ing of thein ter ac tion between high-performance processors and the peripheraldevices they are con nect ed to.• Chapter 5 on superscalar techniques is the heart of the book—thischapter presents issues related to superscalar processor organizationfirst, followed by pre sen ta tion of specific tech niques for enhancinginstruction flow, register data flow and memory data flow.• Two case study chap ters have been included to give the readerreal-life examples of the concepts being studied in previous chapters.One of the case study chapters is written by the lead architects of theIntel P6 microarchitecture. This historic micro-architecture providedthe foundation for numerous highly successful mi cro pro ces sordesigns.• As the text progresses, it provides both a his tor i cal perspectiveon superscalar machines, as well as survey of ex ist ing machines. Inad di tion, the book highlights emerging techniques and technologiesin the last couple of chapters.• New for the first edi tion: Chapter 9, Ad vanced Instruction FlowTechniques. This chap ter focuses on the problem of predictingwhether a conditional branch is taken or not-taken. There is briefdiscussion of branch target prediction, and other issues related toeffective instruction delivery.• Homework problems are included at the end of each chapter toprovide reinforcement of the concepts pre sent ed.• An expanded book website includes a downloadable versionof the solutions manual, password-protected for instructors. It alsocontains PowerPoint slides, sample home work assignments withsolutions and sample exams with answers.CONTENTS1 Processor Design. 2 Pipelined Processors. 3 Memory and I/O Systems. 4Superscalar Or ga ni za tion. 5 Superscalar Tech niques. 6 The PowerPC 620. 7Intel’s P6 Microarchitecture. 8 Survey of Superscalar Pro ces sors. 9 AdvancedInstruction Flow Techniques. 10 Advanced Register Data Flow Techniques. 11Executing Multiple Threads.SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COMPUTERARCHITECTUREby Nick Carter, University of Illinois - Champaign2002 / 304 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-136207-8 / MHID: 0-07-136207-XSchaum's PublicationInternational EditionCOMPUTER ORGANIZATIONFifth Editionby V. Carl Hamacher, Queen’s University; Zvonko Vranesic,University of Toronto; Safwat Zaky, University of Toronto2002 / 832 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-232086-2 / MHID: 0-07-232086-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-122624-0 / MHID: 0-07-122624-9 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/hamacherCONTENTS1 Basic Structure of Computers. 2 Machine Instructions and Programs. 3 ARM,Motorola, and Intel Instruction Sets. 4 Input/Output Organization. 5 The MemorySystem. 6 Arithmetic. 7 Basic Processing Unit. 8 Pipelining. 9 Embedded Systems.10 Computer Peripherals. 11 Processor Families. 12 Large Computer Systems.Appendix A Logic Circuits. Appendix B ARM Instruction Set. Appendix C Motorola68000Instruction Set. Appendix D Intel IA-32 Instruction Set. Appendix E CharacterCodes and Number Conversion153121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15311/15/06 5:32:26 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionPRINCIPLES OF NEUROCOMPUTING FOR SCIENCEAND ENGINEERINGby Fredric M Ham, Florida Institute of Technolog, Melbourne andIvica Kostanic, Agilent Tech nol o gies, Inc.2001 / 672 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-025966-9 / MHID: 0-07-025966-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118161-7 / MHID: 0-07-118161-X [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/hamCONTENTS1 Introduction to Neurocomputing. 2 Fundamental Neurocomputing Concepts.3 Mapping Networks. 4 Self-Organizing Networks. 5 Recurrent Networks andTemporal Feedforward Networks. 6 Neural Networks for Optimization Problems.7 Solving Matrix Algebra Problems with Neural Networks. 8 Solution of LinearAlgebraic Equations Using Neural Networks. 9 Statistical Methods Using NeuralNetworks. 10 Identification, Control, and Estimation Using Neural Networks.Appendix Mathematical Foundation for NeurocomputingInternational EditionADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & PERIPHERALS:ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING ANDINTERFACINGby A K Ray and K M Bhurchandi2000 / 684 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-463841-5 / MHID: 0-07-463841-6ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120169-8 / MHID: 0-07-120169-6 [IE](Tata McGraw-Hill Title)CONTENTS1 The Processors 8086/8088, Ar chi tec tures, Pin Diagrams and Timing Diagrams.2 8086/8088 In struc tion Set and As sem bler Directives. 3 The Art of As sem blyLanguage Pro gram ming with 8086/8088. 4 Stack, Sub rou tines, Interrupt Struc ture,Macros, Timing Delays and Related Pro gram ming. 5 Basic Pe riph er als andTheir In ter fac ing with 8086/8088. 6 Special Purpose Programmable Pe riph er alDevices and Their In ter fac ing. 7 DMA, Floppy Disk and Crt Con trol lers. 8Multimicroprocessor Systems. 9 80286-80287 A Mi cro pro ces sor with MemoryMan age ment and Pro tec tion. 10 The 32-BIT Pro ces sors 80386-80387 and 80486.11 Recent Advances in Microprocessor Ar chi tec ture: A Jour ney From PentiumOnwards. 12 Introduction to Systems Software and Operating Systems. 13Microprocessor Based Aluminium Smelt er Control. 14 A Mi cro pro ces sor BasedPat tern Scanner. 15 De sign of An Elec tron ics Weighing Bridge. 16 An Introductionto Microcontrollers 8051 and 80196. Summary.International EditionCOMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND ORGANIZATIONThird Editionby John P. Hayes, Uni ver si ty of Michigan1998 / 624 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115997-5 / MHID: 0-07-115997-5 [IE]CONTENTS1 Computation and Computers/2 Design Methodology/3 Processor Design/4Datapath Design/5 Control Design/6 Memory Organization/7 SystemOrganizationInternational EditionMICROPROCESSORS PRINCIPLES ANDAPPLICATIONSSecond Editionby Charles M Gilmore1995 / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113965-6 / MHID: 0-07-113965-6 [IE](A Glencoe/McGraw-Hill Title)International EditionADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTUREPARALLELISM, SCALABILITY, PROGRAMMABILITYby Kai Hwang, University of Southern California1993 / 672 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124713-9 / MHID: 0-07-124713-0 [IE]CONTENTSPart One•Theory of Parallelism/1 Parallel Computer Models/2 Pro gramand Network Prop er ties/3 Principles of Per for mance and Scalability/PartTwo•Hardware Technologies/4 Pro ces sors and Memory Hi er ar chy/5 Bus/Cacheand Shared-Memory/6 Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques/Part Three•Paralleland Scalable Ar chi tec tures/7 Multiprocessors and Multi-computers/8 Multivectorand SIMD Supercomputers/9 Scal able, Multithreaded, and Dataflow Ar chi tec tures/Part Four•Software for Paralle Programming/10 Parallel Models, Lan guag es andCompilers/11 De vel op ment of Parallel Programs/12 Unix Ex ten sions for ParallelCom put ers/BibliographyComputer Engineering: AdvancedInternational EditionEMBEDDED SYSTEMS: ARCHITECTURE ANDPROGRAMMINGby Raj Kamal, Head, Institute of Computer Science & Electronics ,Devi Ahilya University, Khandwa Road Campus2003 / Softcover / 652 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-049470-1 / MHID: 0-07-049470-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123735-2 / MHID: 0-07-123735-6 [IE]Tata McGraw-Hill TitleCONTENTS1. Introduction To Embedded Systems. 2. Processor And Memory Organization.3. Devices And Buses For Devices Network. 4. Device Drivers And InterruptsServicing Mechanism. 5. Programming Concepts And Embedded ProgrammingIn C And C++. 6. Program Modelling Concepts In Single And MultiprocessorSystems Software-Development Process. 7. Software Engineering Practices InEmbedded Software Development Process. 8. Inter Process CommunicationAnd Synchronization Of Processes, Task And Threads. 9. Real Time OperatingSystems. 10. Real Time Operating System Programming Tools: Micro C/OS-II andVxWorks. 11. Case Studies Of Programming With RTOS. 12. Hardware-SoftwareCo-Design in an Embedded System. Appendices. Index.154121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15411/15/06 5:32:27 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionSYNTHESIS AND OP TI MI ZA TION OF DIGITALCIRCUITSby Giovanni De Micheli, Stanford University1994 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113271-8 / MHID: 0-07-113271-6 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction. Chap ter 2: Background. Chapter 3: Hardware Modeling.Chapter 4: Architectural Synthesis. Chap ter 5: Scheduling Algorithms. Chapter6: Resource Sharing and Binding. Chapter 7: Two-Level Com bi na tion al LogicOptimization. Chapter 8: Multiple-Level Combinational Logic Optimization.Chapter 9: Sequential Logic Optimization. Chapter 10: Cell-library Bind ing.Chapter 11: State-of-the-art and Future TrendsDVD DEMYSTIFIEDThird Editionby Jim Taylor2006 / 700 pages / Softcover /DVDISBN-13: 978-0-07-142396-0 / MHID: 0-07-142396-6Professional BookCONTENTSIntroduction to DVD. The World Before DVD. DVD Technology Primer. DVDOverview. Disc and Data Details. Application Details: DVD-Video and DVD-Audio. What’s Wrong with DVD. DVD Comparisons to Other Formats. DVD atHome. DVD in Business & Education. DVD on Computers. Essentials of DVDProduction. The Future of DVD. Appendix A: Quick Reference Data. AppendixB: Standards Related to DVD. Appendix C: Reference and Information Sources.Glossary. What’s on the DVDTelecommunicationsSYSTEM ON PACKAGEby Rao Tummala2007 (March 2007) / Hardcover / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-145906-8 / MHID: 0-07-145906-5Professional BookSystem-on-Package (SOP) is an emerging microelectronictechnology that places an entire system on a single chip-sizepackage. Where “systems” used to be bulky boxes housinghundreds of components, SOP saves interconnection timeand heat generation by keep a full system with computing,communications, and consumer functions all in a single chip.Written by the Georgia Tech developers of the technology,this book explains the basic parameters, design functions,and manufacturing issues, showing electronic designers howthis radical new packaging technology can be used to solvepressing electronics design challenges.International EditionCARRIER GRADE VOICE OVER IPSecond Editionby Daniel Collins2003 / 522 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-140634-5 / MHID: 0-07-140634-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123155-8 / MHID: 0-07-123155-2 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSPreface. Acknowledgments. Chapter 1: Wireless Basics. Chapter 2: DevelopingGUIs: Software Control Basics. Chapter 3: Electromechanical Controls Interfacing.Chapter 4: Electronic Switching Ciruits. Chapter 5: Sensor-Interfacing Basics.Chapter 6: Using Procedural Languages for Mindstorms Robot Control. Chapter7: Client-Server Controller for Minstrom Robots. Chapter 8: Simulator Controlsfor Mindstroms Robots. Chapter 9: Remote-Control Techniques. Chapter 10:Virtual Prototyping and Control Using ActiveX Controls. Chapter 11: Virtual TestBox (VTB) Development: Math-Based Controllers for Mindstorm Robots. Chapter12: VBA Prototypes: Developing Mindstorms Tools with Advanced ProgrammingTechniques. Index.WIRELESS AND CEL LU LAR COMMUNICATIONSThird Editionby William C Y Lee, Chair man of Linkair, Inc.2006 / 544 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-143686-1 / MHID: 0-07-143686-3Professional BookNEW TO THIS EDITION• Complete on the ground engineering coverage of new systems:3G, 4G, PHS• Engineering parameters for portable systems: WiFi, Bluetooth• Wireless Local Loop• WLAN specs and operation• Specifications for all major wireless systems, including cdmaOne• The field’s bestselling engineering reference completely updatedfor a new eraCONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Wireless Communications. Chapter 2 Introduction toCellular Systems. Chapter 3 Specification of Analog Cel lu lar Systems. Chapter 4Spec i fi ca tion of Digital Cellular Systems. Chapter 5 Spec i fi ca tion of Newly MobileSystems. Chapter 6 Specification of WLL and WLAN Systems. Chapter 7 CellCoverage and Antennas. Chapter 8 Cochannel In ter fer enc es. Chapter 9 Types ofNon-Cochannel Interference. Chap ter 10 Frequency Man age ment and ChannelAssignment. Chapter 11 Handoffs and Dropped calls. Chapter 12 OperationalTech nol o gy and Techniques. Chapter 13 Switch ing and Traffic. Chapter 14 DataLinks and Microwaves. Chapter 15 System Evaluations. Chapter 16 IntelligentCell Concept. Chapter 17 Intelligent and All IP Network. Chapter 18 MobileCommunications. Related TopicsInternational EditionWIRELESS SECURITYMODELS, THREATS, AND SOLUTIONSby Randall Nichols, President, COMSEC Solutions and Panos Lekkas2002 / 657 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-138038-6 / MHID: 0-07-138038-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-120707-2 / MHID: 0-07-120707-4 [IE](In ter na tion al Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSChapter 1 Why is Wireless Different? Chapter 2 Wireless Information Warfare.Chapter 3 Telephone System Vul ner a bil i ties. Chapter 4 Satellite Com mu ni ca tions.Chapter 5 Cryp to graph ic Security. Chapter 6 Speech Cryptology. Chapter 7 TheWireless Local Area Network (WLAN). Chapter 8 Wireless Application Protocol(WAP). Chapter 9 Wireless Transport Layer Security (WTLS). Chapter 10 Bluetooth.Chapter 11 Voice Over Internet Protocol. Chapter 12 Hardware Perspectivesfor End-to-End Security (E2E) in Wireless Applications. Chapter 13 OptimizingWireless Security with FPGAs and ASICs. Bib li og ra phy. Index155121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15511/15/06 5:32:28 PM

Electrical EngineeringInternational EditionCOMPUTER TELEPHONY DEMYSTIFIEDby Michael Bayer2001 / 704 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118915-6 / MHID: 0-07-118915-7 [IE with CD-ROM](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSWhat is Computer Telephony. CT Solutions and Benefits. Telephony Concepts.Devices. Call Processing: Features and Services. CTI Concepts. Switching Fabric.Media Services Concepts. CT Administration. Telephony CPE and TelephoneCompany Services. System Configurations. CT Software Components. CT Solutions.CD Info. AppendicesInternational EditionLEE’S ESSENTIALS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONSby William C Y Lee2001 / 450 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116536-5 / MHID: 0-07-116536-3 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSHow Telephones, Wireline, and Wireless Were Born. Why Mobile Radio Systemsare Difficult to Develop. How to Evaluate a Spectrum - An Efficient System.Important Factors of Choosing a New Digital System. Learn From the Past.Application of CDMA. What Is Our Future? Internet and Wireless Future.International EditionPart Four: Solutions and Applications. Chapter 43: The Optical Hierarchy ofMotivation. Chapter 44: Players in the Network Game. Chapter 45: Reinventingthe Network. Chapter 46: Toward a New Network Paradigm. Chapter 47: Whythe Evolution? Chapter 48: The Evolving IP Protocol Model. Chapter 49: IP’sPromise. Chapter 50: Protocol Assemblies: Putting it Together. Chapter 51: OneMore time: Putting it All Together. Chapter 52: The Future.International EditionVIDEO COMPRESSION DEMYSTIFIEDby Peter Symes2001 / 346 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-118964-4 / MHID: 0-07-118964-5[IE with CD-ROM](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSIntroduction. What is Compression?. An Introduction to Images. Entropy Coding.Predictive Coding. Transforms. Quantization. JPEG. Motion Compression. MPEG-1. MPEG-2. MPEG-4. MPEG-7 and MPEG-21. Pro-MPEG and MPEG OperatingRanges. DV Compression. Wavelets. JPEG2000. Audio Compression. StreamingMedia. Closing Thoughts.International EditionMOBILE COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERINGSecond Editionby William C.Y. Lee1998 / 550 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115766-7 / MHID: 0-07-115766-2 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookOPTICAL NETWORKING CRASH COURSEby Steven Shepard2001 / 269 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-120292-3 / MHID: 0-07-120292-7 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSPart One: The Optical Networking Market-place. Chapter 1: Toward a NewNetwork Model. Chapter 2: A Corollary: The Data Network. Chapter 3: The LocalService Providers’ Response. Chapter 4: Service Regions of the Optical Network.Chapter 5: The Optical Networking Applications Set. Chapter 6: A Brief Historyof the Network. Chapter 7: The Traditional Digital Hierarchy. Chapter 8: TheBirth of Optical Networking: Sonet and SDH. Chapter 9: Switching and Routing.Chapter 10: The Service Provider’s World: Back to Switching and Routing. Chapter11: Ring Architectures in the Optical Domain. Chapter 12: Amplification andRegeneration. Part Two: From Copper to Glass. Chapter 13: Overview of OpticalTechnology. Chapter 14: Total Internal Reflection. Chapter 15: Later Developmentsin Optical Networking. Chapter 16: Fundamentals of Optical Networking. Chapter17: Optical Sources. Chapter 18: Optical Fiber. Chapter 19: Optical Fiber.Chapter 20: Putting It All Together. Chapter 21: Fiber Nonlinearities. Chapter 22:Intermodulation Effects. Chapter 23: Scattering Problems. Chapter 24: An Aside:Optical Amplification. Chapter 25: Pulling it all Together. Chapter 26: OpticalReceivers. Chapter 27: Photodetector Types. Chapter 28: Optical Fiber. Chapter29: Multimode Fiber. Chapter 30: Single-Mode Fiber. Chapter 31: Why Do WeCare? Part Three: Corollary Technologies. Chapter 32: Introduction. Chapter 33:Optical Cable Assemblies. Chapter 34: Fiber Cable Architectures. Chapter 35: TheSpecial Case of Submarine Cables. Chapter 36: Fiber Installation Options. Chapter37: Commercial Fiber Products. Chapter 38: An Aside: Freespace Optics. Chapter39: Summary. Chapter 40: Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM).Chapter 41: Optical Switching and Routing. Chapter 42: Network Management.156121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15611/15/06 5:32:29 PM

Professional ReferencesLABVIEW GRAPHICAL PROGRAMMINGFourth Editionby Gary W Johnson, and Richard Jennings2007 (July 2006) / 752 pages / Soft cov erISBN13: 978-0-07-145146-8 / MHID: 0-07-145146-3Professional BookLabVIEW is an award-winning programming language thatallows engineers to create “virtual” instruments on theirdesktop. This new edition details the powerful features of themost recent version of LabVIEW.Written in a highly accessibleand readable style, LabVIEW Graphical Programming illustratesbasic LabVIEW programming techniques, building up toadvanced programming concepts. The CD-ROM contains awealth of virtual instruments and software tools.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Completely updated for LabVIEW 8 (publishing June 2005)• Leading book in the field since 1994• New DAQ Drivers• New NI DAQ Cards--makes, models and speeds• Embedding LabVIEW for LINUX• LabVIEW FPGA• CD-ROM of Virtual Instruments and ToolsCONTENTSRoots. Getting Started. Controlling Program Flow. LabVIEW Data Types.Timing. Synchronization. Files. Gary’s Approach to Building an Application.Documentation. Instrument Driver Basics. Instrument Driver DevelopmentTechniques. Inputs and Outputs. Using the DAQ Library. Analog DAQ. DigitalDAQ. Writing a Data Acquisition Program. ?Process Control Applications. PhysicsApplications. Data Visualization, Imaging and Sound. LabVIEW RT. LabVIEWFPGA.Embedded LabVIEW.SIGNALS & SYSTEMS DEMYSTIFIEDby David McMahon2007 (September 2006) / Softcover / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-147578-5 / MHID: 0-07-147578-8Professional BookThe fast and easy way to learn signals and systems. This easy-touseguide will help students taking this difficult subject, as wellas professionals who want to brush up on their knowledge.You will get straightforward information on signal processing,linear systems, and discrete systems. Advanced topics coveredinclude Fourier analysis, filtering, spectral density, AM and FMsystems, and the z-Transform.FEATURES• An easy to understand overview of signal processing in the timedomain, where students see detailed examples that show how tocalculate energy, power and convolution• A time-saving guide to linear time-invariant systems.• An indispensable and eye-opening chapter on Fourier analysisunlocks the secrets of signal analysis in the frequency domain.• Instructive chapters on modulation and the z-transform givestudents the tools they need to master communications.• Other topics covered include filtering, spectral density andcorrelation, and amplitude, frequency and phase modulation.• Provides the fundamental tools necessary to understand radar, AMand FM signal processing, image processing, and signal processingassociated with wireless communications, among other areas.Electrical EngineeringCONTENTSChapter 1: An Introduction to Signals Continuous and Discrete Signals; Energy andPower in Signals; Periodic Signals Computing Energy: Examples Even and Oddfunctions. Chapter 2: Linear Time-Invariant Systems Memoryless systems; Causaland non-causal systems; Linear Systems; Time-Invariance; Stability; Unit Impulseand Unit Step Functions; Impulse Response Function Convolution. Chapter 3:Discrete Time Signals; Energy and power in discrete signals; The Unit Impulseand Unit Step sequences; Properties of Discrete Sequences; Convolution; DiscreteLinear Time-Invariant Systems. Chapter 4: Fourier Analysis; Fourier Series; FourierTransform; Inverse Fourier Transform; Properties of Fourier Transform; SpectrumPlots. Chapter 5: Filtering; What is a filter?; Time and frequency response; Ideallow pass filters; Band pass transmission; Distortion; Phase delay and group delay.Chapter 6: Energy Spectral Density and Correlation; The correlation function;Autocorrelation; Energy spectral density; Power spectral density. Chapter 7:The Discrete Fourier Transform Definition; Examples; The Inverse DiscreteFourier Transform. Chapter 8: Amplitude Modulation; Amplitude Modulation;Double side-band modulation; Suppressed-Carrier Modulation; Single-side bandmodulation; Vestigal sideband modulation. Chapter 9: Phase and FrequencyModulation; Frequency modulation; Phase-Locked loop; FM Waves; Chapter 10:The z-Transform; Common z-transforms; Properties of the z-transform; Inversez-transform; The System Function.DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSINGby Andreas Antoniou, University of Victoria, Canada2006 / 965 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-145424-7 / MHID: 0-07-145424-1Professional BookBrowse http://www.d-fi lter.ece.uvic.ca/An up-to-the-minute textbook for junior/senior level signalprocessing courses and senior/graduate level digital filterdesign courses, this text is supported by a DSP softwarepackage known as D-Filter which would enable students tointeractively learn the fundamentals of DSP and digital-filterdesign. The book includes a free license to D-Filter which willenable the owner of the book to download and install the mostrecent version of the software as well as future updates.FEATURES• Focus on DSP applications• Includes advanced digital filter design• All examples and problems can be worked in MATLAB or DSPLab• DSP Lab allows students to work problems without purchasingMATLAB or going to the computer centerCONTENTSPreface. Chapter 1: Introduction to Digital Signal Processing. Chapter 2: The FourierSeries and Fourier Transfer. Chapter 3: The z Transform. Chapter 4: Discrete-TimeSystems. Chapter 5: Application of the z Transform. Chapter 6: The SamplingProcess. Chapter 7: The Discrete Fourier Transform. Chapter 8: Realizationof Digital Filters. Chapter 9: Design of Nonrecursive (FIR) Filters. Chapter 10:Approximations for Analog Filters. Chapter 11: Design of Recursive (IIR) Filters.Chapter 12: Recursive (IIR) Filters Satisfying Prescribed Specifications. Chapter13: Random Signals. Chapter 14: Effects of Finite Word Length in Digital Filters.Chapter 15: Design of Nonrecursive Filters Using Optimization Methods. Chapter16: Design of Recursive Filters Using Optimization Methods. Chapter 17: WaveDigital Filters. Chapter 18: Digital Signal Processing Applications. Appendix A:Complex Analysis. Appendix B: Elliptic Functions. Index.157121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15711/15/06 5:32:30 PM

Electrical EngineeringCABLE COMMUNICATIONS TECHNIOLOGYThird Editionby Eugene R Bartlett2006 / 400 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-145781-1 / MHID: 0-07-145781-XProfessional BookCable is now as much in the broadband business as it istelevision. This book explains the fundamentals of coaxialcable technology and the DSP that controls it, along with thecable modem and voice over IP technology now drasticallychanging the cable operators’ business. Aimed at workingengineers and technicians, it can also be used a textbook forthe a basic cable communications course in a 2 year techprogram.FEATURES• Coaxial cable basics• Cable modems• DSP for cable• Fiber optics• Voice over IP• Worked examples and problems at the end of each chapterCONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Cable Communications Systems. Chapter 2: CoaxialCable Systems and Networks. Chapter 3: Headends and Signal Processing. Chapter4: Fiber-Optic Technology in Cable Systems. Chapter 5: Digital Technologyand Cable System Applications. Chapter 6: Subscriber Installation and TerminalDevices. Chapter 7: Cable Plant Testing and Maintenance Procedures. Chapter8: Cable System Network Design Considerations.ELECTRICAL SAFETY HANDBOOKThird Editionby John Cadick, Mary Capelli-Schellpfeffer, and Dennis K Neitzel2006 / 560 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-145772-9 / MHID: 0-07-145772-0Professional BookThis is an accident-avoiding prescription for electricians,safety managers, and inspectors, and engineers dealing withelectricity any voltage level. Presenting crucial protectivesafety strategies for industrial and commercial systems, theHandbook references all major safety codes (OSHA, NEC,NESC, and NFPA) where appropriate, creating a unique, onestopcompliance manual for any company’s electrical safetytraining and reference needs.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New chapter on electrical maintenance• Complete coverage of the new IEEE 1584• NEC 2005• NFPA 70E 2004• NESC 2002CONTENTSForeword. Preface. Chapter 1: Hazards of Electricity. Chapter 2: Electrical SafetyEquipment. Chapter 3: Safety Procedures and Methods. Chapter 4: Groundingof Electrical Systems and Equipment. Chapter 5: Electrical Maintenance and ItsRelationship to Safety. Chapter 6: Regulatory and Legal Safety Requirementsand Standards. Chapter 7: Accident Prevention, Accident Investigation, Rescue,and First Aid. Chapter 8: Medical Aspects of Electrical Trauma. Chapter 9: Low-Voltage Safety Synopsis. Chapter 10: Medium- and High-Voltage Safety Synopsis.Chapter 11: Human Factors in Electrical Safety. Chapter 12: Safety Managementand Organizational Structure. Chapter 13: Safety Training Methods and Systems.ELECTRICITY DEMYSTIFIEDby Stan Gibilisco2006 / 320 pages / Softcov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-143925-1 / MHID: 0-07-143925-0Professional BookFEATURES• Solve electrical circuit problems• Make power and energy determinations• Calculate voltage, current and resistance issues• Prepare for advanced courses in electricity• Improve sales and management skills in the area of electricity• Enhance knowledge of how electrical devices work• Each section ends with a 50-question, multiple-choice test. Thebook concludes with a 100-question final examCONTENTSPart One: DC Electricity. 1. Atoms and Charge Carriers. 2. Current, Voltage,and Resistance. 3. Power and Energy. 4. Series and Parallel Circuits. 5. Cells andBatteries. Test: Part One--50 questions. Part Two: Ac Electricity. 6. Basics of AC.7. Power Conversion. 8. Wire and Cable. 9. The Utility Grid. 10. AlternativeElectricity. Test: Part Two--50 questions. Part Three: Magnetism. 11. What isMagnetism? 12. Types of Magnets. 13. Motors and Generators. 14. ElectromagneticWaves. 15. Universal Magnetism. Test: Part Three--50 questions. Final Exam--100questions. Answers to Quiz and Test Questions. Symbols Used in Circuit Diagrams.Suggested Additional References.TEACH YOURSELF ELECTRICITY AND ELECTRONICSFourth Editionby Stan Gibilisco2006 / 672 pages / Softcov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-145933-4 / MHID: 0-07-145933-2Professional BookThe best combination self-teaching guide, home reference, andclassroom text on electricity and electronics has been updatedto deliver the latest advances. Great for preparing for amateurand commercial licensing exams, this guide has been prizedby thousands of students and professionals for its uniquelythorough coverage ranging from DC and AC concepts tosemiconductors and integrated circuits.• Written by Stan Gibilisco, an electronics legend and McGraw-Hill’s most popular TAB author• Perfect for hobbyists, students, and those of you who want to getahead in tech-related careers• Packed with everything needed to enhance learning: 600+illustrations, practical examples, and hundreds of test questionsNEW TO THIS EDITION• Simple current-voltage-resistance determinators• Power calculations• Designing acoustical and audio systems• Designing circuits and systems• Contains several concise multiple-choice self-test questions• Helps readers solve problems such as: Simple current-voltageresistancedeterminations; Power calculations; Preparing for amateuror commercial license exams; Designing acoustical and audiosystems; Using radiolocation and radionavigation systems; Designingcircuits and systems; and Supplementing study in electricity andelectronics curriculaCONTENTSPART ONE: DIRECT CURRENT. Chapter 1. Basic Physical Concepts. Chapter2. Electrical Units. Chapter 3. Measuring Devices. Chapter 4. Basic DC Circuits.Chapter 5. Direct-current Circuit Analysis. Chapter 6. Resistors. Chapter 7. Cellsand Batteries. Chapter 8. Magnetism. Test: Part One. PART TWO: ALTERNATINGCURRENT. Chapter 9. Alternating Current Basics. Chapter 10. Inductance. Chapter11. Capacitance. Chapter 12. Phase. Chapter 13. Inductive Reactance. Chapter14. Capacitive Reactance. Chapter 15. Impedance and Admittance. Chapter 16.RLC Circuit Analysis. Chapter 17. Power and Resonance in AC Circuits. Chapter18. Transformers and Impedance Matching. Test: Part Two. PART THREE:BASIC ELECTRONICS. Chapter 19. Introduction to Semiconductors. Chapter20. Some Uses of Diodes. Chapter 21. Power Supplies. Chapter 22. The BipolarTransistor. Chapter 23. The Field-effect Transistor. Chapter 24. Amplifiers andOscillators. Chapter 25. Data transmission and Reception. Chapter 26. DigitalPrinciples. Chapter 27. Measurement and Monitoring. Test: Part Three. PART158121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15811/15/06 5:32:30 PM

Electrical EngineeringFOUR: SPECIALIZED DEVICES AND SYSTEMS. Chapter 28. Electron Tubes.Chapter 29. Integrated Circuits. Chapter 30. Transducers and Sensors. Chapter31. Audio and High Fidelity. Chapter 32. Personal Communications. Chapter33. Computers and the Internet. Chapter 34. Robotics and Artificial Intelligence.Chapter 35. Location and Navigation. Test: Part Four FINAL EXAM. Appendix A.Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions. Appendix B. Schematic Symbols.Suggested Additional Reading and Reference.CONTENTSChapter 1: The Evolution of the Microprocessor. Chapter 2: Computer Components.Chapter 3: Design Planning. Chapter 4: Computer Architecture. Chapter 5:Microarchitecture. Chapter 6: Logic Design. Chapter 7: Circuit Design. Chapter8: Layout. Chapter 9: Semiconductor Manufacturing. Chapter 10: MicroprocessorPackaging. Chapter 11: Silicon Debug and Test. Glossary. IndexSMART ANTENNAS FOR WIRELESSCOMMUNICATIONSby Frank Gross2006 / 288 pages / Hardcov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-144789-8 / MHID: 0-07-144789-XProfessional BookSmart antennas boost the power of a wireless network, savingenergy and money and greatly increasing the range of wirelessbroadband. Smart Antennas is a rigorous textbook on smartantenna design and deployment.FEATURES• Sidelobe cancellers• Beamsteering• Direction of arrival estimation• Channel characteristics• Numerous worked examples• Real world case studiesCONTENTS1. Introduction. 2. Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Fields 3. AntennaFundamentals. 4. Array Fundamentals. 5. Principles of Random Variables andProcesses. 6. Propagation Channel Characteristics. 7. Angle-of-Arrival Estimation.8. Smart Antennas.VERILOG DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGNSecond Editionby Zainalabedin Navabi, Northeastern University2006 / 384 pages / Hardcov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-144564-1 / MHID: 0-07-144564-1Professional BookThis rigorous text shows electronics designers and studentshow to deploy Verilog in sophisticated digital systems design.The Second Edition is completely updated--along with themany worked examples--for Verilog 2001, new synthesisstandards and coverage of the new OVI verification library.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Uses Verilog 2001 throughout• New chapters on test-bench development• New OVL Verification Library• New synthesis standards• CD-ROM contains simulations and synthesis tools, includingAldec’s complete verilog simulator• Instructor’s Manua for academic useCONTENTSChapter 1: Design Automation with Verilog. Chapter 2: Design with Verilog.Chapter 3: Combinational Circuits in Verilog. Chapter 4: Sequential Circuits inVerilog. Chapter 5: Language Utilities. Chapter 6: Test Methodologies. Chapter7: Verification. Chapter 8: CPU Design and Verification.MICROPROCESSOR DESIGNby Grant McFarland2006 / Hardcover / 408 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-145951-8 / MHID: 0-07-145951-0Professional BookThis unique step-by-step guide is a complete introductionto modern microprocessor design, explained in simplenontechnical language without complex mathematics. An idealprimer for those working in or studying the semiconductorindustry, Microprocessor Design explains all the key concepts,terms, and acronyms needed to understand the steps requiredto design and manufacture a microprocessor. Developed froma successful corporate training course, this hands-on learningguide walks readers through every step of microprocessordesign. You'll follow a new processor product from initialplanning through design to production. In MicroprocessorDesign, the author converts his real-world design and teachingexperience into an easy-to-follow reference employing an onthe-job-trainingapproach to cover:The evolution of microprocessors• Microprocessor design planning• Architecture and microarchitecture• Logic design and circuit design• Semiconductor manufacturing• Processor packaging and testThis authoritative reference is an excellent introduction forstudents or engineers new to processor design and can showindustry veterans how their specialty fits into the overalldesign flow. This accessible and practical guide will providethe reader with a broad working knowledge of the conceptsof microprocessor design, as well as an understanding of theindividual steps in the process and the jargon used by theindustry.International EditionSATELLITE COMMUNICATIONSFourth Editionby Dennis Roddy, Lakehead University2006 / 636 pages / Hardcov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-146298-3 / MHID: 0-07-146298-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-125286-7 / MHID: 0-07-125286-X [IE]Professional BookHighly regarded for more than a decade as both a teachingtext and professional tutorial, this classic guide to satellitecommunications has been revised, updated, and expandedto cover global wireless applications, digital television, andInternet access via satellite.• In-depth, textbook-style coverage combined with an intuitive, lowmathapproach makes this book particularly appealing to the wirelessand networking markets• New to this edition: Global wireless services, including 3G;Antenna Options, Error CodingCONTENTSChapter 1: Overview of Satellite Systems. Chapter 2: Orbits and LaunchingMethods. Chapter 3: The Geostationary Orbit. Chapter 4: Radio WavePropagation. Chapter 5: Polarization. Chapter 6: Antennas. Chapter 7: The SpaceSegment. Chapter 8: The Earth Segment. Chapter 9: Analog Signals. Chapter 10:Digital Signals. Chapter 11: Error Control Coding. Chapter 12: The Space Link.Chapter 13: Interference. Chapter 14: Satellite Access. Chapter 15: Satellites inNetworks. Chapter 16: Direct Broadcast Satellite (DBS) Television. Chapter 17:Satellite Mobile and Specialized Services. Appendix A: Answers To SelectedProblems. Appendix B: Conic Sections. Appendix C: Nasa Two-line OrbitalElements. Appendix D: Listings Of Artificial Satellites. Appendix E: IllustratingThird-order Intermodulation Products. Appendix F: Acronyms. Appendix G:Logarithmic Units. Index.159121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 15911/15/06 5:32:31 PM

Electrical EngineeringATM NETWORKSSecond Editionby Sumit Kasera, Flextronics Software Systems2005 / 502 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-058353-5 / MHID: 0-07-058353-6(Tata McGraw-Hill Title)Professional BookNetworking technologies are playing a pivotal role in‘networking’ our world. Among the networking technologiesthat are relevant today, ATM is one of the most popular andpervasive as it seamlessly integrates local area networks andwide area networks. Further, as it provides a single platformfor voice, video and data, it facilitates convergence. ATMNetworks: Concepts and Protocols is a single-stop referenceon this technology. The revised edition of this book covers therelevant concepts, the three layers of ATM protocol referencemodel, core concepts of ATM networks (including signaling,routing and traffic management), interworking aspects andthe application of ATM networks. Other notable changesin the second edition include: 1. Four new chapters on theapplication areas of ATM-ATM in MPLS Networks, Voice overATM, ATM in DSL Networks and ATM in 3G Networks. 2.Three chapters on the core concepts of ATM-AAL2 Signalling,ATM Security and ATM Network Architecture and Interfaces.3. Glossary and Review Questions. Profusely illustrated, thisbook provides fresh perspectives and makes comprehension ofa rather difficult subject very easy. With this coverage, it willserve the needs of networking professionals and students.CONTENTSPart I: Background and Introduction. 1.Drivers of the Communication World.2.Transfer Modes. 3.Overview of ATM. Part II: ATM Protocol Reference Model.4.ATM Physical Layer. 5.ATM Layer. 6.ATM Adaptation Layer. Part III: CoreConcepts of ATM. 7.ATM Traffic and Service Parameterization. 8.ATM TrafficManagement. 9.ATM Switching. 10. ATM Addressing. 11.ATM Signalling.12.ATM Routing. 13.AAL2 Signalling. 14.ATM Network Management. 15.ATMSecurity. Part IV: Interworking with ATM. 16.ATM Network Interfaces andArchitecture. 17.ATM in LAN. 18.IP Over ATM. Part V: Application of ATMNetwork. 19.ATM and MPLS Networks. 20.Voice Over ATM. 21.ATM and DSLNetworks. 22.ATM and 3G Networks.International EditionLOW COST FLIP CHIP TECHNOLOGIES FOR DCA,WLCSP, AND PBGA ASSEMBLIESby John Lau, Interconnection Tech nol o gies Scientist, AgilentTech nol o gies2000 / 585 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-135141-6 / MHID: 0-07-135141-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118365-9 / MHID: 0-07-118365-5 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSChapter 1. Integrated Circuit Packaging Trends. Chapter 2. Chip-LevelInterconnects: Wire Bonds and Solder Bumps. Chapter 3. Lead-Free Solders.Chapter 4. High-Density PCB and Substrates. Chapter 5. Flip Chip on Board withSolderless Materials. Chapter 6. Flip Chip on Board with Conventional Underfills.Chapter 7. Flip Chip on Board with No-Flow Underfills. Chapter 8. Flip Chip onBoard with Imperfect Underfills. Chapter 9. Thermal Management of Flip Chipon Board. Chapter 10. Wafer-Level Packaging. Chapter 11. Solder-Bumped FlipChip on Micro Via-in-Pad Substrates. Chapter 12. PCB Manufacturing, Testing,and Assembly of RIMMs. Chapter 13. Wire Bonding Chip (Face-Up) in PBGAPackages. Chapter 14. Wire Bonding Chip (Face-Down) in PBGA Packages.Chapter 15. Solder-Bumped Flip Chip in PBGA Packages. Chapter 16. FailureAnalysis of Flip Chip on Low-Cost Substrates.International EditionCHIP SCALE PACKAGEby John H Lau, Ex press Packaging Sys tems, Inc., Wataru Nakayama,University of Maryland, John Prince, University of Arizona and C PWong, Institute of Technology1999 / 564 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-038304-3 / MHID: 0-07-038304-9ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116508-2 / MHID: 0-07-116508-8 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Australia, Europe &Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSPart I: Flip Chip and Wire Bond for CSP. Part II: Customized Leadframe BasedCSPs. Part III: CSPs with Flexible Substrate. Part IV: CSPs with Rigid Substrate.Part V: Wafer-Level Redistribution CSPs.International EditionMOBILE COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERINGSecond Editionby William C.Y. Lee1998 / 550 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115766-7 / MHID: 0-07-115766-2 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookInternational EditionVHDL: ANALYSIS AND MODELING OF DIGITALSYSTEMSSecond Editionby Zainalabedin Navabi, Northeastern University1998 / 656 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-046479-7 / MHID: 0-07-046479-0ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115525-0 / MHID: 0-07-115525-2 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional BookCONTENTSHardware Design Environments. VHDL Background. Design Methodology Basedon VHDL. Basic Concepts in VHDL. Structural Specification of Hardware DesignOrganization and Parametrization Utilities for High Level Descriptions. DataflowDescriptions in VHDL. Behavioral Descriptions of Hardware. CPU Modeling andDesign. Interface Modeling and Design. Special Application Modeling.International EditionADVANCED MICROPROCESSORSSecond Editionby Daniel Tabak, George Mason University1995 / 523 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-113715-7 / MHID: 0-07-113715-7 [IE](International Edition is not for sale in Japan.)Professional Book160121-160_ELECTRICAL.indd 16011/15/06 5:32:32 PM

2007-2008 NEW General Engineering TitlesGeneral Engineering ~ Contents2007 New TitlesB.E.S.T .......................................................................... 172Computer/Programming ............................................... 165Engineering Design ....................................................... 162Engineering Ethics ........................................................ 168Engineering Graphics & Drawing .................................. 164Engineering Math/Statistics ........................................... 170Entrepreneurship .......................................................... 176Environmental Engineering ........................................... 167Finite Element Methods ................................................ 171Internet ......................................................................... 175Introduction/Problem Solving ....................................... 163Numerical Methods ...................................................... 169Professional References ................................................ 177Project Management: Engineering ................................. 175Technical Writing ......................................................... 168• GOTTFRIEDSpreadsheet Tools for Engineers Using Excel, 3e .....173ISBN-13: 978-0-07-297184-2 / MHID: 0-07-297184-3• SMITHTeamwork and Project Management, 3e ............ 173,175ISBN-13: 978-0-07-310367-9 / MHID: 0-07-310367-52008 New Titles• CHAPMANFortran 95/2003 for Scientists & Engineers, 3e ........172ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319157-7 / MHID: 0-07-319157-4• CHAPRAApplied Numerical Methods with Matlab forEngineers and Scientists, 2e .....................................169ISBN-13: 978-0-07-313290-7 / MHID: 0-07-313290-X• DORFTechnology Ventures: From Idea toEnterprise, 2e ..........................................................176ISBN-13: 978-0-07-329442-1 / MHID: 0-07-329442-X• EIDEEngineering Fundamentals and ProblemSolving, 5e ...............................................................163ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319158-4 / MHID: 0-07-319158-2• FINKLESTEINPocket Book of Technical Writing for Engineers& Scientists, 3e ........................................................168ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319159-1 / MHID: 0-07-319159-0• FORDDesign for Electrical and ComputerEngineers .................................................................162ISBN-13: 978-0-07-338035-3 / MHID: 0-07-338035-0• HOLTZAPPLEConcepts in Engineering, 2e ....................................163ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319162-1 / MHID: 0-07-319162-0• PRITCHARDMathcad: A Tool for Engineers and Scientists(BEST Series), 2e ................................................. 165,172ISBN-13: 978-0-07-319185-0 / MHID: 0-07-319185-X161161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16111/15/06 5:33:50 PM

General EngineeringNEWEngineering DesignDESIGN FOR ELECTRICAL AND COMPUTERENGINEERSby Ralph Ford, Penn State Erie Behrend College, and Chris Coulston,Penn State Erie Behrend College2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 320 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-338035-3 / MHID: 0-07-338035-0FEATURES• Strong guiding vision--that a solid understanding of the DesignProcess, Design Tools, and the right mix of Professional Skills arecritical for project and career success• Ford does a good job at providing comprehensive designtreatment for ECE.• A text at the right level for senior design--based on reviewerfeedback we have heard that no books existed that were at the levelneeded. Ford seems to now bridge that gap and will be the book ofchoice.International EditionI-DEAS STUDENT GUIDESecond Editionby Structural Dynamics Research Corporation2004 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-252544-1 / MHID: 0-07-252544-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121632-6 / MHID: 0-07-121632-4 [IE]SDRC’s I-DEAS Student Guide Revised Edition—created byMark Lawry—provides the “big picture” of I-DEAS, and showshow it fits together as an integrated Mechanical ComputerAided Engineering environment. It provides a quick technicalintroduction to I-DEAS, including I-DEAS versions 9 and 10,and is ideal for users who want to learn other capabilitiesof the software. Numerous screen captures provide a visualparallel to the explanations given in the text. The StudentGuide covers basic commands and pro ce dures, in a format thatmakes for convenient reference. The chapter-ending sectionin cludes a series of Tutorials that demonstrate basic con ceptsin a hands-on way. Workshop section follow the Tutorials,and allow users to apply their knowledge in a design context.The Appendix of the book includes an Icon Summary list, asection on Advanced Features and Interfaces, and a practicalTroubleshooting Reference. The index is set up to furtherincrease the ref er ence value of the Student GuideCONTENTSPreface. How to Use This Guide. 1 Introduction to I-DEAS. 2 Part Modeling. 3Modifying Parts. 4 Con straints and Constrait Net works. 5 Surfacing Tech niques.6 Assemblies and Mechanisms. 7 Annotation and Drafting. 8 Man u fac tur ing. 9Simulation. 10 Other I-DEAS Applications. Sheet Metal, Harness, Mold Design,Test. 11 Best Practices. 12 Collaboration. Appendix: A. Icon Summary. B.Advanced Features and Interfaces. C. Trouble-shooting Reference. IndexInternational EditionTHE MECHANICAL DESIGN PROCESSThird Editionby David G. Ullman, Oregon State Uni ver si ty2003 / 416 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-237338-7 / MHID: 0-07-237338-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124059-8 / MHID: 0-07-124059-4 [IE]CONTENTS1. Why Study the Design Process? 2. Describing Mechanical Design Prob lems andProcesses. 3. Designers and Design Teams. 4. The Design Process. 5. Planningfor the Design Process. 6. Understanding the Problem and the De vel op ment ofEn gi neer ing Spec i fi ca tions. 7. Concept Generation. 8. Concept Evaluation. 9. TheProduct Design Phase. 10. Product Generation. 11. Product Evaluation for Functionand Performance. 12. Product Eval u a tion for Cost, Manufacture, Assembly, andOther Measures. 13. Launching and Supporting the Product.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO EN GI NEER ING DESIGN ANDPROBLEM SOLVING(B.E.S.T Series)by David M Burghardt, Hofstra University1999 / 240 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116100-8 / MHID: 0-07-116100-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Understanding the Human-Made World. 2 The Design Process. 3 DesignDocumentation. 4 Engineering Analysis and Design. 5 Discussions with Engineers.Appendix.International EditionINTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DESIGNby Arvid Eide, Roland Jenison, Lane Mashaw, and Larry Northup, allof Iowa State Uni ver si ty1998 / 168 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115692-9 / MHID: 0-07-115692-5 [IE]CONTENTS1 The Engineering Profession/2 En gi neer ing Solutions/3 En gi neer ing Design - AProcess162161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16211/15/06 5:33:51 PM

Introduction/Problem SolvingNEWGeneral EngineeringInternational EditionNEWENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS AND PROBLEMSOLVINGFifth Editionby Arvid R. Eide. Iowa State University, Roland Jenison, Iowa StateUniversity, Larry L. Northup, Iowa State University, and StevenMickelson, Iowa State University2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319158-4 / MHID: 0-07-319158-2ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110190-5 / MHID: 0-07-110190-XBrowse http://www.mhhe.com/bestThe fifth edition of Engineering Fundamentals & ProblemSolving is written to motivate engineering students during theirfirst year. Students will develop the skills in solving open-endedproblems, this text will provide students with experience insolving problems in SI and customary units while presentingsolutions in a logical manner. Eide introduces students tosubject areas that are common to engineering disciplines thatrequire the application of fundamental engineering concepts.For those instructors who desire a shorter text to complementother application specific texts, McGraw-Hill offers cutomizationthrough our Primis-Build a Book, or the BEST version of thistext. Please see Eide's Introduction to Engineering Design andProblem Solving, 2nd edition, from the BEST series. Gettingfamiliar to what engineering is and what you need to be asuccessful engineer.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Shows engineering students what engineering is and what it's liketo become an engineer. Deals with problems that students would beexpecting to see within an engineering curriculmn.• Updated to include coverage of bioengineering, nanotechnology,and engineering materials.• Focus on assessment.• Updated to include a discussion of workplace competencies,key actions, and self-assessment to help prepare students for theworkplace and to help develop learning portfolios.FEATURES• Focus on open-ended problems.• Focus on problem solving.CONTENTS1 The Engineering Profession. 2 Engineering Design--A Process. 3 EngineeringSolutions. 4 Representation of Technical Information. 5 Engineering Estimationsand Approximations. 6 Dimensions, Units, and Conversions. 7 Preparation forComputer Solutions. 8 Statistics. 9 Mechanics. 10 Material Balance. 11 ElectricalTheory. 12 Energy. 13 Engineering Economics. Appendix A Selected Topicsfrom Algebra. Appendix B Trigonometry. Appendix C Graphics. Appendix DGeneral. Appendix E Plane Surfaces.CONCEPTS IN ENGINEERINGSecond Editionby Mark T. Holtzapple, Texas A & M University, and W. Dan Reece,Texas A & M University2008 (January 2007) / Hardcover / 288 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319162-1 / MHID: 0-07-319162-0Browse http://www.mhhe.com/bestThe second edition of Holtzapple and Reece’s widely populartext, Concepts in Engineering, introduces fundamentalengineering concepts to freshman engineering students. Itscentral focus is to positively motivate students for the rest oftheir engineering education, as well as their future engineering.Due to the book’s concise, yet comprehensive coverage, it canbe used in a wide variety of introductory courses. Text is forstudents who are not sure if they want to be engineers andthe book almost acts as a "hook". Holtzapple's approach isdifferent than Eide's text which expects students to go intoengineering.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Addition of new chapter, Preparing to Be an Engineer.• The text gives students a well-rounded approach to engineering inaddition to meeting ABET requirements for engineering students.FEATURES• Focuses on problem solving. A consistent method of problemsolving is integrated into the book.• Emphasizes design by including a design project.• Excites students about engineering through providing interestingproblems and focusing on the creative process of being an engineer.• Focuses on the fundamentals and includes information thatstudents are unlikely to find elsewhere. This text focuses on basicinformation- such as grammatical rules for the SI system and graphingrules- that starts engineering students off with just the right amount of"hard" content.CONTENTS1. Preparing to Be an Engineer. 2. The Engineer. 3. Engineering Ethics. 4. ProblemSolving. 5. Introduction to Design. 6. Engineering Communications. 7. Numbers.8. Tables and Graphs. 9. SI System of Units. 10. Unit Conversions. Appendices.Topic Index. Biographical IndexINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg163161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16311/15/06 5:33:52 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionFOUNDATIONS OF ENGINEERINGSecond Editionby Mark T Holtzapple and W Dan Reece, both of Texas A&MUni ver si ty, College station2003 / 720 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-248082-5 / MHID: 0-07-248082-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119561-4 / MHID: 0-07-119561-0 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/holtzappleThis book gives freshman engineering students a solidfoundation for all their future coursework. It provides anoverview to the engineering profession and of the skillsthey will need to develop, as well as an introduction tofundamental engineering topics such as thermodynamics, ratepro cess es, and Newton’s laws. An important aspect of thebook’s approach is the method of Engineering Accounting,which casts the basic conservation laws (e.g., of energy ormass) as simple “accounting” pro ce dures. This is a unifyingcon cept that facilitates problem-solving across all engineeringdisciplines.CONTENTSSection I Introduction to Engineering: 1 The Engineer. 2 Engineering Ethics.3 Prob lem Solving. 4 Understanding and Using Computers. 5 Introduction toDesign. 6 En gi neer ing Communications. Section II Mathematics: 7 Numbers.8 Tables and Graphs. 9 Statistics. Section III Engineering Fun da men tals: 10Newton’s Laws. 11 Introduction to Ther mo dy nam ics. 12 Introduction to RateProcesses. 13 SI System of Units. 14 Unit Conversions. 15 Introduction to Staticsand Dynamics. 16 Introduction to Electricity. Section IV En gi neer ing Accounting:17 Accounting. 18 Accounting for Mass. 19 Accounting for Charge. 20 Accountingfor Linear Momentum. 21 Ac count ing for Angular Mo men tum. 22 Accounting forEnergy. 23 Accounting for Entropy. 24 Accounting for Money. Ap pen dix A UnitConversion Factors. Appendix B NSPE Code of Ethics for Engineers. Appendix Cz Table. Appendix D Sum ma ry of Some Engineering MilestonesInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING DESIGN ANDPROBLEM SOLVING(B.E.S.T Series)by David M Burghardt, Hofstra University1999 / 240 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116100-8 / MHID: 0-07-116100-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Understanding the Human-Made World. 2 The Design Process. 3 DesignDocumentation. 4 Engineering Analysis and Design. 5 Discussions with Engineers.Appendix.Engineering Graphics &DrawingINTRODUCTION TO GRAPHICSCOM MU NI CA TIONS FOR ENGINEERS(B.E.S.T Series), Third Editionby Gary R Bertoline, Purdue University, West Lafayette2006 / 256 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-304836-9 / MHID: 0-07-304836-4(with OLC)http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/general/bestIntroduction to Graphics Com mu ni ca tion for Engineers isa short introductory technical drawing text intended for usein technical drawing or drafting courses at two and four yearschools or other technology programs. Powerful computersand CAD software are of little use to engineers who do notfully understand the fun da men tals of graphics communicationprin ci ples and 3-D modeling strat e gies, or do not possessa level of visualization ability. Because of this, Bertolineconcentrates on the concepts and skills necessary to sketchand create 2-D drawings and 3-D CAD models in this text.New to the third edition are “Design in Industry Boxes” thatcover an aspect of design as practiced in industry. Quotes andinteresting stories from practicing engineers make the boxesmotivating and in for ma tive for students. Also new are practicesketching problems included throughout each chapter, whichallow students a chance to practice what they are learning.This book is part of the B.E.S.T. (Basic Engineering Seriesand Tools), which con sists of modularized textbooks offeringvirtually every topic and specialty likely to be of interest toengineers.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New “Design in In dus try” boxes have been added to the fourthedition. Each of these boxes cover some aspect of design as practicedin industry. Students will learn how design is done in the real worldfrom these interesting stories presented by practicing engineers andtech nol o gists.• New to this edition are practice problems located throughout eachchapter. This new feature gives students drawing practice as theylearn new concepts. Through immediate hands-on practice, studentscan more readily grasp chapter material.• New end-of-chapter sketching problems have been added,reinforcing what stu dents have learned in the chapter.FEATURES• Pedagogically sound, this book provides a list of objectives at thebeginning of each chapter, step-by-step instructions on how to draw,and a wide as sort ment of problems that can be assigned to reinforcetopics cov ered.• Sketching worksheets are integrated into the end of each chapter.These worksheets are excellent for sketching assignments, used toaugment CAD work.• As part of the McGraw-Hill B.E.S.T. (Basic Engineering Series andTools), this book can be customized on-line and combined withother BEST titles to be sold to students either in an eletronic form ortra di tion al book form.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Graphics Communication. Chapter 2 Sketching andText. Chapter 3 Section and Aux il ia ry Views. Chapter 4 Di men sion ing andTolerancing Prac tic es. Chapter 5 Reading and Con struct ing Working Draw ings.Chapter 6 Design and 3-D Modeling164161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16411/15/06 5:33:58 PM

NEWComputer/ProgrammingMATHCAD: A TOOL FOR ENGINEERS ANDSCIENTISTS (B.E.S.T. SERIES)Second Editionby Philip J. Pritchard, Manhattan College2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319185-0 / MHID: 0-07-319185-XBrowse http://www.mhhe.com/bestMathcad: A Tool for Engineering Problem Solving explainshow to use Mathcad 13(Student and Standard), >This book iscurrent with the latest release of mathcad, with the focus on thefundamentals, is enriched with great motivating applications,solid homework problems, appealing to both engineers andscientists.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Examples updated to Mathcad 13, which is the most currentversion.• Examples and homework problems updated to account for abroader range of engineering disciplines, in addition to mechanicaland electrical, to include: civil, chemical, and environmentalengineering.• Pedagogy updated to be more student-friendly, including newbeginning sections at the start of each chapter that spell out specificfeatures to be covered, new end-of-chapter summaries, and theaddition of tables and boxes where appropriate that will reduce theamount of math theory in the text.• Examples and applications related to the sciences.FEATURES• Features of Mathcad are immediately followed by engineeringexamples.CONTENTS1 What Is Mathcad and Why Use It? 2 The Basics of Mathcad. 3 How to GraphFunctions. 4 Symbolic and Numeric Calculus. 5 How to Solve Equations. 6Vectors, Matrices, and More. 7 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations. 8Doing Statistics with Mathcad. 9 Importing and Exporting, the Web, and SomeAdvanced Concepts.International EditionGeneral EngineeringINTRODUCTION TO MATLAB 7 FOR EN GI NEERSby William Palm, Uni ver si ty of Rhode Island—Kingston2005 / 752 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-292242-4 / MHID: 0-07-292242-7(with Bind-In Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123262-3 / MHID: 0-07-123262-1 [IE]This site contains power point slides, Appendix E: Some ProjectSuggestions, and complete solutions to all of the Test YourUnderstanding exercises and all the chapter problems. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/palm)This is a simple, concise book designed to be useful forbe gin ners and to be kept as a ref er ence. MATLAB is presentlya globally available standard computational tool for en gi neersand scientists. The ter mi nol o gy, syntax, and the use of theprogramming language are well defined and the or ga ni za tionof the material makes it easy to locate information andnavigate through the textbook. The text covers all the majorcapabilities of MATLAB that are useful for beginning stu dents.An instructor’s manual and other web resources are available.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Expanded coverage of programming now includes structuredprogramming and logical variables.• Function handles, anonymous functions, subfunctions, and nestedfunctions are now treated.• Coverage of Simulink® has been expanded to a separate chapter inlight of its growing pop u lar i ty.• A new Appendix B contains an introduction to producinganimation and sound with MATLAB.FEATURES• The text is written for freshman engineering students and usesmathematics appropriate for this level.• Numerous examples and homework prob lems drawn from all thefields of engineering.• Students can use the text as a reference in later courses because itcontains many tables that summarize the MATLAB commands.CONTENTS1 An Overview of MATLAB. 2 Numeric, Cell, and Structure Arrays. 3 Functions andFiles. 4 Programming with MATLAB. 5 Advanced Plotting and Model Building. 6Linear Algebraic Equations. 7 Probability, Sta tis tics, and Interpolation. 8 Nu mer i calCalculus and Dif fer en tial Equations. 9 Simulink. 10 Symbolic Processing withMATLAB. Appendix A Guide to Com mands and Functions in this Text. AppendixB An i ma tion and Sound in MATLAB. Appendix C Formatted Output in MATLAB.Appendix D References. Appendix E Some Project Suggestions (Online). Answersto Selected Problems165161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16511/15/06 5:33:59 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionFORTRAN 90/95 FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERSSecond Editionby Stephen Chapman, BAE Systems, Australia2004 / 700 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-282575-6 / MHID: 0-07-282575-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-123233-3 / MHID: 0-07-123233-8 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/general/best/Chapman’s Fortran for Sci en tists and Engineers is intended forboth first year engineering students and practicing en gi neers.It simultaneously teaches the Fortran 90/95 programminglanguage, structured pro gram ming techniques, and goodprogramming practice. Among its strengths are its concise, clearexplanations of Fortran syntax and programming procedures,the inclusion of a wealth of examples and ex er cis es to helpstudents grasp difficult concepts, and its explanations abouthow to understand code written for older versions of Fortran.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Computers and the Fortran Language. 2 Basic Elements ofFortran. 3 Control Structures and Pro gram Design. 4 Basic I/O Concepts. 5Arrays. 6 Procedures and Struc tured Programming. 7 More About CharacterVari ables. 8 Additional Data Types. 9 Advanced Features of Pro ce dures andMorals. 10 Advanced I/O Concepts. 11 Pointers and Dynamic Data Structures. 12Redundant, Obsolescent, and Deleted Fortran Features. Appendixes: A ASCII andEBCDIC Coding Systems. B Fortran 95 Intrinsic Procedures. B1 Classes of IntrinsicPro ce dures. B2 Alphabetical List of In trin sic Procedures. B3 Math e mat i cal andType Conversion Intrinsic Procedures. B4 Kind and Numeric Pro ces sor In trin sicFunctions. B5 Date and Time Intrinsic Subroutines. B6 Bit Intrinsic Procedures.B7 Character Intrinsic Functions. B8 Array and Pointer Intrinsic Functions. B9Miscellaneous Inquiry Functions. C Order of Statements in a Fortran 95 Program.D Towards Fortran 200x. D1 Objects and Object-oriented Programming. D2 OtherFeatures. E Glossary. F Answers to QuizzesInternational EditionC PROGRAMMING FOR ENGINEERING ANDCOMPUTER SCIENCE(B.E.S.T Series)by H H Tan, Morrison Knudsen Corporation, and T.B. D’Orazio1999 / 600 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-913678-7 / MHID: 0-07-913678-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116788-8 / MHID: 0-07-116788-9[IE with 3.5” Disk]CONTENTS1 Computers and Com put ing Fun da men tals/2 Getting Started with C/3 The Basicsof C/4 Beginning De ci sion Making and Loop ing/5 Functions/6 Arrays and IndexVari ables/7 Character Ar rays and Strings/8 Pointers, Addresses, and SpecialVariable Types/9 Introduction to C++International EditionA C++ PRIMER FOR ENGINEERSAn Object-Oriented Approachby Kumaraswamy Ponnambalam, University of Waterloo; and TivleyAlgvindigve, Chief Software Engineer for Engsoft1997 / 293 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-115807-7 / MHID: 0-07-115807-3[IE with 3.5” disk]CONTENTS1 Problem Solving Using Computers/2 C++ Programming Basics/3 Selectionsand Repetitions/4 Functions to Aid Modularity/5 Arrays for Grouping Dataof Same Type/6 Structures to Group Data/7 Encapsulation of Data andFunctions in Classes/8 Inheritance to Aid Reusability/9 Pointers to Aid EfficientImplementation/10 Miscellaneous Topics/11 Java for C++ ProgrammersInternational EditionAPPLIED CAn Introduction and Moreby Alice Fischer and Stephen M Ross, University of New Haven2000 / 224 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-021748-5 / MHID: 0-07-021748-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118459-5 / MHID: 0-07-118459-7 [IE]CONTENTSI Introduction: Chapter 1: Computers and Systems. Chapter 2: Programs andProgramming. Chapter 3: Fundamental Concepts. II Computation: Chapter 4:Objects, Types, and Expressions. Chapter 5: Using Functions and Libraries. Chapter6: More Repetition and Decisions. III: Basic Data Types. Chapter 7: Using NumericTypes. Chapter 8: The Trouble with Numbers. Chapter 9: Program Design. Chapter10: An Introduction to Arrays. Chapter 11: Character Data and Enumerations .Chapter 12: An Introduction to Pointers. IV: Structured Data Types . Chapter 13:Strings. Chapter 14: Structured Types. Chapter 15: Streams and Files. Chapter16: Simple Array Algorithms. Chapter 17: Two Dimensional Arrays . Chapter 18:Calculating with Bits. V: Advanced Techniques. Chapter 19: Dynamic Arrays.Chapter 20: Working With Pointers. Chapter 21: Recursion. Chapter 22: MakingPrograms General. Chapter 23: Modular Organization. VI Appendix. AppendixA The ASCII Code . Appendix B The Precedence of Operators in C. Appendix CKeywords. Appendix D Advanced Aspects of C Operators. Appendix E NumberRepresentation and Conversion. Appendix F The Tools Library. Appendix G TheStandard C Libraries. Appendix H Interactive Input Validation. Glossary. Answersto Self-Test Exercises. IndexInternational EditionLEARNING C++by Neill Graham1991 / 304 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-100849-5 / MHID: 0-07-100849-7 [IE]166161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16611/15/06 5:33:59 PM

Environmental EngineeringInternational EditionCHEMISTRY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERINGAND SCIENCEFifth Editionby Clair N. Sawyer (deceased), Perry McCarty, Stanford University;Gene F. Parkin, University of Iowa, Iowa City2003 / 768 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-248066-5 / MHID: 0-07-248066-1ISBN-13: 978-0-07-119888-2 / MHID: 0-07-119888-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/sawyer/CONTENTSI Fundamentals of Chem is try for Environmental En gi neer ing and Science: 1Introduction. 2 Basic Con cepts from Gen er al Chem is try. 3 Basic Concepts fromPhys i cal Chemistry. 4 Basic Concepts from Equi lib ri um Chemistry. 5 BasicConcepts from Or gan ic Chemistry. 6 Basic Concepts from Bio chem is try. 7 BasicConcepts from Col loid Chemistry. 8 Basic Concepts from Nu cle ar Chemistry.II Water and Wastewater Analysis: 9 Introduction. 10 Statistical Analysis ofAnalytical Data. 11 Basic Concepts from Quantitative Chemistry. 12 InstrumentalMethods of Analysis. 13 Turbidity. 14 Color. 15 Standard Solutions. 16 pH. 17Acidity. 18 Al ka lin i ty. 19 Hardness. 20 Re sid u al Chlorine and Chlorine Demand.21 Chloride. 22 Dissolved Oxygen. 23 Bio chem i cal Oxygen Demand. 24Chemical Oxygen Demand. 25 Nitrogen. 26 Solids. 27 Iron and Manganese. 28Fluoride. 29 Sulfate. 30 Phos pho rus and Phosphate. 31 Oil and Grease. 32 VolatileAcids. 33 Gas Analysis. 34 Trace Contaminants. Ap pen dix A: ThermodynamicProp er ties (25 degrees C). Ap pen dix B: Acronyms, Roman Symbols, and GreekSymbolsInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING AND THEENVIRONMENTby Edward S Rubin and Cliff Davidson, both of the Carnegie MellonUniversity2001 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-235467-6 / MHID: 0-07-235467-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-118185-3 / MHID: 0-07-118185-7 [IE]CONTENTSI: Motivation and Framework. 1 Engineering and the Environment. 2 Overviewof Environmental Issues. II: Case Studies in Design for the Environment. 3Automobiles and the Environment. 4 Batteries and the Environment . 5 PowerPlants and the Environment. 6 Refrigeration and the Environment. 7 EnvironmentalLife Cycle Assessments. III: Case Studies in Environmental Modeling. 8 ControllingUrban Smog. 9 CFCs and the Ozone Layer. 10 Global Warming and ClimateChange. 11 Toxic Metals in the Environment. 12 PCBs in the Aquatic Environment.IV: Topics in Engineering and Environmental Policy. 13 Economic Analysis. 14Environmental Risk and Decision Analysis. AppendicesInternational EditionGeneral EngineeringINTRODUCTION TO EN VI RON MEN TALENGINEERINGThird Editionby Mackenzie L. Davis, Michigan State University; and David A.Corwell, En vi ron men tal Engineering and Technology, Inc.1998 / 750 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-238777-3 / MHID: 0-07-238777-7(with Unit Conversion Booklet)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-115234-1 / MHID: 0-07-115234-2 [IE]CONTENTS1 Introduction/2 Hy drol o gy/3 Water Treat ment/4 Water Quality Management/5Wastewater Treat ment/6 Air Pollution/7 Noise Pollution/8 Solid WasteMan age ment/9 Hazardous Waste/10 Ionizing Radiation/Ap pen dix es/A Propertiesof Air, Water, and Se lect ed Chemicals/B Noise Computation Tables andNomographs/C EPA Hazardous Waste Code DescriptionsInternational EditionENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTSecond Editionby Larry Canter, University of Oklahoma1996 / 480 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-009767-4 / MHID: 0-07-009767-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-114103-1 / MHID: 0-07-114103-0 [IE]CONTENTS1 National Environmental Policy Act and Its Implementation/2 Planning andManagement of Impact Studies/3 Simple Methods for Impact IdentificationMatrices, Networks and Checklists/4 Description of Environmental Setting/5Environmental Indices and Indicators for De scrib ing the Affected Environment/6Prediction and Assessment of Impacts on the Air Environment/7 Prediction andAssessment of Impacts on the Surface Water Environment/8 Prediction andAssessment of Impacts on the Soil and Ground Water Environment/9 Predictionand Assessment of Impacts on the Noise Environment/10 Prediction andAssessment of Impacts on the Biological Environment/11 Habitat Methods forBiological Impact Prediction and Assessment/12 Prediction and Assessment ofImpacts on the Cultural (Historical/Archaeological) Environment/13 Predictionand Assessment of Visual Impacts/14 Prediction and Assessment of Impactson the Socioeconomic Environment/15 Decision Methods for Evaluation ofAl ter na tives/16 Public Participation in Environmental Decision Making/17Environmental Monitoring/Appendixes167161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16711/15/06 5:34:00 PM

General EngineeringEngineering EthicsTechnical WritingInternational EditionETHICS IN ENGINEERINGFourth Editionby Mike Martin, Chapman College; and Roland Schinzinger,University of California, Irvine2005 / 350 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-283115-3 / MHID: 0-07-283115-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111293-2 / MHID: 0-07-111293-6 [IE]The B.E.S.T. website includes links to ad di tion al discussion topics,in for ma tion on recent cases, links, and more. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/en gi neer ing/general/best)Now in its fourth edition, Martin and Schinzinger’s Ethicsin Engineering provides an introduction to the key issuesin engineering ethics, taking account of both specificorganizational contexts and broader technological trends.Current and thorough, it pro motes critical thinking anddiscussion about moral and ethical issues that engineers face.The up-to-date content provides real world examples andcases and, by offering a framework for understanding ethicaldilemmas within en gi neer ing, prepares readers for issues theywill confront in their careers.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Chapters 1-3, and 6-10 have either been ex ten sive ly updatedor are entirely new. Fuller discussion is provided on moralreasoning, codes of ethics, personal commitments in en gi neer ing,environmental ethics, honesty and research ethics, as well as thephilosophy of technology.• The book provides the important connections between thechoices made by individuals and corporations with broader socialconcerns. This helps the reader get a better sense of the “big picture.”• Each chapter ends with a list of “Key Concepts” to helpreinforce the preceding material. The appendix contains additionalpedagogical resources, as well as sample codes of ethics, to giveadditional real-world perspective to the reader. In addition, ampleStudy Questions are provided at the end of each section.• Updated case studies are provided throughout the book to furthersupport the concepts presented.FEATURES• Most competing texts consist of readings only. This text containsmore textbook material, making the text relevant to both students andprofessionals.CONTENTS1 Professionalism and Ethics. 2 Moral Reasoning. 3 Theories of Right Conduct.4 Character. 5 Engineering as Social Ex per i men ta tion. 6 Commitment to Safety.7 Workplace Re spon si bil i ties and Rights. 8 Honesty. 9 Environmental Ethics. 10Global Economy. 11 Engineers and Tech no log i cal Change. Appendix A GeneralResources on Engineering Ethics. Appendix B Codes of Ethics: NSPE, ABET, IEEE,AICHE, ASCE, ASMENEWPOCKET BOOK OF TECHNICAL WRITING FORENGINEERS & SCIENTISTSThird Editionby Leo Finkelstein, Wright State University-Dayton2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 336 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319159-1 / MHID: 0-07-319159-0Browse http://www.mhhe.com/bestThe focus of this text is to teach engineering students the skillof technical writing. The book is unique in that it gets to thepoint, uses practical outlines throughout, and shows studentshow to produce the most common technical documents stepby-step,in a manner that is fun and interesting to students.With ABET increasing the emphasis on technical writing,this affordable, straightforward, easy-to-understand text withflexible coverage, would be a perfect fit for your technicalwriting course. Each chapter has an end of chapter critique,which allows students to implement what they have learned inthe chapter. This is new!NEW TO THIS EDITION• New chapter on Business Communications.• Updated information in the Electronic Publishing chapter.• Updated grammar chapter with new exercises; a new section onpunctuation errors, including a useful table on punctuation.• Exercises that encourage students to apply what they've learned ina chapter, along with the chapter's checklist, to critique an exampledocument.• Added discussion of equations and formulas, including examples,and added discussion of Gantt charts, including illustrations, in theVisuals chapter.• Updated examples of technical documents, touching on a broadrange of engineering disciples and interest.• Updated Visuals chapter along with new exercises.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Ethical Considerations. 3 Technical Definition. 4 Descriptionsof a Mechanism. 5 Descriptions of a Process. 6 Proposals. 7 Progress Reports. 8Feasibility and Recommendation Reports. 9 Laboratory and Project Reports. 10Instructions and Manuals. 11 Research Reports. 12 Abstracts and Summaries. 13Grammar, Style, and Punctuation. 14 Documentation. 15 Visuals. 16 ElectronicPublishing. 17 Presentations and Briefings. 18 Business Communications. 19Resumes, Cover Letters, and Interviews. 20 Team Writing. Index168161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16811/15/06 5:34:01 PM

International EditionNumerical MethodsNEWAPPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS WITH MATLABFOR ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTSSecond Editionby Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University2008 (November 2006) / Hardcover / 544 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-313290-7 / MHID: 0-07-313290-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-125921-7 / MHID: 0-07-125921-X [IE]The web site features student and instructor resources such as an imagebank, lecture slides, helpful web links, study objectives, and more!(Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapra)Steven Chapra’s second edition, Applied Numerical Methodswith MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists, is written forengineers and scientists who want to learn numerical problemsolving. This text focuses on problem-solving (applications)rather than theory, using MATLAB, and is intended forNumerical Methods users; hence theory is included only toinform key concepts. The second edition feature new materialsuch as Numerical Differentiation and ODE's: Boundary-ValueProblems.For those who require a more theoretical approach, seeChapra's best-selling Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5/e(2006), also by McGraw-Hill.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Based on response from users and reviewers, 4 New Chaptershave been added to the second edition to provide a more accessiblepresentation, while maintaining its student-friendly flavor.~Optimization~Numerical Differentiation~ODES: Boundary-Value Problems~Fast Fourier Transform. This appendix chapter is presented in anintroductory fashion to illustrate the power of MATLAB and to letstudents go away recognizing that although they have just scratchedthe surface, they might want to pursue the topic in greater depth infuture courses.• 50% new or revised chapter and homework problemsFEATURES• Explanations are straight-forward and practically oriented. Themath level is considered, just to be at the right level--not too easy orrigorous, just right.• Extensive use of engineering examples, case studies, andapplications are given throughout the text.• Each chapter is well integrated with MATLAB M-files. In addition,relevant MATLAB functions are introduced in each chapter.• MATLAB is used as the primary computing environment. Allalgorithms are presented as m-files.• A text Web site is available at http://www.mhhe.com/chapraCONTENTSPart One Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis. 1. Mathematical ModelingNumerical Methods and Problem Solving. 2. MATLAB Fundamentals. 3.Programming with MATLAB. 4. Roundoff and Trunication Errors. Part Two Rootsand Optimization. 5. Roots: Bracketing Methods. 6. Roots: Open Methods. 7.Optimization. Part Three Linear Systems. 8. Linear Algebraic Equations andMatrices. 9. Gauss Elimination. 10. LU Factorization. 11. Matrix Inverse andCondition. 12. Iterative Methods. Part Four Curve Fitting. 13. Linear Regression.14. General Linear Least-Squares and Non-Linear Regression. 15. PolynomialInterpolation. 16. Splines and Piecewise Interpolation. Part Five Integration andDifferentiation. 17. Numerical Integration Formulas. 18. Numerical Integration ofFunctions. 19. Numerical Differentiation. Part Six Ordinary Differential Equations.20. Initial-Value Problems. 21. Adaptive Methods and Stiff Systems. 22. Boundary-Value Problems Appendix A: Eigenvalues Appendix B: MATLAB Built-in FunctionsAppendix C: MATLAB M-File Functions Bibliography IndexInternational EditionGeneral EngineeringNUMERICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERSFifth Editionby Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University, Raymond Canale2006 / 960 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-310156-9 / MHID: 0-07-310156-7(with Engg Sub Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124429-9 / MHID: 0-07-124429-8 [IE]The Online Learning Center will contain gen er al textbook in for ma tion,helpful Web links, MATLAB resources, and more! (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapra)The fifth edition of Numerical Methods for Engineers withSoftware and Programming Applications continues itstradition of excellence. In struc tors love this text be cause it is acomprehensive text that is easy to teach from. Students love itbecause it is written for them—with great pedagogy and clearex pla na tions and examples throughout. The text features a broadarray of applications, including all engineering disciplines.The revision retains the suc cess ful pedagogy of the prioreditions. Chapra and Canale’s unique approach opens eachpart of the text with sections called Motivation, Math e mat i calBackground, and Ori en ta tion, preparing the student for whatis to come in a motivating and engaging manner. Each partcloses with an Epilogue con tain ing sections called Trade-Offs,Important Relationships and Formulas, and Advanced Methodsand Additional Ref er enc es. Much more than a summary, theEpilogue deepens un der stand ing of what has been learnedand provides a peek into more advanced methods. Users willfind use of software packages, specifically MATLAB and Excelwith VBA. This includes material on developing MATLAB m-files and VBA macros. Also, many, many more challengingprob lems are included. The ex pand ed breadth of engineeringdisciplines covered is especially evident in the problems,which now cover such areas as bio tech nol o gy and biomedicalengineering.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Approximately 150 new, challenging problems drawn from allengineering dis ci plines.• The higher level ma te ri al has been stream lined and some hasbeen eliminated com plete ly.• Completely new sec tions on a number of topics includingmul ti ple integrals and the modified false position method.Features• Challenging problems drawn from all en gi neer ing disciplines areincluded in the text.• Chapra is know for his clear explanations and elegantly renderedexamples.• The text includes a helpful appendix chap ter, Getting Started withMATLAB.CONTENTSPart 1 Modeling, Computers, and Error Analysis: 1 Math e mat i cal Modeling andEn gi neer ing Problem Solving. 2 Programming and Software. 3 Approximationsand Round-Off Errors. 4 Truncation Errors and the Taylor Series. Part 2 Roots ofEquations: 5 Bracketing Methods. 6 Open Methods. 8 Engineering Applications:Roots of Equations. Part 3 Linear Algebraic Equations: 9 Gauss Elimination. 10LU Decomposition and Matrix Inversion. 11 Special Matrices and Gauss-Seidel.12 En gi neer ing Applications: Linear Al ge bra ic Equations. Part 4 Op ti mi za tion:13 One-Dimensional Un con strained Optimization. 14 MultidimensionalUn con strained Optimization. 15 Constrained Optimization. 16 EngineeringApplications: Optimization. Part 5 Curve Fitting: 17 Least-Squares Regression.18 Interpolation. 19 Fourier Approximation. 20 Engineering Applications: CurveFitting. Part 6 Nu mer i cal Dif fer en ti a tion and In te gra tion: 21 Newton-CotesIntegration Formulas. 22 In te gra tion of Equations. 23 Nu mer i cal Differentiation.24 Engineering Applications: Numerical Integration and Differentiation. Part7 Or di nary Differential Equations: 25 Runge-Kutta Methods. 26 Stiffness andMultistep Meth ods. 27 Boundary-Value and Eigen val ue Problems. 28 En gi neer ingApplications: Ordinary Differential Equa tions. Part 8 Partial Dif fer en tialEquations: 29 Finite Difference: Elliptic Equations. 30 Finite Difference: ParabolicEquations. 31 Finite-Element Method. 32 Engineering Ap pli ca tions: PartialDifferential Equations. Appendix A The Fourier Series. Appendix B Getting Startedwith Matlab. Bibliography. Index169161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 16911/15/06 5:34:02 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionSCIENTIFIC COMPUTINGSecond Editionby Michael T Heath, University of Illinois, Computer Science2002 / 576 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-239910-3 / MHID: 0-07-239910-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124489-3 / MHID: 0-07-124489-1 [IE]http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/compsci/heathCONTENTS1 Scientific Computing. 2 Systems of Linear Equations. 3 Linear Least Squares. 4Eigenvalues Problems. 5 Nonlinear Equations. 6 Optimization. 7 Interpolation.8 Numerical Integration and Differentiation. 9 Initial Value Problems for ODEs.10 Boundary Value Problems for ODEs. 11 Partial Differential Equations. 12 FastFourier Transform. 13 Random Numbers and Simulationvariables, and principles of variable selection in multivariate models.• Extensive coverage of the impact of outliers on various statisticalprocedures.• P-value approach to hypothesis is em pha sized. While fixed-leveltesting and power calculations are also covered, the text in cludesextensive cov er age of the P-value approach.• Computer Software results emphasized over matrices. The chapteron multiple regression emphasizes the use of computer software andinterpretation of results, rather than com pu ta tion al formulas in volv ingmatrices.• Multiple testing is discussed extensively.CONTENTS1 Sampling and Descriptive Statistics. 2 Probability. 3 Propagation of Error. 4Com mon ly Used Distributions. 5 Confidence Intervals. 6 Hy poth e sis Testing.7 Correlation and Simple Linear Regression. 8 Multiple Regression. 9 Fac to ri alExperiments. 10 Statistical Quality Control. Appendix A Tables. Appendix B PartialDerivatives. Appendix C Bib li og ra phyEngineering Math/StatisticsInternational EditionSTATISTICS FOR EN GI NEERS AND SCIENTISTSby William C Navidi, Col o rado School of Mines2006 / 672 pages / Hard cov erISBN-13: 978-0-07-255160-0 / MHID: 0-07-255160-7ISBN-13: 978-0-07-121492-6 / MHID: 0-07-121492-5 [IE]ISBN-13: 978-0-07-310767-7 / MHID: 0-07-310767-0(with CD-Rom)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-111723-4 / MHID: 0-07-111723-7[IE with CD-Rom]http://www.mhhe.com/navidiStatistics for Engineers and Scientists stands out for its crystalclear presentation of applied statistics. Suitable for a one ortwo semester course, the book takes a practical approach tomethods of statistical mod el ing and data analysis that are mostoften used in scientific work. The presentation is orientedtoward engineering and the natural sciences, but since thebasic methods and ideas of statistics are applicable to allsubjects, this book will benefit students in business and thesocial sciences as well.FEATURES• Readable style explains difficult concepts clearly. While includingthe mathematics nec es sary for clear un der stand ing, the text makesextensive use of ex am ples to motivate fundamental concepts and todevelop intuition.• Contemporary, real-world data sets.• Extensive coverage of simulation methods. At a level appropriatefor introductory students, the text presents a solid introduction tosim u la tion methods, including the bootstrap and applications toes ti mat ing Probabilities, es ti mat ing bias, computing confidenceintervals, and testing hypotheses.• Extensive coverage of propagation of error. This topic, importantto engineers and scientists, is not covered in many other books in thiscategory.• Computer output in te grat ed in examples and problems. Inline with modern trends, the text includes numerous examples ofcomputer output and contains exercises suitable for solving withcomputer software. The student edition of MINITAB, the widely usedsta tis tics software package, is available bundled with the book.• Flexible presentation of probability. The text allows instructorswide latitude in choosing the depth and extent of their coverage ofthis topic.• Extensive coverage of linear model diagnostic procedures. Thiscov er age includes ex am i na tion of residual plots, transformations ofInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY ANDSTATISTICSPrinciples and Applications for Engineering and TheComputing Sciences, Fourth Editionby J. Susan Milton, Radford University and Jesse C. Arnold, VirginiaPolytechnic Institute2003 / 816 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246836-6 / MHID: 0-07-246836-XISBN-13: 978-0-07-124248-6 / MHID: 0-07-124248-1[IE, 2 Color Text]http://www.mhhe.com/miltonarnoldCONTENTS1 Introduction to Probability and Counting: Interpreting Probabilities. SampleSpaces and Events. Permutations and Combinations. 2 Some Prob a bil i tyLaws: Axioms of Probability. Conditional Prob a bil i ty. Independence andthe Multiplication Rule. Bayes’ Theorem. 3 Discrete Dis tri bu tions: RandomVariables. Discrete Probablility Densities. Expectation and Dis tri bu tionParameters. Geometric Dis tri bu tion and the Moment Gen er at ing Function.Binomial Distribution. Negative Bi no mi al Distribution. Hy per geo met ricDistribution. Poisson Distribution. 4 Continuous Distributions: Con-tinuousDensities. Expectation and Dis tri bu tion Parameters. Gamma Distribution. NormalDistri-bution. Normal Prob a bil i ty Rule and Chebyshev’s Inequality. NormalAp prox i ma tion to the Binomial Dis tri bu tion. Weibull Distribution and Reliability.Transformation of Variables. Simulating a Con tin u ous Distribution. 5 JointDistributions: Joint Den si ties and Independence. Expectation and Covariance.Correlation. Conditional Densities and Regression. Transformation of Variables.6 Descriptive Statistics: Random Sampling. Picturing the Distribution. SampleStatistics. Boxplots. 7 Estimation: Point Estimation. The Method of Momentsand Maximum Likelihood. Func tions of Random Vari ables—Distribution of X.Interval Estimation and the Central Limit Theorem. 8 Inferences on the Meanand Variance of a Distribution: Interval Es ti ma tion of Variability. Es ti mat ing theMean and the Student-t Distribution. Hypothesis Test ing. Significance Testing.Hypothesis and Sig nif i cance Tests on the Mean. Hypothesis Tests. AlternativeNon para met ric Methods. 9 Inferences on Proportions: Estimating Proportions.Testing Hy poth e sis on a Proportion. Com par ing Two Pro por tions: Es ti ma tion.Coparing Two Pro por tions: Hypothesis Testing. 10 Comparing Two Means andTwo Variances: Point Es ti ma tion. Comparing Variances: The F Distribution.Comparing Means: Vari anc es Equal (Pooled Test). Comparing Means: Vari anc esUnequal. Compairing Means: Paried Data. Alternative Non para met ric Methods.A Note on Tech nol o gy. 11 Sample Linear Regression and Correlation: Modeland Parameter Es ti ma tion. Properties of Least-Squares Estimators. ConfidenceInterval Estimation and Hy poth e sis Testing. Repeated Measurements and Lackof Fit. Residual Analysis. Correlation. 12 Multiple Linear Re gres sion Models:Least-Squares Procedures for Model Fitting. A Matrix Approach to Least Squares.Properties of the Least-Squares Estimators. Interval Estimation. Testing Hypothesesabout Model Parameters. Use of In di ca tor or “Dum my” Variables. Criteriafor Variable Selection. Model Transformation and Concluding Remarks. 13Analysis of Variance: One-Way Clas si fi ca tion Fixed-Effects Model. Comparing170161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17011/15/06 5:34:03 PM

General EngineeringVariances. Pairwise Comparison. Testing Contrasts. Randomized Complete BlockDesign. Latin Squares. Ran dom-Effects Models. Design Models in Matrix Form.Al ter na tive Nonparametric Methods. 14 Factorial Experiments: Two-FactorAnalysis of Vari ance. Extension to Three Factors. Random and Mixed ModelFactorial Experiments. 2^k Factorial Experiments. 2^k Factorial Experiments inan Incomplete Block Design. Fractional Factorial Ex per i ments. 15 CategoricalData: Multinomial Distribution. Chi-Squared Goodness of Fit Tests. Testingfor Independence. Comparing Proportions. 16 Statistical Quality Control:Properties of Control Charts. Shewart Control Charts for Measurements. ShewartCon trol Charts for Attributes. Tolerance Limits. Acceptance Sampling. Two-StageAc cep tance Sampling. Extensions in Quality Control. Appendix A Statistical Tables.Appendix B Answers to Se lect ed Problems. Appendix C Selected DerivationsInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO PROB A BIL I TY ANDSTATISTICS FOR SCI EN TISTS AND ENGINEERSby Walter A. Rosenkrantz, University of Mas sa chu setts at Amherst1997 / 576 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116897-7 / MHID: 0-07-116897-4 [IE]CONTENTS1 Data Analysis/2 Prob a bil i ty Theory/3 Discrete Random Variables and theirDistribution Func tions/4 Continuous Ran dom Variables and their DistributionFunctions/5 Mul ti vari ate Probability Distributions/6 Sampling DistributionTheory/7 Point and Interval Es ti ma tion/8 Inferences about Population Means/9In fer enc es about Population Proportions/10 Linear Regression and Cor re la tion/11Multiple Linear Regression/12 Single Fac tor Experiments Analysis of Vari ance/13Design and Analysis of Multifactor Experiments/14 Statistical Quality Control/Appendix A Tables/Answers to Odd-Numbered ProblemsFinite Element MethodsAN INTRODUCTION TO THE FINITE ELEMENTMETHODby Wahyu Kuntjoro2006 / Softcover / 256 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-124144-1 / MHID: 0-07-124144-2(An Asian Publication)An Introduction to the Finite Element Method is organized andwritten in such a way that students should not find it difficultto understand the concepts and applications discussed in thebook. Rigorous mathematical treatments and derivations arekept to a minimum. A consistent approach of finite elementformulation and solution is used for every domain analysisdescribed in the book. Plenty of simple examples are given toshow students how to solve related problems. The exercises atthe end of some chapters are within students’ capability andcan be done without using a computer. Although this book isintended primarily for undergraduate students, it is also suitablefor the early part of finite element courses in postgraduateprogramme. The basic and conceptual approaches which areused also make this book appropriate for practising engineerswho want to know and learn the finite element method.CONTENTSPreface. 1-- Introduction. 2--Linear Spring Elements and the Direct EquilibriumMethod. 3--Bar Element. 4--Truss Elements. 5--Beam and Frame Elements. 6--The Minimum Potential Energy Method. 7--Constant Strain Triangular Elements.8--Higher-Order Elements and Isoparametric Formulation. 9-- Solid Elements- Tetrahedral. 10--Analysis of Structural Dynamics. 11--Analysis of Heat Transfer.12--Finite Element Applications and Computer Programming. Appendix A.Appendix B. IndexInternational EditionAN INTRODUCTION TO THE FINITE ELEMENTMETHODThird Editionby JN Reddy, Texas A&M University2006 / 912 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-246685-0 / MHID: 0-07-246685-5ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124473-2 / MHID: 0-07-124473-5 [IE]The Instructor and Student Resource Web site contains generaltextbook information, solutions to end-of-chapter problems, executablesand supplementary chapters on the FEM1D and FEM2D computerprograms. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/reddy3e)J.N. Reddy’s, An Introduction to the Finite Element Method,third edition is an update of one of the most popular FEMtextbooks available. The book retains its strong conceptualapproach, clearly examining the mathematical underpinningsof FEM, and providing a general approach of engineeringapplication areas. Known for its detailed, carefully selectedexample problems and extensive selection of homeworkproblems, the author has comprehensively covered a widerange of engineering areas making the book approriate forall engineering majors, and underscores the wide range ofuse FEM has in the professional world. A supplementary textWeb site located at http://www.mhhe.com/reddy3e containspassword-protected solutions to end-of-chapter problems,general textbook information, supplementary chapters on theFEM1D and FEM2D computer programs, and more!NEW TO THIS EDITION• Approximately 30% of the problems have been revised or arenew to this edition.• The previous Chapter 3, Second-Order Boundary ValueProblems, has been split into two chapters for the third edition.Chapter 3 is now Second-Order Differential Equations in One-Dimension: Finite Element Models, and Chapter 4 is now Second-Order Differential Equations in One-Dimension: Applications.• A text Web site located at http://www.mhhe.com/reddy3e hostssolutions to end-of-chapter problems, executables, supplementarychapter on FEM1D and FEM2D computer programs and generaltextbook information.FEATURES• Worked examples are said to be one of the best features of thistext. The examples are detailed, carefully selected and a number ofexamples that show FEM applications are included in this text.• Strong coverage of FEM’s mathematical foundations.Comprehensive coverage of material from general field problemsas well heat transfer, fluid mechanics, and solid and structuralmechanics (bars, beams, frames, plane elasticity and plate bending).• The author’s writing style is clear and his explanation plenty.• The text includes a variety of problems including some for handcalculation, some to be solved using the computer, and others ofthe class project variety, which can be done with commercial FEMpackages if the professor so chooses. The problems are a majorfeature of this text.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 2 Mathematical Preliminaries, Integral Formulations, andVariational Methods. 3 Second-order Differential Equations in One Dimension:Finite Element Models. 4 Second-order Differential Equations in One Dimension:Applications. 5 Beams and Frames. 6 Eigenvalue and Time-Dependent Problems.7 Computer Implementation. 8 Single-Variable Problems in Two Dimensions. 9Interpolation Functions, Numerical Integration, and Modeling Considerations.10 Flows of Viscous Incompressible Fluids. 11 Plane Elasticity. 12 Bending ofElastic Plates. 13 Computer Implementation of Two-Dimensional Problems. 14Prelude to Advanced Topics171161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17111/15/06 5:34:03 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionFUNDAMENTALS OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSISby David Hutton, Washington State University, Pullman2004 / 512 pages / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-292236-3 / MHID: 0-07-292236-2 (with Bind-InSubCard)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124160-1 / MHID: 0-07-124160-4 [IE]This new text, intended for the senior undergraduate finiteelement course in civil or mechanical engineering de part ments,gives students a solid basis in the mechanical prin ci ples of thefinite element method and provides a the o ret i cal foundation forapplying available software analysis packages and evaluating theresults obtained. Dr. Hutton discusses basic theory of the finiteelement method while avoiding vari a tion al calculus, insteadfocusing upon the engineering me chan ics and mathematicalback ground that may be expected of a senior undergraduateen gi neer ing student. The text relies upon basic equilibriumprin ci ples, introduction of the principle of minimum potentialenergy, and the Galerkin finite element method, which readilyallows application of the FEM to nonstructural problems.CONTENTS1 Basic Concepts of the Finite Element Method. 2 Stiffness Matrices, Spring andBar Elements. 3 Truss Structures: The Direct Stiffness Method. 4 Flexure Elements.5 Method of Weighted Residuals. 6 In ter po la tion Functions for General ElementFormulation. 7 Applications in Heat Transfer. 8 Applications in Fluid Mechanics.9 Applications in Solid Mechanics. 10 Structural Dynamics. Appendix A MatrixMathematics. Appendix B Equations of Elasticity. Appendix C Solution Techniquesfor Linear Algebraic Equations. Appendix D The Finite Element Personal ComputerProgram. Appendix E Problems for Computer SolutionInternational EditionB.E.S.TNEWFORTRAN 95/2003 FOR SCIENTISTS & ENGINEERSThird Editionby Stephen J. Chapman, BAE SYSTEMS Australia2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 864 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319157-7 / MHID: 0-07-319157-4ISBN-13: 978-0-07-128578-0 / MHID: 0-07-128578-4Browse http://www.mhhe.com/chapman3eChapman's Fortran for Scientists and Engineers is intended forboth first year engineering students and practicing engineers.It simultaneously teaches the Fortran 95/2003 programminglanguage, structured programming techniques, and goodprogramming practice. Among its strengths are its concise, clearexplanations of Fortran syntax and programming procedures,the inclusion of a wealth of examples and exercises to helpstudents grasp difficult concepts, and its explanations abouthow to understand code written for older versions of Fortran.We are the most current Fortran book in the market.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Text has been revised to include the latest updates in response tothe release of FORTRAN 2003.• A new chapter, Object-Oriented Programming in Fortran has beenadded.FEATURES• Clear explanations of FORTRAN syntax and programmingprocedures• Discusses changes that have been implemented since FORTRAN77• Top-Down design methodology and procedures• Good programming practice summaries and FORTRAN statementsummaries at the end of each chapterCONTENTS1 Introduction to Computers and the Fortran Language. 2 Basic Elements of Fortran.3 Program Design and Branching Structures . 4 Loops and Character Manipulation.5 Basic I/O Concepts. 6 Introduction to Arrays . 7 Introduction to Procedures. 8Additional Features of Arrays. 9 Additional Features of Procedures. 10 More aboutCharacter Variables. 11 Additional Intrinsic Data Types. 12 Derived Data Types13 Advanced Features of Procedures and Modules. 14 Advanced I/O Concepts.15 Pointers and Dynamic Data Structures. 16 Object-Oriented Programming inFortran. 17 Redundant, Obsolescent, and Deleted Fortran Features. AppendixA ASCII and EBCDIC Coding Systems. Appendix B Fortran 95/2003 IntrinsicProcedures. Appendix C Order of Statements in a Fortran 95/2003 Program.Appendix D Glossary. Appendix E Answers to QuizzesNEWMATHCAD: A TOOL FOR ENGINEERS ANDSCIENTISTS (B.E.S.T. SERIES)Second Editionby Philip J. Pritchard, Manhattan College2008 (January 2007) / Softcover / 352 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-319185-0 / MHID: 0-07-319185-XBrowse http://www.mhhe.com/bestMathcad: A Tool for Engineering Problem Solving explainshow to use Mathcad 13(Student and Standard), >This book iscurrent with the latest release of mathcad, with the focus on thefundamentals, is enriched with great motivating applications,solid homework problems, appealing to both engineers andscientists.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Examples updated to Mathcad 13, which is the most currentversion.• Examples and homework problems updated to account for abroader range of engineering disciplines, in addition to mechanicaland electrical, to include: civil, chemical, and environmentalengineering.• Pedagogy updated to be more student-friendly, including newbeginning sections at the start of each chapter that spell out specificfeatures to be covered, new end-of-chapter summaries, and theaddition of tables and boxes where appropriate that will reduce theamount of math theory in the text.• Examples and applications related to the sciences.FEATURES• Features of Mathcad are immediately followed by engineeringexamples.CONTENTS1 What Is Mathcad and Why Use It? 2 The Basics of Mathcad. 3 How to GraphFunctions. 4 Symbolic and Numeric Calculus. 5 How to Solve Equations. 6Vectors, Matrices, and More. 7 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations. 8Doing Statistics with Mathcad. 9 Importing and Exporting, the Web, and SomeAdvanced Concepts.172161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17211/15/06 5:34:04 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionNEWNEWSPREADSHEET TOOLS FOR ENGINEERS USINGEXCELThird Editionby Byron S Gottfried, University of Pittsburgh-Pittsburgh2007 / Softcover / 512 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-297184-2 / MHID: 0-07-297184-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-110663-4 / MHID: 0-07-110663-4 [IE]This best-selling Spreadsheet book provides excellent coverageof all versions of Excel including the latest version, Excel 2002.It discusses how to use Excel to solve a variety of problemsin introductory engineering analysis, such as graphing data,unit conversions, simple statistical analysis, sorting, searchingand analyzing data, curve fitting, interpolation, solvingalgebraic equations, logical decisions, evaluating integrals,comparing economic alternatives, and finding optimumsolutions. Numerous examples are included illustrating bothtraditional and spreadsheet solutions to a variety of problems.The underlying mathematical solution procedures are alsodiscussed, so that the reader is provided with an understandingof what the spreadsheet does and how it does it.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Material on select new features found in Excel 2003.FEATURES• Successfully combines an introduction to the fundamentalsof Excel with a clear presentation of Engineering problem solvingmethodology.• Abundant problems and examples.• Chapters 2-14 cover the most common analytical techniquesused by engineers.• Material on select new features found in Excel 2002 (included inOffice XP).• New material including coverage of line graphs and pie charts,a discussion of the problems associated with circular references(particularly in regard to the solution of algebraic equations),a discussion of convergence problems when solving algebraicequations and new material on pivot tables.• The author has rewritten the material on semi-log graphs, log-loggraphs, and curve fitting and has changed the order of the material inresponse to reviewer feedback.• Contains a wealth of technical analysis geared towardintroductory-level students and plenty of background information onwhat the technical terms mean or are based upon.TEAMWORK AND PROJECT MANAGEMENTThird Editionby Karl A Smith, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis2007 / Softcover / 160 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-310367-9 / MHID: 0-07-310367-5Smith has been convinced through personal experiencein the classroom that the potential for extraordinary workfrom teams makes it worth the effort. The goals for the textare: • understand the dynamics of team development andinterpersonal problem solving, • to identify strategies foraccelerating the development of true team effectiveness, •to understand the critical dimensions of project scope, time,and cost management • to understand critical technicalcompetencies in project management • to explore a varietyof “best practices” including anticipating, preventing, andovercoming barriers to project success.FEATURES• This unique text will enhance a student’s understanding of criticaltechnical competencies in project management, the dynamics ofteam development and interpersonal problem solving, and thecritical dimensions of project scope, time, and cost management.• Cases and vignettes from actual student group projects andproblems provide a context for text material and provoke criticalthinking.• This title is available as a customized title on the McGraw-HillPrimis Database. Build the perfect book for your course via Primis.INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHICSCOM MU NI CA TIONS FOR ENGINEERS(B.E.S.T Series), Third Editionby Gary R Bertoline, Purdue University, West Lafayette2006 / 256 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-304836-9 / MHID: 0-07-304836-4http://www.mhhe.com/engcs/general/bestIntroduction to Graphics Com mu ni ca tion for Engineers isa short introductory technical drawing text intended for usein technical drawing or drafting courses at two and four yearschools or other technology programs. Powerful computersand CAD software are of little use to engineers who do notfully understand the fun da men tals of graphics communicationprin ci ples and 3-D modeling strat e gies, or do not possessa level of visualization ability. Because of this, Bertolineconcentrates on the concepts and skills necessary to sketchand create 2-D drawings and 3-D CAD models in this text.New to the third edition are “Design in Industry Boxes” thatcover an aspect of design as practiced in industry. Quotes andinteresting stories from practicing engineers make the boxesmotivating and in for ma tive for students. Also new are practicesketching problems included throughout each chapter, whichallow students a chance to practice what they are learning.This book is part of the B.E.S.T. (Basic Engineering Seriesand Tools), which con sists of modularized textbooks offeringvirtually every topic and specialty likely to be of interest toengineers.NEW TO THIS EDITION• New “Design in In dus try” boxes have been added to the fourthedition. Each of these boxes cover some aspect of design as practicedin industry. Students will learn how design is done in the real worldfrom these interesting stories presented by practicing engineers andtech nol o gists.• New to this edition are practice problems located throughout eachchapter. This new feature gives students drawing practice as theylearn new concepts. Through immediate hands-on practice, studentscan more readily grasp chapter material.• New end-of-chapter sketching problems have been added,reinforcing what stu dents have learned in the chapter.173161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17311/15/06 5:34:05 PM

General EngineeringFEATURES• Pedagogically sound, this book provides a list of objectives at thebeginning of each chapter, step-by-step instructions on how to draw,and a wide as sort ment of problems that can be assigned to reinforcetopics cov ered.• Sketching worksheets are integrated into the end of each chapter.These worksheets are excellent for sketching assignments, used toaugment CAD work.• As part of the McGraw-Hill B.E.S.T. (Basic Engineering Series andTools), this book can be customized on-line and combined withother BEST titles to be sold to students either in an eletronic form ortra di tion al book form.CONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Graphics Communication. Chapter 2 Sketching andText. Chapter 3 Section and Aux il ia ry Views. Chapter 4 Di men sion ing andTolerancing Prac tic es. Chapter 5 Reading and Con struct ing Working Draw ings.Chapter 6 Design and 3-D ModelingPOCKET BOOK OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR FORENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTSby Leo Finkelstein, Wright State University-Dayton2006 / 144 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-352946-2 / MHID: 0-07-352946-XPocket Book of English Grammar for Engineers and Scientistsis geared specifically to the needs of engineering and sciencepractitioners and students, although it is also appropriatefor anyone doing technical or business writing. The bookis unique among grammar manuals not only because of itsstraightforward, simplified organizational structure, but alsobecause of its use of innovative tools and examples.FEATURES• Sensible Organization. An overall structure organized around theeight parts of speech–which is exactly how the English language isorganized.• Focus on Fundamentals. A comprehensive treatment of the mostimportant fundamentals of English grammar in a condensed, usableform–it has the quick answers that time-challenged people need.• Engineering and Science Related Examples. A rich collection ofexamples and illustrations that relate directly to engineering andscience topics.• Innovative Learning Tools. Clear models and explanations keyedto diagrams, tables, and flow charts, which provide a very effective,visual approach.• Accessible Format. Extensive indexing and cross-referencingthroughout the book to provide easy access to the informationrequired.• Standalone Glossary. A comprehensive glossary with its owndedicated examples and explanations apart from the rest of the book.The glossary is the perfect starting point for those who are seekingquick explanations for pressing grammar issues.• For expanded coverage of technical writing, take a look at LeoFinkelstein, Jr.’s other book, Pocket Book of Technical Writing forEngineers and Scientists, 2e, ISBN 0-07-297683-7.CONTENTS1 Introduction. 1.1 Importance of grammar. 1.2 Parts of speech. 1.3 Grammarand English as a second language. 1.4 Sentence structure. 2 Nouns. 2.1 Definitionand functions. 2.2 Number. 2.3 Type. 2.4 Case. 2.5 Gender. 2.6 Offensive nouns.2.7 Appositives. 2.8 Noun clauses. 3 Pronouns. 3.1 Definition and functions.3.2 Types of pronouns. 4 Adjectives. 4.1 Definition and functions. 4.2 Classes ofadjectives. 4.3 Articles and other determiners. 4.4 Adjectival clauses. 4.5 Levelsof comparison for adjectives. 5 Verbs. 5.1 Definition and function. 5.2 Tense.5.3 Person and number. 5.4 Irregular verbs. 5.5 Form and voice. 5.6 Mood. 6Adverbs. 6.1 Adverbials. 6.2 Levels of comparison for adverbs. 6.3 Compound andabsolute verbs. 6.4 Placement of adverbs. 6.5 Transitional phrases and adverbialconjuctions. 7 Prepositions. 7.1 Uses of prepositional phrases. 7.2 Prepositionsas a part of two-word verbs. 8 Conjunctions. 8.1 Coordinating conjunctions.8.2 Correlative conjunctions. 8.3 Subordinating conjunctions. 8.4 Adverbialconjunctions. 9 Interjections. 10 Punctuation. 10.1 Apostrophe. 10.2 Brackets.10.3 Colon. 10.4 Comma. 10.5 Dash. 10.6 Ellipsis. 10.7 Exclamation point. 10.8Hyphen. 10.9 Parentheses. 10.10 Period. 10.11 Question mark. 10.12 Quotationmarks. 10.13 Semicolon. 10.14 Slash. 11 Final Thoughts. 12 GlossaryInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO MATLAB 7 FOR EN GI NEERSby William Palm, Uni ver si ty of Rhode Island—Kingston2005 / 752 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-292242-4 / MHID: 0-07-292242-7(with Bind-In CardISBN-13: 978-0-07-123262-3 / MHID: 0-07-123262-1 [IE]This site contains power point slides, Appendix E: Some ProjectSuggestions, and complete solutions to all of the Test YourUnderstanding exercises and all the chapter problems. (Browse http://www.mhhe.com/palm)This is a simple, concise book designed to be useful forbe gin ners and to be kept as a ref er ence. MATLAB is presentlya globally available standard computational tool for en gi neersand scientists. The ter mi nol o gy, syntax, and the use of theprogramming language are well defined and the or ga ni za tionof the material makes it easy to locate information andnavigate through the textbook. The text covers all the majorcapabilities of MATLAB that are useful for beginning stu dents.An instructor’s manual and other web resources are available.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Expanded coverage of programming now includes structuredprogramming and logical variables.• Function handles, anonymous functions, subfunctions, and nestedfunctions are now treated.• Coverage of Simulink® has been expanded to a separate chapter inlight of its growing pop u lar i ty.• A new Appendix B contains an introduction to producinganimation and sound with MATLAB.FEATURES• The text is written for freshman engineering students and usesmathematics appropriate for this level.• Numerous examples and homework prob lems drawn from all thefields of engineering.• Students can use the text as a reference in later courses because itcontains many tables that summarize the MATLAB commands.CONTENTS1 An Overview of MATLAB. 2 Numeric, Cell, and Structure Arrays. 3 Functions andFiles. 4 Programming with MATLAB. 5 Advanced Plotting and Model Building. 6Linear Algebraic Equations. 7 Probability, Sta tis tics, and Interpolation. 8 Nu mer i calCalculus and Dif fer en tial Equations. 9 Simulink. 10 Symbolic Processing withMATLAB. Appendix A Guide to Com mands and Functions in this Text. AppendixB An i ma tion and Sound in MATLAB. Appendix C Formatted Output in MATLAB.Appendix D References. Appendix E Some Project Suggestions (Online). Answersto Selected ProblemsInternational EditionINTRODUCTION TO EN GI NEER ING DESIGN ANDPROBLEM SOLVING(B.E.S.T Series)by David M Burghardt, Hofstra University1999 / 240 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-116100-8 / MHID: 0-07-116100-7 [IE]CONTENTS1 Understanding the Human-Made World. 2 The Design Process. 3 DesignDocumentation. 4 Engineering Analysis and Design. 5 Discussions with Engineers.Appendix.174161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17411/15/06 5:34:06 PM

International EditionC PROGRAMMING FOR ENGINEERING ANDCOMPUTER SCIENCE(B.E.S.T Series)by H H Tan, Morrison Knudsen Corporation, and T.B. D’Orazio1999 / 600 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-913678-7 / MHID: 0-07-913678-8ISBN-13: 978-0-07-116788-8 / MHID: 0-07-116788-9[IE with 3.5” Disk]CONTENTS1 Computers and Com put ing Fun da men tals/2 Getting Started with C/3 The Basicsof C/4 Beginning De ci sion Making and Loop ing/5 Functions/6 Arrays and IndexVari ables/7 Character Ar rays and Strings/8 Pointers, Addresses, and SpecialVariable Types/9 Introduction to C++International EditionInternetINLINE/ONLINEFundamentals of the Internet and the World WideWebSecond Editionby Raymond Greenlaw, Armstrong Atlantic State University2002 / 720 pages / SoftcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-251715-6 / MHID: 0-07-251715-8(with Passcode Card)ISBN-13: 978-0-07-113113-1 / MHID: 0-07-113113-2 [IE]NEWGeneral EngineeringProject Management:EngineeringTEAMWORK AND PROJECT MANAGEMENTThird Editionby Karl A Smith, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis2007 / Softcover / 160 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-310367-9 / MHID: 0-07-310367-5Smith has been convinced through personal experiencein the classroom that the potential for extraordinary workfrom teams makes it worth the effort. The goals for the textare: • understand the dynamics of team development andinterpersonal problem solving, • to identify strategies foraccelerating the development of true team effectiveness, •to understand the critical dimensions of project scope, time,and cost management • to understand critical technicalcompetencies in project management • to explore a varietyof “best practices” including anticipating, preventing, andovercoming barriers to project success.FEATURES• This unique text will enhance a student’s understanding of criticaltechnical competencies in project management, the dynamics ofteam development and interpersonal problem solving, and thecritical dimensions of project scope, time, and cost management.• Cases and vignettes from actual student group projects andproblems provide a context for text material and provoke criticalthinking.• This title is available as a customized title on the McGraw-HillPrimis Database. Build the perfect book for your course via Primis.http://www.mhhe.com/greenlawCONTENTS1 Fundamentals of Electronic Mail. 2 Jump Start: Browsing and Publishing. 3 TheInternet. 4 The World Wide Web. 5 Search ing the World Wide Web. 6 Telnetand FTP. 7 Basic HTML. 8 Web Graphics. 9 Advanced HTML. 10 Newsgroupsand Mailing Lists, Chat Rooms, and MUDs. 11 Electronic Publishing. 12 WebProgramming Material. 13 Multimedia . 14 Privacy and Security Topics. AppendixA Internet Service Providers. Appendix B Text Editing. Appendix C Pine MailProgram. Appendix D Basic UNIX. Appendix E HTML Tags. Appendix F Acronyms.Appendix G My URLsINVITATION TO PUBLISHMcGraw-Hill is interestedin reviewing manuscriptfor publication. Pleasecontact your localMcGraw-Hill office or email toasiapub@mcgraw-hill.comVisit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: www.mcgraw-hill.com.sg175161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17511/15/06 5:34:07 PM

General EngineeringInternational EditionPROJECT MANAGEMENTThird Editionby Clifford F. Gray, and Erik W. Larson2006 / Hardcover with CD-ROMISBN-13: 978-0-07-312699-9 / MHID: 0-07-312699-3ISBN-13: 978-0-07-124446-6 / MHID: 0-07-124446-8[IE with Student CD and MS Project CD]http://www.mhhe.com/graylarson3eThis text approaches Project Management from a holistic,balanced perspective. The text is developed around aphilosophy of a project-driven organization committed tocontinuous improvement and organizational learning. Thetext is holistic--it directs attention to the needed linkagebetween projects and organizational strategy. Many projectmanagement textbooks emphasize the technical aspects of thesubject, while providing scant attention to the human elementin projects. This text succeeds in redressing the balance bytreating both the technical and the behavioral aspects ofthe subject in nearly equal parts. Such a balance is possiblebecause of the complementary backgrounds of the authors:Gray, a specialist in project management systems with anoperations background, provides strong technical coverage ofproject management. Larson, whose professional backgroundis in organizational behavior, brings a distinctive behavioralperspective to the subject.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Many new and updated “Snapshots from Practice” and “ResearchHighlights” boxes; many new charts and figures.• Thoroughly revised chapters on strategy (Chapter 2) andperformance measurement and evaluation (Chapter 13). These newchapters give students an understanding of how project managementneeds to be tied to the fundamental bottom line concerns of business,i.e., an organization’s overall mission and the strategies designed toaccomplish its goals, as well as the application of measurements forassessing the accomplishment of those goals.• Chapter 3 on structure and culture has been revised to incorporatesteps organizations are taking to work within current structures andbureaucracies. This acknowledges the importance of structure andculture and its challenges and shows how flexibility and introducingchange can have a positive effect on project work.CONTENTSPreface. 1. Modern Project Management. 2. Organization Strategies and ProjectSelection. 3. Organization: Structure and Culture. 4. Defining the Project. 5.Estimating Project Times and Costs. 6. Developing a Project Plan. 7. Managing Risk.8. Scheduling Resources. 9. Reducing Project Duration. 10. Leadership: Being anEffective Project Manager. 11. Managing Project Teams. 12. Partnering: ManagingInter-organizational Relations. 13. Progresses and Performance Measurement andEvaluation. 14. Project Audit and Closure. 15. International Projects. 16. TheProcess of Project Management and the Future. Acronyms. Appendix ComputerProject Exercises. Glossary. Project Management Equations. Index.NEWEntrepreneurshipTECHNOLOGY VENTURES: FROM IDEA TOENTERPRISESecond Editionby Richard C. Dorf, University Of California Davis, and Thomas H.Byers, Stanford University2008 (October 2006) / HardcoverISBN-13: 978-0-07-329442-1 / MHID: 0-07-329442-X(with Student DVD)Technology Ventures is the first textbook to thoroughlyexamine a global phenomenon known as "technologyentrepreneurship". Now in its second edition, this bookintegrates the most valuable entrepreneurship and technologymanagement theories from some of the world’s leading scholarsand educators with current examples of new technologies andan extensive suite of media resources.Dorf and Byers's comprehensive collection of action-orientedconcepts and applications provides both students andprofessionals with the tools necessary for success in startingand growing a technology enterprise. Technology Venturesdetails the critical differences between scientific ideas and truebusiness opportunities.NEW TO THIS EDITION• Concise case studies and boxed examples throughout the bookhave been updated and expanded to highlight the most currenttechnologies and include international ventures.• A new chapter focused on the business plan includes a businessplanning "roadmap" and is supplemented by numerous onlineresources.• A new student DVD is packaged with the text and features videoanecdotes from well-known technology entrepreneurs. "See DVD"icons are marked in the text to allow for easy referencing betweenprint and virtual resources.• An updated suite of web resources includes a book-specificwebsite featuring additional videos, case studies, and samplesyllabi as well as a password-protected instructor's site with lecturepowerpoints and a solutions manual• An updated design and art program give the text a more engaginglook and feel.FEATURES• A running case study (on AGRAQUEST, a bio-technology firm) isblended into all chapters of the text.• The book focuses specifically on technology-based ventures (bothstart-ups and initiatives within existing companies), and emphasizesthe role of the team in the entrepreneurial process.CONTENTSPART I 1 Capitalism and the Technology Entrepreneur. 2 Opportunity and theBusiness Summary. 3 Building a Competitive Advantage. 4 Creating a Strategy5 Innovation Strategies. PART II 6 Risk and Return. 7 Venture Creation and theBusiness Plan. 8 Independent Versus Corporate Ventures. 9 Knowledge, Learning,and Design. 10 Legal Formation and Intellectual Property. PART III 11 TheMarketing and Sales Plan. 12 The New Enterprise Organization. 13 Acquiring,Organizing, and Managing Resources. 14 The Management of Operations. 15Acquisitions, Mergers, and Global Business. PART IV 16 The Profit and HarvestPlan. 17 The Financial Plan. 18 Sources of Capital. 19 Presenting the Planand Negotiating the Deal. 20 Leading a New Technology Venture to Success.References. Appendix A Business Plans. Appendix B Cases. Information Sourceson the Internet. Glossary. Index176161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17611/15/06 5:34:07 PM

Professional ReferencesGeneral EngineeringHypotheses Concerning Several Proportions. 8.5 The Analysis of r x c Tables8.6 Goodness of Fit.PROJECT MANAGEMENTFifth Editionby David L. Cleland, University Of Pittsburgh-Pittsburgh, and LewisR. Ireland2007 (August 2006) / Hardcover / 688 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-147160-2 / MHID: 0-07-147160-XProfessional BookCONTENTSPreface. Acknowledgments. Introduction. Part 1: Introduction. Chapter 1: TheEvolution of Project Management. Chapter 2: Why Project Management? Chapter3: The Project Management Process. Part 2: The Strategic Context of Projects.Chapter 4: When to Use Project Management. Chapter 5: The Strategic Context ofProjects. Chapter 6: The Board of Directors and Major Projects. Chapter 7: ProjectStakeholder Management. Chapter 8: Strategic Issues in Project Management.Part 3: Organizational Design for Project Management. Chapter 9: Organizingfor Project Management. Chapter 10: Project Portfolio Management. Chapter11: Project Authority. Chapter 12: Project Management Maturity. Part 4: ProjectOperations. Chapter 13: Project Planning. Chapter 14: Project ManagementInformation System. Chapter 15: Project Monitoring. Evaluation, and Control.Chapter 16: The Project Earned Value Management System. Chapter 17: ProjectTermination. Part 5: Interpersonal Dynamics in the Management of Projects.Chapter 18: Project Leadership. Chapter 19: Project Communications. Chapter20: Successful Project Teams. Part 6: The Cultural Elements. Chapter 21:Continuous Improvement Through Projects. Chapter 22: Cultural Considerationsin Project Management. Part 7: New Prospects. Chapter 23: Alternative ProjectTeams. INDEXENGINEERING STATISTICS DEMYSTIFIEDby Larry J. Stephens, University of Nebraska, Omaha2007 (November 2006) / Softcover / 448 pgsISBN-13: 978-0-07-146272-3 / MHID: 0-07-146272-4Professional BookClueless? Feel Like a Dummy? Get Demystified!This versatile reference offers solid coverage of the basicsof traditional engineering statistics and also incorporatesexamples from the most popular statistical software programs,making it equally valuable to professionals.CONTENTS1. Treatment of data. 1.1 Pareto Diagrams, Dot Diagrams, Stem-and-Leaf Displays,Histograms. 1.2 Descriptive measures. 1.3 Quartiles and other Percentiles. 1.4The Calculation of . 2. Probability. 2.1 Sample Spaces and Events. 2.2 Counting2.3 Probability. 2.4 The Axioms of Probability. 2.5 Some Elementary Theorems.2.6 Conditional Probability. 2.7 Bayes’ Theorem. 2.8 Mathematical Expectationand Decision Making. 3. Probability Distributions. 3.1 Random Variables. 3.2The Binomial Distribution. 3.3 The Hypergeometric Distribution. 3.4 The Meanand Variance of a Probability Distribution. 3.5 Chebyshev’s Theorem. 3.6 TheGeometric Distribution. 3.7 The Multinomial Distribution. 3.8 Simulation.4. Probability Densities. 4.1 Continuous Random Variables. 4.2 The NormalDistribution. 4.3 The Normal Approximation to the Binomial Distribution. 4.4Other Probability Densities. 4.5 The Uniform Distribution. 4.6 The Log-NormalDistribution. 4.7 The Gamma Distribution. 4.8 The Beta Distribution. 4.9 TheWeibull Distribution. 4.10 Joint Distributions – Discrete and Continuous. 4.11Checking Data for Normality. 4.12 Transforming Observations to Near Normality.4.13 Simulation. 5. Sampling Distribution. 5.1 Populations and Samples. 5.2 Thesampling Distribution of the Mean (s Known). 5.3 The sampling Distribution ofthe Mean (s Unknown). 5.4 The sampling Distribution of the Proportion. 5.5The sampling Distribution of the Variance. 6. Inferences Concerning Means.6.1 Point Estimation. 6.2 Interval Estimation. 6.3 Tests of Hypotheses. 6.4 NullHypotheses and Tests of Hypotheses. 6.5 Hypotheses Concerning One Mean. 6.6The Relation Between Tests and Confidence Intervals. 6.7 Operating CharacteristicCurves. 6.8 Inferences Concerning Two Means. 6.9 Randomization and Pairing. 7.Inferences Concerning Variances. 7.1 The Estimation of Variances. 7.2 HypothesesConcerning One Variance. 7.3 Hypotheses Concerning Two Variances. 8.Inferences Concerning Proportions. 8.1 Estimation of Proportions. 8.2 HypothesesConcerning One Proportion. 8.3 Hypotheses Concerning Two Proportions. 8.4GLOBAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT HANDBOOKPlanning, Organizing and Controlling InternationalProjectsSecond Editionby David L. Cleland, University Of Pittsburgh-Pittsburgh, and RolandGareis, University of Vienna2006 / Hardcover / 575 pagesISBN-13: 978-0-07-146045-3 / MHID: 0-07-146045-4Professional BookLearn and apply successful international project managementtechniques. Contributors from 20+ nations reveal howcurrent project management concepts and techniques canbe successfully applied in different political, cultural, andgeographical settings. Learn how project management iscarried out in major countries such as Canada, China, Russia,Germany, France, England--and how these techniques can beapplied globally.• Case histories from around the world provide lessons on theinternational application of project management• 16 completely new chapters including ones on the rebuilding ofIraq, project management in outsourcing initiatives, and developingmultinational teamsCONTENTSPart 1: State of the Art Global Project Management. Chapter 1.The Evolution ofProject Management. Chapter 2. Project Management: A Business Process ofthe Project-Oriented Company. Chapter 3. The Future of Project Management:Mapping the Dynamics of Project Management Field in Action. Chapter 4. TotalLife-Cycle System Management. Chapter 5. Developing Multinational ProjectTeams. Chapter 6. Risk Identification and Assessment for International ConstructionProjects. Chapter 7. Program Management and Project Portfolio Management.Part 2: Competency Factors in Project Management. Chapter 8. Competencies ofProject Managers. Chapter 9. Managing Risks and Uncertainty in Major Projectsin the New Global Environment. Chapter 10. Managing Human Energy in theProject-Oriented Company. Chapter 11. Managing Project Management Personneland Their Competencies in the Project-Oriented Company. Chapter 12. LessonsLearned: Rebuilding Iraq in 2004. Chapter 13. Project Critical Success Factors:The Project-Implementation Profile. Part 3: Management of Global Programs andProjects. Chapter 14. Project Management for Outsourcing Decisions. Chapter 15.Project Quality Management in International Projects. Chapter 16. Success Factorsin Virtual Global Software Projects. Chapter 17. Managing Global Projects Over aCollaborative Knowledge Framework. Part 4: Management of the Project-OrientedCompany. Chapter 18. Management of the Project-Oriented Company; Chapter19. Project Portfolio Score Card. Chapter 20. Partnering in Projects. Chapter 21.Business Process Management in the Project-Oriented Company. Part 5: NationalProject Management. Chapter 22. Project Management in Austria: Analysis of theMaturity of Austria as a Project-Oriented Nation. Chapter 23. A Brief Insight ofProject Management in the Mainland of China. Chapter 24. Project Managementin Australia. Chapter 25. Project Management in Romania. Chapter 26. JapaneseProject Management Practices on Global Projects.177161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17711/15/06 5:34:08 PM

General Engineering178161-178_GENERAL ENGG.indd 17811/15/06 5:34:08 PM

Title IndexAA+ Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 6e, Meyers ..............76Advanced Computer Architecture, Hwang .......................42,154Advanced Microprocessors, 2e, Tabak ...............................60,160Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals: Architecture,Programming and Interfacing, Ray ..................................154Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic.Net, 3e,Bradley .........................................................................21,73Advantage Series: Microsoft Excel 2002, Introductory,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................68Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2007, Coulthard ...............64Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Coulthard ...............64Advantage Series: Office XP Vol I, Hutchinson-Clifford .........63Advantage Series: Office XP Vol II, Hutchinson-Clifford ........63Advantage Series: Access 2002, Complete,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................71Advantage Series: Access 2002, Introductory,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................70Advantage Series: Powerpoint 2002, Introductory,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................72Advantage Series: Word 2002, Complete,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................67Advantage Series: Word 2002, Introductory,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................67AMA Handbook of Project Management, The, 2e,Dinsmore ........................................................................104Analysis and Design of Digital Integrated Circuits, 3e,Hodges ............................................................................130Annual Editions: Computers in Society 06/07, 13e,DePalma .........................................................................107Antennas, 3e, Kraus ...............................................................141Anti-Hacker Tool Kit, 3e, Shema .............................................82Application Cases in Management Information Systems, 5e,Morgan .............................................................................98Applied C: An Introduction and More, Fischer ................18,166Applied Numerical Methods with Matlab for Engineers andScientists, 2e, Chapra .................................................50,169Artificial Intelligence, 2e, Rich .................................................49Assembly Language Programming and Organization of theIBM PC, Yu .......................................................................40ATM Networks, 2e, Kasera....................................................160BBasic Circuit Theory, Desoer..................................................125Basic Electricity: A Text-Lab Manual, 7e, Zbar ......................138Basic Electronics, 10e, Schultz ...............................................127Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e, Brophy ............................129Basic Information Systems Analysis and Design, Chester .......101Building an E-Business, Reding .............................................115Business Data Communications, Forouzan.......................44,104Business Driven Technology, 2e, Haag .....................................95CC Programming for Engineering and Computer Science(B.E.S.T. Series), Tan ...........................................18,166,175C++ Primer for Engineers, A: An Object-Oriented Approach,Kumaraswamy ...........................................................20,166C++ Primer for Non C Programmers, Zamir ...........................20C++ Program Design, 3e, Cohoon ...........................................19Cable Communications Technology, 3e, Bartlett ...................158Carrier Grade Voice Over IP, 2e, Collins ................................155Cases in E-Commerce, Rayport .............................................116Cases in Electronic Commerce, 2e, Huff ................................116CCA Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0 Study Guide(Exam 223), Huffman .......................................................78Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science, 5e,Sawyer .............................................................................167Chip Scale Package, Lau ........................................................160Cisco: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e, Velte ........................................78CISSP Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 3e, Harris ....78,79CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis and Design, 3e,Kang .........................................................................130,133Communication Electronics, 3e, Frenzel ................................147Communication Network, 2e, Leon-Garcia .....................45,146Communication Systems, 4e, Carlson ...................................146Comprehensive Cobol, Vol II: Advanced Cobol Programming,4e, Philippakis ..................................................................24Comprehensive Introduction to Object-Oriented Programmingwith Java, A, Wu ................................................................24Computer Architecture and Logic Design, Bartee ........38,41,152Computer Architecture and Organization, 3e, Hayes ........41,154Computer Graphics, 2e, Harrington .......................................49Computer Organization, 5e, Hamacher ...........................41,153Computer Science Tapestry, A, 2e, Astrachan ..........................20Computer Security Lab Manual, Nestler ..................................82Computer Telephony Demystified, Bayer ..............................156Computers, Communications, and Information Core withPowerweb and Interactive Companion 3.0, 7e,Hutchinson-Clifford.........................................................89Computing Essentials 2006 Complete, 17e, O’Leary ..............91Computing Essentials 2008 Complete, 19e, O’Leary ..............90Computing Essentials 2008 Introductory, 19e, O’Leary ..........88Concepts in Engineering, 2e, Holtzapple ..............................163Control Systems: Principles and Design, 2e, Gopal ................135Corporate Information Strategy and Management: Text andCases, 7e, Applegate ........................................................106Creating Business Advantage in the Information Age,Applegate ........................................................................106Cryptography and Network Security, Kahate ...........................47Crystal Reports XI: The Complete Reference, Peck ..................75Customer Relationship Management, Storbacka ...................119CWNA Certified Wireless Network AdministrationOfficial Study Guide, 3e, Planet3 Wireless ........................80CWSP Certified Wireless Security Professional OfficialStudy Guide (Exam PW0-200), 2e, Carpenter ..................81Cyberlaw and E-Commerce, Baumer .....................................115179Indexes.indd 17911/15/06 3:05:33 PM

Title IndexDData Communications Networking, 4e, Forouzan ...........44,146Data Communications and Network Security, Carr ...............103Data Communications and Networking, Godbole ...................45Data Communications and Networks, Miller ........................103Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in Java withCompiler CD, Sahni ....................................................33,35Data Structures, Algorithms and Object-OrientedProgramming, Heileman ...................................................33Data Structures and the Java Collections Framework, 2e,Collins...............................................................................32Data Structures and the Standard Template Library, Collins ....33Database Design, Application Development, andAdministration, 3e, Mannino ............................................99Database Management Systems, 3e, Post .................................99Database Management Systems, 3e, Ramakrishnan ................39Database System Concepts, 5e, Silberschatz ............................39Database Systems, Atzeni .........................................................40Databases: Design, Development and Deployment UsingMicrosoft Access, 2e, Rob ................................................100Decision Support and Data Warehouse Systems, Mallach ......104Design and Development of Interactive MultimediaSystems, Dastbaz ...............................................................58Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers, Ford .............162Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, Razavi ............129Design of Integrated Circuits for Optical Communications,Razavi .............................................................................135Design with Operational Amplifiers and AnalogIntegrated Circuits, 3e, Franco ........................................133Designing and Managing the Supply Chain, 3e, Simchi-Levi 118Digital Communication, Bhattacharya .................................147Digital Communications, 4e, Proakis ....................................147Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 2e, Gopal .........135Digital Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e,Tokheim ..........................................................................126Digital Integrated Electronics, Taub .......................................130Digital Principles and Design with CD-Rom, Givone .......38,152Digital Signal Processing, Antoniou .......................................157Digital Signal Processing, Salivahanan ...................................144Digital Signal Processing, Schuler ..........................................144Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-Based Approach, 3e,Mitra ...............................................................................143Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming andApplications, Venkataramani ..........................................143Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6e, Rosen .............35Discrete Mathematics by Example, Simpson............................36Distributed Databases: Principles and Systems, Ceri ................40Distributed Systems and Networks, Buchanan ........................44DVD Demystified, 3e, Taylor ................................................155EE-Commerce, Rayport ..........................................................116eBay The Smart Way, 4e, Sinclair ...........................................120E-Business and E-Commerce Infrastructure, Chaudhary .......113E-Commerce: Context, Concepts and Consequences,Bandyopadhyay ..............................................................113E-Commerce: The Cutting Edge of Business, 2e, Bajaj .....59,120E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications,Whiteley..........................................................................112E-Marketing Strategy, Chaston ..............................................114Electric Circuits, 2e, Bogart ...................................................141Electric Machinery, 6e, Fitzgerald ..........................................136Electric Machinery Fundamentals, 4e, Chapman ...................136Electric Machinery and Power Systems Fundamentals,Chapman ........................................................................137Electric Machines Analysis and Design Applying Matlab,Cathey .............................................................................137Electrical Safety Handbook, 3e, Cadick .................................158Electricity Demystified, Gibilisco ..........................................158Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-Lab Manual,4e, Zbar ...........................................................................139Electricity: Principles and Applications, 7e, Fowler ................137Electromagnetics, 5e, Kraus ...................................................140Electronic Commerce, 2e, Bhasker ........................................112Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management, andControl, 2e, Greenstein ...................................................115Electronic Communication, 6e, Shrader ................................147Electronic Communication Systems, 4e, Kennedy .................147Electronics Principles, 7e, Malvino ........................................128Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e, Schuler ..............126Elementary Numerical Analysis, 3e, Conte ..............................51Elements of Power System Analysis, 4e, Stevenson .................139Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming andDesign, Kamal ............................................................41,154Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7e, Hayt...................................124Engineering Electromagnetics, 7e, Hayt .................................140Engineering Fundamentals and Problem Solving, 5e, Eide .....163Engineering Statistics Demystified, Stephens .........................177Environmental Impact Assessment, 2e, Canter ......................167Ethical Decision Making and Information Technology, 2e,Grillo ...............................................................................107Ethics in Engineering, 4e, Martin ..........................................168Expert Oracle PL/SQL, Hardman ...........................................84Even More Excellent HTML with HTML ReferenceGuide, 2e, Gottleber .........................................................29FFortran 90/95 For Scientists and Engineers, 2e,Chapman ...................................................................23,166Fortran 95/2003 For Scientists & Engineers, 3e,Chapman ...................................................................23,172Foundations of Engineering, 2e, Holtzapple ..........................164Foundations of Information Systems, Zwass ............................98Fourier Transform and its Applications, The, 3e, Bracewell ....136Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design withCD-Rom, Brown ........................................................38,152Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design withCD-Rom, 2e, Brown ..................................................37,150Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 3e, Alexander ...................123Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, Hutton .................172Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices, Anderson..............132Fundamentals of Wireless Networking, Gilster ........................80Fundamentals Signals Systems, Roberts .................................142GGlobal Project Management Handbook, 2e, Cleland .............177Global Telecommunications Revolution, Housel ...................104180Indexes.indd 18011/15/06 3:05:34 PM

Title IndexHHacker’s Challenge 3, 3e, Pollino.............................................81Hacking Exposed, 5e, McClure ...............................................82Hacking Exposed Web Application, 2e, Scambray ...................82Hands-On SQL Server 2005 Integration Services, Nanda ........83High Voltage Engineering, 3e, Naidu .....................................140How to Do Everything with MAC OS X Tiger, 2e, McElhean 86How to Do Everything with Your eBay Business, 2e, Holden ..75HTML: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e, Willard .................................80Human Computer Interaction: Multi-Disciplinary Approach,van der Veer ......................................................................50II-DEAS Student Guide, 2e, Structural Dynamics ResearchCorporation ....................................................................162Industrial Robotics, Groover .............................................49,136Information and Knowledge Society, Al-Hawamdeh ........98,116Information Assurance for the Enterprise, Schou ................47,81Information Systems Development, 4e, Avison ......................101Information Systems Essentials, 2e Haag .................................95Information Systems Solutions: A Project Approach,Van Horn ..........................................................................97Information Technology and Management, 2e, Thompson ......98Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography,Bose .....................................................................59,148,149Inline/Online: Fundamentals of the Internet and the WorldWide Web, 2e, Greenlaw ............................................29,175I-Series: Computing Concepts, Complete, 2e, Haag ................91I-Series: Microsoft Access 2002, Complete, Haag ....................70I-Series: Microsoft Excel 2002, Complete, Haag ......................69I-Series: Microsoft Excel 2002, Introductory, Haag ..................68I-Series: Microsoft Office XP, Vol 1 Enhanced, Haag ...............63I-Series: Microsoft Office XP, Vol II, Haag ...............................65I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume 1, Haag .....................64I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume II, Haag ....................65I-Series: Microsoft Powerpoint 2002, Introductory, Haag ........71I-Series: Microsoft Word 2002, Introductory, Haag .................66Interactive Companion CD-Rom Version 3.0, McGraw-Hill ..91Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume I, Laudon ....63Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume II, Laudon ...66Interactive Computing Series: Powerpoint 2002,Introductory, Laudon ........................................................72Internet Business Models and Strategies: Text and Cases,2e, Afuah .........................................................................113Internet Business Models: Text and Cases, Eisenmann ...........113Internet Literacy, 4e, Hofstetter ..........................................58,75Internet Marketing: Building Advantage in a NetworkedEconomy, 2e, Mohammed ..............................................114Internet Marketing: Readings and Online Resources,Richardson ......................................................................114Introduction to Algorithms, Dasgupta.....................................34Introduction to Business Data Mining, Olson .......................109Introduction to Computer Graphics, Krishnamurthy .............48Introduction to Computer Science Using Java, 2e, Kamin .......27Introduction to Computing Systems: From Bits and Gates toProgramming & Beyond, 3e, Patt ......................................17Introduction to Database Systems, Bressan ..............................39Introduction to Digital Circuits, Bogart ................................133Introduction to E-Commerce, 2e, Rayport .....................112,115Introduction to Electrical Engineering, 2e, Paul .....................123Introduction to Engineering and the Environment, Rubin ....167Introduction to Engineering Design, Eide ..............................162Introduction to Engineering Design and Problem Solving,Burghardt .........................................................162,164,174Introduction to Environmental Engineering, 3e, Davis ..........167Introduction to Fiber Optics Systems, An, 2e, Powers ...........149Introduction to the Finite Element Method, Kuntjoro ..........171Introduction to the Finite Element Method, An, 3e, Reddy ...171Introduction to Graphics Communications forEngineers, 3e, Bertoline ...........................................164,173Introduction to Information Systems, 13e, O’Brien .................96Introduction to Information Systems Project Management,2e, Olson .........................................................................105Introduction to Languages and the Theory ofComputation, 3e, Martin ..................................................37Introduction to Logic and Computer Design with CD,Marcovitz ........................................................................150Introduction to Logic Design with CD-Rom, 2e,Marcovitz ...................................................................38,151Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Lee ....35Introduction to Fortran 90/95, Chapman................................23Introduction to Mathlab 7 for Engineers, Palm...............165,174Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems, 3e,Alciatore ..........................................................................130Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design,Schach .............................................................................102Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming with Java, 4e,An, Wu ..............................................................................26Introduction to Probability and Statistics, 4e, Milton ............170Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Scientists andEngineers, Rosenkrantz ...................................................171Introduction to Radar Systems, 3e, Skolnik ...........................141Introduction to Semiconductor Devices, An, Neamen ...........132Introduction to Signals and Systems, Lindner ........................143Introduction to Systems Analysis and Design, Whitten .........100Introduction to Unix, Wrightson .............................................43Introduction to VLSI Design, Fabricius ................................134JJava 1.5 Program Design, Cohoon ...........................................26Java 5.0 Program Design, Cohoon ...........................................25Java: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e, Schildt ..................................74,80Java: An Object-Oriented Language, Smith .............................27Java Elements: Principles of Programming in Java, Bailey ........27Java in Two Semesters, 2e, Charatan ........................................25Java SE 6: The Complete Reference, 6e, Schildt .......................74Java Structures, 2e, Bailey ........................................................32Just Enough Unix, 5e, Anderson.........................................28,42KKnowledge Management, Natarajan ...............................106,116181Indexes.indd 18111/15/06 3:05:35 PM

Title IndexLLabview Graphical Programming, 4e, Johnson ......................157Learning C++, Graham .....................................................20,166Learning Programming Using Visual Basic.Net, 4e, Burrows ...22Lee’s Essentials of Wireless Communications, Lee ..................156Legal Landmines in E-Commerce, Canton ............................114Local Area Networks, Forouzan ...............................................46Local Area Networks, 2e, Keiser .......................................46,148Low Cost Flip Chip Technologies for DCA, WLCSP, andPBGA Assemblies, Lau ....................................................160MMachine Learning, Mitchell ....................................................49Machine Vision, Jain ........................................................50,153Management Information Systems, 4e, Post .............................97Management Information Systems, 8e, O’Brien ......................96Management Information Systems for the Information Agewith CD and MISource, 6e, Haag .....................................97Management of Telecommunications, The, 2e, Carr ..............104Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems,Olson ..............................................................................108Mathcad: A Tool for Engineers and Scientists, 2e,Pritchard ..................................................................165,172MCTS SQL Server 2005 Implementation & MaintenanceStudy Guide (Exam 70-431), 3e, Carpenter ......................78Measuring and Managing Knowledge, Housen ......................106Mechanical Design Process, The, 3e, Ullman .........................162Microelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e, Neamen .....128Microelectronic Circuit Design, 3e, Jaeger .............................127Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook, Kovacs ..................134Microprocessor Design, McFarland .......................................159Microprocessors Principles and Applications, 2e, Gilmore .....154Microsoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach, Juarez ..........70Microsoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach, Stewart .........68Microsoft Powerpoint 2007: A Professional Approach, Graves .72Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Reporting Services, 2e, Larson .....71Microsoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach, Hinkle .........67Microwave Engineering, Das .................................................141Mike Meyers’ A+ Certification Passport, 3e, Meyers .................76Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Managing and TroubleshootingPCs, 2e, Meyers .................................................................76Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Managing and TroubleshootingPCs Lab Manual, 2e, Meyers .............................................77Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Operating Systems, 2e, Meyers ......77Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Operating Systems Lab Manual,2e, Meyers .........................................................................77Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to PC Hardware, 2e, Meyers ..............76Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to PC Hardware Lab Manual, 2e,Meyers ...............................................................................77Mobile Communications Engineering, 2e, Lee ...............156,160Modern Communication Circuits, 2e, Smith .........................149Modern Digital Electronics, 3e, Jain ......................................152Modern Power System Analysis, 3e, Kothari ..........................139Modern Processor Design, Shen ........................................41,153Multimedia: Making It Work, 7e, Vaughan .............................76Multimedia Literacy, 3e, Hofstetter .........................................59NNetwork Security, Forouzan ....................................................46Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach, Kumar ............48,152Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5e, Chapra .................51,169OObject-Oriented and Classical Software Engineering, 7e,Schach ..........................................................................54,55Object-Oriented Programming with C++, 3e, Balagurusamy ..19Object-Oriented Software Engineering: Practical SoftwareDevelopment Using UML and Java, 2e, Lethbridge ..........55Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and Design Using UML,3e, Bennett ......................................................................102Object-Oriented Systems Development, Bahrami .................102Object-Oriented Technology, Tsang .........................................56Objects Have Class, Poplawski ................................................27O’Leary Series: Access 2002, Brief, O’Leary.............................70O’Leary Series: Access 2002, Introductory, O’Leary ................70O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Brief, O’Leary ..............................68O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Complete, O’Leary ......................69O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Introductory, O’Leary ..................68O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007, O’Leary ......................64O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Access 2007, Brief, O’Leary ..70O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007, Brief, O’Leary ....67O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007, Introductory,O’Leary .............................................................................68O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007, Brief, O’Leary ...66O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007 Introductory,O’Leary .............................................................................66O’Leary Series: Powerpoint 2002 Introductory, O’Leary .........72O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Brief, O’Leary ...............................66O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Complete, O’Leary .......................67O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Introductory, O’Leary ..................67Operating Systems, Dhamdhere ..............................................43Optical Fiber Communication: Principles and Systems,Selvarajan ........................................................................148Optical Fiber Communications, 3e, Keiser .....................135,148Optical Networking Crash Course, Shepard ..........................156Optics, 3e, Ghatak .................................................................134Optoelectronics: An Introduction to Materials andDevices, Singh .................................................................134Oracle Database 10G Express Edition PHP WebProgramming, McLaughlin ...............................................84Oracle Database 10G Linux Administration, Coekaerts ..........85Oracle Database 10G OCP Certification All-In-OneExam Guide, Bersinic ........................................................84Oracle HTML DB Handbook, Brown ....................................84Oracle SQL and Introductory PL/SQL, Preece ........................99182Indexes.indd 18211/15/06 3:05:36 PM

Title IndexPParallel Programming in C with MPI and Open MP, Quinn....42Peter Norton’s Computing Fundamentals, 6e, Norton .............89Peter Norton’s Essential Concepts, Student Edition, 6e,Norton ..............................................................................89Peter Norton’s Introduction to Computers, 6e, Norton ............90Pocket Book of English Grammar for Engineers andScientists, Finklestein ......................................................174Pocket Book of Technical Writing for Engineers andScientists, 3e, Finklestein ................................................168Power Electronics, 3e, Lander ................................................139Power Electronics, 2e, Singh ..................................................139Power System Analysis, Grainger ...........................................139Power System Analysis, 2e, Saadat .........................................139Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, 2e, Priestley .....57Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering, 5e,Rizonni ...........................................................................123Principles and Applications of Optical Communications,Liu ...................................................................................149Principles of Computer Security, Conklin ...........................47,83Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, 3e,Frenzel .............................................................................145Principles of Electronic Materials and Device, 3e, Kasap .......131Principles of Interactive Multimedia, Elsom-Cook ..................58Principles of Neurocomputing for Science andEngineering, Ham ....................................................152,154Principles of Voice and Data Communications, Bates ..44,79,103Probability, Random Variables and Random SignalPrinciples, 4e, Peebles ......................................................150Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes withErrata Sheet, 4e, Papoulis ................................................149Programming in C++: Lessons and Applications, D’Orazio .....19Programming in C#.Net, Bradley ............................................31Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 Update Edition with CD,Bradley ..............................................................................22Programming in Visual Basic.Net, 2005 Edition, Bradley ...21,73Programming in Visual Basic.Net: Update Edition for VB.Net2003 with 5-CD VB.Net 2003 Software Set, Bradley ........22Programming in Visual C# 2005, 2e, Bradley ..........................72Programming Languages, 2e, Tucker .......................................36Programming the Web Using ASP.Net, Mercer ........................31Programming the Web Using Visual Studio.Net, Mercer .........31Programming the Web Using XHTML and Javascript,Lagerstrom ........................................................................30Programming the Web Using XML, Pearlman ........................30Programming with Java with CD-Rom, Bradley ......................27Project Management, 5e, Cleland ..........................................177Project Management, 3e, Gray ...............................................176Project Planning, Scheduling and Control, 4e, Lewis .............105Pspice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e, Tront ............................124Pspice for Basic Microelectronics, Tront .................................125Purchasing and Supply Management, Benton ........................117Purchasing and Supply Management, 13e, Leenders ..............118QQuicken 2007: The Official Guide, Langer ..............................69Quicken 2007 Quicksteps, Matthews ......................................69RReal-Time Systems, Krishna ....................................................49RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux Study Guide(Exam RH 302), 5e, Jang ..................................................79Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, Fu ....49,136SSAP/R3 Enterprise Software: An Introduction, Hayen ...........108SAP R/3 Handbook. 3e, Hernandez ........................................71Satellite Communications, 4e, Roddy ....................................159Schaum’s 2000 Solved Problems in Electronics, Cathey .........129Schaum’s Easy Outline HTML, Mercer ...................................29Schaum’s Easy Outline of XML, Tittel .....................................30Schaum’s Easy Outlines of Programming with C++, Hubbard .20Schaum’s Outline of Analog and Digital Communications, 2e,Hsu ..........................................................................129,146Schaum’s Outline of Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e, O’Malley ......125Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electricity, Gussow .......................125Schaum’s Outline of Basic Mathematics for Electricity andElectronics, 2e, Beiser ......................................................138Schaum’s Outline of Computer Architecture, Carter .........41,153Schaum’s Outline of Computer Graphics, 2e, Plastock ............49Schaum’s Outline of Computer Networking, Tittel ..................45Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with C++, Hubbard........33Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with Java, Hubbard ........32Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing, Hayes ............144Schaum’s Outline of Electric Circuits, 4e, Nahvi .............125,140Schaum’s Outline of Electric Machines and Electromechanics,2e, Nasar ..................................................................137,140Schaum’s Outline of Electric Power Systems, Nasar ................137Schaum’s Outline of Electromagnetics, 2e, Edminister ..........141Schaum’s Outline of Electronic Devices and Circuits, 2e,Cathey .............................................................................125Schaum’s Outline of Essential Computer Mathematics,Lipschutz ..........................................................................36Schaum’s Outline of Feedback and Control Systems, 2e,DiStefano ........................................................................135Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Computing with C++,Hubbard ...........................................................................20Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of RelationalDatabases, Mata-Toledo ....................................................40Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of SQL Programming,Mata-Toledo .....................................................................40Schaum’s Outline of Guide to UML, 2e, Bennett ....................57Schaum’s Outline of HTML, Mercer .......................................29Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Computer Science,Toledo ...............................................................................18Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to Digital Systems, Palmer 148Schaum’s Outline of Mathematica, Don...................................32Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Computer Science,Tymann .............................................................................17Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2e, Gottfried ........19Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C++, 2e,Hubbard ......................................................................20,33Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Fortran 77, Mayo ......23Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Java, 2e, Hubbard .....26Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Pascal, 2e, Gottfried ..24Schaum’s Outline of Signals and Systems, Hsu .......................148Schaum’s Outline of Visual Basic, Gottfried.............................22Schaum’s Solved Problems in Electric Circuits, Book 1,Nasar ...............................................................................125Scientific Computing, 2e, Heath .......................................51,170183Indexes.indd 18311/15/06 3:05:38 PM

Title IndexSCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 2 Platform 5Study Guide, Sierra ...........................................................83SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 5 Study Guide,(Exam 310-055), Sierra .....................................................74Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3e, Neamen ..................133Signals and Systems, Nagrath .................................................142Signals and Systems: Analysis of Signals Through LinearSystems, Roberts .............................................................142Signals and Systems Demystified, McMahon .........................157Simnet for Office 2003 Release 2 Standard Edition,Triad Interactive ...............................................................72Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4e, Law .............................52Simulation Using Promodel, 2e, Harrell ..................................53Simulation with Arena, 4e, Kelton ...........................................52Simulation with Arena, 3e, Kelton ...........................................53Smart Antennas for Wireless Communications, Gross ...........159Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach, 6e,Pressman ...........................................................................54Software Project Management, 4e, Hughes .......................57,105Spreadsheet Tools for Engineers Using Excel, 3e, Gottfried ....173SQL Server 2005: The Complete Reference, 2e, Shapiro .......109Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Navidi .........................170Structuring Data and Building Algorithms, Chai .....................34Supply Chain Logistics Management, 2e, Bowersox ..............117Survey of Operating Systems, 2e, Holcombe ......................60,85Swing: A Beginner’s Guide, Schildt ..........................................74Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits, Micheli ........155System on Package, Tummala ................................................155Systems Analysis and Design: An Active Approach, Marakas .101Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7e, Whitten ..............100Systems Development Case Studies, Hunter ..........................102VVerilog Digital System Design, 2e, Navabi .............................159VHDL: Analysis and Modeling of Digital Systems, 2e,Navabi .............................................................................160Video Compression Demystified, Symes ................................156VLSI Technology, 2e, Sze .......................................................134WWeb Using Dreamweaver, Miller .............................................31Why ERP? A Primer on SAP Implementation, Jacobs ...........108Windows Vista: The Complete Reference, Young .....................85Wireless and Cellular Communications, 3e, Lee ....................155Wireless Security: Models, Threats, and Solutions,Nichols .......................................................................59,155World Class Supply Management, 7e, Burt ............................119World Wide Web Design with HTML, Xavier ........................30YYour Unix: The Ultimate Guide, 2e, Das ............................28,43TTCP/IP Protocol Suite, 3e, Forouzan ......................................48Teach Yourself Electricity and Electronics, 4e, Gibilisco .........158Teamwork and Project Management, 3e, Smith ..............173,175Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise, 2e, Dorf ........176Theory and Problem of Electric Machines, 2e, Kothari ..........137UULSI Technology, Chang .......................................................133Unix: The Complete Reference, 2e, Rose .................................85Using Information Technology, 7e, Williams ...........................88184Indexes.indd 18411/15/06 3:05:39 PM

Author IndexAAfuah: Internet Business Models and Strategies:Text and Cases, 2e ............................................................113Alciatore: Introduction to Mechatronics and MeasurementSystems, 3e.......................................................................130Alexander: Fundamentals of Electric Circuits, 3e ...................123Al-Hawamdeh: Information and Knowledge Society ........98,116Anderson: Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices..............132Anderson: Just Enough Unix, 5e.........................................28,42Antoniou: Digital Signal Processing .......................................157Applegate: Corporate Information Strategy andManagement: Text and Cases, 7e......................................106Applegate: Creating Business Advantage in the InformationAge ..................................................................................106Astrachan: Computer Science Tapestry, A, 2e ..........................20Atzeni: Database Systems .........................................................40Avison: Information Systems Development, 4e ......................101BBahrami: Object-Oriented Systems Development .................102Bailey: Java Structures, 2e ........................................................32Bailey: Java Elements: Principles of Programming in Java ........27Bajaj: E-Commerce: The Cutting Edge of Business, 2e .....59,120Balagurusamy: Object-Oriented Programming with C++, 3e ..19Bandyopadhyay: E-Commerce: Context, Concepts andConsequences ..................................................................113Bartee: Computer Architecture and Logic Design ........38,41,152Bartlett: Cable Communications Technology, 3e ...................158Bates: Principles of Voice and Data Communications ..44,79,103Baumer: Cyberlaw and E-Commerce .....................................115Bayer: Computer Telephony Demystified ..............................156Beiser: Schaum’s Outline of Basic Mathematics forElectricity and Electronics, 2e ..........................................138Bennett: Object-Oriented Systems Analysis and DesignUsing UML, 3e ................................................................102Bennett: Schaum’s Outline of Guide to UML, 2e ....................57Benton: Purchasing and Supply Management ........................117Bersinic: Oracle Database 10G OCP CertificationAll-In-One Exam Guide .....................................................84Bertoline: Introduction to Graphics Communications forEngineers, 3e .............................................................164,173Bhasker: Electronic Commerce, 2e ........................................112Bhattacharya: Digital Communication .................................147Bogart: Electric Circuits, 2e ...................................................141Bogart: Introduction to Digital Circuits ................................133Bose: Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography............................................................................59,148,149Bowersox: Supply Chain Logistics Management, 2e ..............117Bracewell: Fourier Transform and its Applications, The, 3e ....136Bradley: Advanced Programming Using Visual Basic.Net,3e ..................................................................................21,73Bradley: Programming with Java with CD-Rom ......................27Bradley: Programming in C#.Nety ..........................................31Bradley: Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 Update Editionwith CD ............................................................................22Bradley: Programming in Visual Basic.Net, 2005 Edition ...21,73Bradley: Programming in Visual Basic.Net: Update Editionfor VB.Net 2003 with 5-CD VB.Net 2003 Software Set ....22Bradley: Programming in Visual C# 2005, 2e ..........................72Bressan: Introduction to Database Systems ..............................39Brophy: Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e ............................129Brown: Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VerilogDesign with CD-Rom .................................................38,152Brown: Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDLDesign with CD-Rom, 2e ...........................................37,150Brown: Oracle HTML DB Handbook ....................................84Buchanan: Distributed Systems and Networks ........................44Burghardt: Introduction to Engineering Design andProblem Solving .................................................162,164,174Burrows: Learning Programming Using Visual Basic.Net, 4e ...22Burt: World Class Supply Management, 7e ............................119CCadick: Electrical Safety Handbook, 3e .................................158Canter: Environmental Impact Assessment, 2e ......................167Canton: Legal Landmines in E-Commerce ............................114Carlson: Communication Systems, 4e ...................................146Carpenter: CWSP Certified Wireless Security Professional OfficialStudy Guide (Exam PW0-200), 2e ....................................81Carpenter: MCTS SQL Server 2005 Implementation &Maintenance Study Guide (Exam 70-431), 3e ...................78Carr: Data Communications and Network Security ...............103Carr: Management of Telecommunications, The, 2e ..............104Carter: Schaum’s Outline of Computer Architecture .........41,153Cathey: Electric Machines Analysis and Design ApplyingMatlab .............................................................................137Cathey: Schaum’s 2000 Solved Problems in Electronics .........129Cathey: Schaum’s Outline of Electronic Devices andCircuits, 2e ......................................................................125Ceri: Distributed Databases: Principles and Systems ................40Chai: Structuring Data and Building Algorithms .....................34Chang: ULSI Technology ......................................................133Chapman: Electric Machinery Fundamentals, 4e ...................136Chapman: Electric Machinery and Power SystemsFundamentals...................................................................137Chapman: Fortran 90/95 For Scientists andEngineers, 2e ...............................................................23,166Chapman: Fortran 95/2003 For Scientists &Engineers, 3e ...............................................................23,172Chapman: Introduction to Fortran 90/95................................23Chapra: Applied Numerical Methods with Matlab forEngineers and Scientists, 2e.........................................50,169Chapra: Numerical Methods for Engineers, 5e .................51,169Charatan: Java in Two Semesters, 2e ........................................25Chaston: E-Marketing Strategy ..............................................114Chaudhary: E-Business and E-Commerce Infrastructure .......113Chester: Basic Information Systems Analysis and Design .......101Cleland: Global Project Management Handbook, 2e .............177Cleland: Project Management, 5e ..........................................177Coekaerts: Oracle Database 10G Linux Administration ..........85Cohoon: C++ Program Design, 3e ...........................................19Cohoon: Java 1.5 Program Design ...........................................26Cohoon: Java 5.0 Program Design ...........................................25Collins: Carrier Grade Voice Over IP, 2e ................................155Collins: Data Structures and the Java CollectionsFramework, 2e ...................................................................32Collins: Data Structures and the Standard Template Library ....33Conklin: Principles of Computer Security ..........................47,83Conte: Elementary Numerical Analysis, 3e ..............................51Coulthard: Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ...............64Coulthard: Advantage Series: Microsoft Office 2003 ...............64185Indexes.indd 18511/15/06 3:05:40 PM

Author IndexDDas: Microwave Engineering .................................................141Das: Your Unix: The Ultimate Guide, 2e ............................28,43Dasgupta: Introduction to Algorithms.....................................34Dastbaz: Design and Development of InteractiveMultimedia Systems ...........................................................58Davis: Introduction to Environmental Engineering, 3e ..........167DePalma: Annual Editions: Computers in Society06/07, 13e .......................................................................107Desoer: Basic Circuit Theory .................................................125Dhamdhere: Operating Systems ..............................................43Dinsmore: AMA Handbook of Project Management,The, 2e .............................................................................104DiStefano: Schaum’s Outline of Feedback and ControlSystems, 2e.......................................................................135Don: Schaum’s Outline of Mathematica...................................32D’Orazio: Programming in C++: Lessons and Applications .....19Dorf: Technology Ventures: From Idea to Enterprise, 2e ........176EEdminister: Schaum’s Outline of Electromagnetics, 2e ..........141Eide: Engineering Fundamentals and Problem Solving, 5e .....163Eide: Introduction to Engineering Design ..............................162Eisenmann: Internet Business Models: Text and Cases ...........113Elsom-Cook: Principles of Interactive Multimedia ..................58FFabricius: Introduction to VLSI Design ................................134Finklestein: Pocket Book of English Grammar forEngineers and Scientists ...................................................174Finklestein: Pocket Book of Technical Writing forEngineers and Scientists, 3e..............................................168Fischer: Applied C: An Introduction and More ................18,166Fitzgerald: Electric Machinery, 6e ..........................................136Ford: Design for Electrical and Computer Engineers .............162Forouzan: Business Data Communications.......................44,104Forouzan: Data Communications Networking, 4e ...........44,146Forouzan: Local Area Networks ...............................................46Forouzan: Network Security ....................................................46Forouzan: TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 3e ......................................48Fowler: Electricity: Principles and Applications, 7e ................137Franco: Design with Operational Amplifiers and AnalogIntegrated Circuits, 3e ......................................................133Frenzel: Communication Electronics, 3e ................................147Frenzel: Principles of Electronic Communication Systems,3e 145Fu: Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence ....49,136GGhatak: Optics, 3e .................................................................134Gibilisco: Electricity Demystified ..........................................158Gibilisco: Teach Yourself Electricity and Electronics, 4e .........158Gilmore: Microprocessors Principles and Applications, 2e .....154Gilster: Fundamentals of Wireless Networking ........................80Givone: Digital Principles and Design with CD-Rom .......38,152Godbole: Data Communications and Networking ...................45Gopal: Control Systems: Principles and Design, 2e ................135Gopal: Digital Control and State Variable Methods, 2e .........135Gottfried: Schaum’s Outline of Programming with C, 2e ........19Gottfried: Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Pascal, 2e ..24Gottfried: Schaum’s Outline of Visual Basic.............................22Gottfried: Spreadsheet Tools for Engineers Using Excel, 3e ....173Gottleber: Even More Excellent HTML with HTML ReferenceGuide, 2e ...........................................................................29Graham: Learning C++ .....................................................20,166Grainger: Power System Analysis ...........................................139Graves: Microsoft Powerpoint 2007: A Professional Approach .72Gray: Project Management, 3e ...............................................176Greenlaw: Inline/Online: Fundamentals of the Internetand the World Wide Web, 2e ......................................29,175Greenstein: Electronic Commerce: Security, RiskManagement, and Control, 2e .........................................115Grillo: Ethical Decision Making and InformationTechnology, 2e .................................................................107Groover: Industrial Robotics .............................................49,136Gross: Smart Antennas for Wireless Communications ...........159Gussow: Schaum’s Outline of Basic Electricity .......................125HHaag: Business Driven Technology, 2e .....................................95Haag: Information Systems Essentials, 2e ................................95Haag: I-Series: Computing Concepts, Complete, 2e ................91Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Access 2002, Complete ....................70Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Excel 2002, Complete ......................69Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Excel 2002, Introductory .................68Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Office XP, Vol 1 Enhanced ...............63Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Office XP, Vol II ...............................65Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume 1 .....................64Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Office 2003, Volume II ....................65Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Powerpoint 2002, Introductory ........71Haag: I-Series: Microsoft Word 2002, Introductory .................66Haag: Management Information Systems for the Information Agewith CD and MISource, 6e ................................................97Ham: Principles of Neurocomputing for Science andEngineering ...............................................................152,154Hamacher: Computer Organization, 5e ...........................41,153Hardman: Expert Oracle PL/SQL ...........................................84Harrell: Simulation Using Promodel, 2e ..................................53Harrington: Computer Graphics, 2e .......................................49Harris: CISSP Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 3e ....78,79Hayen: SAP/R3 Enterprise Software: An Introduction ...........108Hayes: Computer Architecture and Organization, 3e ........41,154Hayes: Schaum’s Outline of Digital Signal Processing ............144Hayt: Engineering Circuit Analysis, 7e...................................124Hayt: Engineering Electromagnetics, 7e .................................140Heath: Scientific Computing, 2e .......................................51,170Heileman: Data Structures, Algorithms and Object-OrientedProgramming .....................................................................33Hernandez: SAP R/3 Handbook. 3e ........................................71Hunter: Systems Development Case Studies ..........................102186Indexes.indd 18611/15/06 3:05:41 PM

Author IndexHinkle: Microsoft Word 2007: A Professional Approach .........67Hodges: Analysis and Design of Digital IntegratedCircuits, 3e ......................................................................130Hofstetter: Multimedia Literacy, 3e .........................................59Hofstetter: Internet Literacy, 4e ..........................................58,75Holcombe: Survey of Operating Systems, 2e ......................60,85Holden: How to Do Everything with Your eBay Business, 2e ..75Holtzapple: Concepts in Engineering, 2e ..............................163Holtzapple: Foundations of Engineering, 2e ..........................164Housel: Global Telecommunications Revolution ...................104Housen: Measuring and Managing Knowledge ......................106Hsu: Schaum’s Outline of Analog and DigitalCommunications, 2e .................................................129,146Hsu: Schaum’s Outline of Signals and Systems .......................148Hubbard: Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with C++........33Hubbard: Schaum’s Outline of Data Structures with Java ........32Hubbard: Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of Computingwith C++ ............................................................................20Hubbard: Schaum’s Outline of Programming withC++, 2e .........................................................................20,33Hubbard: Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Java, 2e .....26Hubbard: Schaum’s Easy Outlines of Programming with C++ .20Huff: Cases in Electronic Commerce, 2e ................................116Huffman: CCA Citrix Metaframe Presentation Server 3.0Study Guide (Exam 223) ...................................................78Hughes: Software Project Management, 4e .......................57,105Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: MicrosoftExcel 2002, Introductory ...................................................68Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Office XP Vol I .........63Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Office XP Vol II ........63Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Access 2002,Complete ...........................................................................71Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Access 2002,Introductory ......................................................................70Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Powerpoint 2002,Introductory ......................................................................72Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Word 2002,Complete ...........................................................................67Hutchinson-Clifford: Advantage Series: Word 2002,Introductory ......................................................................67Hutchinson-Clifford: Computers, Communications, andInformation Core with Powerweb and InteractiveCompanion 3.0, 7e ............................................................89Hutton: Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis .................172Hwang: Advanced Computer Architecture .......................42,154JJacobs: Why ERP? A Primer on SAP Implementation ...........108Jain: Machine Vision ........................................................50,153Jain: Modern Digital Electronics, 3e ......................................152Jang: RHCE Red Hat Certified Engineer Linux Study Guide(Exam RH 302), 5e ............................................................79Jaeger: Microelectronic Circuit Design, 3e .............................127Johnson: Labview Graphical Programming, 4e ......................157Juarez: Microsoft Access 2007: A Professional Approach ..........70KKahate: Cryptography and Network Security ..........................47Kamal: Embedded Systems Architecture, Programmingand Design ..................................................................41,154Kamin: Introduction to Computer Science Using Java, 2e .......27Kang: CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits Analysis andDesign, 3e .................................................................130,133Kasap: Principles of Electronic Materials and Device, 3e .......131Kasera: ATM Networks, 2e....................................................160Keiser: Local Area Networks, 2e .......................................46,148Keiser: Optical Fiber Communications, 3e .....................135,148Kelton: Simulation with Arena, 4e ...........................................52Kelton: Simulation with Arena, 3e ...........................................53Kennedy: Electronic Communication Systems, 4e .................147Kothari: Modern Power System Analysis, 3e ..........................139Kothari: Theory and Problem of Electric Machines, 2e ..........137Kovacs: Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook ..................134Kraus: Antennas, 3e ...............................................................141Kraus: Electromagnetics, 5e ...................................................140Krishna: Real-Time Systems ....................................................49Krishnamurthy: Introduction to Computer Graphics .............48Kumar: Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach ............48,152Kumaraswamy: C++ Primer for Engineers, A: AnObject-Oriented Approach .........................................20,166Kuntjoro: Introduction to the Finite Element Method ..........171LLagerstrom: Programming the Web Using XHTML andJavascript ............................................................................30Lander: Power Electronics, 3e ................................................139Langer: Quicken 2007: The Official Guide ..............................69Larson: Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Reporting Services, 2e .....71Lau: Chip Scale Package ........................................................160Lau: Low Cost Flip Chip Technologies for DCA,WLCSP, and PBGA Assemblies ........................................160Laudon: Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume I ....63Laudon: Interactive Computing Series: Office XP Volume II ...66Laudon: Interactive Computing Series: Powerpoint 2002,Introductory ......................................................................72Law: Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4e .............................52Lee: Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms ....35Lee: Lee’s Essentials of Wireless Communications ..................156Lee: Mobile Communications Engineering, 2e ...............156,160Lee: Wireless and Cellular Communications, 3e ....................155Leenders: Purchasing and Supply Management, 13e ..............118Leon-Garcia: Communication Network, 2e .....................45,146Lewis: Project Planning, Scheduling and Control, 4e .............105Lethbridge: Object-Oriented Software Engineering: ......PracticalSoftware Development Using UML and Java, 2e................55Lindner: Introduction to Signals and Systems ........................143Lipschutz: Schaum’s Outline of Essential ComputerMathematics ......................................................................36Liu: Principles and Applications of OpticalCommunications .............................................................149187Indexes.indd 18711/15/06 3:05:43 PM

Author IndexMMallach: Decision Support and Data Warehouse Systems ......104Malvino: Electronics Principles, 7e ........................................128Mannino: Database Design, Application Development, andAdministration, 3e .............................................................99Marakas: Systems Analysis and Design: An Active Approach .101Marcovitz: Introduction to Logic and Computer Designwith CD ..........................................................................150Marcovitz: Introduction to Logic Design withCD-Rom, 2e ...............................................................38,151Martin: Ethics in Engineering, 4e ..........................................168Martin: Introduction to Languages and the Theory ofComputation, 3e ................................................................37Mata-Toledo: Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of RelationalDatabases ...........................................................................40Mata-Toledo: Schaum’s Outline of Fundamentals of SQLProgramming .....................................................................40Matthews: Quicken 2007 Quicksteps ......................................69Mayo: Schaum’s Outline of Programming with Fortran 77 ......23McClure: Hacking Exposed, 5e ...............................................82McElhean: How to Do Everything with MAC OS X Tiger, 2e 86McFarland: Microprocessor Design .......................................159McGraw-Hill: Interactive Companion CD-Rom Version 3.0 ..91McLaughlin: Oracle Database 10G Express Edition PHPWeb Programming .............................................................84McMahon: Signals and Systems Demystified .........................157Mercer: Programming the Web Using ASP.Net ........................31Mercer: Programming the Web Using Visual Studio.Net .........31Mercer: Schaum’s Easy Outline HTML ...................................29Mercer: Schaum’s Outline of HTML .......................................29Meyers: A+ Certification All-In-One Exam Guide, 6e ..............76Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Certification Passport, 3e .................76Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Managing andTroubleshooting PCs, 2e ....................................................76Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Managing andTroubleshooting PCs Lab Manual, 2e ................................77Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Operating Systems, 2e ......77Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to Operating SystemsLab Manual, 2e ..................................................................77Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to PC Hardware, 2e ..............76Meyers: Mike Meyers’ A+ Guide to PC Hardware LabManual, 2e .........................................................................77Micheli: Synthesis and Optimization of Digital Circuits ........155Miller: Data Communications and Networks ........................103Miller: Web Using Dreamweaver .............................................31Milton: Introduction to Probability and Statistics, 4e ............170Mitchell: Machine Learning ....................................................49Mitra: Digital Signal Processing: A Computer-BasedApproach, 3e ....................................................................143Mohammed: Internet Marketing: Building Advantagein a Networked Economy, 2e ...........................................114Morgan: Application Cases in Management InformationSystems, 5e.........................................................................98NNahvi: Schaum’s Outline of Electric Circuits, 4e .............125,140Naidu: High Voltage Engineering, 3e .....................................140Nanda: Hands-On SQL Server 2005 Integration Services ........83Nasar: Schaum’s Outline of Electric Machines andElectromechanics, 2e .................................................137,140Nasar: Schaum’s Outline of Electric Power Systems ................137Nasar: Schaum’s Solved Problems in Electric Circuits,Book 1 .............................................................................125Natarajan: Knowledge Management ...............................106,116Navabi: Verilog Digital System Design, 2e .............................159Navabi: VHDL: Analysis and Modeling of DigitalSystems, 2e.......................................................................160Navidi: Statistics for Engineers and Scientists .........................170Neamen: Semiconductor Physics and Devices, 3e ..................133Neamen: Signals and Systems ................................................142Norton: Peter Norton’s Computing Fundamentals, 6e .............89Norton: Peter Norton’s Essential Concepts,Student Edition, 6e ............................................................89Norton: Peter Norton’s Introduction to Computers, 6e ............90Nestler: Computer Security Lab Manual ..................................82Neamen: Microelectronic Circuit Analysis and Design, 3e .....128Neamen: Introduction to Semiconductor Devices, An ...........132Nichols: Wireless Security: Models, Threats, andSolutions .....................................................................59,155OO’Brien: Introduction to Information Systems, 13e .................96O’Brien: Management Information Systems, 8e ......................96O’Leary: Computing Essentials 2006 Complete, 17e ..............91O’Leary: Computing Essentials 2008 Complete, 19e ..............90O’Leary: Computing Essentials 2008 Introductory, 19e ..........88O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Access 2002, Brief ............................70O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Access 2002, Introductory ................70O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Brief ..............................68O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Complete ......................69O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Excel 2002, Introductory ..................68O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office 2007 ......................64O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Access 2007, Brief ..70O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007, Brief ...67O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Excel 2007,Introductory ......................................................................68O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007, Brief ...66O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Microsoft Office Word 2007Introductory ......................................................................66O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Powerpoint 2002 Introductory .........72O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Brief ...............................66O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Complete .......................67O’Leary: O’Leary Series: Word 2002 Introductory ..................67Olson: Introduction to Information Systems ProjectManagement, 2e ..............................................................105Olson: Introduction to Business Data Mining .......................109Olson: Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource PlanningSystems ............................................................................108O’Malley: Schaum’s Outline of Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e ......125188Indexes.indd 18811/15/06 3:05:44 PM

Author IndexPPalm: Introduction to Mathlab 7 for Engineers...............165,174Palmer: Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to DigitalSystems ............................................................................148Papoulis: Probability, Random Variables and StochasticProcesses with Errata Sheet, 4e .........................................149Patt: Introduction to Computing Systems: From Bits andGates to Programming & Beyond, 3e .................................17Paul: Introduction to Electrical Engineering, 2e .....................123Pearlman: Programming the Web Using XML ........................30Peck: Crystal Reports XI: The Complete Reference ..................75Peebles: Probability, Random Variables and Random SignalPrinciples, 4e ....................................................................150Philippakis: Comprehensive Cobol, Vol II: AdvancedCobol Programming, 4e .....................................................24Planet3 Wireless: CWNA Certified Wireless NetworkAdministration Official Study Guide, 3e ............................80Plastock: Schaum’s Outline of Computer Graphics, 2e ............49Pollino: Hacker’s Challenge 3, 3e.............................................81Poplawski: Objects Have Class ................................................27Post: Database Management Systems, 3e .................................99Post: Management Information Systems, 4e .............................97Powers: Introduction to Fiber Optics Systems, An, 2e ...........149Pressman: Software Engineering: A Practitioner’sApproach, 6e ......................................................................54Priestley: Practical Object-Oriented Design with UML, 2e .....57Pritchard: Mathcad: A Tool for Engineers andScientists, 2e .............................................................165,172Preece: Oracle SQL and Introductory PL/SQL ........................99Proakis: Digital Communications, 4e ....................................147QQuinn: Parallel Programming in C with MPI and Open MP ...42RRamakrishnan: Database Management Systems, 3e ................39Ray: Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals: Architecture,Programming and Interfacing ..........................................154Rayport: Cases in E-Commerce .............................................116Rayport: E-Commerce ..........................................................116Rayport: Introduction to E-Commerce, 2e .....................112,115Razavi: Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits ............129Razavi: Design of Integrated Circuits for OpticalCommunications .............................................................135Reddy: Introduction to the Finite Element Method, An, 3e ...171Reding: Building an E-Business .............................................115Rich: Artificial Intelligence, 2e .................................................49Richardson: Internet Marketing: Readings andOnline Resources .............................................................114Rizonni: Principles and Applications of ElectricalEngineering, 5e ................................................................123Rob: Databases: Design, Development and DeploymentUsing Microsoft Access, 2e ...............................................100Roberts: Fundamentals Signals Systems .................................142Roberts: Signals and Systems: Analysis of Signals ThroughLinear Systems .................................................................142Roddy: Satellite Communications, 4e ....................................159Rose: Unix: The Complete Reference, 2e .................................85Rosen: Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, 6e .............35Rosenkrantz: Introduction to Probability and Statisticsfor Scientists and Engineers ..............................................171Rubin: Introduction to Engineering and the Environment ....167SSaadat: Power System Analysis, 2e .........................................139Sahni: Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications inJava with Compiler CD ................................................33,35Salivahanan: Digital Signal Processing ...................................144Sawyer: Chemistry for Environmental Engineering andScience, 5e .......................................................................167Scambray: Hacking Exposed Web Application, 2e ...................82Schach: Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis andDesign .......................................................................... 102Schach: Object-Oriented and Classical SoftwareEngineering, 7e .............................................................54,55Schildt: Java: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e ..................................74,80Schildt: Java SE 6: The Complete Reference, 6e .......................74Schildt: Swing: A Beginner’s Guide ..........................................74Schou: Information Assurance for the Enterprise ................47,81Schuler: Digital Signal Processing ..........................................144Schuler: Electronics: Principles and Applications, 7e ..............126Schultz: Basic Electronics, 10e ...............................................127Selvarajan: Optical Fiber Communication: Principlesand Systems .....................................................................148Shapiro: SQL Server 2005: The Complete Reference, 2e .......109Shema: Anti-Hacker Tool Kit, 3e .............................................82Shen: Modern Processor Design ........................................41,153Shepard: Optical Networking Crash Course ..........................156Shrader: Electronic Communication, 6e ................................147Sierra: SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 2 Platform 5Study Guide .......................................................................83Sierra: SCJP Sun Certified Programmer for Java 5 Study Guide,(Exam 310-055) .................................................................74Silberschatz: Database System Concepts, 5e ............................39Simchi-Levi: Designing and Managing the Supply Chain, 3e 118Simpson: Discrete Mathematics by Example............................36Sinclair: eBay The Smart Way, 4e ...........................................120Singh: Optoelectronics: An Introduction to Materials andDevices ............................................................................134Singh: Power Electronics, 2e ..................................................139Skolnik: Introduction to Radar Systems, 3e ...........................141Smith: Java: An Object-Oriented Language .............................27Smith: Modern Communication Circuits, 2e .........................149Smith: Teamwork and Project Management, 3e ..............173,175Stephens: Engineering Statistics Demystified .........................177Stevenson: Elements of Power System Analysis, 4e .................139Stewart: Microsoft Excel 2007: A Professional Approach .........68Storbacka: Customer Relationship Management ...................119Structural Dynamics Research Corporation:I-DEAS Student Guide, 2e ..............................................162Symes: Video Compression Demystified ................................156Sze: VLSI Technology, 2e .......................................................134189Indexes.indd 18911/15/06 3:05:45 PM

Author IndexTTabak: Advanced Microprocessors, 2e ...............................60,160Tan: C Programming for Engineering and Computer Science(B.E.S.T. Series) ...................................................18,166,175Taub: Digital Integrated Electronics .......................................130Taylor: DVD Demystified, 3e ................................................155Thompson: Information Technology and Management, 2e ......98Tittel: Schaum’s Easy Outline of XML .....................................30Tittel: Schaum’s Outline of Computer Networking ..................45Tokheim: Digital Electronics: Principles andApplications, 7e ...............................................................126Toledo: Schaum’s Outline of Introduction to ComputerScience ...............................................................................18Triad Interactive: Simnet for Office 2003 Release 2Standard Edition ................................................................72Tront: Pspice for Basic Circuit Analysis, 2e ............................124Tront: Pspice for Basic Microelectronics .................................125Tsang: Object-Oriented Technology ........................................56Tucker: Programming Languages, 2e .......................................36Tummala: System on Package ................................................155Tymann: Schaum’s Outline of Principles of ComputerScience ...............................................................................17WWhitten: Introduction to Systems Analysis and Design .........100Whitten: Systems Analysis and Design Methods, 7e ..............100Willard: HTML: A Beginner’s Guide, 3e .................................80Williams: Using Information Technology, 7e ...........................88Whiteley: E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies andApplications .....................................................................112Wrightson: Introduction to Unix .............................................43Wu: Comprehensive Introduction to Object-OrientedProgramming with Java, A .................................................24Wu: Introduction to Object-Oriented Programmingwith Java, 4e, An ................................................................26XXavier: World Wide Web Design with HTML ........................30UUllman: Mechanical Design Process, The, 3e .........................162YYoung: Windows Vista: The Complete Reference .....................85Yu: Assembly Language Programming and Organization ofthe IBM PC .......................................................................40VVan der Veer: Human Computer Interaction:Multi-Disciplinary Approach .............................................50Van Horn: Information Systems Solutions: A ProjectApproach ...........................................................................97Vaughan: Multimedia: Making It Work, 7e .............................76Velte: Cisco: A Beginner’s Guide, 4e ........................................78Venkataramani: Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,Programming and Applications ........................................143ZZamir: C++ Primer for Non C Programmers ...........................20Zbar: Basic Electricity: A Text-Lab Manual, 7e ......................138Zbar: Electricity/Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-LabManual, 4e .......................................................................139Zwass: Foundations of Information Systems ............................98190Indexes.indd 19011/15/06 3:05:46 PM